Analyticaltheory00four.pdf

  • Uploaded by: solanha 1998
  • 0
  • 0
  • April 2020
  • PDF

This document was uploaded by user and they confirmed that they have the permission to share it. If you are author or own the copyright of this book, please report to us by using this DMCA report form. Report DMCA


Overview

Download & View Analyticaltheory00four.pdf as PDF for free.

More details

  • Words: 173,283
  • Pages: 500
MgwV

umaÊOi

mw

nnr\j ut

mm

is

I

I

(lytaip*

mix %Ubuxamjuu.

NV..3lO%5"

toiWin® îyyiïfikMoïmt

Rf*^

m nn

fri.

Am* f*VW,

~

l^MS

:^A^Aa.^A^^ O '

1/

ÏWW>

*~

f

THE

ANALYTICAL THEORY OF HEAT BY

JOSEPH FOURIER

TBANSLATED, WITH NOTES,

ALEXANDER FREEMAN,

M.A.,

FELLOW OF ST JOHN'S COLLEGE, CAMBKIDGE.

EDITED FOR THE SYNDICS OF THE UNIVERSITY PRESS.

©ambrfoge

:

AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS. LONDON: CAMBRIDGE WAREHOUSE,

17,

PATERNOSTER ROW.

CAMBRIDGE: DEIGHTON, BELL, AND LEIPZIG: F. A. BROCKHAUS.

1878 [All Eights reserved.]

CO.

Camfiriuge:

PRINTED BY

C. J.

CLAY, M.A.

AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS.

PK ^Ï>IC$

C F5t

PREFACE.

In preparing

version

this

in

English of Fourier's

celebrated treatise on Heat, the translator has followed faithfully the

pended brief to

French

foot-notes, in

the subject

:

which

of Fourier

other writings

He

original.

will

ap-

be found references

and modern authors on

these are distinguished

The notes marked R. L. E.

has, however,

by the

initials

A. F.

are taken from pencil me-

moranda on the margin of a copy of the work that formerly

belonged

to

the

late

Fellow of Trinity College, and of St

have of

John's College.

been able to

Fourier's

life

It

prefix

is

Robert

now

was the to

this

Leslie

Ellis,

in the possession

translator's treatise

hope to

a Memoir

with some account of his writings

unforeseen circumstances have

however prevented

;

its

completion in time to appear with the present work.

Digitized by the Internet Archive in

2012 with funding from

Boston Library Consortium

Member

Libraries

http://archive.org/details/analyticaltheoryOOfour

TABLE CONTENTS OF THE

WORK PAGE

Preliminary Discourse

1

CHAPTER

I.

Introduction.

SECTION

I.

Statement op the Object op the Work, art. I,

Object of the theoretical researches

2—10.

.

.

.

.

.,



Different examples, ring, cube, sphere, infinite prism

;

.

.

14

the variable

temperature at any point whatever is a function of the coordinates and of the time. The quantity of heat, which during unit of time crosses a given surface in the interior of the solid, is also a function of the time elapsed,

and

position of the surface.

of quantities

The

which determine the form and

object of the theory is to discover these

functions

The three

15

.

elements which must be observed, are the capacity, the conducibility proper or permeability, and the external conducibility or

II.

specific

penetrability. first

The

coefficients

which express them may be regarded at

...

as constant numbers, independent of the temperatures

First statement of the problem of the terrestrial temperatures

12.

.

.

—15. Conditions necessary to applications of the theory. Object of the experiments 16 — 21. The rays of heat which escape from the same point of a surface

19

20

13

have not the same intensity. 1

Each paragraph

The

intensity of each ray

of the Table indicates the

indicated at the left of that paragraph.

the page marked on the right.

The

is

21

proportional

matter treated of in the articles first

of these articles begins at

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

VI

PAGE

ART.

makes with the normal to the surface. Divers remarks, and considerations on the object and extent of thermological problems, and on the relations of general analysis with to the cosine of the angle

which

direction

its

22

the study of nature

SECTION

II.

General Notions and preliminary Definitions. 22

—24.

The temperature denoted The temperature of water boiling in a

Permanent temperature, thermometer.

by

is

that of melting ice.

is denoted by 1 measure quantities of heat, a certain mass of ice

26

given vessel under a given pressure 25.

The

unit which serves to

required to liquify 26.

the heat

is

27

Specific capacity for heat

ib.

—29.

Temperatures measured by increments of volume or by the addiThose cases only are here considered, in which the increments of volume are proportional to the increments of the quantity of heat. This condition does not in general exist in liquids it is sensibly true for solid bodies whose temperatures differ very much from those which cause the change of state

28

30.

Notion of external conducibility

ib.

31.

We may

27

tional quantities of heat.

;

......

at first regard the quantity of heat lost as proportional to the

temperature.

This proposition

not sensibly true except for certain

is

limits of temperature

32

29

—35. is

36.

37.

The heat lost into the medium consists compound and variable. Luminous heat

effect ib.

Measure of the external conducibility Notion of the conducibility proper. This property also may be observed

31

in liquids

ib.

38. 39.

40

The

of several parts.



49.

The

Equilibrium of temperatures.

First notions of radiant heat,

established in spaces void of air

;

effect is

and

independent of contact

of the

equilibrium which

.

32

is

of the cause of the reflection of rays

of the mode of communication between the internal molecules; of the law winch regulates the intensity of the rays emitted. The law is not disturbed by the reflection of

of heat, or of their retention in bodies

;

heat 50, 51.

52

—56.

First notion of the effects of reflected heat

Remarks on the

statical or

principle of elasticity.

The

.

...

dynamical properties of heat.

ib.

37

It is the

elastic force of aeriform fluids exactly indi-

cates their temperatures

39

SECTION

III.

Principle of the Communication of Heat. 57

—59.

When two molecules of the same solid are extremely near and at unequal temperatures, the most heated molecule communicates to that

which

is less

heated a quantity of heat exactly expressed by the product

of the duration of the instant, of the

extremely small difference of the

temperatures, and of a certain function of the distance of the molecules

.

41

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Vil

PAGE

ART. 60.

When

a heated body

perature,

is

placed in an aeriform

— 64.

The

may be

medium

.

.

43

propositions enunciated in the two preceding articles are founded

The primary

on divers observations. all

tem-

researches as proportional to the excess of the

first

temperature of the surface over the temperature of the CI

at a lower

instant a quantity of heat which

loses at each

it

regarded in the

medium

object of the theory is to discover

the exact consequences of these propositions.

We

can then measure

.........

the variations of the coefficients, by comparing the results of calculation

with very exact experiments

SECTION

ib.

IV.

Of the Uniform and Linear Movement op Heat. 65:

The permanent temperatures

of

an

infinite solid included

between two

by the a and b are the temperatures of the two extreme planes, e their distance, and v the temperature of the section, whose distance from the lower plane is z 67, Notion and measure of the flow of heat Measure of the conducibility proper 69. Eemarks on the case in which the direct action of the heat extends to parallel planes maintained at fixed temperatures, are expressed

equation

66,

68, 70.

(v

-

a) e

= (b - a) z

a sensible distance

same

.

71.

State of the

72.

General conditions of

;

.

.

.

SECTION Law 73

— 80.

.

.

.



when the upper plane is exposed the linear movement of heat

solid

.

.

.

to the air

.

51

.53 .

ib.

55

V.

of the Permanent Temperatures in a Prism of Small Thickness.

Equation of the linear movement

of heat in the prism.

Different

consequences of this equation

56

SECTION The Heating 81

45

48

VI.

of Closed Spaces.

— 84.

The final state of the solid boundary which encloses the space heated by a surface b, maintained at the temperature a, is expressed by the following equation :

m-n-(a- n) <

^

1

'

The value air,

of

P

is

-

n the temperature

(

| +

^+-0 m ,

s,

and that

boundary, and



the temperature of the internal

cr,

of the external surface

K its conducibility proper

H measure

respectively

that of the inner surface of the s

;

e is

the thickness of the

....

Bemarkable consequences of the preceding equation 91. Measure of the quantity of heat requisite to retain at a constant temperature a body whose surface is protected from the external air by

85, 86.

87

is

+P

of the external air, g, h,

the penetrability of the heated surface

boundary

P-

z

v

62

65

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

viii

PAGE

ART.

Remarkable

several successive envelopes.

effects of the separation of

These results applicable to many different problems

surfaces.

SECTION

The permanent temperatures

.

67

VII.

Of the Uniform Movement of Heat 92, 93.

.

the

in

three Dimensions.

of a solid enclosed between six rec-

tangular planes are expressed by the equation

v=A + ax + hy + cz. the coordinates of any point, whose temperature

is v ; A, a, extreme planes are maintained by any causes at fixed temperatures which satisfy the preceding equation, the final system of all the internal temperatures will be expressed by the

x, y, z are b, c

are constant numbers.

If the

same equation 94, 95.

Measure of the flow of heat in this prism

SECTION

......

73 75

VIII.

Measure of the Movement of Heat at a Given Point of a Given Solid. 96

—99.

The

variable system of temperatures of a solid is supposed to be

expressed by the equation

v—F (%,

y,

where v denotes the variable t had elapsed, at the Formation of the analytical expresz, t),

temperature which would be observed after the time

point whose coordinates are x, y, z. sion of the flow of heat in a given direction within the solid 100.

...

78

Application of the preceding theorem to the case in which the function jF is

....

e~^ cos x cos y cos z

CHAPTER

82

II.

Equation of the Movement of Heat,

SECTION

I.

Equation of the Varied Movement of Heat in a Eing.

101—105.

The

variable

movement

of heat in a ring is expressed

by the

equation

dt

~ CD

CDS

dx*

V'

The arc x measures the distance of a section from the origin O v is the temperature which that section acquires after the lapse of the time t K, C, D, h are the specific coefficients S is the area of the section, by ;

;

;

the revolution of which the ring the section .

is

generated;

I

is

the perimeter of

85

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

106

— 110.

The temperatures

at

IX

situated at

points

equal

distances

are

represented by the terms of a recurring series. Observation of the temperatures vlf v.2> v3 of three consecutive points gives the measure of the ratio

-

K

:

we have

—q,

vn

w-qu + 1-0,

distance between two consecutive points

The

is X,

logarithm of one of the two values of u

and

;

[

is

—— ^

.

\\logeJ

I

and log «

.

SECTION

— =-

K

the decimal .

.

.86

.

II.

Equation of the Vaeied Movement of Heat in a Solid Sphere. Ill

—113. sphere

x denoting the radius of any shell, the movement of heat in the expressed by the equation

is

dv_ K (£? ?*!\ + dt~ CD \dx2 x dxj 114

— 117.

..

..

go

.

Conditions relative to the state of the surface and to the initial

state of the solid

92

SECTION

III.

Equation of the Varied' Movement of Heat in a Solid Cylinder. 118

—120. the

The temperatures

first relates

determined by three equations

of the solid are

;.

to the internal temperatures, the second expresses the

continuous state of the surface, the third expresses the initial state of the solid

95

SECTION

IV.

Equations of the Varied Movement of Heat in a Solid Prism of Infinite Length. 121

— 123.

The system

of fixed

temperatures 2

d v dx% v is the temperature at a point

Equation relative

124, 125. first

satisfies the

equation

2

2

d v

d v

dy'2

dz l

'

whose coordinates are

to the state of the surface

section

x,y,z. and

.

.

.99

-

SECTION

97

to that of the

V.

Equations of the Varied Movement of Heat in a Solid Cube. 126

— 131.

The system

state of

of variable temperatures is determined by three one expresses the internal state, the second relates to the . the surface, and the third expresses the initial state .

F. H.

b

equations

;

.

101

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

SECTION

VI.

General Equation of the Propagation of Heat

in

the Interior

of Solids.

PAGE

ART.

132

— 139.

Elementary proof of properties of the uniform movement of heat in a solid enclosed between six orthogonal planes, the constant temperatures being expressed by the linear equation,

v=A - ax-by -cz. The temperatures cannot change, since each point of the solid receives as much heat as it gives off. The quantity of heat which during the unit of time crosses a plane at right angles to the axis of z

is the same, through whatever point of that axis the plane passes. The value of this common flow is that which would exist, if the coefficients a and b were nul

140, 141.

104

The

Analytical expression of the flow in the interior of any solid.

-Ia T

equation of the temperatures being v=f(x,

y, s, t) the function dz expresses the quantity of heat which during the instant dt crosses an

infinitely small area

coordinates are

x,

w perpendicular to the axis of z, and whose temperature

y,

whose

z,

at the point

is

v after the time

t

has elapsed 142

— 145.

It

109

is

easy to derive from the foregoing theorem the general

equation of the

movement

of heat,

dv_ dt

K

~ CD

namely

(dH \dx*

+

d*v dy*

SECTION

+

d^vX dz>)

- {A)

'

'

'

"

lM

VII.

General Equation Relative to the Surface. 146

—154.

It is

proved that the variable temperatures at points on the

surface of a body, which

cooling in

is

dv

m dx +n dv +P dv + dy

Tz

air, satisfy

h

Kn=

>

the equation

™à* + này+pdz =

t

being the differential equation of the surface which bounds the solid, and a being equal to (mï + tf+p*)*. To discover this equation we consider a molecule of the envelop which bounds the solid, and we express the fact that the temperature of this element does not change by a finite magnitude during an infinitely small instant. This condition holds and continues to exist after that the regular action of the medium has been exerted during a very small instant. Any form may be given to the element of the envelop.. The case in which the molecule is formed by rectangular sections presents remarkable properties. In the most simple case, which is that in which the base is parallel to the tangent plane,

the truth of the equation

is

evident

115

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

SECTION

XI

VIII.

Application of the General Equations. ART.

PAGE

In applying the general equation (A) to the case

155, 156.

and and

of the sphere,

we

same equations

find the

of the cylinder

as those of Section III.

of Section II. of this chapter

123

SECTION

IX.

General Eemarks. 157

— 162.

Fundamental considerations on the nature of the quantities x, t, v, K, h, C, D, which enter into all the analytical expressions of the Theory of Heat. Each of these quantities has an exponent of dimension which relates to the length, or to the duration, or to the temperature. These exponents are found by making the units of measure vary .

CHAPTER Propagation of Heat in an

163

— 166.

I.

Statement oe the Problem.



If

of a rectangular plate included bemaintained at the temperature 0, are

infinite sides,

d^v expressed by the equation -r^

—170.

rectangular solid.

The constant temperatures

tween two parallel

167

126

III.

infinite

SECTION •

.

we consider the

d 2v

+ y^=0

131

from two points whose

state of the plate at a very great distance

the transverse edge, the ratio of the temperatures of

coordinates are x1 , y and x 2 ,y changes according as the value of y increases x 1 and x2 preserving their respective values. The ratio has ;

a limit to which it is

it

approaches more and more, and when y

This remark

suffices to disclose the general

v^r^aie~ It

is infinite,

expressed by the product of a function of x and of a function of

is

easy to ascertain

effected»

.

=

l2i

~ 1)x .

form

of v,

y.

namely,

cos (2i -l).y.

how the movement

of heat

in

the plate

is

134

.

0%

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

xii

SECTION

II.

Fiest Example of the use of Trigonometric Series in the

Theory of Heat, AGE

art.

171

i"

—178.

Investigation of the coefficients in the equation

\—a cos x + b cos Bx + c cos 5x +d cos 7x+ etc. From which we

conclude

T =rcosx-^cos3a! + 7;0os5x- = cos 5 4 3 7

or

SECTION

7a;

+

137

etc

III.

Eemarks on these Series. 179

— 181.

To

find the value of the series

the number

m of

terms

which forms the second member,

supposed to be limited, and the series becomes This function is developed according to powers of

is

......

a function of x and m. the reciprocal of m, and m is made infinite 182 184. The same process is applied to several other series

— 185 — 188.

.

.

.

145 147

In the preceding development, which gives the value of the function of x and m, we determine rigorously the limits within which the

sum

of all the terms is included, starting from a given term Very simple process for forming the series

189.

I = -C*2TTl

COS(2{ - 1)aJ

SECTION

-

v

.

.

.

...

150

153

IV.

General Solution. Analytical expression of the

190, 191.

slab

192

;

— 195.

of heat in a rectangular

154

to verify the solution

side

..........

parallel or perpendicular to the base.

196 — 199.

movement

decomposed into simple movements Measure of the quantity of heat which crosses an edge or

it is

This expression of the flow

suffices

Consequences of this solution. The rectangular slab must be considered as forming part of an infinite plane the solution expresses the permanent temperatures at all points of this plane 200 204. It is proved that the problem proposed admits of no other solution different from that which we have just stated ;



....

156

159 161

TABLE OF CONTENTS. SECTION

Xlll

V.

Finite Expression of the Eesult op the Solution.

PAGE

ART.

The temperature

205, 206.

ordinates are x and y,

at a point of the rectangular slab

is

whose

co-

expressed thus

p=arc.tang 2

..«».»•..

_A

(- ,,._

SECTION

166

VI.

Development op an Arbitrary Function in Trigonometric Series. 207

—214.

The development obtained by determining the values of the unnumber

known

coefficients in the following equations infinite in

:

A=a + 2b + 3c + éd + &c, B= a + 2 5 + 33e + 4?d + &c, 3

C = a + 2 5 6 + 3 5 c + 45 d + &c,

D =a + 2?6+ 3'c + 47d + &c, &c.

&c. f

To

solve these equations,

we

suppose the number of equations to be

first

m, and that the number of unknowns all

number m, and the

value of the

m

a, b, c, d, &c. is

The unknowns

the subsequent terms.

only, omitting

are determined for a certain

which the values of the

limits to

coeffi-

cients continually approach are sought; these limits are the quantities

which

it is

Expression of the values of

required to determine.

when m is infinite 216. The function
a, b, c, d,

168

&c. 215,

a

which 217, 218.

sinxc + 6 sin 2x

—221.

Any

sin4a; + &c.,

........

.a

function whatever -a x sin

The

+ c shxBx + d

supposed to contain only odd powers of x . . « . Different expression of the same development. Application to the is first

function e x - e~ x

219

the form

ce

+ «j

$ (x) may be developed under

sina 2a; + a3 sin3a;+...+aj sinicç +

— If" dxfi(x)

181

the form

(

2

value of the general coefficient. at is

.

179

sin we.

Whence we

derive the very simple theorem

—(f>(x)

= smxf

da


whence

+ sm2xj da


(x)

2

= H,

sinix

cia 0(a)

sin ia

Jo

i=l

Application of the theorem

222, 223.

/

sin 2a + sin Sx

:

from

is

it

C

+ &c,

da
....

184

derived the remarkable

series,

t

T4

2.

cos x = •-— since

l.o

4..

8... +

6 sin 4.r + ^-= sin 7« + ,=-— +—— 5.7 7. y 3.5 .

_

sin

9a;

&c.

, or> .

.

188

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

xiv

PAGE

ART. 224,

Second theorem on the development of functions in trigono-

225.

metrical series

:

-f « AppUcations

from

:

it

1 •

226

=2

cos ix

we

f da cos ia ^ (a).

Jo

2=0

derive the remarkable series

cos cos 6a; 1„ cos 2a; mx =2--i^---2^---57r&G 4a;

.

.

i**



(x)



'

'

'

'

19 °

—230.

The preceding theorems are applicable to discontinuous functions, and solve the problems which are based upon the analysis of Daniel Bernoulli in the problem of vibrating cords. The value of the series, sin x versin a + 5 sin

-,

is

if

we

versin 2a + 5 sin Sx versin 3a + &c.

2a;

x a quantity greater than

attribute to

and

less

than

a;

and

any quantity included between a and \ir. Application to other remarkable examples curved lines or surfaces which coincide in a part of their course, and differ in all the other parts .

the value of the series

is 0, if

x

is

;

.

231

—233.

Any

F

function whatever,

(a;),

may

193

be developed in the form

a x cos x + a2 cos 2x + a3 cos 3a; + &c, sin x + & 2 sin 2as + b s sin 3a; + &c.

Each

of the coefficients is a definite integral.

dxF(x),

Trcti

-IT

and

-n-bi

We thus

=

We have in general

= J •"JT

dxF(x) cos

ix,

dxF(x)sinix.

I

form the general theorem, which

is

one of the chief elements of

our analysis ;

,

2irF(x)

=S

(

cos

fa;

/

daF(a) cos ia + sin ix J

daF(a) sin

ia J

,

......

199

The values of .F(a:) which correspond to values of x included between - ir and + it must be regarded as entirely arbitrary. We may also choose any limits whatever for x Divers remarks on the use of developments in trigonometric series . 235.

206

i=+«)

or 27ri? (x)

l>

=S

+„

daF{a) cos(ix-ia).

J

234.

SECTION

204

VII.

Application to the actual Problem, 236, 237.

Expression of the permanent temperature in the infinite rectangular

slab,

the state of the transverse edge being represented by an arbitrary

function

.

.

.

.

.

.

209

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

CHAPTER Of

XV

IV.

and varied Movement of Heat in a

the linear

SECTION

ring.

I.

General solution op the Problem. ART.

238—241.

The

PAGE

°

"

variable

movement which we

are considering

is

composed

of

In each of these movements, the temperatures pre-

simple movements.

serve their primitive ratios, and decrease with the time, as the ordinates v of a line whose equation is v=A. e~ mt . Formation of the general ex-

213

pression

—244.

242

Application to

some remarkable examples.

Different consequences

218

of the solution

The system

245, 246.

and

of temperatures converges rapidly towards a regular

final state, expressed

by the

first

The sum

part of the integral.

of

the temperatures of two points diametrically opposed is then the same, whatever be the position of the diameter. It is equal to the mean temperature.

In each simple movement, the circumference

equidistant nodes.

All these partial

movements

divided by

is

successively disappear,

first; and in general the heat distributed throughout the solid . . assumes a regular disposition, independent of the initial state

except the

SECTION

221

II.

Of the Communication oe Heat between separate

masses.

—250.

Of the communication of heat between two masses. Expression Eemark on the value of the coefficient which measures the conducibility 251 255. Of the communication of heat between n separate masses, arranged in a straight line. Expression of the variable temperature of each mass ; it is given as a function of the time elapsed, of the coefficient which measures the conducibility, and of all the initial temperatures 247

of the variable temperatures.

225



..... "

regarded as arbitrary

.

.

,

Remarkable consequences of this solution Application to the case in which the number of masses is infinite 258. . 259 266. Of the communication of heat between n separate masses arranged Differential equations suitable to the problem integration of circularly. these equations. The variable temperature of each of the masses is expressed as a function of the coefficient which measures the conducibility, of the time which has elapsed since the instant when the communication began, and of all the initial temperatures, which are arbitrary but in 256, 257.

.

228

236 237



;

;

........

order to determine these functions completely,

the elimination of the coefficients

267

—271. these

it is

necessary to effect

238

Elimination of the coefficients in the equations which contain

unknown

quantities

and the given

initial

temperatures

.

.

.

247

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

xvi

PAGE

ART.

Formation

272, 273.

of the general solution

analytical expression of the

:

....

result

274

—276.

Examination

277, 278.

We

Application and consequences of this solution of the case in

253

255

which the number n is supposed infinite.

obtain the solution relative to a solid ring, set forth in Article 241,

and the theorem of Article 234. We thus ascertain the origin of the analysis which we have employed to solve the equation relating to con-

....

tinuous bodies Analytical expression of the two preceding results

279.

280—282.

It is

proved that the problem of the movement of heat in a ring

The

admits no other solution.

integral of the equation

-j-

=

k

at

-r-s

dx2

is

evidently the most general which can be formed

CHAPTER Of

259 .262

the

263

V.

Propagation of Heat in a solid sphere.

SECTION

I.

General Solution. 283

—289. is

The

ratio of the variable

temperatures of two points in the solid

in the first place considered to approach continually a definite limit.

This remark leads to the equation v = A the simple

movement

infinity of values given

e~^n2i which ,

of heat in the sphere.

by the

definite equation

nX — = t till

radius of the sphere sphere,

is

expresses

The number n has an 1

- hX.

The

7ZS.

denoted by X,.and the radius of any concentric is v after the lapse of the time t, by x; h

whose temperature

K

are the specific coefficients; A is any constant. Constructions adapted to disclose the nature of the definite equation, the limits and

and

values of

290

—292.

293.

its

roots

Formation

.

.

.

.

of the general solution

268

.

;

final state of the solid

.

.

Application to the case in which the sphere has been heated by a prolonged immersion

SECTION

274 277

II.

Different remarks on this Solution.

—296.

294

Eesults relative to spheres of small radius, and to the final tem-

peratures of any sphere

.279

298—300. Variable temperature of a thermometer plunged into a liquid which is cooling freely. Application of the results to the comparison and use of thermometers

282

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

XV11 PAGB

ART.

Expression

301.

of the

mean temperature

of the sphere as a function of the

286

time elapsed 302

— 304.

Application to spheres of very great radius, and to those in which

287

the radius is very small 305.

Remark on the nature of n .

We

306, 307.

the

the values

all

289

CHAPTER Of

which gives

of the definite equation

VI.

Movement of Heat

remark in the

first

in a solid cylinder.

place that the ratio of the variable tem-

peratures of two points of the solid approaches continually a definite limit,

and by

this

The function by a

differential

this function,

308, 309.

of

ascertain the expression of the simple

one of the factors equation of the second order.

and must

is

it is

proved that

The function u

all

=— IT

311, 312.

A number

g enters into

By means

/

JO

x

is

theorems of

...

294

complete value X.

296

expressed by

dr cos (xJg sin

r)

;

hu + -=- =0, giving to x

definite equation is

The development

291

of the principal

the roots of the equation are real

of the variable

« and the

movement.

of this expression is given

satisfy a definite equation

Analysis of this equation.

algebra, 310.

we

x which

of the function

4>{z)

its

being represented by

a + Js+Cg+rfg-g-f&c, the value of the series

a+

cP 22



is

IT

+

+

du(t

/

J

et*

2 2 .4 2

314.

315



+ '

smu).

r,

.......

Remark on 313.

gt s

2 2 .4 2 .6 2

this use of definite integrals Expression of the function u of the variable a; as a continued fraction . Formation of the general solution 318. Statement of the analysis which determines the values of the co-

efficients

319.

General solution

320.

Consequences of the solution

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

298 300 301 303 308 309

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

xviii

CHAPTER

VII.

Propagation of Heat in a rectangular prism. ART.

321

_

—323.

PAGE

o

Expression of the simple movement determined by the general properties of heat, and by the form of the solid. Jnto .this expression

enters an aro

e

which

transcendental equation,

satisfies a

all of

whose 311

roots are real

unknown

All the

325.

General solution of the problem

326. 327.

The problem proposed admits no other Temperatures

.

.... ....

solution

on the axis of the prism Application to the case in which the thickness of the prism

328, 329.

330.

determined by definite integrals

coefficients are

324.

at points

is

The

how

the uniform

movement

of heat is established

319

Application to prisms, the dimensions of whose bases are large

CHAPTER Of

.

.

340.

Expression of the

Comparison of

movement which 341.

.

.

Application to the simple case considered in Art. 100

—347.

consider the linear

movement

of heat in

the initial state

v — F(x).

is

proved

|

Jo

dq cos qx

JJ o

.

.

327

.

.

328

324

ib.

cube, with the

....

in an Infinite Line.

;

-F(x) =

323

I.

part of which has been heated

The following theorem

.

of Heat.

Of the eeee Movement, op Heat

We

-

e

IX.

the Diffusion

SECTION ,

.

...

of heat in the

CHAPTER

342

.

takes place in the sphere

Of

322

solid cube.

Expression of the simple movement. Into it enters an aro which must satisfy a trigonometric equation all of whose roots are real 335,336. Formation of the general solution 337. The problem can admit no other solution Consequence of the solution 338.

mean temperature the final movement

.

VIII.

Movement of Heat in a

the

.

333, 334.

339.

315

317

318 solution shews

in the interior of the solid 332.

314

very

small 331.

313

dd

an

infinite line, a

is

represented by

:

F (a) cos qa.

329 331

XIX

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

I^ 012

ABT.

F (x) = F (-x)

satisfies tho condition

The function F(x)

Expression of

.

833

the variable temperatures Application to the -case in which

348.

have received the same

temperature.

initial

— sin a cos ox do

r if

1

The

integral

.

is

2

we give to a; a value included between 1 and - 1. The definite integral has a nul value, if as is not included between and - 1 . . .

338

Application to the ease in which the heating given results from the

349.

final state

which the action of a source

of heat determines

.

.

339

.

Discontinuous values of the function expressed by the integral

350.

[ïTiï 351

the points of the part heated

all

—353.

We

consider the linear

G0Bqx '

movement

of heat in a line

whose

uo

initial

temperatures are represented by v=f{x) at the distance x to the right of the origin, and by v — - f (x) at the distance x to the left of the origin.

The

Expression of the variable temperature at any point. derived from the analysis which expresses the

movement

infinite line

354.

solution

of heat in

.

ib.

343

.

355

an

Expression of the variable temperatures when the initial state of the part heated is expressed by an entirely arbitrary function .

.

— 358.

The developments

.

of functions in sines or cosines of multiple arcs

are transformed into definite integrals

The

359.

following theorem

is

— f(x)= "

The function / (x)

proved

I

dqsinqx

daf (a)

J

sin q a.

Jo

Jo

satisfies

345

:

the condition

:

/(-») = -/(*)

—362.

360

Use

by the general equation

:

7r0(x)=

This equation

is

348

Proof of the theorem expressed

of the preceding results.

I

da(j>(a)

I

dq cos (qx -

evidently included in equation

qa).

(II)

stated in Art. 234.

(See Art. 397) 363.

The foregoing

ib.

solution shews also the variable

movement

of heat in

an

one point of which is submitted to a constant temperature also be solved by means of another form of the integral. Formation of this integral . 365. 366. Application of the solution to an infinite prism, whose initial

352

Eemarkable consequences problem of the diffusion of heat. The solution which we derive from it agrees with that which has been

356

stated in Articles 347, 348

362

infinite line,

364.

.

The same problem may

temperatures are nul.

367

— 369.

The same

354

integral applies to the

...

....

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Xx -ART.

Kemarks on

370, 371.

forms of the integral of the equation

different

du _ d 2u dt ~ dx 2

365

SECTION

II.

Of the free Movement of Heat The expression

372—376.

for the variable

in an Infinite Solid.

movement

that of the linear

movement.

The

dv

d 2v dx2

_

dt

solves the proposed problem. it is

It

an infinite immediately from

of heat in

solid mass, according to three dimensions, is derived

integral of the equation

d?v

d 2v

dy 2

dz'

2

cannot have a more extended integral

;

derived also from the particular value v

— e~ nU cos nx,

or from this: e it

which both

satisfy the equation

tegrals obtained is founded

and of

377

if

t

—382.

.

at the

if

^v 2

The

.

upon the following

generality of the in-

proposition,

which may be

Two

functions of the variables x, y, they satisfy the differential equation

regarded as self-evident. necessarily identical,

d —=— dv

dv

cPv

d2 v


dt

dx2

dy 2

dz 2

z,

t

are

'

same time they have the same value

for a certain value

368

.

The heat contained

in a part of

an

infinite prism, all the other

points of which have nul initial temperature, begins to be distributed

throughout the whole mass and after a certain interval of time, the state of any part of the solid depends not upon the distribution of the The last result is not due initial heat, but simply upon its quantity. to the increase of the distance included between any point of the mass and the part which has been heated; it is entirely due to the increase ;

of the

time elapsed.

In

all

problems submitted to analysis, the expo-

nents are absolute numbers, and not quantities. We ought not to omit the parts of these exponents which are incomparably smaller than the

whose absolute values are extremely small The same remarks apply to the distribution of heat in an

others, but only those

383

—385.

.

.

376

infinite

382

solid

SECTION The Highest Temperatures

in. in an Infinite Solid.

The heat contained in part of the prism out the whole mass. The temperature at a

386, 387.

gressively, arrives at its greatest value,

distributes itself through-

distant point rises pro-

and then decreases.

The time

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

XXI PAGE

ART.

maximum

which this

after

occurs,

a function of the distance

is

Expression of this function for a prism whose heated points have same initial temperature

x.

re-

ceived the

388

— 391.

392

—395.

Solution of a problem analogous to the foregoing.

385

Different

results of the solution

387

The movement

of heat in

an

infinite solid is considered;

and

the highest temperatures, at parts very distant from the part originally heated, are determined

392

SECTION

IV.

Comparison of the Integp»als.

— = -^

O/O

396.

First integral

the 397.

movement

first

(/3)

of heat in

an

infinite solid

It expresses

(a).

.

the linear

398

.

Second development according to the powers of

t.

must contain a

single arbitrary function of

t

.

is

derived from

it

d?v

d 2v

^ = ^ + ^-,

:

,

.

dt 2

dv

di

4

d

v

and7

(c) '

Application to the equations d-v

,

d2v

E

'

'

'

m

'

'

'

m

.

°

{d)

d*v

d*v

dy*

(e *'

d ev

= a d X-^ h d^ + C d^ +&C

Use of the theorem

dS>

^ + ^=

:

d*v

+ dxi+ + dxXdf d2v

of Article 361, to

(/)

'

form the integral of equation (/)

of the preceding Article

Use

of the

407

same theorem

to

form the integral of equation

407. 408.

(d)

which

........ ....

belongs to elastic plates 406.

Second form of the same integral Lemmas which serve to effect these transformations The theorem expressed by equation (E), Art. 361, applies to any number of variables

409.

Use

410.

Application of

399

402

,

Application to the equations

and

.

The

dispenses with effecting the develop-

in series

d2 v

405.

%b,

The

v.

,

.

Notation appropriate to the representation of these developments. analysis which

404.

396

same equation

of the

First development of the value of v according to increasing powers

ment

403.

This integral expresses

(.«)

other forms (y) and (5) of the integral, which are derived, like the preceding form, from the integral (a) of the time

402.

flil)

Two

399. 400.

401.

the equation

of heat in a ring

Second integral

movement 398.

(a) of

form the integral of equation the same theorem to the equation

of this proposition to

d?v

dH

d^v_

dx2

dy'1

dz 2

(c)

of Art.

402

.

409 412 413

415 416

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

xxii

....

ART.

411.

Integral of equation

412.

Second form

Use

413.

series

of

the

of vibrating elastic surfaces

(e)

of the integral

same theorem

.

*

to obtain the integrals, by

d?v _ = 2

dl

summing the

'

dz

. Integral under finite form containing two arbitrary functions of t The expressions change form When we use other limits of the definite .

Construction which serves to prove the general equation

f[x)

417.

422 425

integrals

415. 416.

419 421

Application to the equation

which represent them.

dv

414.

PAGB

=

n 4" 00

*4~°û

1

^J_

daf{a)f_^dpeoa{px-pa)

(B)

.

.

ib.

Any limits a and 6 may be taken for the integral with respect to a. These limits are those of the values of x which correspond to existing values of the function f(x). Every other value of x gives a nul result

far»)

429

The same remark

418.

applies to the general equation

»)= — 2_ the second

The

419.

member

of

420.

cos—

{x-a),

which represents a periodic function theorem expressed by equation (B) consists .

.

.

432

chief character of the

in this, that the sign a,

daf(a)

J_^

/

of the function is transferred to another

and that the chief variable x is only under the symbol cosine Use of these theorems in the analysis of imaginary quantities dPv

-p2 +

d2v

Application to the equation

422.

General expression of the fluxion of the order

d

l

.

.

433

.

.

435

=

421.

-j-j

unknown

436 i,

.f{x)

437

dxi Construction which serves to prove the general equation. Consequences

423.

relative to the extent of equations of this kind, to the values of

/ (x)

which correspond to the limits of x, to the infinite values of f(x). 424 427. The method which consists in determining by definite integrals the unknown coefficients of the development of a function of x under the form .



CHp is

(fl-^x)

+ h


derived from the elements of algebraic analysis.

the distribution of heat in a solid sphere.

Example

relative to

By examining from

this

point of view the process which serves to determine the coefficients,

we

which may arise on the employment of all the terms of the second member, on the discontinuity of functions, on singular or infinite values. The equations which are obtained by this method express either the variable state, or the initial state of masses of infinite dimensions. The form of the integrals which belong to the theory of solve easily problems

438

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

XX111

ART.

PAGE heat, represents at the

and that

of

an

same time the composition

infinity of partial effects,

of simple

due to the action

movements,

of all points of

the solid 428.

441

General remarks on the method which has served to solve the analytical

problems of the theory of heat General remarks on the principles from which we have derived the

450

.

429.

ferential equations of the

movement

...... ....

of heat

dif-

Terminology relative to the general properties of heat 431. Notations proposed 432. 433. General remarks on the nature of the coefficients which enter into 430.

the differential equations of the

movement

of heat

.....

EEEATA. Page

9, line 28, for III. read IV. Pages 54, 55, for k read K. Page 189, line 2, The equation should be denoted Page 205, last line but one, for x read X.

~ read ^ dr dx

Page 298,

line 18, for

Page 299,

line 16, for of read in.

,,

,,

last line,

/ JO

Page 300, Page 407, Page 432,

du


(A).

read sin u)

line 3, for

= 7T0 + tSrf + -, £2 l

A2

,

A 4 A G read ,

,

line 12, for d


line 13, read (x-a).

"

+ &o.

Jt

irA^, TrA it

wA G

.

456 462 463 464

PRELIMINARY DISCOURSE. Primary

unknown to us; but are subject to simple which may be discovered by observation, the

causes are

and constant

laws,

study of them being the object of natural philosophy. Heat, like gravity, penetrates every substance of the universe, its

rays occupy

parts of space.

all

The

object of our

work

is

to

mathematical laws which this element obeys. The theory of heat will hereafter form one of the most important set forth the

branches of general physics.

The knowledge

of rational mechanics, which the

nations had been able to acquire, has not

the history of this science,

harmony,

is

we except the

if

most ancient to us, and

come down first

theorems in

not traced up beyond the discoveries of Archimedes.

This great geometer explained the mathematical principles of the equilibrium of solids and

About eighteen centuries

fluids.

elapsed before Galileo, the originator of dynamical theories, dis-

covered the laws of motion of heavy bodies. science

Newton comprised the whole system

Within

this

successors of these philosophers have extended these theories,

given them an admirable perfection

phenomena

the most diverse

:

new The

of the universe.

and

they have taught us that

are subject to a small

fundamental laws which are reproduced in

all

number

of

the acts of nature.

It is recognised that the

same

ments of the

form, the inequalities of their courses,

stars, their

principles regulate all the

move-

the equilibrium and the oscillations of the seas, the harmonic vibrations of air

and sonorous

bodies, the transmission of light,

capillary actions, the undulations of fluids, in fine the

plex effects of F.

H.

all

most com-

the natural forces, and thus has the thought 1

THEORY OF HEAT.

2

Newton been confirmed

of

geometria gloriatur

:

quod tarn paucis tarn multa

prcestet

1 .

But whatever may be the range do not apply to the

of mechanical theories, they

These make up a special

effects of heat.

order of phenomena, which cannot be explained

by the

principles

We

have for a long time been in possession of ingenious instruments adapted to measure many of these effects; valuable observations have been collected; but in this manner partial results only have become known, and not the mathematical demonstration of the laws which include of motion and equilibrium.

them I

all.

have deduced these laws 'from prolonged study and

tentive comparison of the facts

known up

at-

to this time: all these

have observed afresh in the course of several years with

facts I

the most exact instruments that have hitherto been used.

To found the distinguish

theory, it was in the first place necessary to and define with precision the elementary properties

which determine the action of heat.

I

then perceived that

all

the

phenomena which depend on this action resolve themselves into a very small number of general and simple facts whereby every ;

physical problem of this kind tion of

mathematical analysis.

brought back to an investigaFrom these general facts I have

is

concluded that to determine numerically the most varied move-

ments of heat,

it is sufficient

fundamental observations. in the

to submit each substance to three

Different bodies in fact do not possess

same degree the power to contain

heat, to receive or transmit

through the interior of These are the three specific qualities which our theory clearly distinguishes and shews how to measure. It is easy to judge how much these researches concern the physical sciences and civil economy, and what may be their influence on the progress of the arts which require the employment and distribution of heat. They have also a necessary connection with the system of the world, and their relations become known when we consider the grand phenomena which take place

it across their surfaces,

nor to conduct

it

their masses.

near the surface of the terrestrial globe. 1

Ac

Philosophiez naturalis principia mathematica.

gloriatur

prsestet.

geometria

[A. F.]

Auctoris prœfatio ad lectorem.

quod tarn paucis principiis aliunde

petitis tarn

multa

PRELIMINARY DISCOURSE. In its

sun in which this planet

the radiation of the

fact,

incessantly plunged, penetrates the

ô

air,

is

the earth, and the waters

;

elements are divided, change in direction every way, and,

penetrating the mass of the globe, would raise perature more and more,

if

mean tem-

the heat acquired were not exactly

balanced by that which escapes in rays from surface

its

all

points of the

and expands through the sky.

Different climates, unequally exposed to the

action of solar

an immense time, acquired the temperatures proper to their situation. This effect is modified by several accessory causes, such as elevation, the form of the ground, the neighbourhood and extent of continents and seas, the state of the

heat, have, after

surface, the direction of the winds.

The

succession

of day

and night, the alternations of the

seasons occasion in the solid earth periodic variations, which are

repeated every day or every year: less

and

less sensible as

but these changes become

the point at which they are measured

No

recedes from the surface.

diurnal variation can be detected

at the depth of about three metres [ten feet]

variations cease to be appreciable sixty metres.

The temperature

at

;

a depth

and the annual

much

less

than

at great depths is then sensibly

but it is not the same at all points of the same meridian in general it rises as the equator is approached. The heat which the sun has communicated to the terrestrial globe, and which has produced the diversity of climates, is now subject to a movement which has become uniform. It advances within the interior of the mass which it penetrates throughout, and at the same time recedes from the plane of the equator, and

fixed at a given place

:

;

proceeds to lose itself across the polar regions.

In the higher regions of the atmosphere the air is very rare and transparent, and retains but a minute part of the heat of the solar rays: this places.

The lower

is

the cause of the excessive cold of elevated

layers,

and water, expand and fact of expansion.

The

denser and more heated by the land

rise

up they are cooled by the very movements of the air, such as :

great

the trade winds which blow between the tropics, are not de-

termined by the attractive forces of the action

of these

oscillations

celestial

bodies

in a fluid so rare

produces

and at

moon and scarcely

so great

sun.

The

perceptible

a distance.

1—2

It

\

THEORY OF HEAT.

4 is

the changes of temperature which periodically displace every

part of the atmosphere.

The waters

of the

ocean are differently exposed at their

sun, and the bottom of the basin which contains them is heated very unequally from the poles These two causes, ever present, and combined to the equator. with gravity and the centrifugal force, keep up vast movements They displace and mingle all the in the interior of the seas. parts, and produce those general and regular currents which navigators have noticed. Radiant heat which escapes from the surface of all bodies, and traverses elastic media, or spaces void of air, has special laws, and occurs with widely varied phenomena. The physical explanation of many of these facts is already known the mathematical theory which I have formed gives an exact measure of them. It consists, in a manner, in a new catoptrics which

surface to the rays of the

;

has

its

own

theorems, and serves to determine by analysis

all

the effects of heat direct or reflected.

The enumeration of the chief objects of the theory sufficiently shews the nature of the questions which I have proposed to myself.

What

are the elementary properties which

it is

requisite

observe in each substance, and what are the experiments most suitable to determine them exactly? If the distribution of heat in solid matter is regulated by constant laws, what is the mathematical expression of those laws, and by what analysis may we derive from this expression the complete solution of the principal problems ? Why do terrestrial temperatures cease to be variable at a depth so small with respect to the radius of the earth ? Every inequality in the movement of this planet necessarily occasioning an oscillation of the solar heat beneath the surface, what relation is there between the duration of its period, and the depth at which the temperatures become conto

stant

?

What time must have

elapsed before the climates could acquire

now maintain and what now vary their mean heat ?

the different temperatures which they are the different causes which can

;

Why

do not the annual changes alone in the distance of the sun from the earth, produce at the surface of the earth very considerable changes in the temperatures

?

PRELIMINARY DISCOURSE.

From what

characteristic

can we ascertain that the earth

has not entirely lost its original heat laws of the loss as

If,

is

5

;

and what are the exact

?

several

observations indicate, this

not wholly dissipated,

it

fundamental heat

must be immense

at great depths,

and nevertheless it has no sensible influence at the present time on the mean temperature of the climates. The effects which are observed in them are due to the action of the solar rays. But independently of these two sources of heat, the one fundamental and primitive, proper to the terrestrial globe, the other due to the presence of the sun, is there not a more universal cause, which determines the temperature of the heavens, in that part Since the obof space which the solar system now occupies? served facts necessitate this cause, what are the consequences of an exact theory in this entirely new question how shall we be able to determine that constant value of the température of space, and deduce from it the temperature which belongs to each ;

planet

?

To these questions must be added others which depend on The physical cause of the re-

the properties of radiant heat.

flection of cold, that is to say the reflection of a lesser degree

of heat,

is

very distinctly

expression of this effect

On what

known

;

but what

is

the mathematical

?

general principles do the atmospheric temperatures

depend, whether the thermometer which measures them receives

on a surface metallic or unpolished, or whether this instrument remains exposed, during the night, under a sky free from clouds, to contact with the air, to radiation from terrestrial bodies, and to that from the most distant and coldest parts of the atmosphere ? The intensity of the rays which escape from a point on the surface of any heated body varying with their inclination according to a law which experiments have indicated, is there not a necessary mathematical relation between this law and the general and what is the physical cause of fact of the equilibrium of heat the

solar

rays

directly,

;

this inequality in intensity

?

when heat penetrates fluid masses, and determines in movements by continual changes of the temperature and density of each molecule, can we still express, by differential Lastly,

them

internal

THEORY OF HEAT.

6

equations, the laws of such a

compound

effect

;

and what

is

resulting change in the general equations of hydrodynamics

the

?

chief problems which I have solved, and which submitted to calculation. If we consider been have never yet further the manifold relations of this mathematical theory to

Such are the

civil

uses and the technical arts,

the extent of entire

its

completely

shall recognize

It is evident that it includes

an

phenomena, and that the study of

it

applications.

of distinct

series

we

cannot be omitted without losing a notable part of the science of nature.

The

theory are derived, as are those of

principles of the

from a very small number of primary facts, the causes of which are not considered by geometers, but which they admit as the results of common observations confirmed by all rational mechanics,

experiment.

The

differential equations of the propagation of heat express

the most general conditions, and reduce the physical questions to

problems of pure analysis, and this

They are not

the proper object of theory.

is

than the general equations In order to make this comparison more perceptible, we have always preferred demonstrations analogous to those of the theorems which serve as the foundation less rigorously established

of equilibrium and motion.

of statics

These equations

and dynamics.

a different form,

when they

still

exist,

but receive

express the distribution of luminous

heat in transparent bodies, or the movements which the changes of temperature and density occasion in the interior of fluids.

which they contain are subject to variations whose not yet known but in all the natural problems measure is exact which it most concerns us to consider, the limits of temperature differ so little that we may omit the variations of these co-

The

coefficients

;

efficients.

The equations

of the

movement

of heat, like

those which

express the vibrations of sonorous bodies, or the ultimate oscillations of liquids, belong to one of the

branches of analysis, which

it is

most recently discovered

very important to perfect.

After

having established these differential equations their integrals must be obtained

;

this

process

consists

in passing from a

expression to a particular solution subject to ditions.

This

difficult

all

common

the given con-

investigation requires a special

analysis

PRELIMINARY DISCOURSE.

7

founded on new theorems, whose object we could not in this place

make known.

leaves nothing vague

them up

The method which is derived from them and indeterminate in the solutions, it leads

to the final numerical applications, a necessary condition

which we should only arrive at

of every investigation, without useless transformations.

The same theorems which have made known movement of heat, apply directly to

equations of the

blems

to

us

and dynamics whose solution has

of general analysis

the

certain profor a

long time been desired.

Profound study of nature matical discoveries.

is

the most fertile source of mathe-

Not only has

this study, in offering a de-

terminate object to investigation, the advantage of excluding

vague questions and calculations without issue it is besides a method of forming analysis itself, and of discovering the elements which it concerns us to know, and which natural science ;

sure

ought always to preserve these are the fundamental elements which are reproduced in all natural effects. :

We

see, for

example, that the same expression whose abstract

properties geometers

had considered, and which in

this respect

belongs to general analysis, represents as well the motion of light in the atmosphere, as solid matter,

in

it

determines the laws of diffusion of heat all the chief problems of the

and enters into

theory of probability.

The

analytical equations,

which Descartes was the

and

unknown

to the ancient geometers,

to introduce into the study of curves

first

surfaces, are not restricted to the properties of figures,

those properties which are the object of rational mechanics

and ;

to

they

extend to all general phenomena. There cannot be a language more universal and more simple, more free from errors and from obscurities, that is to say more worthy to express the invariable relations of natural things.

Considered from this point of view, mathematical analysis extensive as nature itself;

measures times, spaces, is

it

forces,

defines

temperatures

is

as

perceptible relations,

all ;

this difficult science

formed slowly, but it preserves every principle which it has once it grows and strengthens itself incessantly in the midst

acquired of the

;

many

variations

and

errors of the

Its chief attribute is clearness

;

it

human mind.

has no marks to express con-

THEORY OF HEAT.

8

phenomena the most

It brings together

fused notions.

and discovers the hidden analogies which unite them.

by

diverse,

If matter

extreme tenuity, if bodies are placed far from us in the immensity of space, if man wishes to know the aspect of the heavens at successive epochs escapes us, as that of air and light,

its

separated by a great number of centuries, if the actions of gravity and of heat are exerted in the interior of the earth at depths which will be always inaccessible, mathematical analysis can yet It makes them present lay hold of the laws of these phenomena. and measurable, and seems to be a faculty of the human mind destined to supplement the shortness of life and the imperfecand what is still more remarkable, it follows tion of the senses same course in the study of all phenomena it interprets them the by the same language, as if to attest the unity and simplicity of the plan of the universe, and to make still more evident that unchangeable order which presides over all natural causes. ;

;

many examples which spring from the if the order which is established in these phenomena could be grasped by our senses, it would produce in us an impression comparable to the sensation of musical sound. The problems

of the theory of heat present so

and constant general laws of nature and of the simple

dispositions

;

The forms

of bodies are infinitely varied

;

the distribution of

the heat which penetrates them seems to be arbitrary and confused

but

all

;

the inequalities are rapidly cancelled and disappear as time

passes on.

The

progress of the

phenomenon becomes more regular

and simpler, remains finally subject to a definite law which same in all cases, and which bears no sensible impress of the

is

the

initial

arrangement. All

observation confirms these consequences.

The

analysis

from which they are derived separates and expresses clearly, 1° the general conditions, that is to say those which spring from the natural properties of heat, 2° the

effect,

of the form or state of the surfaces

;



accidental but continued,

the

effect,

not permanent,

of the primitive distribution.

In this work we have demonstrated theory of heat, and solved

all

all

the principles of the

the fundamental problems.

They

could have been explained more concisely by omitting the simpler

problems, and presenting in the results;

first instance the most general but we wished to shew the actual origin of the theory and

PRELIMINARY DISCOURSE.

9

gradual progress. When this knowledge has been acquired and the principles thoroughly fixed, it is preferable to employ at once the most extended analytical methods, as we have done in the later investigations. This is also the course which we shall hereafter follow in the memoirs which will be added to this work, and which will form in some manner its complement *; and by this means we shall have reconciled, so far as it can depend on ourselves, the necessary development of principles with the precision which becomes the applications of analysis. The subjects of these memoirs will be, the theory of radiant heat, the problem of the terrestrial temperatures, that of the its

temperature of dwellings, the comparison of theoretic results with those which we have observed in different experiments, lastly the demonstrations of the differential equations of the movement of

heat in

fluids.

The work which we now publish has been written a long time since

;

different circumstances

the printing of

it.

In

have delayed and often interrupted been enriched by

this interval, science has

the principles of our analysis, which had been grasped, have become better known the results which we had deduced from them have been discussed and confirmed. We ourselves have applied these principles to new problems, and have changed the form of some of the proofs.

important observations not at

The

;

first

;

delays of publication will have contributed to

clearer

The

make

the work

and more complete. subject of our

first

analytical investigations on the transfer

amongst separated masses; these have been preserved in Chapter III., Section II. The problems relative to continuous bodies, which form the theory rightly so cahed, were solved many years afterwards this theory was explained for the first time in a manuscript work forwarded to the Institute of France at the end of the year 1807, an extract from which was of heat was its distribution

;

published in the Bulletin des Sciences (Société Philomatique, year 1808, page 112). We added to this memoir, and successively forwarded very extensive notes, concerning the convergence of series, the diffusion of heat in an infinite prism, its emission in spaces 1

These memoirs were never

collectively published as a sequel or

to the Théorie Analytique de la Chaleur.

complement

But, as will be seen presently, the author had written most of them before the publication of that work in 1822. [A. F.]

THEOEY OF HEAT.

10 void of

air,

the constructions suitable for

exhibiting the chief

movement

theorems, and the analysis of the periodic

at the sur-

Our second memoir, on the propagation

face of the earth.

of

on the 28th of September, 1811. It was formed out of the preceding memoir and the geometrical constructions and the notes already sent in those details of analysis which had no necessary relation to the

was deposited

heat,

in the archives of the Institute,

;

physical problem were omitted,

and

to it

was added the general

equation which expresses the state of the surface.

work was sent

to press in the course of 1821, to

the collection of the

Academy

of Sciences.

any change or addition the text agrees ;

This second

be inserted in

It is printed without

literally

with the deposited

manuscript, which forms part of the archives of the Institute \

In

this

found a 1

memoir, and in the writings which preceded it, will be explanation of applications which our actual work

first

appears as a memoir and supplement in volumes IV. and V. of the MéFor convenience of comparison with the table

It

moires de V Académie des Sciences. of contents of the Analytical

Theory of Heat, we subjoin the

titles

and heads

of

memoir Théorie du mouvement de la chaleur dans les corps solides, par M.

the chapters of the printed

:

[Mémoires de l'Académie Royale des Sciences de V Institut de France.

Fourier.

Tome IV.

(for

year 1819).

Paris 1824.]

Exposition.

I.

Notions générales

II.

Du

IV.

V.

et définitions préliminaires.

Equations du mouvement de la chaleur.

III.

De

mouvement

la

linéaire et varié de la chaleur dans une armille. propagation de la chaleur dans une lame rectangulaire dont

les

températures

sont constantes.

De

VI. VII.

VIII.

la

communication de

la chaleur entre des masses disjointes.

Du mouvement varié de la chaleur dans une sphère solide. Du mouvement varié de la chaleur dans un cxjlindre solide.

De la propagation de la chaleur dans un prisme dont V extrémité est assujettie à une température constante. X. Du mouvement varié de la chaleur dans un solide de forme cubique. XI. Du mouvement linéaire et varié de la chaleur dans les corps dont une dimension IX.

est infinie.

Suite du mémoire intitule Théorie du mouvement de la chaleur dans les corps solides ; par M. Fourier. [Mémoires de V Académie Royale des Sciences :

de l'Institut de France.

Des températures

XII.

Tome

V. (for year 1820).

terrestres, et

Paris, 1826.]

du mouvement de

la chaleur dans l'intérieur

d'une sphère solide, dont la surface est assujettie à des changemens périodiques

de température.

XIII.

XIV.

Des lois mathématiques de l'équilibre de la chaleur rayonnante. Comparaison des résultats de la théorie avec ceux de diverses expériences.

[A. F.]

PRELIMINARY DISCOURSE.

11

does not contain; they will be treated in the subsequent memoirs at greater length, and, if

The

ness.

are

also

it

1

be in our power, with greater clear-

results of our labours concerning the

same problems

The

indicated in several articles already published.

extract inserted in the Annales de Chimie et de Physique shews

the aggregate of our researches (Vol.

We

III.

page 350, year 1816).

published in the Annales two separate notes, concerning

radiant heat (Vol. IV. page 128, year 1817, and Vol. VI. page 259,

year 1817). Several other articles of the same collection present the most constant results of theory and observation

;

the utility and the

extent of thermological knowledge could not be better appreciated

than by the celebrated editors of the Annales 2 In the Bulletin des Sciences (Société philomatique year 1818, page 1, and year 1820, page 60) will be found an extract from a memoir on the constant or variable temperature of dwellings, .

and an explanation of the chief consequences of our analysis of the terrestrial temperatures.

M. Alexandre de Humboldt, whose researches embrace

all

the

great problems of natural philosophy, has considered the observations

of the

temperatures

proper to the different climates

from a novel and very important point of view (Memoir on Isothermal lines, Société d 'Arcueil, Vol. III. page 462) (Memoir on the inferior limit of perpetual snow, Annales de Chimie et de Physique, Vol. V. page 102, year 1817). ;

As

to the differential equations of the

movement

of heat in

3

mention has been made of them in the annual history of the Academy of Sciences. The extract from our memoir shews (Analyse des travaux de l'Acaclearly its object and principle. démie des Sciences, by M. De Lambre, year 1820.) The examination of the repulsive forces produced by heat, which determine the statical properties of gases, does not belong fluids

1

2

See note, page 9, and the notes, pages 11 Gay-Lussac and Arago. See note, p. 13.

— 13.

3 Mémoires de V Académie des Sciences, Tome XII., Paris, 1833, contain on pp. 507—514, Mémoire d'analyse sur le mouvement de la chaleur dans les fluides, par M. Fourier. Lu à V Académie Royale des Sciences, 4 Sep. 1820. It is followed on pp. 515 530 by Extrait des notes manuscrites conservées par l'auteur. The memoir is signed Jh. Fourier, Paris, 1 Sep. 1820, but was published after the death of the



author.

[A. P.]

THEOEY OF HEAT.

12 to the analytical subject

which we have considered.

This question

connected with the theory of radiant heat has just been discussed

by the

illustrious

author of the Mécanique

the chief branches

mathematical

of

céleste,

analysis

to

whom

all

owe important

{Connaissance des Temps, years 1824-5.)

discoveries.

The new

work are united for ever and rest like them on invariable foundations all the elements which they at present possess they Instruwill preserve, and will continually acquire greater extent. ments will be perfected and experiments multiplied. The analysis which we have formed will be deduced from more general, that is to say, more simple and more fertile methods common to many For all substances, solid or liquid, for classes of phenomena. vapours and permanent gases, determinations will be made of all the specific qualities relating to heat, and of the variations of the 1 coefficients which express them At different stations on the will earth observations be made, of the temperatures of the ground at different depths, of the intensity of the solar heat and theories explained in our

to the mathematical sciences, ;

.

its effects,

and

constant or variable, in the atmosphere, in the ocean

in lakes

;

and the constant temperature of the heavens proper become known 2 The theory itself

to the planetary regions will 1

.

Mémoires de l'Académie des Sciences, Tome VIII., Paris 1829, contain on 622, Mémoire sur la Théorie Analytique de la Chaleur, par M. Fourier.

pp. 581



This was published whilst the author was Perpetual Secretary to the Academy. The first only of four parts of the memoir is printed. The contents of all are

Determines the temperature at any point of a prism whose terminal initial temperature at any point being a function of its distance from one end. II. Examines the chief consequences of the general solution, and applies it to two distinct cases, according as the temperatures of the ends of the heated prism are periodic or not. III. Is historical, enumerates the earlier experimental and analytical researches of other writers stated.

I.

temperatures are functions of the time, the

relative to the theory of heat

;

considers the nature of the transcendental equations

remarks on the employment of arbitrary functions ; adds some remarks on a problem of the replies to the objections of M. Poisson motion of waves. IV. Extends the application of the theory of heat by taking account, in the analysis, of variations in the specific coefficients which measure appearing in the theory

;

;

the capacity of substances for heat, the permeability of solids, and the penetrability of their surfaces. 2

[A. P.]

Mémoires de V Académie des Sciences, Tome VIL, Paris, 1827, contain on pp. 569—604, Mémoire sur les températures du globe terrestre et des espaces planéThe memoir is entirely descriptive ; it was read before the taires, par M. Fourier. Academy, 20 and 29 Sep. 1824 (Annales de Chimie et de Physique, 1824, xxvii. p. 136).

[A. F.]

13

PRELIMINARY DISCOURSE. will direct

these measures, and assign their precision.

all

considerable progress can hereafter be

made which

is

No

not founded

on experiments such as these; for mathematical analysis can deduce from general and simple phenomena the expression of the laws of nature but the special application of these laws to very ;

complex

The complete

list of

Annales de Chimie 1816.

demands a long

effects

et

the Articles on Heat, published by M. Fourier, in the

de Physique, Series

350

III. pp.

series of exact observations.

—375.

2, is

as follows

:

Théorie de la Chaleur (Extrait).

Description by the

author of the 4to volume afterwards published in 1822 without the chapters on radiant heat, solar heat as it affects the earth, the comparison of analysis with experiment, and the history of the rise and progress of the theory of heat.

—145.

Note sur la Chaleur rayonnante. Mathematical Proves the author's paradox on the hypothesis of equal intensity of emission in all directions. VI. pp. 259 303. Questions sur la théorie physique de la chaleur 1817. 1817.

128

IV. pp.

sketch on the sine law of emission of heat from a surface.



rayonnante.

An

elegant physical treatise on the discoveries of Newton, Pictet,

Wells, Wollaston, Leslie and Prévost. 1820.

XIII. pp. 418

— 438.

Sur

le

refroidissement séculaire de la terre (Extrait).

Sketch of a memoir, mathematical and descriptive, on the waste of the earth's initial heat.

1824.

XXVII.

terrestre et

pp. 136

rayonnante.

Remarques générales sur

les

températures du globe

memoir referred to Tome VII. pp. 236 281, Résumé théorique des propriétés de la chaleur Elementary analytical account of surface-emission and absorption

Mem. Acad. 1824. XXVII.

above,

— 167.

des espaces planétaires.

This

is

the descriptive

d. Sc.



based on the principle of equilibrium of temperature.



XXVILT. pp. 337 365. Remarques sur la théorie mathématique de la Elementary analysis of emission, absorption and reflection by walls of enclosure uniformly heated. At p. 364, M. Fourier promises a Théorie 1825.

chaleur rayonnante.

physique de la chaleur to contain the applications of the Théorie Analytique omitted from the work published in 1822. 1828. XXXVII. pp. 291 315. Recherches expérimentales sur la faculté con-



ductrice des corps minces soumis à Vaction de la chaleur, et description d'un nouveau

thermomètre de contact.

A

tions is also described.

M. Emile Verdet in

thermoscope of contact intended for lecture demonstrabis Conférences de Physique, Paris,

has stated the practical reasons against relying on tbe theoretical indications of the thermometer of contact. [A. F.] 1872.

Part

I.

p.

22,

Of the three notices of memoirs by M. Fourier, contained in the Bulletin des par la Société Philomatique, and quoted here at pages 9 and 11, the first was written by M. Poisson, the mathematical editor of the Bulletin, the other two by M. Fourier. [A. F.] Sciences

THEOEY OF HEAT. Et ignem regunt numeri.

—Plato

CHAPTER

1 .

I.

INTRODUCTION.

FIRST SECTION. Statement of the Object of the Work.

The

1.

effects of

heat are subject to constant laws which

cannot be discovered without the aid of mathematical analysis. The object of the theory which we are about to explain is to

demonstrate these laws;

it

reduces

all

physical researches on

the propagation of heat, to problems of the integral calculus

whose elements are given by experiment. No subject has more extensive relations with the progress of industry and the natural sciences

;

for the action of

heat

is

always present,

it

penetrates

bodies and spaces, and occurs in all the phenomena of the universe. it

all

When

heat

is

influences

the processes of the

arts,

unequally distributed among the different parts

tends to attain equilibrium, and passes slowly from the parts which are more heated to those which are less and at the same time it is dissipated at the surface, and lost in the medium or in the void. The tendency to uniform distribution and the spontaneous emission which acts at the surface of bodies, change continually the temperature at their different points. The problem of the propagation of heat consists in of a solid mass,

it

;

1

Cf. Plato, Timccus, 53, b.

ô're ô'

^7r€%etpeîro Koa/xeiadai to ndv, irvp irpwrov

dieo'xmj aT craTO [° deo$\ -

'-

ei'Sect

re

/cat dpiQ/xoîs,

/cat

[A. F.]

yrjv koX

àépa

/cat

vôup

CH.

I.

SECT.

INTRODUCTION.

I.]

15

determining what

is the temperature at each point of a body a given instant, supposing that the initial temperatures are known. The following examples will more clearly make known

at

the nature of these problems.

we expose

If

2.

to the continued

and uniform action of a

source of heat, the same part of a metallic ring, whose diameter is

large,

the molecules nearest to the source will be

and, after a

certain time,

acquired very nearly the highest temperature which

This limit or greatest temperature points

becomes

it

;

less

first

heated,

every point of the solid will have

is

it

can attain.

not the same at different

and less according as they become more which the source of heat is directly

distant from that point at applied.

When

the temperatures have become permanent, the source

of heat supplies, at each instant, a quantity of heat which exactly

compensates

for that

which

is

dissipated at all the points of the

external surface of the ring. If

now the

source be suppressed, heat will continue to be

solid, but that which is lost no longer be compensated as formerly by the supply from the source, so that all the temperatures will vary and diminish incessantly until they have be-

propagated in the interior of the

medium

in the

come equal 3.

or the void, will

to the temperatures of the surrounding

medium.

Whilst the temperatures are permanent and the source

if at every point of the mean circumference of the ring be raised perpendicular to the plane of the ring, ordinate an whose length is proportional to the fixed temperature at that

remains,

which passes through the ends of these ordinates will represent the permanent state of the temperatures, and it is very easy to determine by analysis the nature of this It is to be remarked that the thickness of the ring is line. supposed to be sufficiently small for the temperature to be sensibly equal at all points of the same section perpendicular point, the curved line

to the

mean

circumference.

When

the source

is

removed, the

which bounds the ordinates proportional to the temperatures The at the different points will change its form continually. variable equation, the one by expressing, in consists problem

line

THEORY OF HEAT.

16

form of all

this curve,

and in thus including

[CHAP.

I.

in a single formula

the successive states of the solid.

Let z be the constant temperature at a point

4.

mean that

m

of the

circumference, x the distance of this point from the source,

is

to say the length of the arc of the

m

included between the point to the position

the source; z

of

is

mean

circumference,

which corresponds highest temperature the

and the point

o

which the point m can attain by virtue of the constant action of the source, and this permanent temperature z is a function f(x) of the distance x. The first part of the problem consists in determining the function f(x) which represents the permanent state of the solid.

Consider next the variable state which succeeds to the former state as soon as the source has

been removed

;

denote by

t

the

time which has passed since the suppression of the source, and

by

value of the temperature at the point

v the

time

The quantity

t.

the distance x and the time discover this function

that the initial value

equation

/

If

5.

(or)

we

=F

(x,

m after F {x,

v will be a certain function

F is

(x,

f

t

;

t),

(x),

the object of the problem

the t)

of

is

to

which we only know as yet so that we ought to have the of

o).

place a solid homogeneous mass, having the form

medium maintained at a constant temremains immersed for a very long time, it will points a temperature differing very little from

of a sphere or cube, in a perature,

and

acquire at

all its

that of the to transfer

pated at

mass into

its

fluid. it

Suppose the mass to be withdrawn in order medium, heat will begin to be dissi-

to a cooler

the temperatures at different points of the be sensibly the same, and if we suppose it divided

surface

will not

an

if it

;

infinity of layers

by

surfaces parallel to its external sur-

each of those layers will transmit, at each instant, a certain quantity of heat to the layer which surrounds it. If it be

face,

imagined that each molecule carries a separate thermometer, which indicates its temperature at every instant, the state of the solid will from time to time be represented by the variable system of all these thermometric heights. It is required express the successive states by analytical formulae, so that

to

we

SECT.

INTRODUCTION.

T.]

may know

17

any given instant the temperatures indicated by and compare the quantities of heat which flow during the same instant, between two adjacent layers, or into the surrounding medium. at

each thermometer,

If the

6.

mass is spherical, and we denote by x the distance mass from the centre of the sphere, by t the

of a jDoint of this

time which has elapsed since the commencement of the cooling,

and by that

v the variable

all

temperature of the point m,

it is

easy to see

same distance x from the centre

points situated at the

same temperature v. This quantity v is a of the radius x and of the time t it must be such that it becomes constant whatever be the value of x, when we suppose t to be nothing for by hypothesis, the temperature at all points is the same at the moment of emersion. The problem consists in determining that function of x and t which expresses of the sphere have the certain function

F (x,

f)

;

;

the value of

v,

In the next place

7.

it is

to be remarked, that during the

cooling, a certain quantity of heat escapes, at each instant,

the external surface, and passes into the medium. this quantity is not constant

;

it is

through

The value

of

greatest at the beginning of the

however we consider the variable state of the internal whose radius is x, we easily see that there must be at each instant a certain quantity of heat which traverses that surface, and passes through that part of the mass which is more distant from the centre. This continuous flow of heat is variable like that through the external surface, and both are quantities comparable with each other their ratios are numbers whose varying values are functions of the distance x, and of the time t which cooling.

If

spherical surface

;

has elapsed. 8.

It is required to

If the mass,

determine these functions.

which has been heated by a long immersion in we wish to calculate, is

a medium, and whose rate of cooling of cubical form, and

if

we determine the position

three rectangular co-ordinates of the cube,

and

x, y, z,

for axes lines perpendicular to the faces,

that the temperature v of the point tion of the four variables x, y, F.

H.

of each peint

z,

m after the

and

m by

taking for origin the centre

t.

The

time

t,

is

we

see

a func-

quantities of heat

2

THEORY OF HEAT.

18

[CHAP.

I.

which flow out at each instant through the whole external surface their of the solid, are variable and comparable with each other exprestime t, the analytical functions depending the are on ratios ;

sion of

9.

which must be assigned. Let us examine also the case in which a rectangular prism

of sufficiently great thickness

mitted at

and of

infinite length,

being sub-

extremity to a constant temperature, whilst the air

its

which surrounds

it is

maintained at a

arrived at a fixed state

which

it is

less

temperature, has at last

required to determine.

All the

points of the extreme section at the base of the prism have, hypothesis, a

common and permanent

same with a

section distant from the source of heat

temperature.

It ;

is

by

not the

each of the

points of this rectangular surface parallel to the base has acquired

a fixed temperature, but this

is

not the same at different points of

the same section, and must be less at points nearer to the surface

exposed to the

air.

"We see

also that, at each instant, there flows

across a given section a certain quantity of heat,

which always

remains the same, since the state of the solid has become constant.

The problem

consists in determining the permanent temperature any given point of the solid, and the whole quantity of heat which, in a definite time, flows across a section whose position is

at

given.

10.

Take

as origin of co-ordinates

x,

y, z,

the centre of the

base of the prism, and as rectangular axes, the axis of the prism itself,

and the two perpendiculars on the sides

:

the permanent

temperature v of the point m, whose co-ordinates are a function of three variables

F (x,

y,

z):

it

x, y, z,

is

has by hypothesis a

when we suppose x nothing, whatever be the values Suppose we take for the unit of heat that quantity

constant value,

y and z. which in the unit of time would emerge from an area equal to a unit of surface, if the heated mass which that area bounds, and which is formed of the same substance as the prism, were continually maintained at the temperature of boiling water, and immersed in atmospheric air maintained at the temperature of melting ice. We see that the quantity of heat which, in the permanent of

state of the rectangular prism, flows, during a unit of time, across

a certain section perpendicular to the

axis,

has a determinate ratio

SECT.

INTRODUCTION.

I.]

to the quantity of heat taken as unit. for all sections

the section

is

:

a function

it is



(so)

This ratio

is

not the same

which an analytical expres-

of the distance x, at

It is required to find

situated.

sion of the function



19

(x)

The foregoing examples suffice to give an exact idea of we have discussed. The solution of these problems has made us understand that 11.

the different problems which

the effects of the propagation of hea/t depend in the case of every

on three elementary

qualities, which are, its capaand the exterior conducibility. It has been observed that if two bodies of the same volume and of different nature have equal temperatures, and if the same quantity of heat be added to them, the increments of temperature are not the same; the ratio of these increments is the ratio of their capacities for heat. In this manner, the first of the three specific elements which regulate the action of heat is exactly defined, and physicists have for a long time known several methods of determining its value. It is not the same with the two others their effects have often been observed, but there is but one exact theory which can fairly distinguish, define, and measure them

solid substance,

city for heat, its

own

conducibility,

;

with precision.

The proper facility

or interior conducibility of a

with which heat

molecule to another.

is

body expresses the

propagated in passing from one internal

The

external or relative conducibility of a

body depends on the facility with which heat penetrates the and passes from this body into a given medium, or passes from the medium into the solid. The last property is modified by the more or less polished state of the surface it varies also accordbut the ing to the medium in which the body is immersed interior conducibility can change only with the nature of the solid

surface,

;

;

solid.

These three elementary qualities are represented in our by constant numbers, and the theory itself indicates experiments suitable for measuring their values. As soon as they

formulas

are determined, all the problems relating to the propagation of

heat depend only on numerical analysis. specific properties

may be

the physical sciences;

it

The knowledge

of these

directly useful in several applications of is

besides an element in the study and

2—2

THEORY OF HEAT.

20

description of different substances.

[CHAP.

It is a very imperfect

I.

know-

ledge of bodies which ignores the relations which they have with

one of the chief agents of nature.

In general, there

is

no mathe-

matical theory which has a closer relation than this with public

economy, since practice of the

ment

it

serves to give clearness and perfection to the

numerous

arts

which are founded on the employ-

of heat.

The problem

12.

of the

terrestrial

temperatures presents

one of the most beautiful applications of the theory of heat general idea to be formed of

it is

this.

;

the

Different parts of the

surface of the globe are unequally exposed to the influence of the solar rays; the intensity of their action

the place

;

it

depends on the latitude of

changes also in the course of the day and in the

course of the year, and

is

subject to other less perceptible in-

between the variable state of the and that of the internal temperatures, a necessary relation exists, which may be derived from theory. We know that, at a certain depth below the surface of the earth, the temperature at a given place experiences no annual variation: this permanent underground temperature becomes less and less according as the place is more and more distant from the equator. We may then

equalities.

It is evident that,

surface

leave out of consideration the exterior envelope, the thickness of

which is iu comparably small with respect to the earth's radius, and regard our planet as a nearly spherical mass, whose surface is subject to a temperature which remains constant at all points on a given parallel, but is not ,the same on another parallel. It follows from this that every internal molecule has also a fixed temperature determined by its position. The mathematical problem consists in discovering the fixed temperature at any given point, and the law which the solar heat follows whilst penetrating the interior of the earth.

This diversity of temperature interests us

still

more,

if

we

consider the changes which succeed each other in the envelope itself

on the surface of which we dwell.

Those alternations of

heat and cold which are reproduced everyday and in the course of

every year, have been up to the present time the object of repeated observations.

a

common

These we. can now submit to calculation, and from all the particular facts which experience

theory derive

SECT.

INTRODUCTION.

I.]

has taught

us.

The problem

every point of a vast sphere

is

is

21

reducible to the hypothesis that

by periodic temperatures what law the intensity of these the depth increases, what is the

affected

;

analysis then tells us according to

variations decreases according as

amount

of the annual or diurnal changes at a given depth, the

how the fixed value of the underground deduced from the variable temperatures observed

epoch of the changes, and

temperature

is

at the surface.

13.

The general equations

of the propagation of heat are

and though their form is very simple the known methods 1 do not furnish any general mode of integrating them; we could not therefore deduce from them the values

partial differential equations,

of the temperatures after a definite time.

The numerical

inter-

however necessary, and it pretation of the results of analysis is a degree of perfection which it would be very important to give So long to every application of analysis to the natural sciences. as it is not obtained, the solutions may be said to remain incomplete and useless, and the truth which it is proposed to discover is no less hidden in the formulae of analysis than it was in the physical problem itself. We have applied ourselves with much care to this purpose, and we have been able to overcome the difficulty in all the problems of which we have treated, and which contain the chief elements of the theory of heat. There is not one of the problems whose solution does not provide convenient and exact means for discovei-ing the numerical values of the is

temperatures acquired, or those of the quantities of heat which 1

For the modern treatment

of these equations consult

Partielle Differentialgleichungen, von B.

The

fourth section, Bewegung der

Wdrme

Riemann, Braunschweig, 2nd Ed., 1876.

in festen Korpern.

Cours de physique mathématique, par E. Matthieu, Paris, 1873.

The

parts

relative to the differential equations of the theory of heat.

The Functions of Laplace, Lamé, and Bessel, by I. Todhunter, London, 1875. XXV. XXIX. which give some of Lamé's methods. Conférences de Physique, par E. Verdet, Paris, 1872 [Œuvres, Vol. iv. Part i.]. Leçons sur la propagation de la chaleur par conductibilité. These are followed by Chapters XXI.



a very extensive bibliography of the whole subject of conduction of heat.

For an interesting sketch and application of Fourier's Theory see Theory of Heat, by Prof. Maxwell, London, 1875 [4th Edition], Chapter XVIII. On the diffusion of heat by conduction. Natural Philosophy, by Sir W. Thomson and Prof. Tait, Vol. i. Oxford, 1867. Chapter VII. Appendix D, On the secular cooling of the earth. [A. F.]

THEORY OF HEAT.

22

[CHAP.

I.

have flowed through, when the values of the time and of the known. Thus will be given not only the

variable coordinates are differential equations

which the functions that express the values

of the temperatures must satisfy; but the functions themselves will be given under a form which facilitates the numerical applications.

In order that these solutions might be general, and have an extent equal to that of the problem, it was requisite that they should accord with the initial state of the temperatures, which is 14.

The examination

arbitrary.

develop in convergent

of this condition shews that

series,

or

we may

express by definite integrals,

functions which are not subject to a constant law, and which

represent the ordinates of irregular or discontinuous

property throws a

new

light

lines.

This

on the theory of partial differen-

equations, and extends the employment of arbitrary functions by submitting them to the ordinary processes of analysis.

tial

remained to compare the facts with theory. With and exact experiments were undertaken, whose results were in conformity with those of analysis, and gave them an authority which one would have been disposed to refuse to them in a new matter which seemed subject to so much uncertainty. These experiments confirm the principle from which we started, and which is adopted by all physicists in spite of the diversity of their hypotheses on the nature of heat. 15.

It

still

this view, varied

16.

Equilibrium of temperature

of contact,

it

is

is

effected not only

by way

established also between bodies separated from

each other, which are situated for a long time in the same region. This effect observed

it

is

independent of contact with a medium; we have To complete our theory

in spaces wholly void of air.

was necessary to examine the laws which radiant heat follows, on leaving the surface of a body. It results from the observations of many physicists and from our own experiments, that the intensities of the different rays, which escape in all directions from any point in the surface of a heated body, depend on the angles which their directions make with the surface at the same point. We

it

have proved that the intensity of a ray diminishes as the ray

SECT.

23

INTRODUCTION.

I.]

makes a smaller angle with the element proportional to the

sine

of that

of surface, and that

angle \

it is

This general law of

emission of heat which different observations had already indicated, is a necessary consequence of the principle of the equilibrium

and of the laws of propagation of heat in

of temperature

solid

bodies.

Such are the chief problems which have been discussed this

work; they are

all

directed to one object only, that

is

in

to

establish clearly the mathematical principles of the theory of heat,

and and

to

keep up

in this

way with the progress

of the useful arts,

of the study of nature. 17.

class of

From what precedes it is evident that a very extensive phenomena exists, not produced by mechanical forces, but the presence and accumulation of heat.

resulting simply from

This part of natural philosophy cannot be connected with dyit has principles peculiar to itself, and is founded on a method similar to that of other exact sciences. The solar heat, for example, which penetrates the interior of the globe, dis-

namical theories,

which does not depend on the laws of motion, and cannot be determined by the The dilatations which the repulsive principles of mechanics. force of heat produces, observation of which serves to measure temperatures, are in truth dynamical effects; but it is not these dilatations which we calculate, when we investigate the laws of tributes itself therein according to a regular law

the propagation of heat.

There are other more complex natural effects, which 18. depend at the same time on the influence of heat, and of attractive forces: thus, the variations of temperatures which the movements of the sun occasion in the atmosphere and in the ocean, change continually the density of the different parts of the air and the waters. The effect of the forces which these masses obey is modified at every instant by a new distribution of heat, and it cannot be doubted that this cause produces the regular winds, and the chief currents of the sea; the solar and lunar attractions occasioning in the atmosphere effects but slightly sensible, and not general displacements. 1

Mém. Acad.

d. Sc.

Tome

It -V.

was therefore necessary, in order Paris, 1826, pp.

179—213.

[A. F.]

to

THEORY OF HEAT.

2-i

[CHAP.

I.

submit these grand phenomena to calculation, to discover the mathematical laws of the propagation of heat in the interior of masses.

It will

19.

be perceived, on reading this work, that heat at-

tains in bodies a regular disposition independent of the original

which may be regarded as arbitrary. In whatever manner the heat was at first distributed, the system of temperatures altering more and more, tends to coincide sensibly with a definite state which depends only on the form of

distribution,

the

In the ultimate state the temperatures of all the points same time, but preserve amongst each other the

solid.

are lowered in the

same

ratios

:

in order to express this property the analytical for-

mulas contain terms composed of exponentials and of quantities

analogous to trigonometric functions. Several problems of mechanics present analogous results, such as

the isochronism of oscillations, the multiple resonance of sonorous bodies. Common experiments had made these results remarked, and analysis afterwards demonstrated their true cause. As to those results which depend on changes of temperature, they could but not have been recognised except by very exact experiments ;

mathematical analysis has outrun observation, our senses, and has

harmonic vibrations 20.

made

it

has supplemented

us in a manner witnesses of regular and

in the interior of bodies.

These considerations present a singular example of the which exist between the abstract science of numbers

relations

and natural

When

causes.

a metal bar

of a source of heat,

is

exposed at one end to the constant action

and every point of

has attained

it

its

highest

temperature, the system of fixed temperatures corresponds exactly to a table of logarithms

mometers placed at the

;

the numbers are the elevations of therdifferent points,

and the logarithms are In general heat

the distances of these points from the source.

distributes itself in the interior of solids according to a simple law

expressed by a partial differential equation

problems of different order.

The

of a heated surface, differ

to physical

an evident which depart from the very much from each other,

relation to the tables of sines, for the rays

same point

common

irradiation of heat has

SECT.

INTKODUCTION.

I.]

and their intensity

rigorously proportional to the sine of the

is

the direction of each ray

angle which

25

makes with the element

of

surface.

If

we

could observe the changes of temperature for every in-

stant at every point of a solid

homogeneous mass, we should

dis-

cover in these series of observations the properties of recurring series,

as of sines

example

and logarithms

they would be noticed for

;

in the diurnal or annual variations of temperature of

different points of the earth near its surface.

We

should recognise again the same results and

all

the chief

elements of general analysis in the vibrations of elastic media, in the properties of lines or of curved surfaces, in the movements of the

stars,

and those of

tained by successive differentiations,

development of

Thus the functions obwhich are employed in the

light or of fluids.

infinite series

and in .the solution of numerical

The

equations, correspond also to physical properties.

first

of

these functions, or the fluxion properly so called, expresses in

geometry the inclination of the tangent of a curved line, and in dynamics the velocity of a moving body when the motion varies in the theory of heat it measures the quantity of heat which flows at each point of a body across a given surface. Mathematical

;

analysis has therefore necessary relations with sensible its

object

is

not created by

human

intelligence;

element of the universal order, and or fortuitous

21.

;

it is

is

it is

not in any

imprinted throughout

all

phenomena

;

a pre-existent

way contingent

nature.

Observations more exact and more varied will presently

by causes which have not yet been perceived, and the theory will acquire fresh perfection by the continued comparison of its results with the results of experiment it will explain some important phenomena which we have not yet been able to submit to calculation it will shew how to determine all the thermometric effects of the solar ascertain whether the effects of heat are modified

;

;

temperature which would be observed at different distances from the equator, whether in the interior of rays, the fixed or variable

the earth or beyond the limits of the atmosphere, whether in the

ocean or in different regions of the

air.

From

it

will

be derived

the mathematical knowledge of the great movements which result

from the influence of heat combined with that of gravity.

The

THEORY OF HEAT.

26

same

principles will serve to

measure the

[CHAP.

I.

conducibilities, proper or

and their specific capacities, tinguish all the causes which modify the emission of heat surface of solids, and to perfect thermometric instruments. relative, of different bodies,

to disat the

The theory of heat will always attract the attention of mathematicians, by the rigorous exactness of its elements and the it, and above all by the extent for all its consequences conand usefulness of its applications cern at the same time general physics, the operations of the arts, domestic uses and civil economy.

analytical difficulties peculiar to

;

SECTION

II.

Preliminary definitions and general notions.

Of

22.

the nature of heat uncertain hypotheses only could be

formed, but the knowledge of the mathematical laws to which hypothesis

its

it requires only independent of all an attentive examination of the chief facts which common observations have indicated, and which have been confirmed by exact

effects are subject is

;

experiments. It is necessary

then to

set forth, in the first place,

the general

results of observation, to give exact definitions of all the elements

of the analysis, and to establish the principles

upon which

this

analysis ought to be founded.

The

expand all bodies, solid, liquid or which gives evidence of its presence. Solids and liquids increase in volume, if the quantity of heat which

gaseous

action of heat tends to

;

this is the property

they contain increases; they contract

When

all

if it

diminishes.

the parts of a solid homogeneous body, for example

those of a mass of metal, are equally heated, and preserve without

any change the same quantity of heat, they have the same density.

This state

is

also

and retain

expressed by saying that through-

out the whole extent of the mass the molecules have a common and permanent temperature.

The thermometer 23. volume can be appreciated

is ;

it

a body whose smallest changes of serves to measure temperatures

by

SECT.

PRELIMINARY DEFINITIONS.

II.]

the dilatation of a fluid or of

We

air.

27

assume the construction,

use and properties of this instrument to be accurately known.

The temperature which keeps

when

it

is

body equally heated in every part, and thermometer indicates and remains in perfect contact with the body in of a

heat, is that which the

its

question.

Perfect contact

mersed in a

is

when the thermometer is completely imwhen there is no point of

fluid mass, and, in general,

the external surface of the instrument which of the points of the solid or liquid

is

not touched by one

mass whose temperature

is to be In experiments it is not always necessary that this condition should be rigorously observed but it ought to be assumed

measured.

;

in order to

make

Two

24.

the definition exact.

fixed temperatures are determined on,

temperature of melting ice which perature of boiling water which

we

is

denoted by

will

0,

denote by 1

namely the and the temthe water is :

:

supposed to be boiling under an atmospheric pressure represented

by a

certain height of the barometer (76 centimetres), the

mercury

of the barometer being at the temperature 0.

Different quantities of heat are measured

25.

how many

by determining

times they contain a fixed quantity which

is taken as Suppose a mass of ice having a definite weight (a kilogramme) to be at temperature 0, and to be converted into water at the same temperature by the addition of a certain quantity of heat the quantity of heat thus added is taken as the unit of measure. Hence the quantity of heat expressed by a number G contains G times the quantity required to dissolve a kilogramme of ice at the temperature zero into a mass of water at the same

the unit.

:

'

zero temperature.

To

26.

gramme

temperature

which

is

raise

a metallic mass having a certain weight, a kilo-

of iron 1,

a

for

example, from the temperature

new quantity

already contained in the mass.

denotes this additional quantity of heat, iron for heat; the substances.

to

the

of heat must be added to that

number G has very

is

The number

G

which

the specific capacity of

different values for different .

,

THEORY OF HEAT.

28 If a

27.

body of

definite nature

V at

mercury) occupies a volume greater volume

that

is

to say,

V+ A,

when

when

(a

it

I.

kilogramme of oecupy a

0, it will

has acquired the temperature

the heat which

specific capacity of the

and weight

temperature

1,

contained at the tempera-

new

has been increased by a

ture

quantity G, equal to the

But if, instead of adding zG is added (z being a number the new volume will be V 4- 8 instead body

for heat.

quantity G, a quantity

this

positive

of

it

[CHAP.

or

negative)

V + A.

Now

experiments shew that

volume 8

increase of

is

that in general the value of 8

added

is

if

z

is

equal to

\,

the

only half the total increment A, and is

zA,

when the quantity

of heat

zG.

28. The ratio z of the two quantities zC and G of heat added, which is the same as the ratio of the two increments of volume 8 and A, is that which is called the temperature; hence the quantity which expresses the actual temperature of a body represents the excess of its actual volume over the volume which it would occupy at the temperature of melting ice, unity representing the whole excess of volume which corresponds to the boiling point of water, over the volume which corresponds to the melting point

of

ice.

The increments

29.

of

volume of bodies are

in general pro-

which must be remarked that this proportion is exact only in the case where the bodies in question are subjected to temperatures remote from those which determine The application of these results to all their change of state. liquids must not be relied on; and with respect to water in portional to

the increments

produce the dilatations, but

particular,

dilatations

of the

quantities

of heat

it

do not always follow augmentations of

heat.

In general the temperatures are numbers proportional to the of heat added, and in the cases considered by us,

quantities

these

numbers

are

proportional

also

to

the

increments

of

volume. 30.

Suppose that a body bounded by a plane surface having (a square metre) is maintained in any manner

a certain area

SECT.

PRELIMINARY DEFINITIONS.

II.]

29

whatever at constant temperature 1, common to all its points, and that the surface in question is in contact with air maintained at temperature the heat which escapes continuously at the surface and passes into the surrounding medium will be replaced :

always by the heat which proceeds from the constant cause to whose action the body is exposed; thus, a certain quantity of heat

denoted by h will flow through the surface in a definite time

(a

minute).

This amount

h, of a flow continuous and always similar to which takes place at a unit of surface at a fixed temperature, is the measure of the external conducibility of the body, that is to say, of the facility with which its surface transmits heat to the itself,

atmospheric

The

air.

supposed to be continually displaced with a given uniform velocity but if the velocity of the current increased, the air is

:

quantity of heat communicated to the the same would happen

if

medium would vary also medium were :

the density of the

increased.

If the excess of the constant temperature of the

31.

body

over the temperature of surrounding bodies, instead of being equal to

1,

as has

been supposed, had a

less value,

The

dissipated would be less than h. as

we

the quantity of heat

result of observation

is,

may be

shall see presently, that this quantity of heat lost

regarded as sensibly proportional to the excess of the temperature of the

body over that

of the air

and surrounding

Hence

bodies.

the quantity h having been determined by one experiment in

which the surface heated

at temperature 1,

is

and the medium at

temperature 0; we conclude that hz would be the quantity, if the temperature of the surface were z, all the other circumstances This result must be admitted

remaining the same.

when

z

is

a

small fraction. 32.

The value h

of the quantity of heat

across a heated surface varies for the surface.

The

is

same body according effect

surface

the value

of

so that

h

is

dispersed

is

;

and

it

to the different states of the

irradiation

of

becomes more polished;

which

different for different bodies

diminishes as the

by destroying the polish

considerably increased.

A

surface of the

heated

THEORY OF HEAT.

30 metallic body will be

more quickly cooled

if its

[CHAP.

I.

external surface

is

covered with a black coating such as will entirely tarnish

its

metallic lustre. rays of heat which escape from the surface of a

The

33.

body

pass freely through spaces void of air; they are propagated also in atmospheric air: their directions are not disturbed in the intervening air:

by agitations

they can be reflected by metal mirrors

and collected at their foci. Bodies at a high temperature, when plunged into a liquid, heat directly only those parts of the mass with which their surface is in contact. The molecules whose distance from this surface heat;

is

not extremely small, receive no direct

not the same with aeriform fluids; in these the rays of

it is

heat are borne with extreme rapidity to considerable distances,

whether air,

it

be that part of these rays traverses freely the layers of

or whether these layers transmit the rays suddenly without

altering their direction.

When

34.

the heated body

is

placed in air which

is

main-

tained at a sensibly constant temperature, the heat communicated to the air

body

makes the

heated, and is

layer of the fluid nearest to the surface of the

lighter; this layer rises is

more quickly the more intensely

replaced by another mass of cool

thus established in the air whose direction

air. is

A

it is

current

vertical,

and

whose velocity is greater as the temperature of the body is higher. For this reason if the body cooled itself gradually the velocity of the current would diminish with the temperature, and the law of cooling would not be exactly the same as if the body were exposed to a current of air at a constant velocity. 35.

When bodies

are sufficiently heated to diffuse a vivid light,

part of their radiant heat mixed with that light can traverse trans-

parent solids or liquids, and refraction.

becomes

The quantity

less as

is

subject to the force which produces

of heat

insensible for very opaque bodies

A

which possesses

the bodies are less inflamed

;

it is,

this faculty

we may

say,

however highly they may be heated.

thin transparent plate intercepts almost

all

which proceeds from an ardent mass of metal

the direct heat

but it becomes heated in proportion as the intercepted rays are accumulated in ;

SECT.

it

;

PRELIMINARY DEFINITIONS.

II.]

whence,

if it is

plate of ice

amount

formed of

ice, it

becomes liquid

exposed to the rays of a torch

is

31

it

;

but

if this

allows a sensible

of heat to pass through with the light.

We

have taken as the measure of the external conducih, which denotes the quantity of heat which would pass, in a definite time (a minute), from the 36.

a solid body a coefficient

bility of

surface of this body, into atmospheric air, supposing that the surface

had a

extent (a square metre), that the constant

definite

temperature of the body was

1,

and that of the

air 0,

and that

the heated surface was exposed to a current of air of a given invariable velocity.

The quantity

This value of h

of heat expressed

is

determined by observation.

by the coefficient

is

composed of

which cannot be measured except by very exact is the heat communicated by way of contact to the surrounding air the other, much less than the first, is the

two

distinct parts

One

experiments.

:

We

radiant heat emitted.

must assume,

in our first investigations,

that the quantity of heat lost does not change tures of the body and of the

medium

are

when the tempera-

augmented by the same

sufficiently small quantity.

Solid substances differ again, as

37.

by

their property of being

quality

is

more

we have already remarked,

or less permeable to heat

their conducibility proper:

we shall give

its

;

definition

this

and

exact measure, after having treated of the uniform and linear pro-

pagation of heat.

Liquid substances possess also the property of

transmitting heat from molecule to molecule, and the numerical value of their conducibility varies according to the nature of the substances

:

but this

effect

is

observed with difficulty in liquids,

since their molecules change places on change of temperature.

The

propagation of heat in them depends chiefly on this continual dis-

where the lower parts of the mass are most If, on the contrary, the source of heat be applied to that part of the mass which is highest, as was the case in several of our experiments, the transfer of heat, which is very slow, does not produce any displacement,

placement, in

all cases

exposed to the action of the source of heat.

at least

when

volume, as of state.

is

the increase of temperature does not diminish the

indeed noticed in singular cases bordering on changes

THEORY OF HEAT.

32

To

38.

[CHAP.

I.

this explanation of the chief results of observation, a

general remark must be added on equilibrium of temperatures;

which consists in this, that different bodies placed in the same region, all of whose parts are and remain equally heated, acquire also a common and permanent temperature. have a common and Suppose that all the parts of a mass constant temperature a, which is maintained by any cause what-

M

body m be placed in perfect contact with the assume the common temperature a. In reality this result would not strictly occur except after an infinite time but the exact meaning of the proposition is that if the body m had the temperature a before being placed in contact, The same would be the case it would keep it without any change. with a multitude of other bodies n, p, q, r each of which was placed separately in perfect contact with the mass all would acquire the constant temperature a. Thus a thermometer if successively applied to the different bodies m, n, p, q, r would indicate the same temperature. ever: if a smaller

mass M,

it will

:

M

The

39.

would

still

the solid

M,

effect

in

question

is

:

independent of contact, and

occur, if every part of the

body

m

were enclosed in any of its parts.

as in an enclosure, without touching

For example,

if

the solid were a spherical envelope of a certain

by some external cause at a temperature a, and containing a space entirely deprived of air, and if the body m could be placed in any part whatever of this spherical space, without touching any point of the interDal surface of the enclosure, it would acquire the common temperature a, or rather, it would preserve it if it had it already. The result would be the same for all the other bodies n, p, q, r, whether they were placed separately or all together in the same enclosure, and whatever also their substance and form might be.

thickness, maintained

40.

Of

all

modes

of presenting to ourselves the

action of

which seems simplest and most conformable to observation, consists in comparing this action to that of light. Molecules separated from one another reciprocally communicate, across heat, that

empty

space, their rays of heat, just

their light.

r.s

shining bodies transmit

GENERAL NOTIONS.

SECT. IL]

33

If within an enclosure closed in all directions, and maintained by some external cause at a fixed temperature a, we suppose different bodies to be placed without touching any part of the boundary,

be observed according as the bodies,

different effects will

introduced into this space free from If,

in the first instance,

same temperature its

surface as

rounds

it,

and

air,

are

more

or less heated.

insert only one of these bodies, at the

as the enclosure,

much is

we

heat as

it

it will

send from

points of

all

receives from the solid which sur-

maintained in

its

original state

by

this

exchange

of equal quantities.

we

body whose temperature b is less than a, from the surfaces which surround it on all sides without touching it, a quantity of heat greater than that which it gives out it will be heated more and more and will absorb through its surface more heat than in the first instance. The initial temperature b continually rising, will approach without ceasing the fixed temperature a, so that after a certain time If

it

insert a second

will at first receive

:

the difference will be almost insensible. posite if

we placed within the same

temperature was greater than 41.

The

effect

would be op-

enclosure a third body whose

a.

All bodies have the property of emitting heat through

their surface

;

the hotter they are the more they emit

;

the

intensity of the emitted rays changes very considerably with the state of the surface.

Every surface which receives rays of heat from surroundthe heat which is not

42.

ing bodies reflects part and admits the rest reflected,

the solid; and so long as irradiation, the

The

43.

:

but introduced through the surface, accumulates within it

temperature

exceeds the quantity dissipated by

rises.

rays which tend to go out of heated bodies are

arrested at the surface

by a

the interior of the mass.

force which reflects part of them into The cause which hinders the incident

rays from traversing the surface, and which divides these rays into

two

parts, of

which one

is

reflected

and the other admitted,

acts in

the same manner on the rays which are directed from the interior of the F.

body towards external H.

space.

3

THEOEY OF HEAT.

34

[CHAP.

I.

If by modifying the state of the surface we increase the force by which it reflects the incident rays, we increase at the same time the power which it has
equally diminished in quantity.

44.

If within the enclosure

above mentioned a number of

bodies were placed at the same time, separate from each other

and unequally heated, they would receive and transmit rays of heat so that at each exchange their temperatures would continually vary, and would all tend to become equal to the fixed temperature of the enclosure.

which occurs when which compose these bodies are separated by spaces void of air, and have the property of receiving, accumulating and emitting heat. Each of them sends out rays on all sides, and at the same time This effect

heat

is

precisely the

is

same

as that

propagated within solid bodies

receives other rays from the molecules

;

for the molecules

which surround

it.

The heat given out by a point situated in the interior of mass can pass directly to an extremely small distance only; it is, we may say, intercepted by the nearest particles; these particles only receive the heat directly and act on more distant points. 45.

a solid

It is different with gaseous fluids

become 46.

sensible in

them

;

the direct effects of radiation

at very considerable distances.

Thus the heat which escapes

in all directions

from a part but

of the surface of a solid, passes on in air to very distant points

;

emitted only by those molecules of the body which are extremely near the surface. point of a heated mass situated at a very small distance from the plane superficies which separates the mass

is

A

from external space, sends to that space an infinity of rays, but they do not all arrive there; they are diminished by all that quantity of heat solid.

less

which

The part

according as

by the intermediate molecules of the becomes traverses a longer path within the mass. Thus

is

arrested

of the ray actually dispersed into space it

the ray which escapes perpendicular to the surface has greater intensity than that which, departing from the

same

point, follows

SECT.

GENERAL NOTIONS.

II.]

an oblique

direction,

35

and the most oblique rays are wholly

inter-

cepted.

The same consequences apply

which are near

to all the points

enough to the surface to take part in the emission of heat, from which it necessarily follows that the whole quantity of heat which escapes from the surface in the normal direction

very

is

much

is oblique. We have submitted and our analysis proves that the intensity of the ray is proportional to the sine of the angle which the ray makes with the element of surface. Experiments had

greater than that whose direction this question to calculation,

already indicated a similar result. 47.

This theorem expresses a general law which has a neces-

sary connection with the equilibrium and

mode

of action of heat.

which escape from a heated surface had the same intensity in all directions, a thermometer placed at one of the points of a space bounded on all sides by an enclosure maintained at a constant temperature would indicate a temperature incomparably 1 greater than that of the enclosure Bodies placed within this enclosure would not take a common temperature, as is always noticed; the temperature acquired by them would depend on the place which they occupied, or on their form, or on the forms of If the rays

.

neighbouring bodies.

The same opposed to

results

common

would be observed,

or other effects equally

experience, if between the rays which escape

from the same point any other relations were admitted different from those which we have enunciated. We have recognised this law as the only one compatible with the general fact of the equilibrium of radiant heat. 48.

If a space free from air

is

bounded on

enclosure whose parts are maintained at a

temperature ture

a, is

a,

and

if

all sides

without any change.

its

temperature

It will receive therefore at

each instant from the inner surface of the enclosure as as it gives out to

space 1

is,

it.

solid

constant

a thermometer, having the actual tempera-

placed at any point whatever of the space,

will continue

by a

common and

much

heat

This effect of the rays of heat in a given

properly speaking, the measure of the temperature

See proof by M. Fourier, Arm.

d.

Ch. et Ph. Ser.

2, iv. p. 128.

:

[A. F.]

3—2

but

THEORY OF HEAT.

36

this consideration presupposes the

[CHAP.

I.

mathematical theory of radiant

heat.

If

now between the thermometer and

the enclosure a body

thermometer

M

a part of the surface of

be placed whose temperature

is a,

the

from one part of the inner surface, but the rays will be replaced by those which it will receive from the interposed body M. An easy calculation proves that the compensation is exact, so that the state of the thermometer will be unchanged. It is not the same if the temperature will cease to receive rays

M

from that of the enclosure. When which the interposed body sends to the thermometer and which replace the intercepted rays convey more heat than the latter; the temperature of the thermometer must of the

it is

body

is

different

M

greater, the rays

therefore rise.

on the contrary, the intervening body has a temperature a, that of the thermometer must fall; for the rays which this body intercepts are replaced by those which it gives out, that is to say, by rays cooler than those of the enclosure; thus the thermometer does not reçoive all the heat necessary to maintain If,

less

its

than

temperature 49.

which

Up all

a.

to this point abstraction has

been made of the power which are

surfaces have of reflecting part of the rays

sent to them. If this property were disregarded we should have only a very incomplete idea of the equilibrium of radiant heat.

Suppose then that on the inner surface of the enclosure, maintained at a constant temperature, there is a portion which enjoys,

m a -certain degree, the power flecting surface will

in question

;

each point of tho re-

the one go ; out from the very interior of the substance of which the enclosure is formed, the others are merely reflected by the same surface against

send into space two kinds of rays

which they had been sent. But at the same time that the surface repels on the outside part of the incident rays, it retains in the inside part of its is

own

rays.

In this respect an exact compensation own rays which the

established, that is to say, every one of its

surface hinders from going out

is

replaced by a reflected ray of

equal intensity.

The same affected in

result would happen, if the power of reflecting rays any degree whatever other parts of the enclosure, or the

SECT.

GENERAL NOTIONS.

II.]

surface of bodies placed within the

the

common

37

same space and already

at

temperature.

Thus the

reflection of heat does not disturb the equilibrium

and does not introduce, whilst that equilibrium any change in the law according to which the intensity of rays which leave the same point decreases proportionally to the of temperatures, exists,

sine of the angle of emission.

50. Suppose that in the same enclosure, all of whose parts maintain the temperature a, we place an isolated body M, and

a polished metal surface R, which, turning

body;

if

we

concavity towards

its

the body, reflects great part of the rays which

it

received from the

place a thermometer between the body ilfand the re-

flecting surface

R, at the focus of

this mirror, three different effects

temperature of the body

will be observed according as the

common temperature

equal to the

or

a,

is

greater or

M

is

less.

In the first case, the thermometer preserves the temperature a it receives 1°, rays of heat from all parts of the enclosure not 2°, rays given out hidden from it by the body or by the mirror ;

M

;

by the body 3°, those which the surface E sends out to the focus, whether they come from the mass of the mirror itself, or whether its surface has simply reflected them and amongst the last we may distinguish between those which have been sent to the mirror by the mass M, and those which it has received from the enclosure. All the rays in question proceed from surfaces which, by hypothesis, have a common temperature a, so that the thermometer is precisely in the same state as if the space bounded by the enclosure contained no other body but itself. In the second case, the thermometer placed between the heated and the mirror, must acquire a temperature greater than body it receives the same rays as in the first hypothesis reality, In a. differences one arises from the fact that remarkable but with two to the mirror, and reflected upon the the rays sent by the body thermometer, contain more heat than in the first case. The other difference depends on the fact that the rays sent directly by the to the thermometer contain more heat than formerly. body Both causes, and chiefly the first, assist in raising the tempera;

;

M

;

:

M

M

ture of the thermometer.

In the third case, that

is

to say,

when

the temperature of the

THEORY OF HEAT.

38

mass

M

is less

than

perature less than

a.

a,

[CHAP.

I.

the temperature must assume also a tem-

In

fact, it receives

again

all

the varieties of

we distinguished in the first case but there are two kinds of them which contain less heat than in this first hypothesis, that is to say, those which, being sent out by the body M, are

rays which

:

by the mirror upon the thermometer, and those which sends to it directly. Thus the thermometer does not receive all the heat which it requires to preserve its original temperature a. It gives out more heat than it receives. It is inevitable then that its temperature must fall to the point at which the rays which it receives suffice to compensate those which This last effect is what is called the reflection of cold, it loses. and which, properly speaking, consists in the reflection of too The mirror intercepts a certain quantity of heat, and feeble heat. replaces it by a less quantity. reflected

the same body

If in the enclosure, maintained at a constant temperature

51. a,

M

a body

M be

placed,

whose temperature a

is

less

than

a,

presence of this body will lower the thermometer exposed to

the its

and we may remark that the rays sent to the thermometer from the surface of the body M, are in general of two kinds, namely, those which come from inside the mass M, and those which, coming from different parts of the enclosure, meet the surface and are reflected upon the thermometer. The latter rays have the common temperature a, but those which belong to the body contain less heat, and these are the rays which cool the thermometer. If now, by changing the state of the surface of the body M, for example, by destroying the polish, we diminish the power which it has of reflecting the incident rays, the thermometer will fall still lower, and will assume a temperature a" less than a. In fact all the conditions would be the same as in the preceding case, if it were not that the body gives out a greater quantity of its own rays and reflects a less quantity of the rays which it receives from the enclosure; that is to say, these last rays, which have the common temperature, are in part replaced by cooler rays. Hence the thermometer no longer receives so much rays,

M M

M

heat as formerly. If,

we

independently of the change

in

the surface of the body M,

place a metal mirror adapted to reflect

upon the thermometer

SECT.

GENERAL NOTIONS.

II.]

the rays which have

a"

than

less

M, the temperature

left

The

a".

39

assume a value

will

mirror, in fact, intercepts from the thermo-

meter part of the rays of the enclosure which all have the temperature a, and replaces them by three kinds of rays namely, 1°, those which come from the interior of the mirror itself, and which have the common temperature 2°, those which the different ;

;

parts of the enclosure send to the mirror with the

and which are

ture,

reflected to the focus

;

3°,

same tempera-

those which, coming

from the interior of the body M, fall upon the mirror, and are The last rays have a temperareflected upon the thermometer. ture less than a hence the thermometer no longer receives so ;

much

heat as

it

received before the mirror was set up.

we proceed

Lastly, if

the mirror, and by giving

power of fact, all

change

to

a more perfect polish, increase

it

reflecting heat, the

the conditions exist

also the state of the surface of its

thermometer will fall still lower. In which occurred in the preceding case.

happens that the mirror gives out a less quantity of its and replaces them by those which it reflects. Now, amongst these last rays, all those which proceed from the interior Only,

own

it

rays,

of the mass

M are

less

than if they had come from the hence the thermometer receives still will assume therefore a temperature

less intense

interior of the metal mirror

heat than formerly

it

:

;

a"" less than a".

By

the same principles

all

the

known

facts of the radiation of

heat or of cold are easily explained. 52.

The

effects of

heat can by no means be compared with

those of an elastic fluid whose molecules are at

rest.

would be useless to attempt to deduce from this hypothesis the laws of propagation which we have explained in this work, and which all experience has confirmed. The free state of heat is the same as that of light the active state of this element is then entirely different from that of gaseous substances. Heat acts in the same manner in a vacuum, in elastic fluids, and in liquid or solid masses, it is propagated only by way of radiation, but its It

;

sensible effects differ according to the nature of bodies.

53.

force

Heat

is

the origin of

all elasticity

which preserves the form of

;

it

solid masses,

is

the repulsive

and the volume of

THEOEY OF HEAT.

40 In

liquids.

solid masses,

higher

its

effect

were not destroyed by the

elastic force is greater according as

which

;

why

the reason

is

I.

neighbouring molecules would yield to

mutual attraction, if heat which separates them. their

This

[CHAP.

the temperature

bodies dilate or contract

is

when

their temperature is raised or lowered.

54

The equilibrium which

exists, in

the interior of a solid

mass, between the repulsive force of heat and the molecular attraction, is stable

;

that

is

to say, it re-establishes itself

by an accidental cause.

when

disturbed

If the molecules are arranged at distances

proper for equilibrium, and

if

an external force begins to increase

without any change of temperature, the

this distance

attraction begins

effect

of

by surpassing that of heat, and brings back the

molecules to their original position, after a multitude of oscillations

which become

A

less

and

similar effect

is

less sensible.

exerted in the opposite sense

when

a me-

chanical cause diminishes the primitive distance of the molecules

such

and of

;

the origin of the vibrations of sonorous or flexible bodies,

is

all

55.

pressure

the effects of their elasticity.

In the liquid or gaseous state of matter, the external is additional or supplementary to the molecular attrac-

tion, and, acting

on the surface, does not oppose change of form,

but only change of the volume occupied. will best

shew how the repulsive

Analytical investigation

force of heat, opposed to the

attraction of the molecules or to the external pressure, assists in

the composition of bodies, solid or liquid, formed of one or more elements, and determines the elastic properties of gaseous fluids

;

but these researches do not belong to the object before appear in dynamic theories. It cannot be doubted that the

56.

always

consists, like that of light, in

of rays,

and

mode

;

but

phenomena under this aspect

it is

and

of action of heat

the reciprocal communication

this explanation is at the present

the majority of physicists

us,

time adopted by

not necessary to consider the

in order to establish the theory of heat.

In the course of this work it will be seen how the laws of equilibrium and propagation of radiant heat, in solid or liquid masses,

SECT.

PRINCIPLE OF COMMUNICATION.

III.]

41

can be rigorously demonstrated, independently of any physical explanation, as the necessary consequences of common observations.

SECTION

III.

Principle of the communication of heat.

We

57.

now proceed

to

examine what experiments teach us

concerning the communication of heat. If two equal molecules are formed of the same substance and have the same temperature, each of them receives from the other as much heat as it gives up to it their mutual action may then be ;

regarded as null, since the result of this action can bring about no

change in the state of the molecules. is hotter than the second, it sends to from

it

;

on the contrary, the first more heat than it receives

If,

it

the result of the mutual action

is

the difference of these

two quantities of heat. In all cases we make abstraction of the two equal quantities of heat which any two material points reciprocally give

up

we

;

conceive that the point most heated

acts only on the other, and that, in virtue of this action, the loses a certain quantity of heat

Thus the action

of

which

is

first

acquired by the second.

two molecules, or the quantity of heat which is the difference of the two

the hottest communicates to the other, quantities which they give

up

to each other.

Suppose that we place in air a solid homogeneous body, have unequal actual temperatures each of the molecules of which the body is. composed will begin to receive heat from those which are at extremely small distances, or will 58.

whose

different points

;

communicate it to them. This action exerted during the same instant between all points of the mass, will produce an infinitesimal resultant change in all the temperatures the solid will ex:

perience at each instant similar

effects, so

that the variations of

temperature will become more and more sensible. and Consider only the system of two moleeules,

m

extremely near, and

let

n,

equal and

us ascertain what quantity of heat the

can receive from the second during one instant we may then apply the same reasoning to all the other points which are

first

:

THEORY OF HEAT.

42

[CHAP.

near enough to the point m, to act directly on

during the

it

I.

first

instant.

The quantity

of heat communicated by the point n to the depends on the duration of the instant, on the very small distance between these points, on the actual temperature of each

point

m

point,

and on the nature of the

solid substance

;

that

is

to say, if

one of these elements happened to vary, all the other remaining the same, the quantity of heat transmitted would vary also. Now experiments have disclosed, in this respect, a general result:

it

consists in this, that all the other circumstances being the same,

the quantity of heat which one of the molecules receives from the other

is

proportional to the difference of temperature of the two

molecules.

Thus the quantity would be double,

triple,

quadruple,

if

everything else remaining the same, the difference of the temperature of the point n from that of the point or quadruple.

action of n on

To account

for this result,

m became

we must

double, triple,

consider that the

m is always just as much greater as there

is

a greater

between the temperatures of the two points it is null, if the temperatures are equal,, but if the molecule n contains more heat than the equal molecule m, that is to say,, if the temperature of m being v, that of n is v + A, a portion of the exceeding heat will pass from n to m. Now, if the excess of heat were double, or, which is the same thing, if the temperature of n were v + 2A, the exceeding heat would be composed of two equal parts corresponding to the two halves of the whole difference of temperature 2 A each of these parts would have its proper effect as if it alone existed thus the quantity of heat communicated by n to m would be twice as great as when the difference of temperature is only A. difference

:

;

:

This simultaneous action of the different parts of the exceeding heat

is

of heat.

that which constitutes the principle of the communication It follows

from

it

that the

sum

of the partial actions, or

which m receives from n the difference of the two temperatures.

the total quantity of heat to

5=9.

cules

is

proportional

Denoting by v and v the temperatures of two equal moletheir extremely small distance, and by dt, the

m and n, by p,

infinitely small duration of the instant, the quantity of heat

m

receives

instant will be

from n during this

(V —v)cj> (p) .dt.

We

denote by

$>

which

expressed by

{p) a certain function of the

SECT.

PRINCIPLE OF COMMUNICATION.

III.]

solid bodies

and in

distance

p which, in

when p

has a sensible magnitude.

becomes nothing is the same for

liquids,

The

every point of the same given substance

43

function

varies with the nature

it

;

of the substance.

The quantity

60.

face

is

same

subject to the

principle.

atmospheric

air,

v,

if

through their surthe area,

whose points have

all of

a represents the temperature of the

the coefficient h being the measure of the ex-

ternal conducibility, for the

and

lose

we denote by a

If

the surface,

finite or infinitely small, of

the temperature

which bodies

of heat

we

shall

have ah

(v



a) dt as the expression

quantity of heat which this surface

a-

transmits to the air

during the instant dt

When

the two molecules, one of which transmits to the other

a certain quantity of heat, belong to the same

the exact

solid,

we have and since the molecules are extremely near, the difference of the temperatures is extremely It is not the same when heat passes from a solid body into small. a gaseous medium. But the experiments teach us that if the expression for the heat communicated

given in the

difference

preceding article

that which

is

;

a quantity sufficiently small, the heat transmitted

is

may, in these

first

researches

1 ,

is

number h

sensibly proportional to that difference, and that the

be considered as having a constant

value, proper to each state of the surface, but independent of the

temperature.

These propositions relative to the quantity of heat com61. municated have been derived from different observations. We see

first,

that if

as an evident consequence of the expressions in question,

we

increased by a

common

quantity

ratures of the solid mass, and that of the

the

all

medium

placed, the successive changes of temperature

the same as is

if this

increase

by the physicists who 1

More exact laws

first

;

it

have observed the

it

is

Now

this result

has been admitted effects of heat.

of cooling investigated experimentally

by Dulong and

be found in tbe Journal de VEcole Polytechnique, Tome [A. F.] Paris, 1820, or in Jamin, Cours de Physique, Leçon 47.

will

tempe-

would be exactly

had not been made.

sensibly in accordance with experiment

initial

in which

xi.

pp. 234

Petit

—294,

THEORY OF HEAT.

44 If the

62.

and

if

medium

[CHAP.

I.

maintained at a constant temperature, is placed in that medium has

is

the heated body which

dimensions sufficiently small for the temperature, whilst falling more and more, to remain sensibly the same at all points of the body,

it

follows from the

same

portional to the excess of

medium.

Whence

it is

propositions, that a quantity of heat

through the surface of the body pro-

will escape at each instant

its

actual temperature over that of the

easy to conclude, as will be seen in the

course of this work, that the line whose abscissae represent the

times elapsed, and whose ordinates represent the temperatures corresponding to those times, servations also furnish the

is

same

a logarithmic curve

:

now, ob-

when the excess of the the medium is a sufficiently

result,

temperature of the solid over that of small quantity.

Suppose the medium to be maintained at the constant 0, and that the initial temperatures of different points a, b, c, d &c. of the same mass are a, /3, 7, S &c, that at the end of the first instant they have become a, ft', y h' &c, that at the end of the second instant they have become a", /?'', 7", 8" &c, 63.

temperature

,

and

so on.

We may

easily conclude

ciated, that if the initial

from the propositions enun-

temperatures of the same points had

been go., g ft, gy, gS &c. (g being any number whatever), they would have become, at the end of the first instant, by virtue of g/3', gy, gS' &c, and at the end of the second instant, go.", g(S" gy" gS" &c, and so on. For instance, let us compare the case when the initial temperatures of the points, a, b, c, d &c. were a, /3, 7, 8 &c. with that in which they are 2a, 2/3, 27, 2S &c, the medium preserving in both cases the temperature 0. In the second hypothesis, the difference of the temperatures of any two points whatever is double what it was in the first, and the excess of the temperature of each point,

the action of the different points, gx, ,

,

over that of each molecule of the medium,

is also double consequently the quantity of heat which any molecule whatever sends to any other, or that which it receives, is, in the second

hypothesis, double of that which

it

was in the

;

first.

The change

of temperature which each point suffers being proportional to the

quantity of heat acquired,

it

change

was

is

double what

it

follows that, in the second case, this in the first case.

Now we

have

SECT. IV.]

UNIFORM LINEAR MOVEMENT.

supposed that the

initial

temperature of the

45

which was end of the first hence if this initial temperature had been 2a, and if all the other temperatures had been doubled, it would have become 2a\ The same would be the case with all the other molecules b, c, d, and a similar result would be derived, if the ratio instead of being 2, were any number whatever g. It follows then, from the principle of the communicaa,

became

a!

at the

tion of heat, that if all

instant

we

first point,

;

any given

ratio

increase or diminish in the

same

increase or diminish in

the initial temperatures,

we

ratio all the successive temperatures.

two preceding results, is confirmed by observahave existed if the quantity of heat which passes from one molecule to another had not been, actually, proThis, like the

It could not

tion.

portional to the difference of the temperatures.

64. Observations have been made with accurate instruments, on the permanent temperatures at different points of a bar or of a metallic ring, and on the propagation of heat in the same bodies and in several other solids of the form of spheres or cubes. The results of these experiments agree

from the preceding propositions. ent

if

with those which are derived They would be entirely differ-

the quantity of heat transmitted from one solid molecule to air, were not proportional to the

another, or to a molecule of of temperature.

excess

It

is

necessary

rigorous consequences of this proposition ; chief part of the quantities

By comparing then

know all the we determine the

to

first

by

it

which are the object of the problem.

the calculated values with those given by

numerous and very exact experiments, we can easily measure the variations of the coefficients, and perfect our first researches.

SECTION On

We

65.

ment

the

uniform and linear movement of heat

shall consider, in the first place, the uniform

of heat in the simplest case,

solid enclosed

We

IV.

between two

which

is

move-

that of an infinite

parallel planes.

suppose a solid body formed of some homogeneous sub-

stance to be enclosed between two parallel and infinite planes;

THEORY OF HEAT.

46

A

the lower plane

is

is

I.

maintained, by any cause whatever, at a

constant temperature a

mass

[CHAP.

;

we may imagine

prolonged, and that the plane J.

the solid and to the enclosed mass, and

is

for

is

example that the

a section

heated at

common

all its

to

points

by a constant source of heat; the upper plane B is also maintained by a similar cause at a fixed temperature h, whose value is less than that of a the problem is to determine what would be ;

the result of this hypothesis

if it

were continued

for

an

infinite

time, If to be

we suppose the b,

it is

initial

temperature of

all

parts of this body

evident that the heat which leaves the source

A

will

be propagated farther and farther and will raise the temperature of the molecules included

between the two planes

:

but the tem-

perature of the upper plane being unable, according to hypothesis to rise above

b,

the heat will be dispersed within the cooler mass,

contact with which keeps the plane b.

The system

final state,

B at

the constant temperature

more and more to a but which would have the

of temperatures will tend

which

it

will never attain,

we shall proceed to shew, of existing and keeping up without any change if it were once formed. In the final and fixed state, which we are considering, the permanent temperature of a point of the solid is evidently the same at all points of the same section parallel to the base; and we property, as itself

shall prove that this fixed temperature,

common

to all the points

an intermediate section, decreases in arithmetic progression from the base to the upper plane, that is to say, if we represent the constant temperatures a and b by the ordinates Act. and B{3 of

J

B S

\

A

\

Fig.

1.

(see Fig. 1), raised perpendicularly to the distance AB between the two planes, the fixed temperatures of the intermediate layers will be represented by the ordinates of the straight line a/3 which

UNIFOEM LINEAR MOVEMENT.

SECT. IV.]

47

and /3; thus, denoting by z the height of an intermediate section or its perpendicular distance from the plane A, by e the whole height or distance AB, and by v the temperature of the section whose height is z, we must have the b — a

joins the extremities a

equation v

— a-\

z.

e

In

fact, if

the temperatures were at

ance with this law, and

if

established in accord-

first

always kept at the temperatures a and

happen

in

A and B were no change would

the extreme surfaces b,

To convince

the state of the solid.

ourselves of this,

compare the quantity of heat which would traverse an intermediate section A' with that which, during the same time, would traverse another section B'. Bearing in mind that the final state of the solid is formed and continues, we see that the part of the mass which is below the plane A! must communicate heat to the part which is above

it

will

be

sufficient to

is cooler than the first. and m, very near to each Imagine two points of the solid, other, and placed in any manner whatever, the one m below the plane A', and the other m above this plane, to be exerting their action during an infinitely small instant m the hottest point will communicate to iri a certain quantity of heat which will cross the plane A'. Let x, y, z be the rectangular coordinates of the point m, and x, y, z the coordinates of the point m consider also two other points n and ri very near to each other, and situated with respect to the plane in the same manner in which m and m are placed with respect to the plane A' that is to say, denoting by £ the perpendicular distance of the two sections A' and the coordinates of the point n will be x, y, z + Ç and those of the point ri, x', y, z + Ç the two distances mm and nn will be equal: further, the difference of the temperature v of the point m above the temperature v' of the point will be the same as the difference of temperature of the two points n and ri. In fact the former difference will be determined by substituting first z and then z in the general equation

that plane, since this second part

m

:

:

B

',

:

B

1

,

;

m

v

=a

b

—a z,

-\

e

and subtracting the second equation from the

first,

whence the

THEORY OF HEAT.

48

result



v

v

=

(z

We

— z).

shall

[CHAP.

then

find,

I.

by the sub-

stitution of z + £ and z + Ç, that the excess of temperature of the point n over that of the point n is also expressed by

b

-a

It follows

by the point n

sent

,.

*

from this that the quantity of heat sent by the

m to the point m

point

.

K

e

will

be the same as the quantity of heat which

to the point n, for all the elements

concur in determining this quantity of transmitted heat are the same. It is manifest that

we can apply the same reasoning

to every

system of two molecules which communicate heat to each other across the section A' or the section B' whence, if we could sum up the whole quantity of heat which flows, during the same ;

instant, across the section this quantity to

From

B\ we

A' or the section

should find

be the same for both sections.

this it follows that the part of the solid included be-

tween A' and B' receives always as much heat as it loses, and since this result is applicable to any portion whatever of the mass included between two parallel sections, it is evident that no part of the solid can acquire a temperature higher than that which it has at present. Thus, it has been rigorously demonstrated that the state of the prism will continue to exist just as it was at first. Hence, the permanent temperatures of different sections of a solid enclosed between two parallel infinite planes, are represented by the ordinates of a straight line a/3, and satisfy the linear .

equation v

66.

=a+

b-a

By what

z.

precedes

we

see

distinctly

what constitutes

the propagation of heat in a solid enclosed between two parallel

and

infinite planes,

temperature.

each of which

is

maintained at a constant

Heat penetrates the mass gradually

across

the

the temperatures of the intermediate sections are but can never exceed nor even quite attain a certain limit which they approach nearer and nearer this limit or final temperature is different for different intermediate layers, and

lower plane

:

raised,

:

UNIFORM LINEAR MOVEMENT.

SECT. IV.]

decreases

in

49

arithmetic progression from the fixed temperature

of the lower plane to the fixed temperature of the

The

upper plane.

final temperatures are those which would have to be

given to the solid in order that

its state

the variable state which precedes analysis, as

we

it

shall see presently:

might be permanent

may

also

but we are now considering

only the system of final and permanent temperatures. last state,

to

;

be submitted to In the

during each division of time, across a section parallel

the base,

or

a definite portion

quantity of heat flows, which

This uniform flow

is

are equal.

that section, a certain

of

constant

is

if

the divisions of time

the same for

all

the intermediate

sections it is equal to that which proceeds from the source, and to that which is lost during the same time, at the upper surface of the solid, by virtue of the cause which keeps the temperature ;

constant.

The problem now

67.

which

is

to

measure that quantity of heat

propagated uniformly within the

is

solid,

during a given

time, across a definite part of a section parallel to the base

we

:

it

on the two extreme temperatures a and 6, and on the distance e between the two sides of the solid it would vary if any one of these elements began to change, the other remaining the same. Suppose a second solid to be formed of the same substance as the first, and enclosed between two

depends, as

shall see,

;

V I

\ /»'

\

if <

%

y

\

/p

\

a

a,'

Fig. 2.

whose perpendicular distance is e (see maintained at a fixed temperature a, and the upper side at the fixed temperature b' both solids are considered to be in that final and permanent state which has the property of maintaining itself as soon as it has been formed. planes,

infinite

parallel

fig.

the lower side

2)

:

is

;

f. h.

-i

THEORY OF HEAT.

5.0

Thus the law

of the temperatures

by the equation u=a

tion

-\

V —— a ;

expressed for the

is



a

z,

v in the first solid,

v

z,

-\

and

[CHAP.

body-

by the equa-

for the second,

and u in the second, being

the temperature of the section whose height

we

first

I.

is z.

compare the quantity of heat which, during the unit of time traverses a unit of area taken on an intermediate section L of the first solid, with that which during the same time traverses an equal area taken on the section L' of the second, e being the height common to the two sections, that is to say, the distance of each of them from their own base. We shall consider two very near points n and ri in the first body, one of which n is below the plane L and the other and x, y z x, y, z are the co-ordinates of n ri above this plane the co-ordinates of ri, e being less than z, and greater than z. This arranged,

will

:

We

,

:

shall consider also in the second solid the instantaneous

action of two points

p and p, which same manner

to the section L', in the

respect to the section

ordinates x, y,

L

of the first solid.

and x y

z,

,

are situated, with respect

'

,

z

n and ri with Thus the same co-

as the points

referred to three rectangular axes

in the second body, will fix also the position of the points

and

p

p'

Now, the distance from the point n to the point ri is equal to the distance from the point p to the point p, and since the two bodies are formed of the same substance, we conclude, according to the principle of the communication of heat, that the action of

n on

ri',

or the quantity of heat given

by n

to

and

ri,

the action of p on p are to each other in the same ratio as the differences of the temperature v — v and u — u. ',

Substituting

the

first solid,

have

also

v

and then

v'

which belongs to

in the equation

and subtracting, we ûnàv — v' =

by means

of the second equation

{z

u — u=

— z")\ we

—— ;

(z



z),

6

T

whence the a

— b'

ratio of the

two actions in question

is

that of

to

UNIFORM LINEAR MOVEMENT.

SECT. IV.]

We may the

first

now imagine many

51

other systems of two molecules,

of which sends to the second across the plane L, a certain

quantity of heat, and each of these systems, chosen in the

may be compared

solid,

second,

first

with a homologous system situated in the

and whose action

exerted across the section L'

is

;

we

can then apply again the previous reasoning to prove that the ratio of the

two actions

that of always J

is

Now, the whole quantity

——

to

.

-,

e

e

of heat which, during one instant,

from the simultaneous action of a multitude of systems each of which is formed of two points hence this quantity of heat and that which, in the second solid, crosses during the same instant the section L' are also to each crosses the section L, results

;

}

other in the ratio of

——

to

;

It is easy

.

e

e

then to compare with each other' the intensities of

the constant flows of heat which are propagated uniformly in the

two

solids,

that

is

to say, the quantities of heat which, during

unit of time, cross unit of surface of each of these bodies.

—— n

7

>

-,

1

two quotients are equal, the flows are the same,

If the

.

whatever in other respects the values in general, denoting the first flow by

we

and

two quotients

ratio of these intensities is that of the

The

,,

,

shall

68.

,

have

F ™ He

= a—b

V

,

e,

may be

;

solid,

the permanent tempera-



-,

q

Suppose that in the second is

that of boiling water, 1

of the upper plane

e

a,

and the second by F',

a'—b' ;

ture a of the lower plane

temperature

a, b, e,

F

is

that of melting

;

that the

ice,

0; that

two planes is the unit of measure (a metre); let us denote by the constant flow of heat which, during unit of time (a minute) would cross unit of surface in exthis last solid, if it were formed of a given substance; the

distance e

of the

K

K

pressing a certain

number

number

of units of heat, that

is

to say a certain

of times the heat necessary to convert a

of ice into water

:

we

shall have, in general, to

kilogramme

determine the

4—2

THEORY OF HEAT.

52

[CHAP.

I.

constant flow F, in a solid formed of the same substance, the

F a — b or ^= K

equation u

„ Jf

—b

T^a =K

e

The value

of

F

.

e

denotes the quantity of heat which, during

the unit of time, passes across a unit of area of the surface taken

on a section parallel to the base. Thus the thermometric state of a

solid enclosed between two whose perpendicular distance is e, and which are maintained at fixed temperatures a and b, is represented by the two equations

parallel infinite plane

sides

:

v

= a-\

b

—a

,

z,

and

F=K a — b -r,

TT

e

TT dv F=—KT az ,-,

or

e

.

The first of these equations expresses the law according to which the temperatures decrease from the lower side to the opposite side, the second indicates the quantity of heat which,

during a given time, crosses a definite part of a section parallel to the base.

We

69.

have taken this

coefficient

K, which enters into

the second equation, to be the measure of the specific conducibility of

each substance

;

this

number has very

different values

for different bodies.

It represents, in general, the quantity of heat which, in

homogeneous between two

a

formed of a given substance and enclosed infinite parallel planes, flows, during one minute, across a surface of one square metre taken on a section parallel to the extreme planes, supposing that these two planes are maintained, one at the temperature of boiling water, the other at the temperature of melting ice, and that all the intermediate planes have acquired and retain a permanent temperature. We might employ another definition of conducibility, since

we

solid

could estimate the capacity for heat by referring

of volume, instead

of referring

definitions are equally

it

to unit of mass.

it

to unit

All these

good provided they are clear and pre-

cise.

We value

shall

shew presently how

K of the

stances.

to

determine by observation the

conducibility or conductibility in different sub-

UNIFORM LINEAR MOVEMENT.

SECT. IV.]

53

the equations which we have would not be necessary to suppose the 68, their action across the planes to be at expoints which exert

In order to

70.

cited in Article

establish

it

tremely small distances.

The

results

would

be the same

still

points had any magnitude whatever

if

the distances of these

they would therefore apply

;

where the direct action of heat extended within

also to the case

the interior of the mass to very considerable distances,

all

the

circumstances which constitute the hypothesis remaining in other respects the same.

We

need only suppose that the cause which maintains the

temperatures at the surface of the part of the mass which its

to

The

solid.

affects not

this case the

The equation

only that

v

=a

permanent temperatures

-z

of

we give the mass the temperatures expressed by the

true sense of this proposition

points of

all

solid,

extremely near to the surface, but that

action extends to a finite depth.

will still represent in

the

is

is

that, if

equation, and

if besides any cause whatever, acting on the two extreme laminae, retained always every one of their molecules at the temperature which the same equation assigns to them, the interior points of the solid would preserve without any change

their initial state.

we supposed

If

that the action of a point of the mass could

would be necessary that the is maintained by the external cause, should be at least equal to e. But the extend to a

finite

distance

e,

it

thickness of the extreme laminse, whose state

quantity

e

having in

fact,

in the natural state

of solids, only

an inappreciable value, we may make abstraction of this thickness; and it is sufficient for the external cause to act on each This of the two layers, extremely thin, which bound the solid. is always what must be understood by the expression, to maintain the temperature of the surface constant.

71.

same air

We

solid

proceed further to examine the case in which the would be exposed, at one of its faces, to atmospheric

maintained at a constant temperature. Suppose then that the lower plane preserves the fixed tem-

perature

a,

by virtue of any external cause whatever, and that

THEORY OF HEAT.

54

[CHAP.

I.

the upper plane, instead of being maintained as formerly at a

temperature

less

exposed to atmospheric air maintained

is

b,

at that temperature

b,

the perpendicular distance of the two

planes being denoted always by e

:

the problem

is

to determine

the final temperatures.

Assuming that

common

in the initial state of the solid, the

temperature of its molecules is b or less than b, we can readily imagine that the heat which proceeds incessantly from the source

A

penetrates the mass, and raises more and more the tempera-

tures of the intermediate sections

;

the upper surface

gradually

is

heated, and permits part of the heat which has penetrated the solid

to escape into the air.

The system

of temperatures con-

which would exist of itself if it were once formed in this final state, which is that which we are considering, the temperature of the plane B has a fixed but unknown value, which we will denote by ft, and since the lower plane A preserves also a permanent temperature a, the system of temperatures is represented by the general equation ft — a tinually approaches a final state ;

v

=

a-\

z,

v denoting always the fixed temperature of the

section whose height is z. The quantity of heat which flows during unit of time across a unit of surface taken on any section

whatever

is

k

a

— ft ,

k denoting the

interior conducibility.

G

We

must now consider that the upper

temperature

is

ft,

B, whose

surface

permits the escape into the air of a certain

quantity of heat which must be exactly equal to that which crosses

any section whatever

L

of the solid.

If it

were not

so,

the part of the mass included between this section L and the plane B would not receive a quantity of heat equal to that

which

it

loses;

hence

contrary to hypothesis fore equal to that

it ;

would not maintain

its state,

the constant flow at the surface

which traverses the

solid

:

which is

is

there-

now, the quantity

of heat which escapes, during unit of time, from unit of surface

taken on the plane B, fixed temperature of the bility

k

is

expressed by h

(ft

— b),

b

being the

and h the measure of the conduciof the surface B; we must therefore have the equation

= h(ft — b),

which

air,

will

determine the value of

ft.

UNIFORM LINEAR MOVEMENT.

SECT. IV.]

From

may be

this

derived a

whose second member

known

is

— /3 = —j

Introducing this value of a v

=a+—

we

known

j—

for the

;

Je,

— /3

an equation

,

temperatures a and

the general equation

into

— v=—?-

equation a

the

b

e.

shall have, to express the temperatures of

of the solid,

section

and

z,



1

are given, as are also the quantities h,

55

j-^

any

in which

,

quantities only enter with the corresponding variables v

z.

So

72.

far

and permanent state between two infinite and at unequal temperatures.

we have determined the

final

of the temperatures in a solid enclosed

plane surfaces,

parallel

This

first

case

is,

maintained

properly speaking, the case of the linear and

uniform propagation of heat, for there

is

the plane parallel to the sides of the solid

no transfer of heat in that which traverses ;

the solid flows uniformly, since the value of the flow for ail instants

We

and

the same

is

for all sections.

now restate the three chief propositions which result they are susceptible of a examination of this problem from the great number of applications, and form the first elements of our will

;

theory. If at the

1st.

we

two extremities of the thickness

the solid

e of

erect perpendiculars to represent the temperatures a

of the

two

sides,

and

we draw

if

the extremities of these two

first

and b

the straight line which joins ordinates, all the intermediate

temperatures will be proportional to the ordinates of this straight line

;

they are expressed by the general equation a — v

v denoting the temperature of the section whose height

The quantity

=

z,

is z.

which flows uniformly, during across unit of time, unit of surface taken on any section whatever 2nd.

parallel

to

the sides,

of heat

all

other things being equal,

proportional to the difference a

—b

and inversely proportional

the

to

is

directly

of the extreme temperatures,

distance

e

which separates 7

these sides.

The quantity

of heat

is

expressed by

K

,

or

THEORY OF HEAT.

5G

[CHAP.

I.

j

K—

— dv -j-

which

derive from the general equation the value of

we

if

,

may

constant; this uniform flow

is

always be repre-

and in the solid under examination, by the tangent of the angle included between the perpendicular e and the straight line whose ordinates represent the temperasented, for a given substance

tures.

3rd.

of the extreme surfaces of the solid being submitted

One

always to the temperature

a, if

the other plane

maintained at a fixed temperature b the air acquires, as in the preceding greater than

b,

and

it

;

is

exposed to air

the plane in contact with

case, a fixed

temperature

the air across unit of surface, during unit of time, which pressed by h(/3

— b),

/3,

permits a quantity of heat to escape into is

ex-

h denoting the external condncibility of

the plane.

The same

flow of heat

traverses the prism

the equation h

fore

of

h(ft

— b)

and whose value (ft

is

— b) = K

is

equal to that which

K {a — ,

ft);

we have

there-

which gives the value

ft.

SECTION Law

V.

of the permanent temperatures in a prism of small thickness.

"We shall easily apply the principles which have just 73. been explained to the following problem, very simple in itself, but one whose solution it is important to base on exact theory. A metal bar, whose form is that of a rectangular parallelopiped infinite in length, is exposed to the action of a source of heat which produces a constant temperature at all points of its extremity A. It is required to determine the fixed temperatures '

at the different sections of the bar.

The

section perpendicular to the axis

square whose

side 21

is

so small that

is

supposed to be a without sensible

we may

error consider the temperatures to be equal at different points

of the

same

section.

The

air in

which the bar

is

placed

is

main-

STEADY TEMPERATURE IN A BAR.

SECT. V.]

tained

at

a constant temperature

57

and carried away by a

0,

current with uniform velocity.

Within the all

interior of the solid, heat will pass successively

the parts situate to the right of the source, and not exposed

directly to its action; they will be heated

more and more, but

the temperature of each point will not increase beyond a certain

maximum

This

limit.

section

;

it

temperature

is

not the same for every

in general decreases as the distance of the section

from the origin increases

:

we

shall denote

by

v the fixed tem-

perature of a section perpendicular to the axis, and situate at a distance

x from the

origin A.

Before every point of the solid has attained

its

highest degree

of heat, the system of temperatures varies continually,

proaches more and more to a fixed state, which

we

is

and ap-

that which

once been formed.

is kept up of itself when it has In order that the system of temperatures

may

it

This final state

consider.

be permanent,

is

necessary that the quantity of heat

which, during unit of time, crosses a section

from the

made

origin, should balance exactly all the

at a distance

x

heat which, during

the same time, escapes through that part of the external surface of the prism which is situated to the right of the same section.

The lamina whose thickness is

8ldx, allows the

is

dx, and whose external surface

escape into the

a quantity of heat expressed by 8klv

air, .

the external conducibility of the prism.

measure of

Hence taking the

in-

x — oo we shall find the quantity heat which escapes of from the whole surface of the bar during unit of time and if we take the same integral from x = to x = x, we shall have the quantity of heat lost through the part of the surface included between the source of heat and the section made at the distance x. Denoting the first integral by C, whose value is constant, and the variable value of the second by fôhlv.dx; the difference C — f8hlv.dx will express the whole quantity of heat which escapes into the air across the part of

tegral jSlilv

.

dx from x

=

during unit of time, of

dx, h being the

to

,

;

the surface situate to the right of the section.

On

the other

between two sections infinitely near at distances x and x + dx, must resemble an infinite solid, bounded by two parallel planes, subject to fixed temperatures v and v + dv, since, by hypothesis, the temperature

hand, the lamina of the

solid,

enclosed

THEORY OF HEAT.

58

[CHAP.

I.

does not vary throughout the whole extent of the same section.

The thickness

M

2 :

and the area

of the solid is dx,

of the section

is

hence the quantity of heat which flows uniformly, during

unit of time, across a section of this solid,



preceding principles, ducibility

:

we must

4l

2

k y-, k being the

is,

according to the

specific internal con-

therefore have the equation

-M k^=C-J8hlv.dx, 2

M ax — 2hv.

whence

74.

-r-.2

We

should obtain the same result by considering the

equilibrium of heat in a single lamina infinitely thin, enclosed

between two sections at distances x and x +

In

dx.

section situate at distance x,

flows during the at distance

into

x+

same time we must

dx,

x + dx, which

gives

— él k dv -y2

is

dx

To

,

find

the

fact,

quantity of heat which, during unit of time, crosses the

first

that which

across the successive section situate in the preceding expression

dv

—Uk 2

,

\dx

first

we

change x

y

If

dx

the second expression from the

fdv

shall find

we

subtract

how much

acquired by the lamina bounded by these two sections during unit of time and since the state of the lamina is per-

heat

is

;

manent,

it

follows that all the 'heat acquired

is

dispersed into

the air across the external surface 8ldx of the same lamina the last quantity of heat

Shlvdx

is

we

:

:

now.

shall obtain therefore the

same equation Shlvdx

75.



êl

2

M

(

-7-)

whence -j—2

,

In whatever manner

this

=

equation

-rjV.

is

formed,

it

is

necessary to remark that the quantity of heat which passes into

the lamina whose thickness its

exact expression

is

is

dx, has a finite value, and that

— 4>l k -j-

between, two surfaces the

2

first

.

of

The lamina being enclosed which has a temperature

v,

STEADY TEMPERATURE IN A BAR.

SECT. V.]

59

and the second a lower temperature v', we see that the quantity of heat which it receives through the first surface depends on the difference v — v, and is proportional to it but this remark :

is

The quantity

not sufficient to complete the calculation.

question

not a differential

is

equivalent to

has a finite value, since

it

:

is

the heat which escapes through that part of

all

the external surface of the prism which of the section.

in

it

To form an exact idea

situate to the right

is

of

it,

we must compare

terminated by two parallel planes whose distance is e, and which are maintained The quantity of heat which at unequal temperatures a and b.

the lamina whose thickness

dx, with a solid

is

passes into such a prism across the hottest surface,

—b

proportional to the difference a

but

it

does not depend only on this difference

being equal,

less

it is

when the prism d

it

is

Q

proportional to

.

which passes through the

This

We

is

first

did not

is

—v —3

proportional to

lay stress on this

been the

we

dx,

is

in

fact

is

:

thicker,

why

all

other things

and in general

the quantity of heat

surface into the lamina, whose

first

v

thickness

is

of the extreme temperatures,



.

remark because the neglect of

it

has

obstacle to the establishment of the theory.

If

make

a complete analysis of the elements of the

we should obtain an equation not homogeneous, and, fortiori, we should not be able to form the equations which express the movement of heat in more complex cases.

problem,

a

It

was necessary

also to introduce into the calculation the

we might not regard, as which observation had furnished in a parwas discovered by experiment that a bar

dimensions of the prism, in order that general, consequences ticular case.

Thus,

it

of iron, heated at one extremity, could not acquire, at a distance of six feet from the source, a temperature of one degree (octo-

gesimal

1 ) ;

for to

produce this

effect,

it

would be necessary

for

the heat of the source to surpass considerably the point of fusion of iron; but this result depends on the thickness of the prism

employed.

If

it

had been

greater, the heat

propagated to a greater distance, that

is

to

would have been say,

the point of

the bar which acquires a fixed temperature of one degree 1

Reaumur's Scale

of

Temperature.

[A. F.]

is

THEORY OF HEAT.

60

much more remote from

[CHAP.

when the bar

the source

We

other conditions remaining the same.

is

I.

thicker, all

can always raise by

one degree the temperature of one end of a bar of iron, by heating we need only give the radius of the

the solid at the other end

base a sufficient length of

which

The

and

B

x

infinite,

= Ae'

XSJ

«

+ Be +X* «

evident,

and

thus the equation v ;

law

we suppose

if

+X

the

/ifc

* m does not exist in the in-

= Ae~ xsj/-m

represents the permanent

the temperature at the origin

the constant A, since that

This

,

now,

;

is

the value of the temperature v must be

hence the term Be

state of the solid

is

say,

integral of the preceding equation

infinitely small; :

we may

is,

being two arbitrary constants

distance

tegral

which

(Art. 78).

v

A

;

besides a proof will be found in the solution of the

problem 76.

:

according

is

to

the value of v

which

the

when x

is

denoted by

is zero.

temperatures

the same as that given by experiment

;

decrease

several physicists

have observed the fixed temperatures at different points of a metal bar exposed at its extremity to the constant action of a source

of heat,

and they have ascertained that the distances

from the origin represent logarithms, and the temperatures the corresponding numbers. 77.

The numerical value of the constant quotient of two conby observation, we easily

secutive temperatures being determined

deduce the value of the ratio

=-•

for,

denoting by v 1} v2 the tem-

peratures corresponding to the distances

% = «f^Vl wh ence v2

M V A

k

a?19

x2 we have ,

= log *' ~ hg v* Jl y x -œ 2

1

As for the separate values of h and h, they cannot be determined by experiments of this kind we must observe also the :

varying motion of heat. 78.

Suppose two bars of the same material and different

dimensions to be submitted at their extremities to the same tern-

STEADY TEMPERATURE IN A BAR.

SECT. V.]

perature

A

let

;

two

l

be the side of a section in the

x

we

in the second,

61

shall have, to express the

first bar,

= Ae~

vx

^

x

kl ^

and v2 =Ae~

Xz

2

^ kl *,

v 1} in the first solid, denoting the temperature of a section at distance

x v and

made

When

l

the equations

solids,

section

and

temperatures of these

v2

,

made

in the second solid, the temperature of a

x2

at distance

.

these two bars have arrived at a fixed state, the tem-

perature of a section of the source, will not

first,

at a certain distance from the

be equal to the temperature of a section of the

second at the same distance from the focus fixed temperatures

we wish

may be

in order that the

;

equal, the distances

must be

different.

compare with each other the distances xt and x2 from the origin up to the points which in the two bars attain the same temperature, we must equate the second members of x2 I these equations, and from them we conclude that -\ = j. Thus If

to

the distances in question are to each other as the square roots of the thicknesses.

two metal bars of equal dimensions, but formed of with the same coating, which 1 gives them the same external condueibility and if they are submitted at their extremities to the same temperature, heat will 79.

If

different substances, are covered

,

be propagated most easily and to the greatest distance from the origin in that which has the greatest condueibility. To compare with each other the distances x, and xn from the common origin O

12

up

which acquire the same fixed temperature, we

to the points

must, after denoting the respective conducibilities

of the

two

substances by k t and h2 write the equation ,

-nJ— vk = e -xj— w 1

e

l

2

ic 2 i

i

}

whence

x h ^=r x k

i

2

Thus the

ratio of the

two conducibilities

of the distances from the

attain the 1

same

Ingenhousz

common

is

.

2

that of the squares

origin to the points

which

fixed temperature.

(1789),

Sur

de Physique, xxxiv., 68, 380.

les

métaux comme conducteurs de

Gren's Journal der Physik, Bd.

la chaleur. i.

[A. F.]

Journal

THEOEY OF HEAT.

62 80.

It is easy to ascertain

[CHAP.

how much

I.

heat flows during unit

of time through a section of the bar arrived at its fixed state this quantity

is

expressed by

— 4K

2

-=-

or 4
,

3 .

e

:

^ and ,

have 4
we take

its

value at the origin,

we

shall

;

square root of the cube of the thickness.

We

should obtain the same result on taking the integral

J8hlv dx from x nothing .

to

x

infinite.

SECTION VL On 81.

We

the heating of closed spaces.

shall again

make

use of the theorems of Article 72

in the following problem, whose solution offers useful applications it

consists in determining the extent of the

;

heating of closed

spaces.

Imagine a closed space, of any form whatever, to be filled with all sides, and that all parts of the boundary are homogeneous and have a common thickness e, so atmospheric air and closed on

small that the ratio of the external surface to the internal surface differs little

nates

is

by means

of a surface

temperature

We

from unity.

The space which

heated by a source whose action

whose area

is

is

this

boundary termi-

constant

a maintained

;

for example,

at a constant

a.

mean temperature

consider here only the

of the air con-

tained in the space, without regard to the unequal distribution of

heat in this mass of air

;

thus

we suppose

incessantly mingle all the portions of

that the existing causes

air,

and make

their

tem-

peratures uniform.

We

see first that the heat

which continually leaves the source

spreads itself in the surrounding air and penetrates the mass of

which the boundary

is

formed,

is

partly dispersed at the surface,

HEATING OF CLOSED SPACES.

SECT. VI.]

63

and passes into the external air, which we suppose to be maintained at a lower and permanent temperature n. The inner air is the same is the case with the solid heated more and more boundary the system of temperatures steadily approaches a final state which is the object of the problem, and has the property of existing by itself and of being kept up unchanged, provided the surface of the source
:

the external air at the temperature

n.

In the permanent state which we wish to determine the air preserves a fixed temperature m the temperature of the inner surface s of the solid boundary has also a fixed value a lastly, the ;

;

which terminates the enclosure, preserves a fixed temperature b less than a, but greater than n. The quantities cr, a, s, e and n are known, and the quantities m, a and b are unknown. outer surface

s,

The degree

m

over

n,

of heating consists in the excess of the temperature

the temperature of the external air; this excess evi-

dently depends on the area

temperature a

cr

of the heating surface

and on

its

closure,

depends also on the thickness e of the enon the area s of the surface which bounds it, on the

facility

with which heat penetrates the inner surface or that

which

is

;

it

opposite to

it

;

on the

finally,

the solid mass which forms the enclosure

specific conducibility of :

for if

any one of these

elements were to be changed, the others remaining the same, the degree of the heating would vary

mine how 82.

all

The

also.

The problem

these quantities enter into the value of solid

each of which

is

is

to deter-

m — n.

boundary is terminated by two equal surfaces, maintained at a fixed temperature every ;

prismatic element of the solid enclosed between two opposite por-

and the normals raised round the contour same state as if it belonged to an infinite solid enclosed between two parallel planes, maintained at unequal temperatures. All the prismatic elements which comThe points pose the boundary touch along their whole length. of the mass which are equidistant from the inner surface have

tions of these surfaces,

of the bases,

is

therefore in the

equal temperatures, to whatever prism they belong

;

consequently

there cannot be any transfer of heat in the direction perpendicular to the length of these prisms.

The

case

is,

therefore, the

same

THEORY OF HEAT.

G4 as that of to it

which we have already

[CHAP.

treated,

I.

and we must apply

the linear equations which have been stated in former

articles.

Thus

83.

in the

permanent

state

which we are considering,

the flow of heat which leaves the surface a during a unit of time, is equal to that which, during the same time, passes from the

surrounding

the inner surface of the enclosure

air into

;

it

is

equal also to that whieh, in a unit of time, crosses an inter-

mediate section made within the solid enclosure by a surface lastly, equal and parallel to those which bound this enclosure ;

the same flow

is

enclosure aeross

again equal to that which passes from the solid external surface, and

its

dispersed into the

is

If these four quantities of flow of heat were not

equal,

air.

some

variation would necessarily occur in the state of the temperatures,

which

is

The

contrary to the hypothesis. first

quantity

is

expressed by a

(a.

g the external conducibility of the surface the source of heat.

The second

is s (ni

— a) h,

— m) g,
denoting by

which belongs to

the coefficient h being the measure

of the external conducibility of the surface

s,

which

is

exposed

to the action of the source of heat.

The

third

K, the

is s

K being the measure of

coefficient

the conducibility proper to the homogeneous substance which

forms the boundary.

The

H

— n)H,

denoting by the external conwhich the heat quits to be dispersed may have very unequal The coefficients h and into the air. values on account of the difference of the state of the two surfaces which, bound the enclosure they are supposed to be known, as also the coefficient we shall have then, to determine the three unknown quantities m, a and b, the three equations fourth

is

s(b

ducibility of the surface

s,

H

;

K

:

:

a (ol — m) g = s

(in

— a) h,

a — b-rr a(a-m)g = s-—K .

,

rel="nofollow">

a (z- m) g =

s (b

— n)

H.

HEATING OF CLOSED SPACES.

SECT. VI.]

The value

84.

may

of

m

is

65

the special object of the problem.

It

be found by writing the equations in the form

S

s

b

—n=s

adding,

K

K

'

^-Jct-m);

H

m — n = (a — m) P,

we have

denoting by

11/

P the

known quantity

-

f|

4-

^.

+ JU

;

whence we conclude

P = m -n = (a-n) T T

m

— n, the extent of the heating, 85. The result shews how depends on given quantities which constitute the hypothesis. We will indicate the chief results to be derived from it \ The extent

1st.

of the heating

m—n

is

directly proportional

to the excess of the temperature of the source over that of the

external 2nd.

air.

The value

the enclosure nor on

m—n

of its

does not depend on the form of

volume, but only on the ratio

surface from which the heat proceeds to the surface it,

and If

also

on

e

- of

the

which receives

the thickness of the boundary.

we double a the

surface of the source of heat, the extent

become double, but increases according which the equation expresses.

of the heating does not to a certain law 1

These results were stated by the author in a rather different manner in the from his original memoir published in the Bulletin par la Société Philo-

extract

matique de Paris, 1818, pp. 1 F.

H.



11.

[A. F.]

5

THEORY OF HEAT.

66

[CHAP.

I.

All the specific coefficients which regulate the action

3rd.

of the heat, that

dimension

m—n

in the value of

e,

H and

K,

to say, g,

is

h,

compose, with the

a single element

t+tï+ 4t, K ±L

h

whose value may be determined by observation. If we doubled e the thickness of the boundary, we should have the same result as if, in forming it, we employed a substance whose conducibility proper was twice as great.

Thus the employment of substances which are bad conductors of heat permits us to make the thickness of the boundary small the ;

which

effect

is

source

:

obtained depends only on the ratio -^

K

If the conducibility

4th.

that

is

to say, the inner air

the same

is

the case

nothing,

is

we

m—n=a

find

;

assumes the temperature of the

if

H

is zero,

or h zero.

These con-

sequences are otherwise evident, since the heat cannot then be dispersed into the external

air.

K

5th. The values of the quantities g, H, h, and a, which we supposed known, may be measured by direct experiments, as we shall shew in the sequel; but in the actual problem, it will

be

sufficient to notice the value oî

to given values of

a-

and of

determine the whole coefficient tion

m — n — (a — n) - p

efficient sought.

of -

and a —

n,

-j- (

and

a,

f-

which corresponds may be used to

+ ^ + J^. by means ,

—p

1 H

m—n

this value

in J

of the equa-

which p denotes the

"We must substitute in

this equation,

the values of those quantities, which

co-

instead

we suppose

given, and that of m — n which observation will have made known. From it may be derived the value of p, and we may then apply the formula to any number of other cases.

The

6th.

coefficient

H

enters

into the value of

m—n

in

the same manner as the coefficient h; consequently the state of the surface, or that of the envelope which covers

the same

effect,

whether

it

it,

produces

has reference to the inner or outer

surface.

We

should have considered

it

useless to take notice of these

HEATING OF CLOSED SPACES.

SECT. VI.]

different consequences,

new problems, whose

We

86.

know

we were not

if

results

may be

67

treating here of entirely-

of direct use.

that animated bodies retain a temperature

we may regard as independent of the temmedium in which they live. These bodies are,

sensibly fixed, which

perature of the after

some

fashion, constant

sources of heat, just as inflamed

substances are in which the combustion has become uniform.

We may

by aid

then,

regulate exactly the

number

of

men

temperature in places where a great

are collected together.

If

we

there observe the

height of the thermometer under given circumstances,

determine in advance what that height would be, of

men In

assembled in the same space became very reality,

modify the

and

of the preceding remarks, foresee

rise of

if

we

shall

the number

much

greater.

there are several accessory circumstances which

results,

such as the unequal thickness of the parts

of the enclosure, the difference of their aspect, the effects which

the outlets produce, the unequal distribution of heat in the

We

air.

cannot therefore rigorously apply the rules given by analysis

;

nevertheless these rules are valuable in themselves, because they

contain the true principles of the matter

;

they prevent vague

reasonings and useless or confused attempts.

same space were heated by two or more sources were itself contained in a second enclosure separated from the first by a mass of air, we might easily determine in like manner the degree of heating and the temperature of the surfaces. 87.

If the

of different kinds, or if the first inclosure

If

we suppose

heated surface conducibility

j,

it,

that, besides the first source

we

shall find, all the other

retained, the following equation (a



n)

ag

If

there

is ft,

is

a second

and external

denominations being

:

-f (ft

+

itself


whose constant temperature

œj

/ e

\K + H + k

s

we suppose only one source contained in a second, s,

— n)

a,

li,

and

if

K' H', ,

the e,

first

enclosure

is

representing the

5—2

THEORY OF HEAT.

68

[CHAP.

I.

elements of the second enclosure which correspond to those of

we shall find, first which were denoted by s, h, K, H, e the exsurrounds which the air temperature of the denoting p ternal surface of the second enclosure, the following equation the

;

:

(a-p)P The quantity

P

represents

-fl + 9J + 9\ + -(9 + ffe + 1 s \h K H) s \lï K' R' '

We

'

'

we had three or a greater number of successive enclosures and from this we conclude that these solid envelopes, separated by air, assist very much in inshould obtain a similar result

if

;

creasing the degree of heating, however small their thickness

may

be.

88.

To make

this

remark more evident, we

will

compare the

quantity of heat which escapes from the heated surface, with that which the same body would lose, if the surface which en-

were separated from it by an interval filled with air. body A be heated by a constant cause, so that its surface preserves a fixed temperature b, the air being maintained at a less temperature a, the quantity of heat which escapes into the air in the unit of time across a unit of surface will be

velopes

it

If the

expressed by h ducibility.

temperature

(6

— a),

Hence b,

it

h being the measure of the external conmass may preserve a fixed

in order that the

is

it may hS (6 — a), S de-

necessary that the source, whatever

be, should furnish a quantity of heat equal to

noting the area of the surface of the

solid.

Suppose an extremely thin shell to be detached from the body A and separated from the solid by an interval filled with air; and suppose the surface of the same solid A to be still maintained at the temperature b. We see that the air contained between the shell and the body will be heated and will take a temperature a greater than a. The shell itself will attain a permanent state and will transmit to the external air whose fixed temperature is a all the heat which the body loses. It follows that the quantity of heat escaping from the solid will

HEATING OF CLOSED SPACES.

SECT. VI.]

be hS(b the

new

— a),

hS(b

instead of being

— a),

for

69

we suppose

have likewise the same external conducibility

shell

that

surface of the solid and the surfaces which bound the It

h.

is

evident that the expenditure of the source of heat will be less

than

was

it

at

The problem

first.

to determine the exact ratio

is

of these quantities.

Let

89.

ture of

its

e

be the thickness of the

inner surface, n that of

We

internal conducibility.

shell,

the

the fixed tempera-

K

its

as the expression of the

shall have,

quantity of heat which leaves

m

outer surface, and

its

solid

through

its

surface,

hS(b-a').

As

that of the quantity which penetrates the inner surface

of the shell,

As that of the

same

hS

(a

— m) which crosses any section whatever

of the quantity shell,

KS e

Lastly, as the expression of the quantity

the outer surface into the

air,

All these quantities must be equal, following equations

we have

h

a)

K = — (m — n),

= h (a — m), (n — a) = h (b — a).

h (n —

a)

moreover we write down the identical equation h (n

and arrange them

all

— a) = h

(n

— a),

under the forms

n

— a = n — a,

he (n — a), m — n = jr .

.

a b

we

therefore the

:

h(n —

If

which passes through

hS (n — a).

find,

—m = n — a, —a =

n



a,

on addition, b

-a=

(n

— a)

(

3

+

r=j

THEORY OF HEAT.

70

The quantity its

or

surface

of heat lost

communicated

hS(n — a), which

by the

I.

was hS(b — a), when

solid

freely with the air, it

equivalent to

is

[CHAP.

hS

now hS (b — a)

is

.

;

The 3

+

first

% to

quantity

greater than the second in the ratio of

is

1.

In order therefore to maintain at temperature b a solid whose air, more than three times as much heat is necessary than would be required to maintain surface communicates directly to the

it

at temperature b,

when

its

extreme surface

is

not adherent

but separated from the solid by any small interval whatever with

filled

air.

If

we suppose the

thickness e to be

infinitely

small,

the

be 3, which would also were infinitely great. be the value if We can easily account for this result, for the heat being unable to escape into the external air, without penetrating several ratio of the quantities of heat lost will

K

surfaces,

the quantity which flows out must diminish as the

surfaces increases but we should have been unable to arrive at any exact judgment in this case, if the problem had not been submitted to analysis.

number

90. effect

of interposed

;

We

have not considered, in the preceding article, the of radiation across the layer of air which separates the

two surfaces

;

nevertheless this' circumstance modifies the prob-

lem, since there

is

the intervening

air.

a portion of heat which passes directly across

more

We

shall suppose then, to

make

the object

between the surfaces is free from air, and that the heated body is covered by any number whatever of parallel laminas separated from each of the analysis

distinct, that the interval

other.

which escapes from the solid through its plane superficies maintained at a temperature b expanded itself freely in vacuo and was received by a parallel surface maintained at a less temperature a, the quantity which would be dispersed in unit of time across unit of surface would be proportional to (b — a), this quantity the difference of the two constant temperatures If the heat

:

HEATING OF CLOSED SPACES.

SECT. VI.]

H

would be represented by tive conducibility wliicli

The

is

(b

71

H being the value of the rela-

— a),

not the same as

source which maintains the solid in

k.

its original state

must

therefore furnish, in every unit of time, a quantity of heat equal to

HS (b - a). We must

now determine the new value

in the case where the surface of the successive laminse separated

always that the solid

is

body

by intervals

of this expenditure

covered by several

is

from

free

supposing

air,

subject to the action of any external

cause whatever which maintains

its

surface at the temperature

b.

Imagine the whole system of temperatures to have become let m be the temperature of the under surface of the first lamina which is consequently opposite to that of the solid, let n be the temperature of the upper surface of the same lamina,

fixed

;

e its thickness,

m

m

K

and ns z

m

its specific

conducibility

;

denote also by

m

it n i} &c. the temperatures of the under 2 x and upper surfaces of the different laminse, and by K, e, the con-

n1

,

,

ducibility

,

n2

,

,

,

and thickness of the same laminas;

lastly,

suppose

all

these surfaces to be in a state similar to the surface of the solid, so that the value of the coefficient

The quantity

of heat

a lamina corresponding to .

crosses this

from

and

its

all

lamina

is



K8

upper surface

H

-w

(wfy-

4),

common

to them.

an d the quantity which escapes

HS{n — m

is

is

which penetrates the under surface of au y suffix * is HSin^—m?), that which

i

These three quantities,

iJr ^).

those which refer to the other laininse are equal

therefore form the equation in question with the

first

by comparing

of them,

which

is

all

HS

thus have, denoting the number of laminas hjj: h

—m =b—m 1

1 ,

He n n1

.

— m = b — mv 2

He n

K

.

;

we may

these quantities {b

—m

t)

;

we

shall

THEORY OF HEAT.

72

Adding these equations, we

.

1

find

1

of the source of heat necessary to maintain

the surface of the body

when

A

at the temperature b

this surface sends its rays to a fixed surface

the temperature

a.

I.

= (b-m )j(l + ^).

(b-a) The expenditure

=b — m

a

7ij—

[CHAP.

The expenditure

is

HS (b — mj

is

HS (b — a),

maintained at

when we

place

between the surface of the body A, and the fixed surface maintained at temperature a, a number/ of isolated laminae; thus the quantity of heat which the source

must furnish is very much less in the first, and the ratio of the two

second hypotheses than in the quantities



is



If

we suppose the

thickness e of the

-.

The expenditure

laminae to be infinitely small, the ratio of the source

is

is

then inversely as the number of laminae which

cover the surface of the

solid.

The examination of these results and of those which we when the intervals between successive enclosures were occupied by atmospheric air explain clearly why the separation of surfaces and the intervention of air assist very much in re91.

obtained

taining heat.

Analysis furnishes in addition analogous consequences

we suppose

when

the source to be external, and that the heat which

emanates from it crosses successively different diathermanous envelopes and the air which they enclose. This is what has happened when experimenters have exposed to the rays of the sun thermometers covered by several sheets of glass within which have been enclosed. For similar reasons the temperature of the higher regions the atmosphere is very much less than at the surface of the

different layers of air

of

earth.

MOVEMENT

SECT. VII.]

IN

THREE DIMENSIONS.

73

In general the theorems concerning the heating of air in closed spaces extend to a great variety of problems.

would

It

be useful to revert to them when we wish to foresee and regulate temperature with precision, as in the case of green-houses, dryinghouses, sheep-folds, work-shops, or in

many

civil

establishments,

such as hospitals, barracks, places of assembly.

we must

In these different applications

attend to accessory

circumstances which modify the results of analysis, such as the

unequal thickness of different parts of the enclosure, the introduction of air, &c. but these details would draw us away from ;

our chief object, which

is

the

exact

demonstration of general

principles.

For the rest, we have considered only, in what has just been the permanent state of temperature in closed spaces. We can in addition express analytically the variable state which precedes, or that which begins to take place when the source of said,

heat

is

withdrawn, and we can also ascertain in this way,

we employ,

the specific properties of the bodies which

dimensions affect the progress and duration of the heating these researches require

which

will

92.

ment same

;

but

a different analysis, the principles of

be explained in the following chapters.

SECTION On

how

or their

the

Up

VII.

uniform movement of heat in three dimensions. to this

time we have considered the uniform move-

of heat in one dimension only, but

principles to the case in

which heat

it is

is

easy to apply the

propagated uniformly

in three directions at right angles.

Suppose the different points of a

solid enclosed

by

six planes

at right angles to have unequal actual températures represented

by the

linear

equation

v

=A

-f

ax + by +

cz,

x, y, z,

being the

rectangular co-ordinates of a molecule whose temperature

is

v.

Suppose further that any external causes whatever acting on the six faces of the prism maintain every one of the molecules situated on the surface, at its actual temperature expressed by the general equation v

- A + ax +

by

+ cz

,

(a),

THEORY OF HEAT.

74

we

shall

[CHAP.

I.

prove that the same causes which, by hypothesis, keep

the outer layers of the solid in their initial state, are sufficient to preserve also the actual temperatures of every one of the inner

molecules, so that their temperatures do not cease to be repre-

sented by the linear equation.

The examination general theory,

movement

it

of

question

this

an

is

element of the

determine the laws of the varied

will serve to

any form whatever, for every one of the prismatic molecules of which the body is composed is during an infinitely small time in a state similar We may then, to that which the linear equation (a) expresses. by following the ordinary principles of the differential calculus, easily deduce from the notion of uniform movement the general equations of varied movement. of heat in the interior of a solid of

In order to prove that when the, extreme layers of the temperatures no change can happen in the interior of the mass, it is sufficient to compare with each other 93.

solid preserve their

the quantities of heat which, during the same instant, cross two parallel planes.

we

m

b

suppose parallel to the horizontal plane of x and

and

the

be the perpendicular distance of these two planes which

Let first

m

first

be two infinitely near molecules, one of which horizontal plane and the other below

the co-ordinates of the second.

first

it

:

y. is

Let above

let x, y, z

be

molecule, and x, y, z those of the

M

and M' denote two infinitely let by the second horizontal plane and that plane, in the same manner as m and

In like manner

near molecules, separated situated, relatively to

m of

are relatively to the

M are

x, y,

z

+ b,

plane

first

and those

of

that

;

W

is

to say, the co-ordinates

are x, y

,

+

z

b.

It is evident

two molecules m and m' is equal and M' further, to the distance MM' of the two molecules let v be the temperature of m, and v that of m, also let V and and M', it is easy to see that the V' be the temperatures of are equal in fact, substituting two differences v — v and V— first the co-ordinates of m and m in the general equation that the distance

mm

of the

M

M

V

v

we

find

v



v

=A

-f

— a (x - x)

;

ax + by + -f

6 (y

cz,

— y) +

c(z

— z),

;

MOVEMENT

SECT. VII.]

THREE DIMENSIONS.

IN

75

M

and M', we find also and then substituting the co-ordinates of V— = a [x — x) +b(y — y') + c (z — z). Now the quantity of heat which m sends to m depends on the distance mm', which separates these molecules, and it is proportional to the difference

V

— v of their temperatures. may be represented by

This quantity of heat transferred

v

(v

q

— v')

dt

;

the value of the coefficient q depends in some manner on the distance mm, and on the nature of the substance of which the solid is formed, dt is the duration of the instant.

of heat transferred from

M to

The quantity

M', or the action of

M on

M'

is

expressed likewise by q (V— V) dt, and the coefficient q is the same as in the expression q {v — v) dt, since the distance MM' is

equal to ram and the two actions are effected in the same solid

furthermore

V—

V

is

equal to v

— v,

:

hence the two actions are

equal.

we choose two other points n and n, very near to each which transfer heat across the first horizontal plane, we shall find in the same manner that their action is equal to that and N' which communicate heat of two homologous points We conclude then that the across the second horizontal plane. whole quantity of heat which crosses the first plane is equal to If

other,

N

that which

We

crosses

the second plane during the same instant.

should derive the same result from the comparison of two

x and z, or from the comparison two other planes parallel to the plane of y and z. Hence any part whatever of the solid enclosed between six planes at right angles, receives through each of its faces as much heat as hence no portion of the solid it loses through the opposite face

planes parallel to the plane of of

;

can change temperature. 94.

From

this

we

see

that,

across

question, a quantity of heat flows which stants,

and which

is

also the

same

one of the planes in is

the same at

all

in-

for all other parallel sections.

In order to determine the value of this constant flow we compare it with the quantity of heat which flows uniformly The in the most simple case, which has been already discussed. case is that of an infinite solid enclosed between two infinite

shall

THEORY OF HEAT.

76

[CHAP.

We

planes and maintained in a constant state.

I.

have seen that

the temperatures of the different points of the mass are in this case represented

by the equation v=

A + cz

;

we proceed

to prove

that the uniform flow of heat propagated in the vertical direction in the infinite solid

equal to that which flows in the same

is

by

direction across the prism enclosed

This equality necessarily exists v

= A + cz,

belonging to the

cient c in the

represents

if

first solid, is

more general equation

the state

six planes at right angles.

the coefficient

v

c in

the equation

the same as the

= A + ax +

coeffi-

+ cz which

by

H

fact, denoting by a and by m and /x two the first of which m is below

of the prism.

In

plane in this prism perpendicular to molecules very near to each other,

z,

the plane H, and the second

above this plane, let v be the whose co-ordinates are x, y, z, and w the temperature of fx whose co-ordinates are x + a, y + fi, z + y. Take a third molecule // whose co-ordinates are x — a,y — /3,z + y, and whose temperature may be denoted by w. We see that /x and fi are on the same horizontal plane, and that the vertical drawn from the middle point of the line /x/x', which joins these two points, passes through the point m, so that the distances m/x and The action of m on /x, or the quantity of heat m/x' are equal. which the first of these molecules sends to the other across the plane H, depends on the difference v — w of their temperatures. The action of m on /jf depends in the same manner on the temperature of

difference

v

—w

the distance of

m

m

of the temperatures of these molecules, since

from

//,

is

the same as that of

m

from

/x'.

Thus,

expressing by q (v — w) the action of on fx during the unit of time, we shall have q (v — w) to express the action of on /x',

m

m

q being a common unknown m/x and on the nature of the

factor,

depending on the distance

solid.

Hence the sum

actions exerted during unit of time If instead of x, y,

and v

we we

z,

is

q (v

of the

two

— to + v — w).

in the general equation

= A + ax -f by + cz,

substitute the co-ordinates of

m

and then those

shall find



v

— w = — aoi —

v

— w — + aa + 5/3 — cy.

&/3

cy,

of

fx

and

//,

MOVEMENT

SECT. VII.]

The sum fore

of the

IN

THREE DIMENSIONS.

two actions of

m

on

and of

ft

77

m

on

fi

is

there-

— 2qcy.

H

belongs to the infinite solid Suppose then that the plane whose temperature equation is v = A + cz, and that we denote also by on, /x and yi! those molecules in this solid whose coordinates are x, y, z for the first, x + a, y + (3, z + 7 for the second, and x — a,y — {3,z+y for the third we shall have, as in the preceding case, v — 10 + v — w — — 2cy. Thus the sum of the two actions of m on and of m on fi', is the same in the infinite solid as in the prism enclosed between the six planes at right angles. :

yu,

We

should obtain a similar result,

if

situated at

we considered the

H

n below the plane the same height above the

of another point

action

on two others v and plane.

v',

Hence, the sum

which are exerted across the plane whole quantity of heat which, during unit of time, passes to the upper side of this surface, by virtue of the action of very near molecules which it separates, is always the

of all the actions of this kind,

H, that

same

to say the

in both solids.

95.

by two v

is

In the second of these two bodies, that which is bounded infinite planes, and whose temperature equation is

— A + cz, we know

that the quantity of heat which flows during

unit of time across unit of area taken on any horizontal section

whatever

is



conducibility

cK,

;

c

being the coefficient of

z,

and

K the

specific

hence, the quantity of heat which, in the prism

enclosed between six planes at right angles, crosses during unit of time, unit of area taken on is

also

— cK, when

peratures of the prism

is

v

In the same way

any horizontal section whatever,

the linear equation which represents the tem-

it

= A + ax + by + cz.

may be

proved that the quantity of heat

which, during unit of time, flows uniformly across unit of area

taken on any section whatever perpendicular to x, is expressed by — aK, and that the whole quantity which, during unit of time, crosses unit of area taken on a section perpendicular to y, is expressed by — bK. The theorems which we have demonstrated in this and the

two preceding

articles,

suppose the direct action of heat in the

THEORY OF HEAT.

78 interior of the

mass

but they would

still

to

[CHAP.

I.

be limited to an extremely small distance, if the rays of heat sent out by each

be true,

molecule could penetrate directly to a quite appreciable distance,

but

it

would be necessary

in this case, as

we have remarked

in

tem-

Article 70, to suppose that the cause which maintains the

peratures of the faces of the solid affects a part extending within

the mass to a finite depth.

SECTION

VIII.

Measure of the movement of heat at a given point of a 96.

It

still

solid mass.

remains for us to determine one of the principal

elements of the theory of heat, which consists in defining and in

measuring exactly the quantity of heat which passes through every point of a solid mass across a plane whose direction If heat

is

is

given.

unequally distributed amongst the molecules of the

same body, the temperatures at any point will vary every instant. Denoting by t the time which has elapsed, and by v the temperature attained after a time t by an infinitely small molecule whose co-ordinates are x, y, z the variable state of the solid will be (of, y, z, t). expressed by an equation similar to the following v = Suppose the function to be given, and that consequently we can determine at every instant the temperature of any point whatever; imagine that through the point m we draw a horizontal plane parallel to that of x and y, and that on this plane we trace an infinitely small circle a», whose centre is at m it is required to determine what is the quantity of heat which during ;

F

F

;

the instant dt will pass across the circle

co

from the part of the

below the plane into the part above it. All points extremely near to the point m and under the plane exert their action during the infinitely small instant dt, on all those which are above the plane and extremely near to the point m, that is to say, each of the points situated on one side of this plane will send heat to each of those which are situated on the solid

which

is

other side.

We

shall consider as positive

transport

an action whose

effect is

to

a certain quantity of heat above the plane, and as

negative that which causes heat to pass below the plane.

The

MOVEMENT

SECT. VIII.]

sum

IN

of all the partial actions

m, that is to say the

sum

A SOLID MASS.

79

which are exerted across the

circle

of all the quantities of heat which,

crossing any point whatever of this circle, pass from the part of the solid below the plane to the part above, compose the flow whose expression is to be found. It is easy to imagine that this flow may not be the same throughout the whole extent of the solid, and that if at another

m

point

we

traced a horizontal circle

eo

equal to the former, the

two quantities of heat which rise above these planes &> and m' during the same instant might not be equal these quantities are comparable with each other and their ratios are numbers which :

may

be easily determined.

97.

We know

already the value of the constant flow for the

and uniform movement; thus in the solid enclosed between two infinite horizontal planes, one of which is maintained at the temperature a and the other at the temperature b, the flow of heat is the same for every part of the mass we may regard it as case of linear

;

taking place in the vertical direction only. The value corresponding to unit of surface and to unit of time

is

K

,

(

]

the perpendicular distance of the two planes, and conducibility

e

denoting

K the specific

the temperatures at the different points of the

:

solid are expressed

by the equation

v

=a— e

When

the problem

is

that of a solid comprised between six

rectangular planes, pairs of which are parallel, and the tem-

peratures at the different points are expressed by the equation v

= A + ax + by + cz,

the propagation takes place at the same time along the directions of x, of y, of z

;

the quantity of heat which flows across a definite

portion of a plane parallel to that of x and y

out the whole extent of the prism

;

its

is

the same through-

value corresponding to unit

and to unit of time is — cK, in the direction of z, it is and — aK in that of x. In general the value of the vertical flow in the two cases which we have just cited, depends only on the coefficient of z and on of surface,

— bK,

in the direction of y,

the specific conducibility

K;

this value is always equal to

dv — K-j-

.

THEORY OF HEAT.

80

The

[CHAP.

I.

expression of the quantity of heat which, during the in-

flows across a horizontal circle infinitely small, whose area and passes in this manner from the part of the solid which is below the plane of the circle to the part above, is, for the two cases

stant

dt,

is co,

— K -r- codt.

in question,

It

98.

that

it

now

easy

is

Let us in its

fact denote

by x

the co-ordinates of a point

w

is

to the co-ordinates x

molecules

;

,

and

£,

y

17, ',

,

they determine the position of

;

near to the point m, with respect to three

infinitely

at m, parallel to the axes of

is

Differentiating the equation

z.

v

w

the value of dv

+ f y + 1), z + £, be near to the point m, and

Let x

£ are quantities infinitely small added

z

=f

(

x

and replacing the differentials by

,

of heat ex-

the co-ordinates of this point

,

infinitely

/x

rectangular axes, whose origin x, y,

z

y',

,

actual temperature by v.

whose temperature

movement

= F (x, y, z, t).

pressed by the equation v

m, and

and to recognise

to generalise this result

exists in every case of the varied

f.

>

y> z > *) f,

rj,

Ç,

we

shall have, to express

+ dv,

which

is

dv

dv' . dv ,, , -7- b; the coefficients v , -j—

w — v + j-ç + -7- V +

equivalent to v



the linear equation

dv dv

,

,

~j~>~j~

n

5

are tunc-

which the given and constant values x y z which belong to the point m, have been substituted for x, y, z. Suppose that the same point m belongs also to a solid enclosed between six rectangular planes, and that the actual temperatures of the points of this jDrism, whose dimensions are finite, are expressed by the linear equation w = A +afj + br) + cÇ; and that the molecules situated on the faces which bound the solid are maintained by some external cause at the temperature which is tions of x, y,

assigned to

z,

in

t,

them by

',

,

the linear equation.

co-ordinates of a molecule of the prism, referred to three axes

This arranged, cients

A,

;

uv

cLv

civ

tion

we take

if

is

ij,

Ç are the rectangular

whose temperature

>

~J~

>

~j~

1

is

w,

at m.

as the values of the constant coeffi-

which enter into the equation

a, b, c,

quantities v, ~y

whose origin

£,

',

which belong to the

for the prism, the

differential

the state of the prism expressed by the equation

equa-

MOVEMENT

SECT. VIII.]

_

IN A SOLID MASS.

^M

' i

dy

will coincide as nearly as possible is

dv dz

dv

c.

dx

81

y,

with the state of the

we

the same temperature, whether or in the prism.

consider

them

;

that

will

have

solid

m

to say, all the molecules infinitely near to the point

to be in the solid

This coincidence of the solid and the prism

is

quite analogous to that of curved surfaces with the planes which

touch them. It

is

evident, from this, that the quantity of heat which flows

in the solid across the circle

during the instant

co,

the same

dt, is

which flows in the prism across the same circle; for all the molecules whose actions concur in one effect or the other, have the same temperature in the two solids. Hence, the flow in as that

question, in one solid or the other,

It

would be



d K ay ~r 1

expressed by



K

-j-

wdt.

)

codt,

if

perpendicular to the axis of perpendicular to the axis of

The value

is

the circle w, whose centre

and

y,

dv — K -j-

is

m, were

wdt, if this circle were

x.

we have just determined varies from one point to another, and it varies also with the time. We might imagine it to have, at all the points of a unit of surface, the same value as at the point m, and to preserve this value during unit of time the flow would then be expressed of the flow which

in the solid

;

by

dv

— K -j-

in that

G/o

,

it

would be

of x.

We

— K-j-

shall

.

.

in the direction of y,

ordinarily

employ

in

and

dv — K-j-

calculation this

value of the flow thus referred to unit of time and to unit of surface.

This theorem serves in general to measure the velocity

99.

with which heat tends to traverse a given point of a plane situated in any

manner whatever

whose Through the given point m, a perpendicular must be raised upon the plane, and at every point of this perpendicular ordinates must be drawn to represent in the interior of a solid

temperatures vary with the time.

the actual temperatures at will thus F.

H.

its

different points.

be formed whose axis of abscissa?

is

A

plane curve

the perpendicular. b'

THEORY OF HEAT.

82

The

[CHAP.

I.

fluxion of the ordinate of this curve, answering to the point

m, taken with the opposite

which heat

is

ordinate

known

is

the velocity with

expresses

sign,

This fluxion of the

transferred across the plane.

formed by

to be the tangent of the angle

the element of the curve with a parallel to the abscissae.

The

which we have just explained

result

of heat.

We

cannot discuss the

is

made

the most frequent applications have been

that of which

the theory

in

problems

different

without

forming a very exact idea of the value of the flow at every point of a body whose temperatures are variable. insist

about to refer to will

been made of

of

It is necessary to

an example which we are indicate more clearly the use which has

on this fundamental notion

;

in analysis.

it

100. Suppose the different points of a cubic mass, an edge which has the length tt, to have unequal actual temperatures

by

represented

equation

the

=

v

cos

x

cos

y

cos

The

z.

z are measured on three rectangular

co-

whose

ordinates x, y, origin is at the centre of the cube, perpendicular to the faces.

The

axes,

points of the external surface of the solid are at the actual

and

temperature

0,

maintain at

all

supposed

is

it

also

that external

these points the actual temperature

0.

causes

On

this

hypothesis the body will be cooled more and more, the temperatures of will

all

the points situated in the interior of the mass

vary, and, after

temperature

an

time, they will all attain

infinite

Now, we

of the surface.

that the variable state of this solid v

the coefficient g bility of the

density and

We

C

to find

gt

cos x cos

y cos

z,

SK

—^, K

equal to

the specific

—,

heat

;

t is

the

prove in the sequel,

expressed by the equation

is

the specific conduci-

substance of which the solid

is

formed,

D

is

the

the time elapsed.

here suppose that the truth of this equation

is

admitted,

examine the use which may be made of it the quantity of heat which crosses a given plane parallel

and we proceed to

is

= e~

is

shall

to

one of the three planes at the right angles. If, through the point m, whose co-ordinates are

draw a plane perpendicular

to

z,

we

we mode

x, y, z,

shall find, after the

MOVEMENT

SECT. VIII.]

A CUBE.

IN

83

of the preceding article, that the value of the flow, at this point

and across the plane,

— K -r-

is

,

Ke~9t cos x

or

on this

situated

small rectangle,

cos

y

sin

.

The

z.

an infinitely plane, and whose sides are

quantity of heat which, during the instant

dx and

.

dt, crosses

dy, is

K

e

gt

x cos y

cos

sin z

dx dy dt.

Thus the whole heat which, during the instant same plane, is

dt, crosses

the

entire area of the

K

e

9t

sin z

dt

cos

\

j

x cos ydxdy;

the double integral being taken from x

= — - ir up

and from y

to

y

We

= ^ 7r.

= — ~ it up find

x

to

==

ir,

then for the ex-

pression of this total heat,

K e~

fft

4i

sin z

.

dt.

to t, from t = which has crossed the same plane since the cooling began up to the actual moment.

If then

t

=

t,

we

we take the

integral with respect to

shall find the quantity of heat

This integral



47v

is

sin

z(l

—e

9( ),

value at the surface

its

is

—9 (l-O.

4/v

so that after

an

one of the faces

time the quantity of heat

infinite is

-

to each of the six faces,

.

The same reasoning being

we conclude

g

is

equivalent to

-^

.

The

through

applicable

that the solid has lost by

complete cooling a total quantity of heat equal to since

lost

total heat

24iT

which

or

is

its

8CD,

dissipated

during the cooling must indeed be independent of the special conducibility

K, which can only

influence

more

or

less

velocity of cooling.

G—

the

THEORY OF HEAT.

84

We may

100. A.

[CH.

fact,

in

SECT. VIII.

determine in another manner the quantity

and

of heat which the solid loses during a given time,

serve

I.

some degree

this will

In

preceding calculation.

to verify the

the mass of the rectangular molecule whose dimensions are

dx, dy, dz,

D dx dy dz,

is

which must be given to that of boiling water is raise this

it

consequently to bring

CDdxdy

molecule to the temperature

would be v

CD dx dy

the

quantity of heat

to from the temperature dz, and if it were required to it

the expenditure of heat

v,

dz.

from this, that in order to find the quantity by which the heat of the solid, after time t, exceeds that which it contained at the temperature 0, we must take the mulIt follows

tiple integral

1

III v

CD

1

We

dx dy

between the limits x

dz,

1

=—

~

it,

1

1

thus find, on substituting for v

is

to say

that the excess of actual heat over that which belongs

to the

e~

temperature 8 CD, as

is

cos



that

x cos y cos z,

gt

an

infinite

time,

described, in this introduction, all the elements

which

is

we found

We have it

8 CD

9t

its value,

(1

e~

)

before.

know in order movement of heat

necessary to

relating to the

;

after

or,

to

solve

different

in solid bodies,

problems

and we have

given some applications of these principles, in order to shew the

mode

use which

them we have been able

of employing

in analysis

make

;

the most important

of them,

is to deduce from them the general equations of the propagation of heat, which is the subject of the next chapter.

to

of J. D. Forbes on the temperatures of a long is not conshew conclusively that the conducting power stant, but diminishes as the temperature increases. Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, Vol. xxm. pp. 133 146 and Vol. xxiv. pp. 73 110. Note on Art. 98. General expressions for the flow of heat within a mass in which the conductibility varies with the direction of the flow are investigated by

Note on Art. 76.

The researches

K

iron bar heated at one end



Lame

in his Théorie Analytique de la Chaleur, pp. 1





8.

[A. F.]

CHAPTER

IL

EQUATIONS OF THE MOVEMENT OF HEAT.

SECTION

I.

Equation of the varied movement of heat in a ring. 101.

We

might form the general equations which represent

movement of heat in solid bodies of any form whatever, and apply them to particular cases. But this method would often the

involve very complicated calculations which

may

easily be avoided.

There are several problems which it is preferable to treat in a special manner by expressing the conditions which are appropriate to them; we proceed to adopt this course and examine separately the problems which have been enunciated in the first section of the introduction; we will limit ourselves at first to forming the differential equations, and shall give the integrals of them in the following chapters.

102.

We

have already considered the uniform movement of

heat in a prismatic bar of small thickness whose extremity

is

immersed in a constant source of heat. This first case offered no difficulties, since there was no reference except to the permanent state of the temperatures, and the equation which expresses them The following problem requires a more prois easily integrated. found investigation; of a solid ring

whose

its

object

is

to determine the variable state

different points

have received

initial

tempe-

ratures entirely arbitrary.

The

solid ring or armlet is generated

by the revolution of

a rectangular section about an axis perpendicular to the plane of

THEORY OF HEAT.

86 the ring (see figure is

II.

the perimeter of the section whose area

3), I is

S, the coefficient

K

ducibility,

h measures the external con-

G

the

The

line

the internal conducibility,

specific capacity for heat,

oxx'x" represents the or that

armlet,

[CHAP.

line

D

the density.

mean

circumference of the

which passes through the

centres of figure of all the sections; the distance

of a section from the origin o arc whose length It

is

is

x;

R

is

the radius of the

is

measured by the

mean

circumference.

supposed that on account of the small dimensions and of we may consider the temperature at the

the form of the section, different points of the

103.

same

Imagine that

section to be equal.

initial arbitrary

temperatures have been

and that the solid is then exposed to air maintained at the temperature 0, and displaced with a constant velocity; the system of temperatures will continually vary, heat will be propagated within the ring, and dispersed at the surface it is required to determine what will be the state of the solid at any given instant. Let v be the temperature which the section situated at distance x will have acquired after a lapse of time t v is a certain function of x and t, into which all the initial temperatures also must enter this is the function which is to be discovered. given to the different sections of the armlet,

:

;

:

104.

small

We

slice,

movement of heat in an infinitely made at distance x and distance x + dx. The state of this slice

will consider the

enclosed between a section

another section

made

for the duration of

at

one instant

is

that of an infinite solid termi-

nated by two parallel planes maintained at unequal temperatures thus the quantity of heat which flows during this instant dt across ;

first section, and passes in this way from the part of the solid which precedes the slice into the slice itself, is measured according to the principles established in the introduction, by the product of four factors, that is to say, the conducibility K, the area of the

the

section S, the ratio

dv — -j-

,

and the duration of the instant

;

its

ace

expression

is

civ — KS -pdt

To determine the quantity

of heat

SECT.

VARIED MOVEMENT IN A RING.

I.]

which escapes from the same

87

the second section, and

slice across

passes into the contiguous part of the solid,

it is

only necessary

change x into x + dx in the preceding expression, or, which is the same thing, to add to this expression its differential taken with respect to x thus the slice receives through one of its faces ^ dv a quantity of heat equal to — KS-^-dt, and loses through the to

;

opposite face a quantity of heat expressed by

— KS^r

dt

ax

— KS -y- dx dt. dx

2

by reason of its position a quantity of heat the difference of the two preceding quantities, that is

It acquires therefore

equal to

cPv KS -jdx dt dx 9

On

same

whose external surface is little from v, allows a quantity of heat equivalent to hlvdxdt to escape into the air during the instant dt; it follows from this that this infinitely the other hand, the

slice,

Idx and whose temperature differs infinitely

small part of the

KS

represented by rature vary

105.

-j-^

dx dt

The amount

u

The

in

solid retains

coefficient

reality

— hlv dx dt

which makes

of this change

C

expresses

a quantity of heat

obtain

have

its

to

temperature 1

;

how much heat

CD Sdx

by

C

is

required

from tempe-

consequently, multiplying the

of the infinitely small slice

weight, and

tempe-

must be examined.

to raise unit of weight of the substance in question

rature up volume Sdx

its

by the density D,

the specific capacity for heat,

we

to

shall

which would raise the volume of the slice from temperature up to temperature 1. Hence the increase of temperature which results from the addition d2v of a quantity of heat equal to KS -^ dx dt — Mv dx dt will be as the quantity of heat

found by dividing the fore,

last

quantity by

CDS dx.

Denoting there-

according to custom, the increase of temperature which takes

place during the instant dt by

-=- dt,

we

shall

have the equation

THEORY OF HEAT.

We

dv

K

dt

CD

II.

M

d2 v dx2

.(b)

CDS

shall explain in the sequel the use

which may be made of

determine the complete solution, and what the

this equation to

problem

difficulty of the

[CHAP.

we

consists in;

limit ourselves here to

a remark concerning the permanent state of the armlet. 106.

Suppose

that, the

plane of the ring being horizontal,

sources of heat, each of which exerts a constant action, are placed

below different points m, n, p, q etc. heat will be propagated in the solid, and that which is dissipated through the surface being ;

incessantly replaced by that which emanates from the sources, the

temperature of every section of the solid will approach more and more to a stationary value which varies from one section to another.

In order to express by means of equation

(b)

the law of

the latter temperatures, which would exist of themselves

if

they

were once established, we must suppose that the quantity v does not vary with respect to

t;

which annuls the term

dv -j-.

We

thus

have the equation

dx

A IS

M and N being two constants 1

This equation

is

1 .

the same as the equation for the steady temperature of a

bar heated at one end (Art. 76), except that I here denotes the perimeter of a section whose area is 8. In the case of the finite bar we can determine two and for, if V be the temperature at the relations between the constants finite

M

N

:

where x = 0,- V—M+N; and if at the end of the bar remote from the source, where x — L suppose, we make a section at a distance dx from that end, the flow source,

through this section

is,

in unit of time,

-

A'<S'

-=-

,

and

of heat through the periphery and free end of the hence ultimately, dx vanishing,

hv +

= 0, K— dx

when x=L,

that is

Cf. Verdet, Conférences de Physique, p. 37.

[A. F.]

this is equal to the waste slice,

hv [ldx + S) namely;

SECT.

STEADY MOVEMENT IN A RING.

I.]

S&

Suppose a portion of the circumference of the

107.

ring,

situated between two successive sources of heat, to be divided

and denote by v lf v 2 v a v v &c, the temperatures whose distances from the origin are œv x2 x3 xv &c; the relation between v and x will be given by the preceding equation, after that the two constants have been determined by means of the two values of v corresponding to into equal parts,

at the

points

,

,

of division

,

,

lia

KS Denoting by a the quantity e and by A the distance x2 — xx of two consecutive points of division, we shall have the equations

the sources of heat.

,

:

v1 v2

= -Mf* + NaT**, = Mol x a*» + Nj.~kûT^, = i¥a V* + iVa" 2Aa"% .

2

v.

3

whence we derive the following

relation

—v

-\-

1

v3

= a* + oT\

v2

We

L

should find a similar result for the three points whose

temperatures are v 2 v3 v4 and in general for any three consecutive ,

,

It follows

points.

,

from this that

if

we observed the temperatures

vv v2 v z vv v 5 &c. of several successive points, all situated between the same two sources and n and separated by a constant ,

,

m

interval

A-,

we should

perceive that any three consecutive tempe-

ratures are always such that the

by the mean 108.

If,

sum

of the

gives a constant quotient aK

in the space included

two extremes divided

+ a~\

between the next two sources of

heat n and p, the temperatures of other different points separated by the same interval A were observed, it would still be found that

any three consecutive

for

temperatures, a\

-j-

oT\

points,

the

sum

of the

two extreme

divided by the mean, gives the same quotient

The value

of this

quotient depends neither on the

position nor on the intensity of the sources of heat.

109.

Ave see

by

Let q be this constant value, we have the equation

this that

when

the circumference

is

divided into equal

parts, the temperatures at the points of division, included between

THEORY OF HEAT.

90

[CHAP.

II.

two consecutive sources of heat, are represented by the terms of a recurring series whose scale of relation is composed of two terms q and — 1. Experiments have fully confirmed this result. We have exposed a metallic ring to the permanent and simultaneous action of different sources of heat, and we have observed the stationary temperatures of several points separated by constant intervals; we always found that the temperatures of any three consecutive points, not separated by a source of heat, were connected by the

Even if the sources of heat be multiplied, and in whatever manner they be disposed, no change can be

relation in question.

v —

effected in the numerical value of the quotient

-4-

v3 ;

it

depends

only on the dimensions or on the nature of the ring, and not on

the manner in which that solid

When we

110.

is

it

A

a

,

by means

derive

the value of ax

3

1

a

,

of the equation ax

and other root

we may

heated.

have found, by observation, the value of the

constant quotient q or

from

is

is

from

a~\

+

tx~

x

= q.

(log of.

One

derived

of the roots

This quantity being determined,

the value of the ratio -^, which

it

Of

j

may be

Denoting ax by w, we

shall

the ratio of the two conducibilities

have a? is

is

— qco + 1 = 0. Thus

found by multiplying

y

by the square

of the hyperbolic logarithm of one of the roots of

the equation

2

o>

— qw + 1 =

0,

and dividing the product by A2

SECTION

.

II.

Equation of the varied movement of heat in a solid sphere.

A

homogeneous mass, of the form of a sphere, for an infinite time in a medium maintained at a permanent temperature 1, is then exposed to air which is kept at temperature 0, and displaced with constant velocity it is required to determine the successive states of the body during 111.

solid

having been immersed

:

the whole time of the cooling.

SECT.

VARIED MOVEMENT IN A SPHERE.

II.]

91

Denote by x the distance of any point whatever from the same point, and suppose, to make the problem after a time t has elapsed more general, that the initial temperature, common to all points situated at the distance x from the centre, is different for different values of x which is what would have been the case if the immersion had not lasted for an infinite time. Points of the solid, equally distant from the centre, will not cease to have a common temperature v is thus a function of x and t. When we suppose t = 0, it is essential that the value of this function should agree with the initial state which is given, and which is entirely arbitrary. centre of the sphere, and by v the temperature of the ;

;

;

112.

We

shall consider the instantaneous

in an infinitely thin shell,

x and x + dx: the quantity

radii are

movement

of heat

bounded by two spherical surfaces whose an whose radius which is nearest to

of heat which, during

infinitely small instant dt, crosses the lesser surface is

x,

and

so passes

from that part of the solid

the centre into the spherical factors 2

and the

é7rx of surface,

it is

shell, is

equal to the product of four

which are the conducibility K, the duration

expressed by

dv ratio -j-

— ^Kirx

2

,

the extent

dt,

taken with the negative sign

;

-j- dt.

To determine the quantity

which flows during the same instant through the second surface of the same shell, and passes from this shell into the part of the solid which envelops it,

x must be changed is

to say, to the

tial of this

into

x + dx,

term - ^Kirx

2

of heat

in the preceding expression

dv -j- dt

term taken with respect

-

must be added the

We

to x.

:

that

differen-

thus find

kKirx2 -^-dt- 4iK7rd (x2 ^-). dt dx) ax \

as the expression of the quantity of heat which leaves the spherical shell across its second surface;

and

from that which enters through the

iKird (x

2

-j-

)

dt.

This difference

is

if

we

first

subtract this quantity

surface,

we

evidently the

shall

have

quantity of

THEORY OF HEAT.

92

[CHAP.

heat which accumulates in the intervening is

shell,

and whose

II.

effect

to vary its temperature.

The

113.

C

coefficient

denotes the quantity of heat which

necessary to raise, from temperature

D

is

to temperature 1, a definite 2

dx is the volume of the intervening layer, differing from it only by a quantity which may be omitted hence kirGDx^dx is the quantity of heat necessary to raise the intervening shell from temperature

unit of weight

;

the weight of unit of volume,

is

4
:

to temperature

Hence

1.

it is

requisite to divide the quantity

by ^TrGDx'dx, and we

of heat which accumulates in this shell shall dt.

then find the increase of its temperature v during the time We thus obtain the equation

K

_

,

X

\jJJ

do

_

2

CI)

dt

'

QiX

fd v

2 dv\

Kdx

x dx)

2,

The preceding equation

114.

ment

K

dx)

y

,

,.

represents the law of the move-

of heat in the interior of the solid, but the temperatures of

points in the surface are subject also to a special condition which

must be expressed. surface

cussed

:

This condition relative to the state of the

may vary according to. the nature of the problems diswe may suppose for example, that, after having heated

the sphere, and raised

all its

boiling water, the cooling

is

surface the temperature 0,

molecules to the temperature of

by giving to all points in the and by retaining them at this tem-

effected

may

perature by any external cause whatever.

In this case we

imagine the sphere, whose variable state

desired to determine,

to be covered exerts

its

action.

It

may

be supposed,

thin envelope adheres to the solid, that

and that

as the solid

of the mass

;

it is

by a very thin envelope on which the cooling agency

2°,

that

jected to temperature

it

all

1°,

it is

forms a part of

it,

that this infinitely

of the

same substance

like the other portions

the molecules of the envelope are sub-

Obya

cause always in action which prevents

the temperature from ever being above or below zero. this condition theoretically, the function

v,

To

express

which contains x and

t,

SECT.

VARIED MOVEMENT IN A SPHERE.

II.]

must be made value of

t

to

become

nul,

when we

give to

93

x

complete

its

X equal to the radius of the sphere, whatever else the value

may

value of

We

be.

denote by



(x, t)

if

we

which expresses the

t,

the two equations

v,

dv

K

= is

it

2

fd v

CZ>U?

3*

Further,

should then have, on this hypothesis, the function of x and

"

2 dv\

+

,

,

and

/tr

jN

•M-M=°-

Ï
necessary that the initial state should be repre-

sented by the same function

second condition



(x,0)



= 1.

(x, t)

:

we

Thus the

shall therefore

have as a

variable state of a solid

we have first described will be which must satisfy the three preceding general, and belongs at every instant to

sphere on the hypothesis which represented by a function

The

equations.

first

is

points of the mass

all

;

v,

the second affects only the molecules at

the surface, and the third belongs only to the initial state. If the solid

115.

is

being cooled in

air,

the second equation

is

must then be imagined that the very thin envelope maintained by some external cause, in a state such as to pro-

different; it is

duce the escape from the sphere, at every instant, of a quantity of heat equal to that which the presence of the medium can carry

away from

Now instant

it.

the quantity of heat which, during an infinitely small

dt,

flows within the interior of the solid across the spheri-

cal surface situate at distance x, is equal to this general expression

supposing x =

is



^Kitx%

applicable to all values of

-y-

x.

dt

;

and

Thus, by

X we shall ascertain

the quantity of heat which in the variable state of the sphere would pass across the very thin

envelope which bounds

it

;

on the other hand, the external surface which we shall denote

of the solid having a variable temperature,

F, would permit the escape into the air of a quantity of heat proportional to that temperature, and to the extent of the surface, The value of this quantity is 4<JnrX2 Vdt. which is 4<7rX 2

by

.

To

express, as

is

supposed, that the action of the envelope

supplies the place, at every instant, of that which would result from

the presence of the medium, 4th7rX

z

Vdt

to the

it is

value which

sufficient to

the

equate the quantity

expression

— ^KirX

2

(hi)

-.-

dt

THEORY OF HEAT.

94 receives

when we

the equation

-j-

give to x

= — -^v

complete value

its

-r and v we put instead of x ax it

The value

116.

a constant ratio

same

form

in the

value X, which

K dV— h V= —,

obtain

we

when x = X, must

to the value of

shall denote

0.

I-

ax

Thus we

point.

its

of -r- taken

— -^

X; hence we

II.

which must hold when in the functions

}

(XV

by writing

[CHAP.

v,

therefore have

which corresponds to the

shall suppose that the external cause of

the cooling determines always the state of the very thin envelope,

manner that the value

in such a

state, is proportional to

and that the constant

dv

ax

the value of

means

of

which prevents the extreme value of



but

of the

v,

y^

v,

results

— v?

is

some cause always

dv -j-

*

= X, This

present,

from being anything

else

the action of the envelope will take the place of that

air.

It is not necessary to suppose the envelope to thin,

from this

corresponding to x

two quantities

ratio of these

condition being fulfilled by

which

of -^-

and

it

indefinite

be seen in the sequel that

will

Here the thickness

thickness.

it

considered to be

is

indefinitely small, so as to fix the attention

be extremely

may have an

on the

state of the

surface only of the solid.

Hence

117.

follows that the three equations which are

it

required to determine the function

dv

_

K

2

/d v

,

2 dv\

T

$

rdV

(x, t)

j

Tr

or v are the following, _

,

.

_.

^

dt~Cn[dx

2

The is

applies to all possible values of x and t the second when x = X, whatever be the value of t; and the satisfied when t = 0, whatever be the value of x. first

satisfied

third

is

;

SECT.

VARIED MOVEMENT IN A CYLINDER.

III.]

95

might be supposed that in the initial state all the spherical have not the same temperature which is what would necessarily happen, if the immersion were imagined not to have lasted for an indefinite time. In this case, which is more general than the foregoing, the given function, which expresses the initial temperature of the molecules situated at distance x from the centre of the sphere, will be represented by F (x) the third equation will then be replaced by the following, <£ (x, 0) = {x). Nothing more remains than a purely analytical problem, whose solution will be given in one of the following chapters. It consists in finding the value of v, by means of the general condition, and the two special conditions to which it is subject. It

layers

:

;

F

SECTION

III.

Equations of the varied movement of heat in a solid cylinder.

A

118.

in a liquid

whose

solid cylinder of infinite length,

pendicular to

circular

its

whose temperature

side

is

per-

having been wholly immersed

base,

uniform, has been gradually

is

manner that all points equally distant from have acquired the same temperature it is then exposed

heated, in such a

the axis to

a

;

current

of colder air

;

it

is

determine

required to

the

temperatures of the different layers, after a given time.

x denotes the

radius of a cylindrical surface, all of whose

points are equally distant from the axis

the cylinder

;

v

is

;

X

is

the radius of

the temperature which points of the

solid,

x from the axis, must have after the lapse of a time denoted by t, since the beginning of the cooling. Thus v is a function of x and t, and if in it t be made equal to 0, the function of x which arises from this must necessarily satisfy the initial state, which is arbitrary. situated at distance

119.

Consider the

portion of radius

is

x,

the

movement

cylinder,

of heat in an infinitely thin

included between the surface whose

and that whose radius

is

+ dx.

x

The quantity

heat which this portion receives during the instant part of the solid which

which during the same

it

envelops, that

time

crosses

is

the

dt,

of

from the

to say, the quantity

cylindrical

surface

THEORY OF HEAT.

96

whose radius to unity,

is

is

x,

and whose length

II.

supposed to be equal

is

expressed by

2Kttx ~dt

To

[CHAP.

ax

find the quantity of heat which, crossing the second surface

x+

from the infinitely thin shell into which envelops it, we must, in the foregoing expression, change x into x + dx, or, which is the same thing, add to the term

whose radius

is

dx, passes

the part of the solid

— 2Kttx -=- dt, ax

the differential of this term, taken with respect to x.

Hence

the difference of the heat received and the heat

or

lost,

the

quantity of heat which accumulating in the infinitely thin shell

determines the changes of temperature,

the same differential

is

taken with the opposite sign, or

2Kir dt .dix

dv\

.

?

on the other hand, the volume of this intervening shell is 2irxdx, and 2CDrrxdx expresses the quantity of heat required to raise it from the temperature to the temperature 1, G being the specific heat, and D the density. Hence the quotient

2Kir .dt.di x-— y

ax

2CDTTxdx is

the increment which the temperature receives during the Whence we obtain the equation dt.

instant

dt

120.

The quantity

CD \dx

by 2Kirx

'

x dx)

of heat which,

crosses the cylindrical surface

in general

2

dv -y- dt,

during the instant

whose radius

we

shall

find

is x,

dt,

being expressed

that quantity which

escapes during the same time from the surface of the solid, by \n the foregoing value on the other hand, the

making x =

X

;

STEADY MOVEMENT IN A PRISM.

SECT. IV.]

97

same quantity, dispersed into the air, is, by the principle of the communication of heat, equal, to 2irXhvdt we must therefore ;

have at the surface the definite equation nature of these equations

dv — K-j-=hv.

The

explained at greater length, either

is

which refer to the sphere, or in those wherein the general equations have been given for a body of any form whatever. The function v which represents the movement of heat in an infinite cylinder must therefore satisfy, 1st, the general equain the articles

dv K /d v + - dv\ — = -_ 2

tion

I

1

-7-

-5-2

fil)

Il

the variable

= F(x).

of be.

v,

t

may

The

be,

.

,

,

which applies whatever x and

be; 2nd, the definite equation -^ v

v

,.

,

.

.

,

)

-f -j-

when x = X;

= 0,

which

is

true,

,

t

may

whatever

3rd, the definite equation

must be

satisfied by all values when t is made equal to 0, whatever the variable x may The arbitrary function F(x) is supposed to be known it

condition

last

;

corresponds to the initial state.

SECTION

IV.

Equations of the uniform movement of heat in a solid prism

of

A

121.

infinite length.

prismatic bar

immersed

is

at one extremity in a

constant source of heat which maintains that extremity at the

temperature

A

;

the rest of the bar, whose length

continues to be exposed to

maintained at temperature

a'

is

infinite,

uniform current of atmospheric ;

it

is

air

required to determine the

highest temperature which a given point of the bar can acquire.

from that of Article 73, since we now take into consideration all the dimensions of the solid, which is necessary in order to obtain an exact solution,

The problem

We

differs

are led, indeed, to suppose that in a bar of very small

thickness

all

points of the

equal temperatures

;

same

section

would acquire sensibly may rest on the

but some uncertainty

results of this hypothesis.

It is therefore preferable to solve the

problem rigorously, and then to examine, by analysis, up to what point, and in what cases, we are justified in considering the temperatures of different points of the same section to be equal. F. H.

7

THEORY OF HEAT.

08

The

122.

section

made

[CHAP.

II.

at right angles to the length of the

whose side is 21, the axis of the bar is the axis and the origin is at the extremity A. The three rectangular co-ordinates of a point of the bar are x, y, z, and v denotes the fixed temperature at the same point. The problem consists in determining the temperatures which

bar, is a square

of x,

must be assigned they

may

to different points

of the bar, in order that

continue to exist without any change, so long as the

extreme surface A, which communicates with the source of heat, remains subject, at all its points, to the permanent temperature

A

;

thus v

123.

is

a function of

and

x, y,

z.

Consider the movement of heat in a prismatic molecule,

enclosed between of x, y, and

z.

six

The

planes perpendicular to the three axes

first

three planes pass through the point

m

whose co-ordinates are x, y, z, and the others pass through the point in whose co-ordinates are x + dx, y + dy, z + dz. To find what quantity of heat enters the molecule during unit of time across the first plane passing through the point m and perpendicular to x, we must remember that the extent of the surface of the molecule on this plane is dydz, and that the flow across this area is, according to the theorem of Article 98, equal to

dv — K -j-

;

thus the molecule receives across the rectangle dydz

m

passing through the point

dv

— Kdydz-j-.

To

a quantity of heat expressed by

find the quantity of heat

opposite face, and escapes from the molecule,

x + dx

in the preceding expression, thing,

for x, or,

which crosses the

we must

add to this expression its differential whence we conclude that the molecule

to x only

substitute,

which is the same taken with respect

;

loses, at its

second face perpendicular to x, a quantity of heat equal to

— K dydz we must

-j

—K

dydzd

i-j-

therefore subtract this from that which enters at the

opposite face

;

the differences of these two quantities

K dydz d (J^J

,

or,

Kdxdydz—;

is

STEADY MOVEMENT IN A PRISM.

SECT. IV.]

this expresses the quantity of heat

99

accumulated in the molecule

x which accumulated heat would make the temperature of the molecule vary, if it were not balanced by that which is lost in some other in consequence of the propagation in direction of

;

direction.

It is

found in the same manner that a quantity of heat equal

dv

to

—Kdzdx-j-

enters

through the point

which escapes

m

the molecule across the plane passing

perpendicular to y, and that the quantity

at the opposite face is

— Kdzdx -j

— Kdzdxd

dij

(

4-

J

\dy)

Hence

the last differential being taken with respect to y only.

Kdxdydz

the difference of the two quantities, or

d 2v -p^* expresses

the quantity of heat which the molecule acquires, in consequence of the propagation in direction of y. Lastly, it

is

proved in the same manner that the molecule

consequence of the propagation in direction of

acquires, in

a quantity of heat equal to

d2v Kdxdydz-j-^. dz

there

Now,

in order that

may be no change of temperature, it is necessary much heat as it contained at first,

molecule to retain as the heat

for the

so that

acquires in one direction must balance that which

it

z,

it

Hence the sum we form the equation

of the three quantities of heat

loses in another.

acquired must be nothing; thus

d2 v -1

da?

d2 v dy 2

d 2v -|

dz



2,

.

o

124.

It

remains now to express the conditions relative to the

surface.

If

we suppose the

of the prismatic bar, see

that the

quantity of

V denoting what

(f>

equal to the

rectangle

heat

m to

face to

belong to one of the faces be perpendicular to z, we

dxdy, during unit

equal to

Vh dx dy

the temperature of the point

(x, y, z) I,

point

and the

to

of time, permits

escape

the

into

m of the surface,

the function sought becomes

half the dimension of the prism.

when

On

z

a

air,

namely is

made

the other hand,

quantity of heat which, by virtue of the action

of the

7—2

THEORY OF HEAT.

100

[CHAP.

II.

molecules, during unit of time, traverses an infinitely small surface to,



within the prism, perpendicular to

situated

equal to

is

z,

dv Kai-j-, according to the theorems quoted above.

pression

is

general,

ordinate z has

its

and applying

complete value

quantity of heat which traverses surface

-Kdxdy-j-,

is

value

plete

it

which the co-

we conclude from it that the rectangle dxdy taken at I,

giving to z in the function

Hence the two

I

to points for

This ex-

quantities

-v-

its

the the

com-

—K dxdy dv

-j-,

and

h dx dy v, must be equal, in order that the action of the molecules may agree with that of the medium. This equality must also exist

when we

which

it

dv

give to z in the functions

has at the face opposite to that

-j-

first

and v the value

considered.



I,

Further,

the quantity of heat which crosses an infinitely small surface w,

perpendicular to the axis of

that which flows across a rectangle dz

prism perpendicular to y

dv function

-=- its

is

dv — K œ -=-

being

y,

complete value

face of the

dv -r-

Now

I.

follows that

dx taken on a

K dz dx



it

,

,

giving to y in the

this

rectangle dz dx

permits a quantity of heat expressed by hv dx dy to escape into the equation hv

the air;

when y

is

125.

made equal

to

I

= — K-ror

—I

becomes therefore necessary,

in the functions v

and

dv -j-

The value of the function v must by hypothesis be when we suppose x = 0, whatever be the values of Thus the required function v is determined by the

equal to A,

y and

z.

following conditions

:

1st, for all

values of

x, y, z,

it satisfies

the

general equation

d2v

d 2v

+ dy~2+ dx^ 2nd,

it

satisfies

the equation

d2 v

_

d?~

'

y^v+ ^-=0, when y

is

equal to

VARIED MOVEAtENT IN A CUBE.

SECT. V.]

I

or

Y^v

be

;



I,

+ -j- = 0, when 3rd,

y and

z

may

whatever x and z

it

may

z

satisfies

is

equal to

I

or

be,



or

the equation v

I,

101

satisfies

the equation

whatever x and y may-

= A, when x = 0,

whatever

be.

SECTION

V.

Equations of the varied movement of heat in a solid cube. 126.

A solid in

the form of a cube,

acquired the same temperature,

atmospheric

air,

is

all of

whose points have

placed in a uniform current of

maintained at temperature

0.

It is required to

determine the successive states of the body during the whole

time of the cooling.

The

centre of the cube

is

taken as the origin of rectangular

on and z 21 is the side of the cube, v is the temperature to which a point whose coordinates are x, y, z, is lowered after the time t has elapsed since the commencement of the cooling: the problem consists in determining the function v, which depends on x, y, z and t. coordinates; the three perpendiculars dropped from this point

the faces, are the axes of

x, y,

;

To form the general equation which v must satisfy, we must ascertain what change of temperature an infinitely small portion of the solid must experience during the instant dt, by virtue of the action of the molecules which are extremely 127.

near to

between

it.

We

consider then a prismatic molecule

six planes at right angles; the first three pass

enclosed

through

the point m, whose co-ordinates are x, y, z, and the three others, through the point m', whose co-ordinates are

x+

dx,

y + dy,

z

+ dz.

The quantity of heat which during the instant dt passes into the molecule across the first rectangle dydz perpendicular to x, is

—Kdydz-j-

dt,

and that which escapes in the same time from

the molecule, through the opposite face,

is

x + dx in place of x in the preceding expression,

— Kdy dz

[-f)dt — Kdy dzd(-r-)

found by writing it is

dt,

THEORY OF HEAT.

102

[CHAP.

the differential being taken with respect to x only.

II.

The quantity

which during the instant dt enters the molecule, across the first rectangle dz dx perpendicular to the axis of y, is dv — Kdz dx -j- dt, and that which escapes from the molecule during ay the same instant, by the opposite face, is of heat

— Kdz

K dz dx d \dyj

dx -=- dt — dy

-j-

[

)

dt,

the differential being taken with respect to y only. The quantity of heat which the molecule receives during the instant dt, through its

lower

perpendicular to the axis of

face,

and that which

it

loses

z,



is

through the opposite face

— K dx dy -j- dt — K dx dy d

(-J-)

K dx dy -y

dt,

is

dt,

the differential being taken with respect to z only.

The sum which

it

which escape from the

of all the quantities of heat

molecule must

now be deducted from

receives,

and the difference

is

the

increase of temperature during the instant

K dy dzdl j-\ dt + Kdz

dx.

d

l-j-

)dt

:

7

If the quantity is

2

^

7

7j

which has just been found be divided by

necessary to raise the molecule from the temperature

which

to the temperature 1, the increase of temperature

effected during the instant dt latter

its

this difference is

+ Kdxdydii-) dt,

2

_

128.

of the quantities

(d v d"v d v) T_ Kdœdydz^ + + ^dt

or

that which

sum

that which determines

quantity

is

CD dx dy dz

the substance for heat; of the molecule.

will

D

its

become known.

C

denotes the capacity of

density,

and dxdydz the volume

:

for

The movement of heat by the equation

in the interior of the

solid is therefore expressed

_ dt~ dv

K

(dS

CDW

is

Now, the

i

d\ tZV\ + dyli+

d?J

W ,j.

"

VARIED MOVEMENT IN A CUBE.

SECT. V.]

form the equations which relate to the

It remains to

129.

state of the surface,

103

which presents no difficulty, in accordance we have established. In fact, the

with the principles which

quantity of heat which, during the instant

dt, crosses

dz dy, traced on a plane perpendicular to x, This result, which applies to

when the value

of

x

dv — K dy dz ydt.

points of the solid, ought to hold

all

equal to

is

is

the rectangle

half the thickness of the prism.

I,

In this case, the rectangle dy dz being situated at the surface, the quantity of heat which crosses

during the instant fore to have,

dt, is

when x =

and

it,

dispersed into the air

is

expressed by hv dy dz

the equation hv

I,

dt,

we ought

= — K -j-

.

there-

This con-

also be satisfied when x = — I. be found also that, the quantity of heat which crosses the rectangle dz dx situated on a plane perpendicular to the axis

dition

must

It will

of y being in general

— K dz dx -^- and

surface into the air across the

same rectangle being hvdzdxdt,

we must have the equation hv +

we

Lastly,

that which escapes at the

,

obtain in like

manner the

K du = -=-

0,

when y =

I

or



I.

definite equation

T ^dv

7

dz

which

is

satisfied

when

z

=I

or



I.

The function sought, which expresses the varied move130. ment of heat in the interior of a solid of cubic form, must therefore be determined by the following conditions :

1st.

It satisfies the general equation

K

dv dt

2nd.

2

C.DKdx2

d 2v

d' v

fd'*v '

dy 2

'

dz"

It satisfies the three definite equations

hv+.Kf- = 0, dx

which hold when

x= ±1,

hv

y

+ K~ = 0, dy

=

±1, z

= 0, hv+K^ dz

— ±l;

THEORY OF HEAT.

104

If in the function v

3rd.

[CHAP.

which contains

x, y, z,

t,

II.

we make

= 0,

whatever be the values of x, y, and z, we ought to have, according to hypothesis, v = A, which is the initial and common t

value of the temperature. 131.

represents

The equation arrived at in the preceding problem the movement of heat in the interior of all solids.

Whatever, in

fact,

by decomposing

it

We may

result.

the form of the body

be,

it is

we

evident that,

shall obtain this

therefore limit ourselves to demonstrating in

manner the equation

this

may

into prismatic molecules,

But

of the propagation of heat.

in

make the exhibition of principles more complete, and. we may collect into a small number of consecutive articles

order to

that

the theorems which serve to establish the general equation of the

propagation of heat in the interior of

which

solids,

relate to the state of the surface,

two following

sections, to

we

and the equations

shall proceed, in the

the investigation of these equations,

independently of any particular problem, and without reverting to the elementary propositions

which we have explained in the

introduction.

SECTION

VI.

General equation of the propagation of heat in the interior of solids. 132.

Theorem

If the

I.

different points

of a homogeneous

solid mass, enclosed between six planes at right angles, have actual

temperatures determined by the linear equation v

and if

= A — ax —

the molecules

by



cz,

(a),

situated at the external surface on the six

planes which bound the prism are maintained, by any cause whatever,

at the temperature expressed by the

moleades situated in

the interior

&f

equation (a)

the onass will

:

all

the

of themselves

retain their actual temperatures, so that there will be no change in the state of the prism.

v

denotes the actual temperature of the point whose co-

ordinates are x,

y,

z\ A,

a, b, c,

To prove this proposition,

are constant coefficients.

consider in the solid any three

points whatever mMfi, situated on the same straight line

nifi,

GENERAL EQUATIONS OF PROPAGATION.

SECT. VI.]

M

105

two equal parts denote by x, y, z the co-ordinates of the point M, and its temperature by v, the co-ordinates of the point /x by x + a, y + (3, z + y, and its temperature by w, the co-ordinates of the point m by x — a, y — /3, z — y, and its temperature by u, we shall have

which the point

divides into

;

= A — ax — by — cz, w = A — a (ps + a) — b (y,+ (3) — c (z +

whence we conclude v

that,

— w = ax + b/3 + cy, v

therefore

Now

u — v = ax +

and

— w =u—

6/3

+ cy

;

v.

the quantity of heat which one point receives from

another depends on the distance between the two points and on the difference of their temperatures. Hence the action of the point

M on

thus the point to the point

the point

M

/jl

is

receives as

m

equal to the action of

much

heat from

m

as

it

M;

on

gives

up

fi.

We obtain the same result, whatever be the direction and magnitude of the line which passes through the point M, and Hence it is impossible for this is divided into two equal parts. point to change its temperature, for it receives from all parts as

much

heat as

it

gives up.

The same reasoning

applies to all

change can happen in the state of the 133.

Corollary

infinite parallel

A

I.

planes

A

solid

and B,

other points

hence no

;

solid.

being enclosed between two if the actual temperature of

be expressed by the equation and the two planes which bound it are maintained by any cause whatever, A at the temperature 1, and B at the this particular case will then be included in temperature the preceding lemma, if we make A'.'= 1, a = 0, b = 0, c = 1. its

v

different points is supposed to

= 1 — z,

;

Corollary 134. we imagine a plane

II.

M

If in

the interior of the same solid

parallel to those

which bound

it,

we

see

that a certain quantity of heat flows across this plane during unit of time

;

for

two very near

points, such as

m

and

n,

one

THEOEY OF HEAT.

106

[CHAP.

II.

below the plane and the other above it, are unequally first, whose temperature is highest, must therefore send to the second, during each instant, a certain quantity of heat which, in some cases, may be very small, and even insensible, of

which

is

heated; the

according to the nature of the body and the distance of the two molecules.

The same is true for any two other points whatever separated by the plane. That which is most heated sends to the other a certain quantity of heat, and the sum of these partial actions, or of all the quantities of heat sent across the plane, composes a continual flow whose value does not change, since all the molecules preserve their temperatures.

It is easy to prove that

this flow, or the quantity of heat which crosses the plane

the unit

of time,

equivalent to that ivhich crosses, during the

is

time, another plane

N

the mass which

enclosed between

N will

M during

is

parallel to the

first.

In

M,

as

same

the part of

the two surfaces

receive continually, across the plane across the plane N.

fact,

M and

much

heat

If the quantity of heat,

which enters the part of the mass which is in passing the plane considered, were not equal to that which escapes by the opposite surface JV, the solid enclosed between the two surfaces would acquire fresh heat, or would lose a part of that which it has, and its temperatures would not be constant; which is contrary to the preceding lemma. as

it

loses

M

The measure

135.

substance

is

of the specific conducibility of a given

taken to be the quantity of heat which, in an

infinite

formed of this substance, and enclosed between two parallel planes, flows during unit of time across unit of surface, taken solid,

on any intermediate plane whatever, parallel to the external between which is equal to unit of length, one of them being maintained at temperature 1, and the other planes, the distance

at temperature 0.

This constant flow of the heat which crosses

the whole extent of the prism

and

is

is

denoted by the coefficient K,

the measure of the conducibility.

136.

Lemma. If we suppose

all the

temperatures of the solid in

question under the preceding article, to be multiplied by

whatever

g, so

that

instead of being v

the

= 1 — z,

any number

of temperatures is v = g — gz, and if the two external planes are main-

equation

GENERAL EQUATIONS OF PROPAGATION.

SECT. VI.]

107

and the other at temperature 0, of heat, in this second hypothesis, or the quantity ivhich during unit of time crosses unit of surface taken on an intermediate plane 'parallel to the bases, is equal to the product tained, one at the temperature g, the constant flow

of the first flow multiplied by g. In 'fact, since all the temperatures have been increased in the ratio of 1 to g, the differences of the temperatures of any

two points whatever m and fi, are increased in the same ratio. Hence, according to the principle of the communication of heat, in order to ascertain the quantity of heat which m sends to on the second hypothesis, we must multiply by g the quantity on the first hypothesis. which the same point m sends to The same would be true for any two other points whatever. Now, the quantity of heat which crosses a plane results from the sum of all the actions which the points m, m, m", m", etc., situated on the same side of the plane, exert on the points //, Hence, if in the first /jf, //', fj!", etc., situated on the other side. hypothesis the constant flow is denoted by K, it will be equal to gK, when we have multiplied all the temperatures by g. //,

fx,

M

137.

Theorem

II.

In a prism whose constant temperatures = A — ax — by — cz, and ivhich

are expressed by the equation v

of whose points are maintained at constant temperatures determined by the preceding

is

bounded by six planes at right angles

all

equation, the quantity of heat which, during unit of time, crosses

any intermediate plane whatever perpensame as the constant flow in a solid of the

unit of surface taken on

dicular to

z,

is the

same substance would be, if enclosed between two infinite parallel and for which the equation of constant temperatures is V = c — cz. To prove this, let us consider in the prism, and also in the infinite solid, two extremely near points m and p, separated

planes,

Fig. 4.

by the plane the plane, and

M perpendicular m

below

it

being above ; fi and above the same plane

to the axis of z

(see fig. 4),

THEORY OF HEAT.

108

[CHAP.

II.

us take a point to such that the perpendicular dropped from

let

on the plane may its middle point

be perpendicular to the Denote by x, y, z + h, the co-ordinates of the point fi, whose temperature is w, by x — a, y — (S, z, the co-ordinates of m, whose temperature is v, and by x-\-a, y + /3, z, the co-ordinates of m whose temperature is v. The action of m on fi, or the quantity of heat which m sends The to (M during a certain time, may be expressed by q(v — w). factor q depends on the distance mpu, and on the nature of the The action of to' on /x will therefore be expressed by mass. — and the factor q is the same as in the preceding w) [v q and expression hence the sum of the two actions of m on or the quantity of heat which ft receives from m and of m' on the point

/j,

also

distance toto' at

h.

,

;

//.,

;

fju,

from

to', is

expressed by

q(v — w + Now,

if

the points m,

[i,

to'

v'

— w).

belong to the prism,

we have

w = A — ax — by — c (z + h), v = A — a (x — a) — b v' = A — a [x + a) — h (y + /3) — cz and

(y

— /3) — cz,

;

and

the same points belonged to an infinite

if

have,

by

w = c — c(z+h), In the

first case,

we

v

(v

we

the quantity of heat which

is

v

hypothesis,

(i

receives

and

still yu,

v

= c — cz.

have the same

receives from to

when the equation

= A — ax — by —

which

= c — cz,

— w + v — w) = 2qch,

and, in the second case,

first

we should

find

q

the

solid,

hypothesis,

cz,

from

constant temperatures

is

is

to

v

Hence to'

on

of constant temperatures

equivalent to the quantity of heat

and from

to'

when the equation

of

= c — cz.

The same conclusion might be -drawn with other points whatever

result.

and from

respect to any three

provided that the second f/ be at equal from placed distances the other two, and the altitude of to', //, to",

to' /j! to" be parallel to z. Now, the quantity which «rosses any plane whatever M, results from the sum of the actions which all the points to, to', to", to'" etc., situated on

the isosceles triangle of heat

GENERAL EQUATIONS OF PROPAGATION.

SECT. VI.]

109

one side of this plane, exert on all the points [x, jx //', /jl", etc hence the constant flow, which, during ',

situated on the other side

:

unit of time, crosses a definite part of the plane solid, is

M in the

infinite

equal to the quantity of heat which flows in the same time

across the

same portion

of the plane

M in the prism,

all

of

whose

temperatures are expressed by the equation

= A — ax — by - cz.

v

Corollary.

138. solid,

when the In

surface.

the

The

rprism

cK

flow has the value

part of the plane which also it has the

in the infinite

crosses has unit of

it

same value cK or

— K dv -ydz

same manner, that the constant flow which takes unit of time, in the same prism across unit of surface,

It is proved in the place, during,

on any plane whatever perpendicular

bK and

that which crosses

The

139.

equal

or

to

-K^;

a plane perpendicular

aK

articles

or

to y, is

—K

propositions which

-^-

to

x has

the value

.

dx

we have proved

in the preceding

apply also to the case in which the instantaneous action of

a molecule

is

exerted in the interior of the mass

up

to

an appre-

In this case, we must suppose that the cause which maintains the external layers of the body in the state expressed by the linear equation, affects the mass up to a finite depth. All observation concurs to prove that in solids and liquids ciable distance.

the distance in question 140.

Theorem

III.

is

extremely small. If the temperatures at the points of a

by the equation

=f

which x, y, z are the co-ordinates of a molecule whose temperature is equal to v after the lapse of a time t; the flow of heat which crosses part of a plane traced in the solid, perpendicular to one of the three axes, is no longer constant its value is different for different parts of the plane, and it varies also with the time. This variable quantity may be determined by analysis. solid

are expressed

v

;

(x,

y, z, t),

in

THEORY OF HEAT.

110 Let

ft)

the point

be an

m

II.

whose centre coincides with and whose plane is perpendicular to the

infinitely small circle

of the solid,

vertical co-ordinate z

during the instant dt there will flow across

;

which

this circle a certain quantity of heat

below the plane of the

of the circle

part

[CHAP.

will pass

circle into

from the the upper

This flow is composed of all the rays of heat which depart part. from a lower point and arrive at an upper point, by crossing a point of the small surface co. We proceed to shew that the expression of the value of the flow is

— K dv t- &>dt.

Let us denote by x y z the coordinates of the point ra whose is v and suppose all the other molecules to be ',

,

temperature

;

referred to this point to the

former axes

referred to the origin

w

m chosen as the

let £,

:

m;

£,

77,

origin of

new

axes parallel

be the three co-ordinates of a point

in order to express the actual temperature

of a molecule infinitely near to

m, we

shall

have the linear

equation

'dv'

,

The

dv

dv

dv

coefficients v, -7—, -7—, -7- are the values

& }j

QjOG

y

z,

which are found

CLZ

by substituting in the functions v,—r, x,

dv

dv'

-,—

,

-7- , for

the variables

the constant quantities x, y z', which measure the disfrom the first three axes of x, y, and z. ,

tances of the point

m

m

Suppose now that the point

is

also

an internal molecule of

a rectangular prism, enclosed between six planes perpendicular to the three axes whose origin

is

m

;

that

w

the actual temperature of

each molecule of this prism, whose dimensions are

w=

A + a% +

finite,

is

ex-

+ c£

and that the six faces which bound the prism are maintained at the fixed temperatures which the last equation assigns to them. The state of the internal molecules will also be permanent, and a quantity of heat measured by the expression —Kcwdt will flow during the pressed by the linear equation

instant dt across the circle

This arranged,

A,

a, b,

c,

if

br]

&).

we take

the quantities v, -j—

as

the values of the constants

,

-~f-,

-j—, the fixed state of the

GENERAL EQUATIONS OF PROPAGATION.

SECT. VI.]

Ill

prism will be expressed by the equation dv

,

&

dx Thus the molecules during the instant

whose

state

Hence the

dv

dy

dz

near to the point

therefore expressed

From

this

If in a

and in the prism whose

we

by

—K

will have,

state

is

constant.

same

in either solid

dt, ;

it

-7— wdt.

derive the following proposition

vary with

solid whose internal temperatures

virtue of the action of the molecules,

and

m

flow which exists at the point m, during the instant

across the infinitely small circle œ, is the is

.,

the same actual temperature in the solid

dt,

variable,

is

infinitely

dv

we

trace

any

the time, by

straight line what-

erect {see fig. 5), at the different points

of this line, the températures of these points taken at the same moment; the floiu of heat, at each point p of the straight line, will be proportional to the tangent of the angle a which the element of the curve makes with the parallel to the ever,

ordinates

pm

abscissœ

that

;

of a plane curve equal

is

to the

to say, if at the point Fig.

infinitely small circle

w

p we

place the centre of an

5.

perpendicular to the

heat which has flowed during the instant

line,

dt,

the quantity of

across this circle, in

the direction in which the abscissas op increase, will be measured

by the product a,

of four factors,

which

are,

the tangent of the angle

a constant coefficient K, the area w of the

circle,

and the dura-

tion dt of the instant.

141.

COROLLARY.

If

we represent by

e

the abscissa of this

curve or the distance of a point p of the straight line from a

THEORY OF HEAT.

112 fixed point

o,

and by

[CHAP.

II.

which represents the tem-

v the ordinate

perature of the point p, v will vary with the distance e and will be a certain function /(e) of that distance; the quantity of heat

point

which would flow across the

p perpendicular

circle

denoting the function

placed at the

— K -=-

to the line, will be

— Kf (e)

&>,

codt,

or

wdt,

by f'(e).

,

CLG

We may

express this result in the following manner, which

facilitates its application.

To obtain

the actual floiv

of heat at a point p of a straight

drawn in a solid, whose temperatures vary by action of the molecules, we must divide the difference of the temperatures at two points infinitely near to the point p by the distance between line

these points.

142.

The flow

Theorem

is

proportional

From

IV.

to the quotient.

the preceding Theorems

it

is

easy to deduce the general equations of the propagation of heat.

Suppose the different points of a homogeneous solid of any whatever, to have received initial temperatures which vary successively by the effect of the mutual action of the molecules,

form

and suppose states

the equation v

of the solid, it

= f (x,

may now

y, z, t) to

be

represent the successive

shewn that v a function of four

variables necessarily satisfies the equation

_K_ /dV

dv dt

In

fact, let

~ CD

Ux

us consider the

2

+

dV dy 2

+

dVv dzV

movement

"

of heat in a molecule

enclosed between six planes at right angles to the axes of x, y, and z\ the first three of these planes pass through the point

m

whose coordinates are x, y, z, the other three pass through m, whose coordinates are x + dx, y + dy, z + dz. During the instant dt, the molecule receives, across the lower rectangle dxdy, which passes through the point m, a the point

quantity of heat equal to

— K dx dy

dv

~

dt.

To obtain the quantity

which escapes from the molecule by the opposite face, it is sufficient to change z into z -f dz in the preceding expression,

GENERAL EQUATIONS OF PROPAGATION.

SECT. VI.]

that

is

to say, to

add

;

*

<*(»)

dz

dz

as the value of the quantity

taken

dz dt

7

which escapes across the upper

The same molecule receives also across the first dz dx which passes through the point to, a quantity

rectangle.

rectangle of heat

equal to

pression

its

own

dv — K-rdz dx dt

;

and

we add

if

to this ex-

taken with respect to y only, we which escapes across the opposite face

differential

find that the quantity is

differential

we then have

—Kdx duJ -T- dt —Kdx dya

dz dx

own

to this expression its

with respect to z only

113

expressed by

JÊ) - dy dz dx

dv — iT— dz dxdt — K

dy

,

dt.

dy

Lastly, the molecule receives through the first rectangle dy dz

a quantity of heat equal to

dv — K -jdy dz

dt,

and that which

it

m

is

Q/00

loses across the opposite

rectangle which

passes

through

expressed by

dv — K-r dy dz dt —K dx

We

°

must now take the sum

d

,— —Ê) dx

-

dx dy J dz dt.

of the quantities of heat

the molecule receives and subtract from

which

it

Hence

loses.

it

the

it

sum

which

of those

appears that during the instant

dt,

a total quantity of heat equal to 2

'd v rrfd^v

d2 v

eZV dh'\

7

-,

7

7

,

dy*

accumulates in the interior of the molecule. to obtain the increase of temperature

It remains only which must result from

this addition of heat.

D

being the density of the solid, or the weight of unit of volume, and G the specific capacity, or the quantity of heat which raises the unit of weight from the temperature to the temperature 1 the product CDdxdydz expresses the quantity ;

F.

h.

8

THEORY OF HEAT.

114

[CHAP.

II.

from to 1 the molecule whose volume dxdydz. Hence dividing by this product the quantity of heat which the molecule has just acquired, we shall have its increase of temperature. Thus we obtain the general equation of heat required to raise

is

dv

_

K

(d\

dt~CD\d? which

+

d2 v

df

d 2v\

+ dz~

.

.

{

2

J

}'

the equation of the propagation of heat in the interior

is

of all solid bodies.

Independently of this equation the system of tempera-

143.

tures

is

often subject to several definite conditions, of which no

general expression can be given, since they depend on the nature of the problem.

If the dimensions of the

and

finite,

if

given state

;

the surface

example,

for

is

mass in which heat

if all its

(f>

function v by

(x, y, z, t)

=

which belong value of

body

to

;



propagated are

points retain, by virtue of that

cause, the constant temperature 0,

unknown

is

maintained by some special cause in a

we

(x, y, z, t),

which must be

shall have,

denoting the

the equation of condition

satisfied

by

all

values of

x, y, z

whatever be the temperatures of the

to points of the external surface,

Further, if we suppose the initial be expressed by the known function F(x,

t.

also the equation

<j>

(x, y,

z,

0)

= F (x,

y, z)

;

y, z),

we have

the condition ex-

pressed by this equation must be fulfilled by all values of the co-ordinates x, y, z which belong to any point whatever of the solid.

144.

Instead of submitting the surface of the body to a con-

stant temperature,

we may suppose the temperature not

the same at different points of the surface, and that the time according to a given law

;

it

to

be

varies with

which is what takes place in In this case the equation

the problem of terrestrial temperature.

relative to the surface contains the variable

145.

In order to examine by

itself,

t.

and from a very general

point of view, the problem of the propagation of heat, the solid

whose

initial

state is given

must be supposed

to

have

all

its

dimensions infinite; no special condition disturbs then the dif-

GENERAL SURFACE EQUATION.

SECT. VII.]

115

fusion of heat, and the law to which this principle

becomes more manifest

;

it is

_ K ~dt~CD

2

dv

to

is

submitted

expressed by the general equation

/d v

[dx

+

2

d2v

df

dv

+ dz*.

which must be added that which relates to the

initial arbitrary

state of the solid.

Suppose the

initial

ordinates are x, y,

the

z,

unknown value

equation

to

v

y, z, 0)

<£ (x,

temperature of a molecule, whose co-

be a known function F(x,

by

(/>

y, z), and denote have the definite thus the problem is reduced to

(x, y, z, t),

= F (x,

y, z)

;

we

shall

manner that

the integration of the general equation (A) in such a it

may

agree,

when the time

is zero,

with the equation which con-

tains the arbitrary function F.

SECTION

VII.

General equation relative

If the solid has a definite form,

146. is

to

the surface.

and

if its

original heat

dispersed gradually into atmospheric air maintained at a con-

stant temperature, a third condition relative to the state of the

must be added to the general equation (A) and to that which represents the initial state. We proceed to examine, in the following articles, the nature of the equation which expresses this third condition. Consider the variable state of a solid whose heat is dispersed Let « be an into air, maintained at the fixed temperature 0. infinitely small part of the external surface, and a point of w, through which a normal to the surface is drawn different points of this line have at the same instant different temperatures. Let v be the actual temperature of the point fi, taken at a definite instant, and w the corresponding temperature of a point v of the solid taken on the normal, and distant from /x by an infinitely small quantity a. Denote by x, y, z the co-ordinates of the point fi, and those of the point v by x + Sx, y + Sy, z + Sz surface

jjl

;

;

let/(^, y,

and v

=


z)

=

be the known equation to the surface of the

(x, y, z, t)

solid,

the general equation which ought to give the

8—2

THEORY OF HEAT.

116

value of v as a function of tiating the equation

y

four variables x, y,

,the

= 0, we

y, z)

(a?,

[CHAP.

m,

n,

p

being functions of

Differen-

t

have

shall

mdx + ndy + pdz =

z,

II.

;

x, y, z.

from the corollary enunciated in Article 141, that the flow in direction of the normal, or the quantity of heat which during the instant dt would cross the surface co, if it were placed It follows

at is

any point whatever of

this line, at right angles to its direction,

proportional to the quotient which

distance.

normal

Hence the expression

infinitely near

for the flow at the

by

their

end of the

is

—A

K denoting the specific hand, the surface air,

obtained by dividing the

is

two points

difference of temperature of

;

conducibility of the mass.

a permits a

during the time

coat

a

dt,

equal to hvœdt

relative to atmospheric air.

On

the other

quantity of heat to escape into the ;

h being the conducibility of heat at the end of

Thus the flow

the normal has two different expressions, that

—K

hvœdt and

hence these two quantities are equal

codt

is

to say

:

:

a

and

;

by the expression

it is

of this equality that the condition relative to the surface

is

in-

from the principles of geometry, that the

co-

troduced into the analysis.

We

147.

have ~ dv (Ik w = v + ov = v + -r- Sx + ^— cy + -y- Sz. ,

ç.

,

dv

c,

ax

Now,

it

follows

dy

^

dz

ordinates Sx, Sy, Sz, which fix the position of the point v of the

normal relative to the point

fi,

satisfy the following conditions

pSx = mSz,

We

p$y =

nSz.

have therefore dv dv dv\ w — v = -1 / w "T— + w -r- + xP-7™ ,

p

\

dx

dy

dz

J


Sz

:

:

we have

117

GENERAL SURFACE EQUATION.

SECT. VII.] also

«

a

or

=

= J 8a? + -

Bz

By

2

+ Bz =- (m + n + p2 P 2

2

2

2

8z,

)

2

,

denoting by q the quantity (m

w—v=

hence

1 dv\ dv dv I [m-j- + n -j-+p-jay L azj y ax \

2

2

+n +

p

)' ,

,

)

a

'>

consequently the equation hvcodt

becomes the following

=-k(

J

adt

1 :

dv h dv dv m dH +n + r£c + vi = n> -dï K

n

/T3 (B)

'

This equation surface

;

it is

and applies only to points at the must be added to the general equation of heat (A), and to the condition which, deter-

is

definite

that which

the propagation of

mines the

-

initial state of

the solid

;

m,

n,

p, q, are

known

functions

of the co-ordinates of the points on the surface.

148.

The equation

(B) signifies in general that the decrease of

the temperature, in the direction of the normal, at the boundary of the solid, is such that the quantity of heat which tends to escape by virtue of the action of the molecules, is equivalent always to that which the body must lose in the medium. The mass of the solid might be imagined to be prolonged, in such a manner that the surface, instead of being exposed to the air, belonged at the same time to the body which it bounds, and If, on this to the mass of a solid envelope which contained it. hypothesis, any cause whatever regulated at every instant the decrease of the temperatures in the solid envelope, and determined it in such a manner that the condition expressed by the equation (B) was always satisfied, the action of the envelope would take the 1

Let

N be the normal, dN dv titf

dN

the rest as in the text.

[E. L. E.]

=



mdv y-

q ax

+

&c.

;

THEORY OF HEAT.

118 place of that of the

air,

[CHAP.

II.

and the movement of heat would be the

same in either case we can suppose then that this cause exists, and determine on this hypothesis the variable state of the solid which is what is done in the employment of the two equations (A) and (B). By this it is seen how the interruption of the mass and the action of the medium, disturb the diffusion of heat by submitting :

;

it

an accidental condition.

to

149.

We may

which relates under another point of view but we derive a remarkable consequence from Theorem III. also consider the equation (B),

to the state of the surface

must

first

(Art. 140).

We retain

:

the construction referred to in the corollary

of the same theorem (Art. 141). of the point p,

Let

x, y, z

be the co-ordinates

and

x+

Bx,

y

+ By,

z

+

Bz

those of a point q infinitely near to p, and taken on the straight if we denote by v and w the temperatures of the line in question :

two points p and q taken at the same

w=v+ ,

J

dv = v + -jox + ç.

bv

instant,

dv

.

J, -y- by

we have dv

~

+ -j- bz T -

hence the quotient Bv

=

-8l

Bx

dv dx-



dy

dv

dv' Sz

+ ûc Je+Jz

-

/.s—

^,^doe = j8x .

—+ r—+ s-0

?r^

bz;

8

thus the quantity of heat which flows across the surface

co

placed

at the point m, perpendicular to the straight line, is xr

The The

first

term



is

latter quantity

{dv

Sx

dv

By

dv

Bz

[ax

be

dy

be

dz

be

the product of

is,

— K-j- by

dt

and by w -~—

according to the principles of geometry, the

area of the projection of

œ on the plane

of

y and

z

;

thus the

product represents the quantity of heat which would flow across

the area of the projection, dicular to the axis of x.

if it

were placed at the point

p

perpen-

GENERAL SURFACE EQUATION.

SECT. VII.]

The second term — K-r-w^-dt

represents the quantity of

heat which would cross the projection of

x and

z,

if this

119

co,

made on

the plane of

projection were placed parallel to itself at the

point p. Lastly, the third

— K -j-

at

j—dt

represents the quantity

which would flow during the instant dt, across the projecon the plane of x and y, if this projection were placed at

of heat

tion of

term

on

the point p, perpendicular to the co-ordinate z. By this it is seen that the quantity of heat which flows across every infinitely small part of a surface

drawn

in the interior of the

can always he decomposed into three other quantities of flow, which penetrate the three orthogonal projections of the surface, along The the directions perpendicular to the planes of the projections.

solid,

result

gives

rise

to

properties

been noticed in the theory of 150. co,

The quantity

infinitely small,

to that

analogous to those which have

forces.

of heat

which flows across a plane surface

given in form and position, being equivalent

which would

cross its three orthogonal projections,

it fol-

an element be imagined of any form whatever, the quantities of heat which pass into this polyhedron by its different faces, compensate each other reciprolows that,

if

in the interior of the solid

or more exactly, the sum of the terms of the first order, cally which enter into the expression of the quantities of heat received by the molecule, is zero so that the heat which is in fact accumulated in it, and makes its temperature vary, cannot be expressed except by terms infinitely smaller than those of the first order. :

;

This result

is

distinctly seen

when

the general equation (A)

has been established, by considering the movement of heat in a prismatic molecule (Articles 127 and 142) the demonstration may be extended to a molecule of any form whatever, by sub;

stituting for the heat received

through each

face,

that which

its

three projections would receive.

In other respects

it is

necessary that this should be so

:

for, if

one of the molecules of the solid acquired during each instant a quantity of heat expressed by a term of the tion of its temperature

would be

first order,

infinitely greater

the varia-

than that of

THEORY OF HEAT.

120 other molecules, that

is

We

II.

to sa)7 during each infinitely small instant ,

its temperature would increase which is contrary to experience.

151.

[CHAP.

or decrease

by a

finite quantity,

proceed to apply this remark to a molecule situated

at the external surface of the solid. Fig. 6.

a. Through a point a (see fig. 6), taken on the plane of x and y, draw two planes perpendicular, one to the axis of x the other to the axis of y. Through a point b of the same plane, infinitely near to a, draw two other planes parallel to the two preceding planes the ordinates z, raised at the points a, b, c, d, up to the external surface of the solid, will mark on this surface four points d, b', c, d', and will be the edges of a truncated prism, whose base If through the point a which denotes the is the rectangle abed. least elevated of the four points a, V c, d', a plane be drawn parallel to that of x and y, it will cut off from the truncated prism a molecule, one of whose faces, that is to say db'c'd', coincides ;

,

with the surface of the ad, cc,

dd', bb' are

solid.

The

values of the four ordinates

the following:

ad =

z,

dz

,

cc

= z + -T~ ax,

bb'

= z + j— dx + -j-

,

dx

dy.

152.

121

GENERAL SURFACE EQUATION*.

SECT. VII.]

One

of the faces perpendicular to

the opposite face

is

The

a trapezium. 1

7

dz

a triangle, and

is

a?

area of the triangle

7

and the flow of heat in the direction perpendicular being °

we have, -Z-r doc

omitting the factor T rdv 1

is

dz

-,

to this surface

at,

,

which in one instant

as the expression of the quantity of heat

passes into the molecule, across the triangle in question.

The area

of the opposite face is 1

7

(

dz

-,

and the flow perpendicular to

dz

dz

,

,

\

dv — K -j—

this face is also

,

suppress-

ing terms of the second order infinitely smaller than those of the first;

subtracting the quantity of heat which escapes by the second

face from that

which enters by the -yA„dv dx

first

dz

,

we

find

7

-j- doc

dit.

d

dx

This term expresses the quantity of heat the molecule receives

through the faces perpendicular to x. It will be found, by a similar process, that the same molecule receives,

through the faces perpendicular to

K -^— dy

y,

a quantity of heat

T- dx dii. u dy The quantity of heat which the molecule receives through the

equal to 1

-

rectangular base

is

— K-f-dx dy.

Lastly, across the upper sur-

face a'b'cd', a certain quantity of heat

is

permitted to escape,

equal to the product of hv into the extent

The value of

dxdy

of

w

is,

according to

known

multiplied by the ratio -;

e

on

of that

principles, the

same

surface.

as that

denoting the length of the

normal between the external surface and the plane of x and e

fdzY 1 = *U + fdzV (^r \dxj )

(dz\ fdzV +.'" \dy J

y,

and

THEOKY OF HEAT.

122

hence the molecule loses across

[CHAP.

surface

its

a'b'c'd'

II.

a quantity of

heat equal to hv dx dy -

Now, the terms

which enter into the expression by the molecule, must cancel each other, in order that the variation of temperature may not be at each instant a finite quantity we must then have the equation of the first order

of the total quantity of heat acquired

;

dv dz —dx=— dx dyJ + dvdy K \dx -,

,

—.

153.

-=.

h



K

z

dz , , j- ax dy * dy

_

—dzdv dx ay 7

7

j-

J

\

, — hv -e dx du J = 0,

dv dz

dv dz

dv

dx dx

dy dy

dz

Substituting for

-y-

ax

and

.

7

z

'

-7- their values derived

ay

from

the equation

mdx + ndy +pdz = 0, and denoting by q the quantity

(nf+tf+p

1

)

,

we have dv _ dv dv\ R„ / m dz + "Ty + PTj +kv i =

/T> .

^'

,

{

we know distinctly what is represented by each of the terms of this equation. Taking them all with contrary signs and multiplying them

thus

by dx dy, the

first

expresses

how much heat

through the two faces perpendicular to

x,

the molecule receives the second

how much

two faces perpendicular to y, the third how much it receives through the face perpendicular to z, and the fourth how much it receives from the medium. The equation

it

receives through its

therefore expresses that the

order

is

zero,

sum

of all the terms of the first

and that the heat acquired cannot be represented

except by terms of the second order. 154.

To

arrive

of the molecules

at

equation (B),

whose base

is

we

in

a vessel which receives or loses heat through

The equation

fact

consider one

in the surface of the solid, as

signifies that all the

its different faces.

terms of the

first

order which

GENERAL EQUATIONS APPLIED.

SECT. VIII.]

123

enter into the expression of the heat acquired cancel each other;

by terms

so that the gain of heat cannot be expressed except

We may

of the second order. either, of a right

give to the molecule the form,

prism whose axis

normal

is

to the surface of the

that of a truncated prism, or any form whatever.

solid, or

The general equation terms of the mass, which

supposes that

(Art. 142)

(A),

all

the

order cancel each other in the interior of the

first

evident for prismatic molecules enclosed in the

is

The equation

(B), (Art. 147) expresses the same result molecules situated at the boundaries of bodies.

solid.

for

Such are the general points

of view -from

may

which we

look

at this part of the theory of heat.

dv

m1

lhe equation

-y-

K

=

CD

-~tt\

dt

ment

2

d

fd v ^— \dx2

2

2

d v\

v

+ dy + -=-g dz -,

2

'

'

of heat in the interior of bodies.

2

.

,,

represents the move-

It enables us to ascer-

tain the distribution from instant to instant in all substances or

solid

liquid

from

;

we may

it

derive

the equation which

belongs to each particular case.

In the two following to the

we

articles

problem of the cylinder, and

shall

make

this application

to that of the sphere.

SECTION

VIII.

Application of the general equations.

Let us denote the variable radius of any cylindrical

155.

envelope by instant a

r

r,

is

as formerly, in Article

common temperature

a function of

evident in the to

and suppose,

118, that

the molecules equally distant from the axis have at

all

x

is

nul

;

;

t

;

given by the equation r2 = y 2 + z 2 It is place that the variation of v with respect

y, z,

first

each

and

v will be a function of r .

thus the term

d 2v -=-%

We

must be omitted.

shall

have

then, according to the principles of the differential calculus, the

equations

dv dy

_dv

dv

_dv

dz

dr

dr dy dr

, '

'

d 2v dy 2 2

,

dv

anCl

dr dz

dz

2

2

_dv 2

/dr\ 2

dr \dy)

_ d v fdr\ 2 dv ~ d? \dz) + Tr 2

2

dv fd r dr \dy*

(d 2 r\

WJ

;

THEORY OF HEAT.

124

[CHAP.

II.

whence dy2

+ dz 2 ~ dr

2

member

In the second

+

\{dy)

+

\dz)

2 dr \dy

+

2

dZ )]

W

'

of the equation, the quantities

d 2r

dr

dr

d 2r

dy' dz' djf' d?' must be replaced by

we

their respective values

derive from the equation y

dr

z

=

dr

2

+

z

= r2

2

for

which purpose

d 2r

2

,

_

fdr\

,

,

fdr\'

r-r-

;

,

d'r

dz

and consequently

y

„ 2= fdr\* +

The

first

equation, whose

fdr\*

(d'r

w

+r

{d-J

member

first

is

d'r

+

m-

equal to r

2 ,

gives

(ÏHDthe second gives,

when we

substitute for

value

\dz

1,

dV

c£V

2

2

<% If the values given

tuted in

2

/dr"

fdr\ dy) its

««

(a),

_

1

r

cte

*

by equations

(6)

d 2v _ d 2 v

1 dv

2

r dr

and

(c)

be now substi-

we have d 2v dy2

dr

dz*

'

Hence the equation which expresses the movement in the cylinder, is

dv

_

K

2

1 dv\

fd v

di~'GDW

i

as

'"

was found formerly, Art. 119.

'ir

~rdr)'

of heat

EQUATIONS APPLIED TO A SPHERE.

SECT. VIII.]

We

might

125

that particles equally distant from

also suppose

common initial temperature much more general equation.

the centre have not received a in this case

156.

we

should arrive at a

To determine, by means

of equation (A), the

;

movement

which has been immersed in a liquid, we shall regard v as a function of r and t; r is a function of a;, y, z, given by the equation of heat in a sphere

2

2

2

+

r =a;

+s

2/

2 ,

r being the variable radius of an envelope.

dv dr

dv

dx

dr

dv

_dv

dv

_dv

dx

doc

d 2v

,

dy

dr

Making these

dz

K

_

_d

2

2

We have then 2 dv d r

2

dr dx2

v /dr\ 2

dv d r

dr \dx)

dr \dy)

2

2

dr \dz)

'

2

2

2

(d v

dt~ TÎD shall

v fdr\

2

dr dy

2

'

2

dv d r

dr dz 2

'

substitutions in the equation

dv

we

2

d 2v __d 2v /dr\ 2

,

dr dz

dz

_d

v 2

dr dr dy

dy

d

_.

2

2

\dx~

+

d 2v

df

d 2v

+ d?

have

fo_K^\dh((drY fdr\ (dz_\*\ dv_[d\_ d^r tZV + + + dy + dz dr \dx dt~CDldr \{dx) {dy) + \dr J \ 2

2

2

2

The equation x2 + y2 + z 2 = x

dr

j

2

r gives the following results _

_

dx dr

dr

'='& The three equations

-,

-,

and

of the

-

/dr\ \dx)

2

fdr\

2

dr

2

z

2

dr dx2

'

2

1= fdr\ +r d r

-

(srJ

first

s?-

order give

:

^PfcH&t-

C

2

J

;

_

THEORY OF HEAT.

126

The three equations

of the second order give

~ \dx) + [dy) + and substituting

its

value

1,

[CHAP.

\dz

+ r \daf +

J

dy2

II.

:

+ dz'

for

dry

(dr_V

fdrV

dx)

\dyj

\dz J

we have

Making

d?r

d*r

d?r_2

dx*

dy 2

dz 2

r

these substitutions in the equation (a)

we have the

equation

which

is

dv

_ K^

dt

CD

2 (fo\

jdS)

\dr

2

^

r dr)'

the same as that of Art. 114.

The equation would contain a greater number of terms, if we supposed molecules equally distant from the centre not to have same initial temperature. might also deduce from the definite equation (B), the equations which express the state of the surface in particular cases, in which we suppose solids of given form to communicate their heat to the atmospheric air but in most cases these equations present themselves at once, and their form is very simple,

received the

We

;

when

the co-ordinates are suitably chosen.

SECTION

IX.

General Remarks. 157. solids

now

The

movement

of heat in

consists in the integration of the equations

which we

investigation of the laws of

have constructed

We

;

this is the object of the following chapters.

conclude this chapter with general remarks on the nature

which enter into our analysis. In order to measure these quantities and express them numerically, they must be compared with different kinds of units, five of the quantities

GENERAL REMARKS.

SECT. IX.}

127

number, namely, the unit of length, the unit of time, that of temperature, that of weight, and finally the unit which serves to measure quantities of heat. For the last unit, we might have chosen the quantity of heat which raises a given volume of a certain substance from the temperature to the temperature 1. in

The

choice

of this unit

would have been preferable in many mass

respects to that of the quantity of heat required to convert a

an equal mass of water at 0, without raising its temperature. We have adopted the last unit only because it had been in a manner fixed beforehand in several works on physics besides, this supposition would introduce no change of ice of a given weight, into

;

into the results of analysis.

The

158.

specific

elements which in every body determine

the measurable effects of heat are three in number, namely, the conducibility proper to the body, the conducibility relative to the

atmospheric

air,

and the capacity

for heat.

The numbers which

express these quantities are, like the specific gravity, so

many

natural characters proper to different substances.

We

have already remarked, Art. 36, that the conducibility of if we had

the surface would be measured in a more exact manner, sufficient observations

deprived of

may be

It

Chapter

on the

seen, as has

L, Art.

and we

;

adapted to 159. multiplied

heat in spaces

been mentioned in the

first

section of

K, h, C, they must be determined by obser-

11, that only three specific coefficients,

enter into the investigation

vation

effects of radiant

air.

shall point

;

out in the sequel the experiments

make them known with

precision.

The number G which enters into the analysis, is always by the density D, that is to say, by the number of

units of weight which are equivalent to the weight of unit of

volume for

;

thus the product

CD may

be replaced by the

coeffi-

In this case we must understand by the specific capacity to heat, the quantity required to raise from temperature

cient

c.

temperature 1 unit of volume of a given substance, and not unit of

weight of that substance.

With the view of not departing from the common definition, we have referred the capacity for heat to the weight and not to

THEORY OF HEAT.

128

[CHAP.

II.

would be preferable to employ the coefficient c which we have just defined magnitudes measured by the unit of weight would not then enter into the analytical expressions we should have to consider only, 1st, the linear dimension x, the temperature v, and the time t\ 2nd, the coefficients c, h, and K. the volume

;

but

it

;

:

The

three

first

for each

are,

quantities are undetermined, and the three others

substance,

As

determines.

constant

elements which experiment

to the unit of surface

and the unit of volume,

they are not absolute, but depend on the unit of length.

must now be remarked that every undetermined magnitude or constant has one dimension proper to itself, and that the terms of one and the same equation could not be comWe have pared, if they had not the same exponent of dimension. 160.

It

introduced this consideration into the theory of heat, in order to

make

our definitions more exact, and to serve to verify the

it is derived from primary notions on quantities for which reason, in geometry and mechanics, it is the equivalent of the fundamental lemmas which the Greeks have left us Avith-

analysis

;

;

out proof.

In the analytical theory of heat, every equation (E)

161.

expresses a necessary relation between the existing magnitudes x,

t,

v, c, h,

K.

This relation depends in no respect on the choice

of the unit of length, which from its very nature

we took a

is

contingent,

measure the linear dimensions, the equation (E) would still be the same. Suppose then the unit of length to be changed, and its second value to be equal to the first divided by m. Any quantity whatever x which in the equation (E) represents a certain line ah, and which, conthat

is

to say, if

different unit to

number

sequently, denotes a certain

of times the unit of length,

becomes mx, corresponding to the same length ah the value t of the time, and the value v of the temperature will not be changed the same is not the case with the specific elements ;

;

h,

K,

c: the first, h,

becomes



2

;

for it expresses the quantity of

heat which escapes, during the unit of time, from the unit of surface at the temperature

of the coefficient

K,

as

1.

If

we have

we examine defined

it

attentively the nature

in Articles 68

and 135,

UNITS AND DIMENSIONS.

SECT. IX.]

we

perceive that



becomes

it

for the

;

129

flow

of heat

varies

directly as the area of the surface, and inversely as the distance between two infinite planes (Art. 72). As to the coefficient c which represents the product CD, it also depends on the unit of



length and becomes

3

hence equation

;

change when we write nix instead of

— — >

s

1,

5

instead of K.

these substitutions

unit of length is



3.

If

we

;

and at the same time

m

number

the

disappears after

thus the dimension of x with respect to the

:

is 1,

h, c

x,

must undergo no

(JE)

that of

K

— 1,

is

that of h

attribute to each quantity its

is

— 2,

and that of

own exponent of

c

di-

mension, the equation will be homogeneous, since every term will

have the same

Numbers such

total exponent.

as 8,

which repre-

sent surfaces or solids, are of two dimensions in the

and of three dimensions

in the second.

first case,

Angles, sines, and other

trigonometrical functions, logarithms or exponents of powers, are,

according to the principles of analysis, absolute numbers which do

not change with the unit of length fore be taken equal to 0,

which

their dimensions

;

the dimension of

is

must thereall

abstract

numbers. If the unit of time,

which was at

first 1,

becomes -, the number n

and the numbers x and v will not change. The h -, c. coefficients K, h, c will become —, Tims the dimensions n n of x, t, v with respect to the unit of time are 0, 1, 0, and those of K, h, c are — 1,-1, 0.

t

become

will

nt,

K

If the unit of temperature be changed, so that the temperature becomes that which corresponds to an effect other than the boiling of water and if that effect requires a less temperature, which is to that of boiling water in the ratio of 1 to the number p v will become vp, x and t will keep their values, and the coeffi1

;

;

cients

K,

h, c will

become

— p

,

-, -

p

.

p

The following table indicates the dimensions of the three undetermined quantities and the three constants, with respect to each kind of unit. F. H.

9

THEORY OF HEAT.

130

Quantity or Constant.

Exponent

of

SECT. IX.

Temperature.

...

t

...

v

...

-1

-1

-1

-1

-1

,,

1 1

1

specific conclucibility,

K

...

The

surface conclucibility,

h

...



The

capacity for heat,

c

...

-3

we

2

1

retained the coefficients

has been represented by weight, and

II.

dimension of x



If

Duration.

Length.

The

162.

[CH.

we should

c,

C and

we should have

D, whose product

to consider the unit of

find that the exponent of dimension, with

respect to the unit of length,

is



3 for the density D, and

a

for

On

applying the preceding rule to the different equations and

their transformations,

it

will

be found that they are homogeneous

with respect to each kind of unit, and that the dimension of every angular or exponential quantity is nothing. If this were not the

some

case,

error

must have been committed

in the analysis, or

abridged expressions must have been introduced. If,

for

example, we take equation

dv

_

K

dt~GD we

d 2v dx ~ l

(6)

of Art. 105,

Id

CM V

'

find that, with respect to the unit of length, the dimension of

each of the three terms

and

—1

for

is

;

it is 1

for the unit of temperature,

the unit of time.

In the equation v = Ae~x Kl of Art. 76, the linear dimension of each term is 0, and it is evident that the dimension of the exponent ^

\l

jt-i

is

always nothing, whatever be the units of

length, time, or temperature.

CHAPTER

III.

PROPAGATION OF HEAT IN AN INFINITE RECTANGULAR SOLID.

SECTION

I.

Statement of the problem. 163.

the varied

Problems relative movement of heat

to the uniform propagation, or to in the interior of solids, are reduced,

by the foregoing methods,

to problems

of pure

and

analysis,

the progress of this part of physics will depend in consequence

upon the advance which may be made

The

differential

equations which

chief results of the theory

in the art of analysis.

we have proved contain the

they express, in the most general

;

and most concise manner, the necessary relations of numerical to a very extensive class of phenomena; and they connect for ever with mathematical science one of the most analysis

important branches of natural philosophy. It

remains now to discover the proper treatment of these

equations in order to derive their complete solutions and an

The following problem offers the it example of analysis which leads to such solutions appeared to us better adapted than any other to indicate the elements of the method which we have followed. easy application of them.

first

;

164. Suppose a homogeneous solid mass to be contained between two planes B and G vertical, parallel, and infinite, and to be divided into two parts by a plane A perpendicular to the other two (fig. 7) we proceed to consider the temperatures of the mass BAG bounded by the three infinite planes A, B, C. ;

The other

part

BAG'

of the infinite solid

constant source of heat, that tained at the temperature

is

1,

is

supposed to be a

to say, all its points are main-

which cannot

alter.

The two

9—2

THEORY OF HEAT.

132 lateral

solids

produced,

[CHAP.

III.

C and the plane A and the plane A pro-

bounded, one by the plane

by the plane

other

the

Fig.

B

7.

vr so

[d

duced, have at

the constant

points

all

them always

external cause maintaining lastly,

the

temperature

temperature

initial

A

Heat

0.

into the solid

will

BAC, and

the longitudinal direction, which

infinité,

time will turn towards the cool masses sorb great part of

be raised gradually

it.

;

B

be propagated there in and at the same

will is

some

and C have pass continually from the

the molecules of the solid bounded by A,

source

0,

at that temperature

B

The temperatures

and

C,

which

of the solid

will ab-

BA C

will

but will not be able to surpass nor even to attain a maximum of temperature, which is different for

different final

:

points of the mass.

and constant

state to

.

It

is

required to determine the

which the variable

state continually

approaches.

known, and were then formed, it would property which distinguishes it from all other states. Thus the actual problem consists in determining the permanent temperatures of an infinite rectangular solid, bounded by two masses of ice B and C, and a mass of boiling water A the consideration of such simple and primary problems is one of the surest modes of discovering the laws of natural phenomena, and we see, by the history of the sciences, that every theory has been formed in this manner. If this final state were

subsist

of

itself,

and

this is the

;

165.

To express more

a rectangular plate base A, and

to

BA G,

briefly

the same problem, suppose

of infinite length, to be heated at

preserve at

all

its

points of the base a constant

SECT.

INFINITE EECTANGULAR SOLID.

I.]

temperature

1,

two

whilst each of the

perpendicular to the base A, to a constant temperature

is

B

and

G,

required to determine what

is

must be the stationary temperature It is supposed that there is

infinite sides

submitted also at every point

it

;

133

at

no

any point of the

loss

plate.

of heat at the surface

of the plate, or, which is the same thing, we consider a solid formed by superposing an infinite number of plates similar to the straight line Ax which divides the plate the preceding :

two equal parts is taken as the axis of x, and the co-ordinates of any point m are x and y lastly, the width A of the plate is represented by 21, or, to abridge the calculation, by w, the

into

;

value of the ratio of the diameter to the circumference of a circle.

Imagine a point m of the solid plate BA 0, whose co-ordinates x and y, to have the actual temperature v, and that the quantities v, which correspond to different points, are such that no change can happen in the temperatures, provided that the are

temperature of every point of the base the sides

B and G retain

If at each point

the temperature

v,

m

A

is

always

1,

and that

at all their points the temperature 0.

a vertical co-ordinate be raised, equal to

a curved surface would be formed which

would extend above the plate and be prolonged to infinity. We shall endeavour to find the nature of this surface, which passes through a line drawn above the axis of y at a distance equal to unity, and which cuts the horizontal plane of xy along two infinite straight lines parallel to x. 166.

To apply the general equation

_ dt~ dv

we must made

K

2

/d v

d 2v

2

2

2

dv

GD\^ + dy + dz

consider that, in the case in question, abstraction

of the co-ordinate

with respect to the

first

z,

so that

member

is

d 2v the term -^ must be omitted

-j-

,

vanishes, since

it

determine the stationary temperatures

;

we wish

;

to

thus the equation which

THEORY OF HEAT.

134

[CHAP.

III.

belongs to the actual problem, and determines the properties of the required curved surface,

d

2

is

the following

d

v

2

v

d^ + df

:

= °_

,

.

(a) -

(x, y), which represents the perThe function of x and y, manent state of the solid BAG, must, 1st, satisfy the equation 2nd, become nothing when we substitute — \ ir or -f- \tt for y, (a) whatever the value of x may be 3rd, must be equal to unity when we suppose x = and y to have any value included between — -| 7T and + 1 7T.

;

;

Further, this function small

when we

give to


y)

ought to become extremely

a very large value, since

a;

all

the heat

proceeds from the source A.

In order to consider the problem in

167.

shall in the first place

and

y,

which

satisfy

seek

for

the

equation

(a)

we

value of v in order to satisfy

method the shall

all

;

its

elements, Ave

simplest functions of shall

x

then generalise the

the stated conditions.

By

this

and we problem proposed admits of no other

solution will receive all possible extension,

prove

the

that

solution.

Functions of two variables often reduce to pressions,

of

them

when we

less

complex ex-

attribute to one of the variables or to both

infinite values

;

this is

what may be remarked

in alge-

braic functions which, in this particular case, take the form of

the product of a function of

x by a

function of y.

We shall examine first if the value of v can be represented by such a product for the function v must represent the state of the plate throughout its whole extent, and consequently that We shall then of the points whose co-ordinate x is infinite. write v = F(x)f(y); substituting in equation (a) and denoting ;

SFJrf by F"

(x)

and

$M by/"

(y),

we

*"(*) ,/"(y)Q U Fix) f(y) '"

we then suppose

F"(x) „ / .

=m

shall

have

'

.

'

f"(v) and J {

= — m, m

being any

SECT.

INFINITE RECTANGULAR PLATE.

I.]

constant quantity, and as

value of

135

proposed only to find a particular equations F(x) =e~ mx

it is

we deduce from the preceding

v,

f (y) = cos my. We 168.

could not suppose

m

,

to be a negative

number,

and we must necessarily exclude all particular values of v, into mx which terms such as e might enter, m being a positive number, since the temperature v cannot become infinite when x is infinitely great. In fact, no heat being supplied except from the constant source A, only an extremely small portion can arrive at those parts of space which are very far removed from the The remainder is diverted more and more towards the source. infinite edges B and G, and is lost in the cold masses which

bound them.

m

The exponent is

which enters into the function

unknown, and we may choose

number

in

but,

:

y = — ^ 7T

y=+

or

order J

may may

to be one of the terms of the series,

169.

A

be

will

more general value

cos

my

exponent any positive become nul on making

that v

means the second condition

mX/

for this

whatever x

tt,

e~

be,

m

3,

5,

1,

must be taken by this 7, &c. ;

fulfilled.

of v

easily

is

formed by adding we have

together several terms similar to the preceding, and v

It

= ae~x cos y + is

3 £e~ * cos

Sy +

ce~

5x

cos 5y

+ de~ lx cos 7y + &c

evident that the function v denoted by

the equation

A third

dv -7-2 + -7-5 = 0,

d2 v

<£ [x,

y)

(b) .

satisfies

2

and the condition

cf>

±

(x,

1

7r)

= 0.

which is expressed thus, remark that this result must (0, exist when we give to y any value whatever included between — \ 7T and + \ ir. Nothing can be inferred as to the values which the function (0, y) would take, if we substituted in place of y a quantity not included between the limits — J ir and -\-\ir. Equation (b) must therefore be subject to the following condition cf)

condition remains to be

y) = 1,

and

it

is

fulfilled,

essential to

(/>

:

1

The

= a cos y +b cos Sy + c cos

coefficients, a, b,

c,

d,

5y

+ d cos 7y + &c.

&c, whose number

is

infinite, are

determined by means of this equation.

The second member

is

a function of

y,

which

is

equal to

1

THEORY OF HEAT.

136

[CHAP.

III.

y is included between the limits — \ir be doubted whether such a function exists,

so long as the variable

and +^7T. but this

may

be fully cleared up by the sequel.

Before giving the

170.

may

It

difficulty will

calculation

the series in equation

we

of the coefficients,

by each one

notice the effect represented

of the terms of

(b).

Suppose the fixed temperature of the base A, instead of being equal to unity at every point, to diminish as the point of the line A becomes more remote from the middle point, being proportional to the cosine of that distance in this case it will easily be seen what is the nature of the curved surface, ;

vertical ordinate expresses the temperature v or

whose

cf>

(x, y).

by a plane perpendicular the curve which bounds the section will have

If this surface be cut at the origin to the axis of x,

for its equation v

be the following

=a a

and

so on,

cos

y

;

the values of the coefficients will

:

— a, b=

c

0,

= 0, d — 0,

and the equation of the curved surface x v = ae~

will

be

cos y.

If this surface be cut at right angles to the axis of y, the

section

be a logarithmic

will

towards the axis; the section will

spiral

whose convexity

is

turned

be cut at right angles to the axis of be a trigonometric curve whose concavity if it

x, is

turned towards the axis. It follows

from this that the function

d2v -=-^ is

always positive,

CLOG

and

d

2

v

-r"2

is

always negative.

Now

the quantity of heat which

a molecule acquires in consequence of others in the direction of (Art. 123)

:

it

x

its

position between

two d?v

is

proportional to the value of

-?-$

follows then that the intermediate molecule receives

from that which precedes it, in the direction of x, more heat than it communicates to that which follows it. But, if the same molecule be considered as situated between two others in the direction of y, the function

d\ -=—, ay

t

being negative,

it

appears that the in-

SECT.

TRIGONOMETRIC SERIES.

II.]

V37

termediate molecule communicates to that which follows it more heat than it receives from that which precedes it. Thus it follows that the excess of the heat which it acquires in the direction of x,

direction

is

exactly compensated

of y,

as

the

equation

by that which

+ -— =

-y-2

2

loses in the

it

denotes.

Thus

then the route followed by the heat which escapes from the source A becomes known. It is propagated in the direction

and at the same time it is decomposed into two parts, one of which is directed towards one of the edges, whilst the other part continues to separate from the origin, to be decomposed like the preceding, and so on to infinity. The surface which we are considering is generated by the trigonometric curve which corresponds to the base A, moved with its plane at right angles to the axis of x along that axis, each one of its ordinates decreasing indefinitely in proportion to successive powers of the same fraction. of x,

Analogous inferences might be drawn, tures of the base

A

b cos

and in

ment

this

if

the fixed tempera-

were expressed by the term Sy or

c cos 5y, &c.

;

manner an exact idea might be formed

of heat in the

most general case

;

of the

for it will

move-

be seen by

the sequel that the movement is always compounded of a multitude of elementary movements, each of which is accomplished as if

it

alone existed.

SECTION

II.

First example of the use of trigonometric series in the theory

of heat.

Take now the equation

171. 1

=a

in which

cos

y+b

cos 3y

the coefficients

+c

a,

In order that this equation

cos 5y

b,

may

c,

d,

+d

cos

7y + &c,

&c. are to be determined.

exist,

the constants must neces-

THEORY OF HEAT.

138 sarily satisfy

the

differentiations 1

=a =a =a

III.

equations which are obtained by successive

whence the following

;

[CHAP.

y+

results,

+ c cos 5y + d cos 7y + &c, sin y + 3& sin Sy + oc sin oy + 7d sin 1y + &c, cos y + S b cos 2y + 5 c cos 5y + Td cos 7y + &c, = a sin + 3 ô sin Sy + 5 c sin oy + 7 c? sin 7y + &c, cos

Sy

b cos

2

2

3

3

3

?/

and so on

to infinity.

These equations necessarily hold when y = 1

0,

thus

we have

= a+ b+ c+ d+ e+ f+ g+...&c, = a + 3 6 + 5 c + 7 cZ + 9 e + ll / + ... &c, = a + tfb + 5 c + 7V+ 9 e + ... &c, = a + 3 b + 5 c + 7 d+...&c, = a + 3 6 + 5 c+...&c, 2

2

G

6

8

8

2

2

2

4

4

s

&c.

The number unknowns a, b, c,

of these equations d, e, ...

is

infinité

The problem

&c.

like that of the

consists in eliminating

the unknowns, except one only.

all

In order to form a distinct idea of the result of these number of the unknowns a, b, c, d, ... &c, will be supposed at first definite and equal to to. We shall employ 172.

eliminations, the

the

first

to equations only, suppressing all the terms containing

the unknowns which follow the

be made equal to

m

first.

If in

succession

m

and so on, the values of the unknowns will be found on each one of these hypotheses. The quantity a, for example, will receive one value for the case of two unknowns, others for the cases of three, four, or successively a greater number of unknowns. It will be the same with the unknown b, which will receive as many different values as there have been cases of elimination each one of the other unknowns is in like manner susceptible of an infinity of different values. Now the value of one of the unknowns, for the case in which their number is infinite, is the limit towards which the values which it receives by means of the successive eliminations tend. 2,

3,

4,

5,

;

required then to examine whether, according as the

It

is

of

unknowns

increases, the value of each one of a,

does not converge proaches.

to a finite

limit

which

it

b,

c,

number d

...

continually

&c.

ap-

SECT.

DETERMINATION OF COEFFICIENTS.

II.]

six following equations to

Suppose the 1

= a 4- b = a+3 b =a+36 =a+S b = a+3«b

+ +5

2

4

6

=a+3 The

10

+ d + Td + Td + Td +7 ^

c 2

c

+ 5*c +5c +5 c 6+ 5 c+ 7 G

8

8

10

10

+ +9

be employed

:

f + &c,

+ +ll /+&c, + 9 e 4- ll / + &c., + 9 e + IVf -f &c, +9 e +ll /+&c, tZ + 9 e + ll / + &c. e

2

2

e

4

4

G

8

8

10

10

y are

equations which do not contain

five

139

:

ir=a(ll -l )+ &(ll -3 )+ c(ll -5 )+ J(ll -7 )+ e(ll 2-9 ), =a(ll 2-l 2)+3 2 ô(ll 2 -3 )+5 2 c(ll 2 -5 2 )+7 ^(ll 2 -7 )+9 2 e(ll 2 -9 ), 0=a(ll -l )+3 4è(ll 2-3 )+5 4c(ll 2 -5 )+74J(ll 2 -7 )+9 4 e(ll -9 2 ), 0=a(ll 2 -l )+3 6(ll 2-3 )+5 6c(ir-5 )+7^(ll 2 -7 )4-9 6 e(ll 2-9 ), 2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

6

2

8

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

0=a(ll -l )+3 6(ir-3 )+5 c(H -5 )+7 ^(ll -7 )+9 e(ir-9 2

8

2

8

2

2

Continuing the elimination we shall obtain the in a, which

a

(11"

-

is

2

2 )

(9

8

final

2

).

equation

:

-

2

2

)

(7

-l

2

2

)

(5

-

2

2 )

(3

-l = 2

ll 2 9 2 7 2 5 2 3 2 I 2 .

)

.

.

.

.

.

we had employed a number of equations greater by unity, we should have found, to determine a, an equation analogous to the preceding, having in the first member one 2 2 and in the second member 13 2 factor more, namely, 13 — l The law to which these different values of for the new factor. 173.

If

,

a are subject

and

evident,

is

corresponds to an infinite

a

a

or

Now Wallis'

32

_

~3 -i 2

5 2

'5 2

it

follows that the value of a

number 2

-r

7 ,

7

2

of equations 2

9

-r'9

2

2

'4.

'6. 8 "8.

ll

the last expression

is

known

Theorem, we conclude that a

.

2 '

&c.

and, in

= —4

:

8

,

10*10.12

which

expressed thus

-r ir-i

= 3.34 5.56 7.7 9.9 11.11 2.

is

accordance with

It is required

then

7T

only to ascertain the values of the other unknowns.

The

five equations which remain after the elimination with the five simpler equations which compared of f may be would have been employed if there had been only five unknowns.

174.

THEORY OF HEAT.

140

The

equations differ from the

last

them

that in tively

by the ii

2

-9

ii

d,

e,

equations of Art. 172, in

factors 2

ii

a

•" '

2

-t

ii

follows from

It

III.

are found to be multiplied respec-

a

b,

c,

[CHAP.

ir-o

2

ii

'

that

this

ir-3

2

2

ii

'

we had

if

2

ii

2

2

-r

ii 2

'

*

solved the five linear

equations which must have been employed in the case of five

unknowns, and had calculated the value of each unknown, it would have been easy to derive from them the value of the unknowns of the same name corresponding to the case in which It would suffice to six equations should have been employed. d, c, b, a, found in the first case, by the be easy in general to pass from the value of one of these quantities, taken on the supposition of a certain number of equations and unknowns, to the value of the same

multiply the values of

known

factors.

e,

It will

case in which there should have been

quantity, taken in the

one unknown and one equation more.

found on the hypothesis of

For example, if the value and five unknowns,

five equations

of

e,

is

represented by E, that of the same quantity, taken in the case

of one

unknown more,



ir — IV — 9

be E—~.

will

9

.

The same

value,

taken in the case of seven unknowns, will be, for the same reason,

F and

H

ir-9

2

11 E ir-9

and

so

from

it

2,

13 2 -9

unknowns

in the case of eight

value of

13 2

2

13 2 2

"13 2

it

2

'

will

be

2

-9

2

lo '15 2 -9 2

'

In the same manner it will suffice to know the corresponding to the case of two unknowns, to derive that of the same letter which corresponds to the cases on. b,

of three, four, five

We

unknowns, &c. by

shall only

this first value of b

5 5

2

T

2

-3

2,

7

2

-3

9 2-

9

2

2

-3

2

"

have to multiply

SECT.

DETERMINATION OF COEFFICIENTS.

II.]

Similarly

if

unknowns, we

we knew

the value of

for the case

c

of three

should multiply this value by the successive factors 7

2

9

2

ll

2

&c.

7*_5V9*_.5«-11»_5«

We

141

should calculate the value of d for the case of four unknowns

only,

and multiply

by

this value

9

2

13 2

11 2

,..&<$.

W-T'lV'-T'ltf-T The

calculation of the value of

for if its value

be taken

is

subject to the

same

rule,

one unknown, and multi-

by

plied successively

3

3

a

for the case of

2

5

_l

2

T

2

9

2

F^T r^T F^T

2J

2

2

'

2

'

'

the final value of this quantity will be found. 175.

The problem

therefore reduced to determining the-

is

unknown, the value of b in the case in the case of three unknowns, and so

value of a in the case of one of two unknowns, that of c

on

for the other

unknowns.

It is easy to conclude,

by inspection only

of the equations

and

without any calculation, that the results of these successive eliminations

must be

a=l,

r

1o

- 1% _

c

I

=

g2

2

3 5

d

e

=

2

— l

,

*

3

2

2

l«_-7«

= 12_

3





3

2

9



5K2

'

2

5

-7 3

2

2

2

-7



5 *_

5 9

2

2

5

2

3 2_

2

'

2

'

2

y

*

«

T _$<

remains only to multiply the preceding quantities by the series of products which ought to complete them, and which we have given (Art. 174). We shall have consequently, for the 176.

It

THEORY OF HEAT.

142

unknowns

values of the

final

expressions

a,

b,

[CHAP.

d,

c,

e,

*

_ 12 v

Q2 32

ir

~

l

l

l

J-

i

3

*

2

2

3

_n

2

3

'

5

-9

2

2

2

5

*

9 1-2

7

2

5

-ll

2

2

5

'

2

7

"

7

-ll

7

*

ir-52



-1-12

2

2

ll

'

2

2

13 2

-9 9

*

9

2

&c,

2

2

-ir

'

172

11

2 2

J

2

'

2

-9

2

^ C,

32

ll (72

2

-9

2

2

2

Q2



n2_ ll

-5

2

2

K2



9

'

1 lS2

ll 2 •

2

9 2

_

112 ll2

. '

2

_ 32

92



2

-5

2

5 Ij2

3 2

7

'

2

02



2

l 2

3

-9

7 2

9

_ 32

72



2

-5

2

3

'

IJ2

l 2

2

2

1 a

e_

3

-5

2

5

32

12 r_v

(\2

. •

2

7

_

2

2

l C



2

.

2

5

¥~72?

_ 12-172 r 72 _ 1r

r2 52

. •

2

l

following-

:

9*

^

&c, the

f,

III.

2 "

13

2

-9

2

2 '

13 2

-ir

'

13

2



-11

2 '

or,

3.3

a

= + _1

b

= -hl 2

~+4

2

"

e

.

6

+

2

3.3 6

10 12

'

.

8

The quantity lent,

4

*

3.3

1.1 •'

.

.

'

2

5.5

12

14

.

14

.

2

6

.

16

4

*

16

4

.

18

.

'

11.11 *

2

18

20

.

13.13

'

2

.

20

4

'

9.9

7.7 '

'

11.11

16

.

11

.

6.16

7.7 "

5.5 "

11 '

9.9

12

.

'

.

5.5 2

12

4 14

'

.

'

.

9.9

2 12

*

.

*

6

7.7

8

.

lii&c "

.

3.3

10

.

'

4 10

*

1.1 8

8

.

3.3 '

1.1 678

~

7.

7".

Ll 4 10

Il 5

4

.

1.1

C

5.5

-2^-4T6-678 &C "

.

,

22

'

13.13 '

2

.

15.15

24

"

4 26 .

^tt or a quarter of the circumference is equiva-

according to Wallis' Theorem, to

2.2

4.4

1.3*

3.

6.6

8.8

5*5. 7*7. 9"

10.10 ~9~7TT

*

12.12 ÎT7Ï3

14.14 '

13 15 .

'

SECT.

143

VALUES OF THE COEFFICIENTS.

II.]

now

in the values of a, b, c, d, &c, we notice what are the which must be joined on to numerators and denominators complete the double series of odd and even numbers, we find

If

factors to

that the factors to be supplied are

:

a=

3.3

2

-2

.

for b

6 for c

for

d

'

14

c

18

The

'

^-

in

7tt'

2

=

9^'

11.11

o

22

/=

coefficients a,

b, c, d,

effected,

&c, determined in the equation cos 5y

+ d cos 7y + e cos 9# + &c.

1111

substitution of these coefficients gives the following equa-

tion 7T

_2

d=-2

= a cos y + b cos 3y + c

1

2_ r=-

.

Thus the eliminations have been completely

177.

and the

2

£>7T

e

for/

=

whence we conclude

'

9.9 for

A 3^

= -2

5.5 TO"' 7.7

= cos2/ — kCos 3y-\- -cos

5^ — = cos7y + Q cos

9,y



&c.

2

The second member is a function of y, which does not change value when we give to the variable y a value included between

— \tv

and

-f \ir.

would be easy

It

always convergent, that

is

to prove that this

series

to say that writing instead of

is

y any

number whatever, and following the calculation of the coefficients, we approach more and more to a fixed value, so that the difference of this value from the sum of the calculated terms becomes less than any assignable magnitude. 1

It is a little better to

2

The

coefficients a,

of Section vi.,

cos 5y,

&c,

b,

Without stopping

deduce the value of b in a, of c in b, &c. [E. L. E.] c, &c, might be determined, according to the methods

by multiplying both sides of the

respectively,

for a proof,

and integrating from -

first

^

D. F. Gregory, Cambridge Mathematical Journal, Vol.

t i.

equation by cosy, cos 3y, to

+g

ir,

p. 106.

as

was done by

[A. F.]

THEORY OF HEAT.

144

[CHAP.

III.

which the reader may supply, we remark that the fixed value which is continually approached is \tt, if the value attributed and \ir, but that it is — ^ir, if y is to y is included between included between \tt and \ir for, in this second interval, each term of the series changes in sign. In general the limit of the in other respects, the series is alternately positive and negative convergence is not sufficiently rapid to produce an easy approxima;

;

tion,

but

178.

the truth of the equation.

it suffices for

The equation y u

=

cos

x



1

o

s cos 6x 3

1

+ - cos

1

.

ox — l= cos tx

o

+

&c.

/

belongs to a line which, having x for abscissa and y for ordinate, is composed of separated straight lines, each of which is parallel to the axis, and equal to the circumference. These parallels are situated alternately above and below the axis, at the distance \-rr, and joined by perpendiculars which themselves make part of the line. To form an exact idea of the nature of this line, it must be

supposed that the number of terms of the function cos

has

first

x

—1

-^

1

cos

3

= cos x —

— &c.

o

In the latter case the equation

a definite value.

y

Zx + - cos ox

1

~ cos

o Sx

+

1 -^

cos

ox

— &c.

belongs to a curved line which passes alternately above and below

the axis, cutting

it

every time that the abscissa x becomes equal

to one of the quantities

0,

± g

T,

± g 7T, ± g 7T,

&c.

According as the number of terms of the equation increases, the curve in question tends more and more to coincidence with the preceding line, composed of parallel straight lines and of perpendicular lines

;

so that this line is the limit of the different curves

which would be obtained by increasing successively the number of terms.

SECT.

REMARKS ON THE

III.]

SECTION Remarks on 179.

We may

of view,

and prove

7 4

directly the equation

o

where

a;

7T

I

We

same equations from another point

look at the

3

case

shall

III.

these series.

= cos x — = cos 3a; + = cos ox —

The

145

SERIES.

nothing

is

is

l,

cos 7a;

7

+

77

cos 9x

by Leibnitz'

verified

1,1 =1- -31,1 + 5-7 + 9- &C

— &c.

y series,

,

'

next assume that the number of terms of the series cos

a;

1

1

5

7

~ — ô1 cos OSx + - cos oa; — = cos

3

HT

7a;

+

&c.

and equal to m. We shall conbe a function of x and m. We shall express this function by a series arranged according to negative powers of on; and it will be found that the value of the function approaches more nearly to being constant and independent of x, as the number m becomes greater. instead of being infinite

is finite

sider the value of the finite series to

Let y be the function required, which

y

= cos x —

q cos 3a;

O

+ - cos ox — = cos 7a;+ O

is

. . .

given by the equation

~ JLllt

4



m, the number of terms, being supposed even. differentiated with respect to x gives

—ax =sin«dy

.

f-

.

sin

Sx

+



.

sin

ox —

.

+ sin multiplying by 2 sin



du ax

2 -^ sin 2x



2a?,

2 sin

+ 2 sin F. H.

a;

t,

sin 7a;

(2m

+

cos

(2m — 1)

x,

J.

This equation

...

— S)x — sin



1)

5a; sin

2#

(2>n

x

we have sin

(2w

2x

— 2 sin 3a; sin 2a; +

2 sin

— 3) x sin 2a; — 2 sin [2m — ï)x sin 2a?. 10

.

.

;

THEORY OF HEAT.

146

[CHAP.

III.

Each term of the second member being replaced by the difference of two cosines, we conclude that

— 2 -;-

ax

sin

2x = cos (—

— cos Sx

x)

— cos x + cos 5x 4-

cos

Sx - cos 7x



cos

5x

+

9x

cos

+ cos (2m — 5) x - cos (2m — 1) x — cos (2m — Sx) + cos (2m -f 1) x. The second member reduces

+ 1) x —

(2m

cos

cos

(2m 1 f/

,

to

— 1) x, 7

— 2sin 2mx sin x

or

\

sin 2?ftaA

y=2j[dx -^x-)-

hence

We

180.

shall integrate the second

member by

tinguishing in the integral between the factor sin

must be integrated °

successively, J

'

and the

parts, dis-

2mxdx

factor

cos

X

which

or

sec

x

which must be differentiated successively denoting the results &c, we shall of these differentiations by sec' a?, sec" x, sec'" x, have ;

..

2)/



const.



— — cos 2mx sec x + —, 2'?

,-,

2m

:,

sin

. .

2mx sec' x

— t^»—

9

ZT.V

cos

2mx sec" x +

&c.

:

thus the value of y or COS

X—

1

1 -

COS

à

Sx + -



COS OX



o



1 zz

7

cos

7x

+

—zm— 1

...

cos 1

— (2m v

1)y X,

a function of x and in, becomes expressed by an infinite and it is evident that the more the number m increases, the more the value of y tends to become constant. For this

which

is

series;

reason,

m is infinite, the function y has a always the same, whatever be the positive

when the number

definite value

which

is

SECT.

PARTICULAR CASES.

III.]

value of

x, less

than

Now,

£ir.

we have

4

7T

is

equal to

the arc x be supposed nothing,

1111.

i

which

if

Hence generally we

\ir.

147

= COS X — K COS Sx + = COS OX — = COS 7x + 3

o

have

shall

7

7T

cos

1 7T

181.

we assume x = ^ —

If in this equation

= 1+ 3-5-7 +

i72 by giving

,

we

11 + .,11111 +

7T

x other

to the arc

other series, which

it

particular values,

useless to set down,

is

—r =

Making

sin

x—

1

Sx

-^ sin

2

8

but

;

to determine, different series

y J

=

it

1

1

=1- +

&C

-

;

we should

several of

— ^ sin we

+

If

we

&c.

find

1

1

7a;

find

which



^ + ^ + r + ^ +&c

-'

Particular cases might be enumerated

a series already known.

182.

5x

in the last equation x=-\ir, 7T

to infinity

+ ^ sin

(b). v '

find

have been already published in the works of Euler. multiply equation (b) by dx, and integrate it, we have IT JO

. . .

'

n-Î3-r5

9

— &c.

9x

9

agrees better with the object of this work

by following the same process, the values of the formed of the sines or cosines of multiple arcs.

Let 1

sin

1

x — s sin «zx -f ^ •

2



sin

3

+

1

o

, Sx - 7 sihm... 4





m — 1 sm (m —l)x on sin mx, We derive from this equation 7

'

m being any j-

= cos x —

even number. cos

2x

+ cos Sx —

cos 4<x

.

.

+ cos (m —

1)

a?

— cos mx 10—2

;

THEORY OF HEAT.

148

[CHAP.

III.

multiplying by 2 sin x, and replacing each term of the second

member by 2 sin x

the difference of two sines,

= sin

-jr

(a?

+ x) — sin

(x



we

sin (2a?

-f

+ sin

(2a?

— x)

+

sin (3a;

+ x) — sin

(3a?

— x)

+

sin

{(m

— 1) a? — x) — sin



sin

(mx

+

+

a?)

sin

have

x)



%)

shall

{(m

(mx — a?)

+

1)

a?

— x)

;

and, on reduction,

2

sm a? -i- = sin

a?

+ sm mx — sin

(ma;

+ x)

the quantity sin

or is

sin

we have

mx — sin {mx + x),

(mx + \x — \x)

—2

equal to

:

'

aa?

— sin (mx + ^x + ^x),

\ x cos

sin

(ma; + \x)

;

therefore

dy -r«a?

1

sin^-a;

2

sma;

= ~—

.

,

N

+ £a0,

cos (ma; 4-^ x)

1

c??/

,

cos (ma;

2 cos

^a?

'

whence we conclude

y=\x-

/",

j

If

we

integrate

r— or

factor

sec \x,

cos|a?

and the

this

factor cos

*

*

by

cos

fawa?

parts,

we

distinguishing between the

which must be successively J

(mx + \ x), which

times in succession,

+ ^a?)

2 cos ^a;

shall

form a

is

to be integrated several

series in

which the powers

of

m+^

is

nothing, since the value of y begins with that of

enter into the denominators.

differentiated,'

As

to

the constant x.

it

SECT.

from

It follows

sm x —

is

1 -Tz

this that the value of the finite series

_

.

1

.

.

zx+~

sin

2

sin

3

very

differs

149

SPECIAL SERIES.

III.]

1

3x — •=

.

K ox

sin

5

+

I

.'-,.

= sin

7a?



1

.

m sin mx

. .

7

from that of \x, when the number of terms and if this number is infinite, we have th.e known

little

very great

;

equation 1

s 2

1 1 = sin a? — — sm «2a; + « •

a;

From

-1 A K * — <xc. — 1 sin kx-\--= sm 5a?

n sin 3a?





'

,

-.

4

3

2

5

the last series, that which has been given above for

the value of \it might also be derived.

Let now

183.

y c

=

1

s cos 2

— v1 cos 4a? + ! cos bx—

«

a

2a?

7;

4

...

6

1

1

—~ cos (2m — 2) x — 2m =r— cos 2mx. + ^— 2m — 2 v

by 2 sin 2a?, substituting and reducing, we shall have

multiplying

Differentiating,

differences of cosines,

_

dy = ax

2 -/ „

zy

or

= c—

- tan x + sin (2m + 1) ,

f,

f

,

fax tan

7 x + lax

supposing supposing

equation

V

=

by

m

sin

(2m

+ 1)—

a? ;

a;

parts the last term of the second

1111 2a?

—T 4

2/

éx + -

find



1°» 2

Thus we meet with the log (2 cos \x)

cos

we

nothing,

therefore

member, and

we have y = c + 5 log cos a?. A

infinite,

« cos z

we suppose x

,

x

cos

J

+

cos 6a;

~ log cos

o

cos 805

g cos

_l

2a;

+

If

. . .

in the

&c.

a-.

111

series given

= cos x -

— -x

by Euler,

+

~ cos 3a?

O

the

x

;

cos

J

integrating

'

-

-r TB

cos 4a?

+ &c.

THEORY OF HEAT.

150

184

Applying the same process y ^

we

1

= sin x+

1



3

-

7T

= sin x +

3



p

/

7

which has not been noticed,

+ - sin

sin 3a;

-r

1

"r+ = sin x + *xc.,

oa;

o

find the following series,

4

III.

to the equation





- sin ox + - sin

[CHAP.

ox

+

o

- sin 7

7a;

+

~ sin 9a;

-f

&c.

l

9

must be observed with respect to all these series, that the equations which are formed by them do not hold except when the variable x is included between certain limits. Thus It

the function



x

cos

;

cos

ox

= cos ox

-f

6

not equal to

is

\ir,



^ cos

o

when

except

7a;

+

&c.

(

the variable x

between the limits which we have assigned.

contained

is

It is the

same

with the series sin

x



This infinite

\x

1

2

:

sm azx + .

series,

not equal to \x,

if

x

is

from x

=

7T

to

x=



to

x = ir.



1

T 4

.

.

sm ix +

oa;



p &c.

always convergent, has the value

is

and

\x

;

ir; it

less

than

ir.

But

has on the contrary

evident that in the in-

for it is

the function takes with the contrary

had

it

in the preceding interval from

This series has been known for a long time,

but the analysis which served to discover

why

1.. - sin o

greater than

2tt,

sign all the values which,

x

ox

the arc exceeds

values very different from terval

.

.

sin

3

which

so long as the arc

it is

1-

the result ceases to hold

The method which we

when the

it

did not indicate

variable exceeds

ir.

employ must therefore be examined attentively, and the origin of the limitation to which each of the trigonometrical series is subject must be sought. .

185.

To

arrive at

it,

are about to

it

is

consider that the

sufficient to

values expressed by infinite series are not known with exact certainty except in the case where the limits of the sum of the terms which complete them can be assigned it must therefore be supposed that we employ only the first terms of these series, ;

i

This

may

be derived by integration from

to

x

as in Art. 222.

[E. L. E.]

SECT.

LIMITS OF THE REMAINDER.

III.]

151

and the limits between which the remainder

is

included must

he found.

"We will apply this remark to the equation 1

=

y

x — - cos oSx

cos

~ — 1= cos +-! cos o« ds 7x

3

o

+ The number

of terms

derived the equation *

value of

by

y,

.

sin k

—~ =

— 1) x 2m -

x

cos(2>ri

represented by

is

2??i#7

m

whence we may J

,

by

3)

2m - 3

cos#

ax

integration

(2m —

cos

even and

is

Quii

is

.

i

Now

parts.

may be resolved into a series composed may be desired, u and v being functions of

;

from

it

infer the

the integral Juvdx

many terms

of as

We may

x.

as

write, for

example, \uvdx

=c+

u \vdx

— -j-

\dx ivdx +-j-^ \dx\ dxlvdx

d an equation which Denoting 2?/ ^

=c—

sin

verified

2mx by

by

and

v

x by

u, it will

1 ~

1 — sec x cos 2???# +^r2'm

the integral -^—3

1

be given to the arc

up

sec'.£

sin

2m#

be found that l

4-

from

0,

,

sec'x cos ^r^ 2 m

an

2otoj

between which

2mx) which completes the

this integral

x,

Idxldxl vdx J

to ascertain the limits

[d (sec" x) cos

To form

included.

now

9

-T-5

differentiation.

sec

2m

It is required

186.

is

is

(

infinity of values

series

must

the limit at which the integral

which is the final value of the arc for each one x the value of the differential d (sec" x) must be determined, and that of the factor cos 2mx, and all the partial products must be added now the variable factor cos 2mx is begins,

to x,

;

of these values of

:

negative fraction

necessarily

a positive

integral

composed

of the

d

multiplied respectively by these fractions.

is

differential

(sec" x),

or

sum

;

consequently the

of the variable values of the

THEORY OF HEAT.

152

The

total value of the integral is

d

differentials

(sec" x),

than this sum taken negatively the variable factor cos

we

the second case

Jd (sec" x), taken from x = function of x, and sec"0

+ that

(sec"a;

negative,

x—

:

sec"

;

sec"

a; is

a certain

is

nothing.

therefore included between

— sec" 0)

and



(sec"

x—

by k an unknown

to say, representing

is

replace

1,

the value of this function, taken on

is

is

greater

and in by — 1 now the sum of the same thiûg, the integral

is

0, is sec"

the supposition that the arc x integral required

is

we

it

the constant quantity

which

x), or

and

to x,

for in the first case

:

2mx by

up

III.

than the sum of the

less

=

replace this factor

the differentials d (sec"

The

then

taken from x

[CHAP.

sec" 0)

;

fraction positive or

we have always / [d (sec" x) cos 2mx)

=k

(sec"

x

— sec" 0).

Thus we obtain the equation 2u J

=c

—2m— 1

sec

x

cos

2mx +

— 1

1

-^-^sec'

2m

x

sin

2mx-\-- z, sec"xcos2i)ix 2*m

+^ I'm in

k which the quantity ^—3

sum

of

(sec"

x — sec"

the last terms of the infinite

all

*

(sec"

x—

sec" 0),

0) expresses exactly

the

series.

If we had investigated two terms only we should have 187. had the equation 2ii J

=c—



1

1 -=

— sec x cos 2mx

2m

4-

-^

2

m

sec'

r,

k x sin 2mx + ^—, 2

m

(sec' v

x— sec'0). '

From this it follows that we can develope the value of y in many terms as we wish, and express exactly the remainder the series we thus find the set of equations

as

of

;

2Jy

= c — ~—

2y *

= c — s— sec a; cos 2 ma: + ^r-7 sec 2m 2W

2Jy

—c

2m

sec

x

cos

2mx~—

(sec

r,

K

2~m

,

2m

sec x cos 2 mx+-zr.



9 2

2°m

sec'

x—

a;

sec 0), '

sin

x — sec 2mx + -^r-:Asec n

fm

x sin 2mx +

+

^— 2m

ZJÏ~3

3 3

(

sec"

SeC

0),

x cos2mx

X~

SeC

V).

SECT.

LIMITS OF THE VARIABLE.

III.]

153

The number h which enters into these equations is not the same for all, and it represents in each one a certain quantity which is always included between 1 and — 1 m is equal to the number of terms of the series cos

;

11

x — 5 cos Sx + o

whose sum

is

5x —

cos

...

denoted by

1



= —111 —~

o

cos

(2m

— 1)

x,

-L

y.

188. These equations could be employed if the number m were given, and however great that number might be, we could determine as exactly as we pleased the variable part of the value

the

number

If the

of y.

first

m

equation only

be infinite, as is supposed, we consider and it is evident that the two terms

;

which follow the constant become smaller and smaller; the exact value of 2y is

in this case the constant c

is

determined by assuming x =

;

so that

this constant

whence we

in the value of y,

conclude

= cos x — ~

-r

4

It is easy to see

arc

x

value

Sx + - cos 5x — = cos 7x + fr cos o 9 7

cos

3

is less

X as

than

now

\ir.

near to

fact,

as

we

a value so great, that the term the

series,

becomes

less



&c.

that the result necessarily holds

In

|-7r

9.»

is

the

attributing to this arc a definite

please,

we can always

give to

m

^— (sec x — secO), which completes

than any quantity whatever

exactness of this conclusion

if

;

but the

based on the fact that the term

x acquires no value which exceeds all possible limits, whence same reasoning cannot apply to the case in which the arc x is not less than \ir. The same analysis could be applied to the series which express the values of \x, log cos x, and by this means Ave can assign the limits between which the variable must be included, in order that the result of analysis may be free from all uncertainty moreover, the same problems may be treated otherwise by a method founded on other principles 1

sec it

follows that the

;

.

189.

The

expression of the law of fixed

temperatures in

a solid plate supposed the knowledge of the equation 1

Cf.

De Morgan's

Diff.

and

Int. Calculus, pp.

605—609.

[A. F.]

THEORY OF HEAT.

154

=

-7

4

A



COS X

cos <3x

tt

3

+-

—=

cos 0#

[CHAP.

simpler "method of obtaining this equation

the

If

sum

two arcs

of

+

COS IX

7

o

equal to

is

vx — &c.

9

as follows

is

:

a quarter of the

\tt,

circumference, the product of their tangent

cos

-R

III.

we have

1;

is

there-

fore in general ~

it

=

u

arc tan

2

-f

w

arc tan -

(c)

w

;

the symbol arc tan u denotes the length of the arc whose tangent is

and the series which gives the value of that arc whence we have the followiDg result

u,

known

i"«+.5-i

("'

+ ?) + 1

i?H(u,+

+

u,

( '

+ s(M + now we write ex ~ l tion (d), we shall have If

~

1

1

7T

4

=

a;



arc tan e*^ -1

l

cos da?

-^

The

series of equation {b)

180)

(Art.

w

+ arc

tan e~ xs!

"l.'-l' ox — = cos H

+

cos

(c),

7

in equa-

>

l - cos n 9a;

, — &c.

y

always divergent, and that of

is

always convergent;

is

and

~l

+

/a;

5

(d)

»'

^- &c

instead of u in equation

d

equation Or

cos



7T

:

and 7

well

is

:

;

its

value

is

\ir

- £<7T.

SECTION

IV.

General solution.

We

190.

can

now form

which we have proposed (Art. 1G9)

-them,

-r-

=

for the

coefficients

of equation

(l>)

being determined, nothing remains but to substitute

and we have x

c

;

the complete solution of the problem

cos

y — -

e~

3x

cos Sj

4-

-

e

_El

'

cos

5# - ^

x


cos 7,y

+

&c.

.

. .

(a).

COEXISTENCE OF PARTIAL STATES.

SECT. IV.]

This value of v

d 2v

the equation -j—2

satisfies

d2 v

+ -y\ =

nothing when we give to y a value equal to it is equal to unity when x is nothing and y

— \ir

155

\ir or is

it

;

becomes

—\it;

lastly,

included between

+ \ir.

Thus all the physical conditions of the problem are exactly fulfilled, and it is certain that, if we give to each point of the plate the temperature which equation (a) determines, and if the base A be maintained at the same time at the temperature 1, and the infinite edges B and C at the temperature 0, it would be impossible for any change to occur in the and

system of temperatures.

The second member of equation (a) having the form 191. an exceedingly convergent series, it is always easy to determine numerically the temperature of a point whose co-ordinates x and y are known. The solution gives rise to various results which it is necessary to remark, since they belong also to the of

general theory. If the point m,

whose fixed temperature is considered, is very A, the value of the second member of

distant from the origin

the equation to this

term

(a)

if

x

x

will be very nearly equal to e~ cos

The equation solid

y

;

it

reduces

is infinite.

4

v

=-

e *

cosy represents also a state of the

which would be preserved without any change, if it were the same would be the case with the state repre-

once formed

;

sen ted by the equation v

term of the

4 = =— e

3x

and in general each

cos 3y,

series corresponds to a particular state

which enjoys

the same property.

All these partial systems exist at once in

that which equation

(a)

the

movement

represents

;

they are superposed, and

of heat takes place with respect to each of

them

In the, state which corresponds to any one of these terms, the fixed temperatures of the points of the as if it alone existed.

A

from one point to another, and this is the only conproblem which is not fulfilled but the general state which results from the sum of all the terms satisfies this special

base

differ

dition of the

;

condition.

According as the point whose temperature

is

considered

is

THEOEY OF HEAT.

156

more plex

movement

distant from the origin, the

x

for if the distance

:

the series

is

is

com-

each term of it,

sensibly represented

by

for those parts of the plate

from the

is less

III.

very small with respect to that which precedes is

by the first only, which are more and more distant

three terms, or by the

first

of heat

sufficiently great,

so that the state of the heated plate

the

[CHAP.

two, or

first

origin.

whose vertical ordinate measures the formed by adding the ordinates of a multitude of particular surfaces whose equations are

The curved

surface

temperature

fixed

1—i = e~x cos y, The

-— = — \e~ zx cos 3y,

5x -^ = e~ cos 5y,

of these coincides with the general surface

first

is infinite,

is

v,

and they have a common asymptotic

If the difference v

—v

of their ordinates

l

is

with that whose equation

considered to be

= — \e

\ttv 2

is

when x

sheet.

the ordinate of a curved surface, this surface will coincide, is infinite,

&c.

%x

when x

cos Sy.

All

the other terms of the series produce similar results.

The same origin,

results

would again be found

if

the section at the

instead of being bounded as in the actual hypothesis by

a straight line parallel to the axis of

formed of two symmetrical

parts.

y,

had any figure whatever

It is evident therefore that

the particular values x

sx

ae~ cos y,

be~

cos Sy,

oX

ce~~

cos 5y,

have their origin in the physical problem necessary relation to the expresses a simple

mode

phenomena

is

compounded always

expression for their cients a,

192.

b, c,

d,

plate,

is

established

infinite sides retain

The general system

sum has nothing

of temperatures

and the

arbitrary but the coeffi-

&c.

Equation

(a)

angular plate heated at is

whose

of a multitude of simple systems,

may

be employed to determine

circumstances of the permanent

what

and have a Each of them

itself,

of heat.

according to which heat

and propagated in a rectangular a constant temperature.

&c,

its origin.

movement

all

the

of heat in a rect-

If it be asked, for example,

the expenditure of the source of heat, that

is

to say,

EXPENDITURE OF THE SOURCE OF HEAT.

SECT. IV.]

what

is

the quantity which, during a given time, passes across

A

and replaces that which flows into the cold masses and C; we must consider that the flow perpendicular to the

the base

B

157

axis of

y

— K-j-. The

expressed by

is

quantity which during

the instant dt flows across a part dy of the axis

is

therefore

-K~dydt; and, as the temperatures are permanent, the

during unit of time,

—K-j-dy.

is

amount

of the flow,

This expression must be

integrated between the limits y = — lir and y = + \ir, in order to ascertain the whole quantity which passes the base, or which is

the same thing,

must be integrated from y =

The quantity

the result doubled. in

-y-

is

to

y = ^tt, and

a function of x and

y,

which x must be made equal to 0, in order that the calculation refer to the base A, which coincides with the axis of y. The

may

expression for the expenditure of the source of heat fore 2

y = 1-7T but x

/(

—K

;

if,

= x,

j— dy)

The

.

in the function

integral

dv -j-

,

x

there-

is

must be taken from y = is

to

not supposed equal to

0,

the integral will be a function of x which will denote

the quantity of heat which flows in unit of time across a transverse edge at a distance 193.

If

we wish

x from the

origin.

to ascertain the quantity of heat which,

during unit of time, passes across a line drawn on the plate parallel to the edges

and, multiplying

it

B

and

C,

we employ the expression

by the element dx

du — K-j-

of the line drawn, integrate

with respect to x between the given boundaries of the line the integral

I

(

— K -j- dx

whole length of the

line

shews how

j

;

and

if

much

i

We may

;

thus

heat flows across the

before or after the integration

we make y = \ir we determine the quantity unit of time, escapes

,

of heat which, during

from the plate across the

infinite

edge

C.

next compare the latter quantity with the expenditure

THEORY OF HEAT.

158 of the source of heat

III.

source must necessarily supply

for the

;

[CHAP.

B

continually the heat which flows into the masses

and

If

C.

compensation did not exist at each instant, the system of temperatures would be variable. this

Equation

194.



— K dv — 4/T -j-

(e~

x

gives

-(a)

cos

y



3x

cos

e

+e

o*g

5X

cos oy

multiplying by dy, and integrating from y

— If

(

e~

x

sin y



3x - ë~ sin

cX

oy + -

e~'

sin oy

—e

= 0, we

~

x

cos 7 y

+ &c);

have

— = e~ 7r sin 7y + &c.

]

.

y be made =\tt, and the integral doubled, we obtain

?£(*- + !«- + |«:~ + *e~ + &a} as the expression for the quantity of heat which, during unit of

time, crosses a line parallel to the base,

and

at a distance

x from

that base.

From cl n

— K -j- =

{(1

we



4 _/ÎT"

sin y



derive also

|

(e~

r

hence the integral 4 A"

(a)

equation

-e

x )

sin

y

I

e~

— ii



(1

5x

sin

-7(

-

3y

+ e'oX

sin 5_y

taken from x

cZ^,

— e~ * 7

= 0,

is

sin

5y

sin 7y

e

3x )

Sy

sin

+

(1

-

e~

5x )

e~\x) sin

If this quantity be subtracted from the value which is

made

4À"



/ (

'

e

infinite, '.

'

srn^f

:

J

— (1 — when x

+ &c.)

we

it

+ &c.}.

assumes

find

— -1 e ___* 3

7y

.

_

sin 03/

1

+-

_, oX

e

.



sin o?/



\

&c. J

;

and, on making ?/ = |tt, we have an expression for the whole quantity of heat which crosses the infinite edge C, from the point whose distance from the origin is x up to the end of the plate

;

namely,

PERMANENT STATE OF THE RECTANGLE.

SECT. IV.]

159

which is evidently equal to half the quantity which in the same time passes beyond the transverse line drawn on the plate at a distance x from the origin. We have already remarked that this result is a necessary consequence of the conditions of the problem situated

if

;

did not hold, the part of the plate which

it

beyond the transverse

and

line

is

is

prolonged to infinity

would not receive through its base a quantity of heat equal to that which it loses through its two edges it could not therefore preserve its state, which is contrary to hypothesis. ;

As

195.

to the expenditure of the source of heat, it is found

by supposing x = an

in the preceding expression

infinite value, the reason for

which

is

;

evident

hence if it

it

assumes

be remarked

A has and which are very near a temperature very little different from

that, according to hypothesis, every point of the line

retains the temperature 1

have

to this base

unity

:

also

parallel lines

:

'

hence, the extremities of all these

lines

contiguous to

the cold masses B and G communicate to them a quantity of heat incomparably greater than if the decrease of temperature In the first part of the were continuous and imperceptible. plate, at the

ends near to

x becomes

assign to

or

of the base has

any value

it

27,

we must

multiplying also the values of instead of base,

x.

we must

Denoting by replace v

in the equation v

=



4>A TT

(

[e \

C,

a cataract of heat, or an

when

the distance

appreciable.

The length

196.

B

This result ceases to hold

infinite flow, exists.

.

ir.

write \ttj instead of

x by

TT

-^

,

we must

we

If y,

and CO

write ^ir T

the constant temperature of the

These substitutions being made

we have -?S 1 irv

(a),

-™ 22

by

A — v

been denoted by

cos

Try '21

-

o

e

*>

i,iry

cos

21

-^

1

o-~ + ~

e

*l

_

cos o

d

JlL* -l1 e -f'cos7|f + &c.)

nry

-^ '21

OS).

This equation represents exactly the system of permanent temperature in an infinite rectangular prism, included between two masses of ice B and C, and a constant source of heat.

THEOKY OF HEAT.

160 197.

It is easy to see either

[CHAP.

by means

III.

of this equation, or

from Art. 171, that heat is propagated in this solid, by separating more and more from the origin, at the same time that it Each section is directed towards the infinite faces B and C. wave of heat which parallel to that of the base is traversed by a is renewed at each instant with the same intensity: the intensity diminishes as the section becomes more distant from the origin. Similar movements are effected with respect to any plane parallel to the infinite faces; each of these planes is traversed

stant

wave which conveys

by a con-

heat to the lateral masses.

its

The developments contained in the preceding articles would if we had not to explain an entirely new theory, whose principles it is requisite to fix. With that view we add

be unnecessary,

the following remarks. 198.

Each

of the terms of equation

(a)

corresponds to only

one particular system of temperatures, which might exist in a

and whose infinite edges are Thus the equation cos y represents the permanent temperatures, when the

rectangular plate heated at

maintained v

=

e

x

a

at

its

constant

end,

temperature.

A are subject to a fixed temperature, denoted We may now imagine the heated plate to be part of a

points of the base

by

cos y.

plane which

is

prolonged to infinity in

all directions,

the co-ordinates of any point of this plane by

temperature of the same point by plane the equation v

G

= e~x cos y

;

v,

by

BB and CC; base A has at

with contiguous parts temperatures.

The

we may apply

this

receive the constant temperature

;

and denoting

x and

y,

means, the edges but

it is

If

we

B and

not the same

they receive and keep lower every point the permanent

temperature denoted by cos y, and the contiguous parts higher temperatures.

and the

to the entire

AA

have

construct the curved surface whose

permanent temperature at each be cut by a vertical plane passing or parallel to that line, the form of the section

vertical ordinate is equal to the

point of the plane, and

through the line will

A

if it

be that of a trigonometrical line whose ordinate represents

the infinite and periodic series of cosines. surface be cut

by a

form of the section logarithmic curve.

If the

same curved

vertical plane parallel to the axis of x, the will

through

its

whole length be that of a

FINAL PERMANENT STATE.

SECT. IV.]

ICI

199. By this it may be seen, how the analysis satisfies the two conditions of the hypothesis, which subjected the base to a temperature equal to cosy, and the two sides B and G to the temperature 0. When we express these two conditions we solve in fact the following problem If the heated plate formed part of an infinite plane, what must be the temperatures at all the points of the plane, in order that the system may be self-permanent, and :

may be those which are given by the hypothesis ? We have supposed in the foregoing part that some external causes maintained the faces of the rectangular solid, one at the temperature 1, and the two others at the temperature 0. This but the hypoeffect may be represented in different manners thesis proper to the investigation consists in regarding the prism as part of a solid all of whose dimensions are infinite, and in determining the temperatures of the mass which surrounds it, so that that the fixed temperatures of the infinite rectangle

;

may be

the conditions relative to the surface 200.

To

ascertain the system of

a rectangular plate whose extremity

always observed.

permanent temperatures in is maintained at the tem-

A

1, and the two infinite edges at the temperature 0, we might consider the changes which the temperatures undergo, from the initial state which is given, to the fixed state which is

perature

the object of the problem.

Thus the variable

state of the solid

would be determined for all values of the time, and it might then be supposed that the value was infinite. The method which we have followed is different, and conducts

more

directly to the

expression

of the final state, since

founded on a distinctive property of that

We

state.

it

is

now proceed

shew that the problem admits of no other solution than that which we have stated. The proof fallows from the following

to

propositions.

201.

If

we give

to all the points of

plate temperatures expressed

edges

A line A end

B is

and C

an

infinite rectangular

(ot),

and

if at

we maintain the fixed temperature

the two

0, whilst the

exposed to a source of heat which keeps all points of the no change can happen in the

at the fixed temperature 1;

state of the f.

by equation

h.

solid.

In

fact,

the equation

y-2

+

-j-*

=

being

n

THEORY OF HEAT.

162

[CHAP.

III.

evident (Art. 170) that the quantity of heat which determines the temperature of each molecule can be neither

satisfied, it is

increased nor diminished.

The

same

different points of the

temperatures expressed by equation that instead of maintaining the edge

be given to

fixed temperature

it

solid

A

at the temperature 1, the

as to the

BAC

the heat contained in the plate edges A, B, C, and by hypothesis

having received the = <j>[sc,y), suppose

or v

(a)

two

B and

lines

C

;

will flow across the three

not be replaced, so that

it will

the temperatures will diminish continually, and their final and common value will be zero. This result is evident since the

A have a temperature which equation (a) was

points infinitely distant from the origin

from the manner

infinitely small

in

formed.

The same

effect

would take place

the system of temperatures were v v — <£ (oc> y) ; that is to say, all the

in the opposite direction, if

= — $ (x, initial

y),

instead of being

negative temperatures

would vary continually, and would tend more and more towards their final value 0, whilst the three edges A, B, C preserved the temperature 202.

0.

Let v

=



y) be a given equation

(x,

the initial temperature of points in the plate is

maintained at the temperature

preserve the temperature

Let v

= Fix,

y)

1,

which expresses

BA G,

whose base A B and G

whilst the edges

0.

be another given equation which expresses

the initial temperature of each point of a solid plate

BAG

exactly

the same as the preceding, but whose three edges B, A,

maintained at the temperature

Suppose that in the

first

G

are

0.

solid the variable state

which suc-

determined by the equation v = (x, y, t), t denoting the time elapsed, and that the equation v = <E> (#, y, t) determines the variable state of the second solid, for which the ceeds to the final state

initial

is

temperatures are F{x,

y).

Lastly, suppose a third solid like each of the let v

=f(x, and

and

let 1

y)

initial state,

A,

+

F(x, y)

be the

equation which

two preceding represents

:

its

be the constant temperature of the base

those of the two edges

B

and

C.

SUPERPOSITION OF EFFECTS.

SECT. IV.]

We is

163

proceed to skew that the variable state of the third solid

determined by the equation v = <$>{x, In fact, the temperature of a point

t)

y,

+ (#,

y,

m of the third

because that molecule, whose volume ture during the instant dt

denoted by M, acquires

is

The

or loses a certain quantity of heat A.

t)„

solid varies,

increase of tempera-

is

the coefficient c denoting the specific capacity with respect to

volume. the

The

variation of the temperature of the

first

d and

D

solid

—^

is

same point

in

D

d

and —r^dt in the second, the

dt,

CM

CM

letters

representing the quantity of heat positive or negative

which the molecule acquires by virtue of the action of

Now

neighbouring molecules.

it

easy to

is

perceive

all

the

that

A

d + D.

For proof it is sufficient to consider the quantity of heat which the point in receives from another point m' belonging to the interior of the plate, or to the edges which bound it. The point m v whose initial temperature is denoted by fv transmits, during the instant dt, to the molecule m, a quantity of heat expressed by q {f —f)dt, the factor q representing a certain function of the distance between the two molecules. Thus the whole quantity of heat acquired by m is '%-Çl {fl —f)dt, the sign X expressing the sum of all the terms which would be found by considering the other points w 2 rn z mA &c. which act on m that is to say, writing q 2 ,f2 or q3 ,f3 or qv f4 and so on, instead of q v fv In the same manner %q (Fl — F)dt will be found to be the expression of the whole quantity of heat acquired by the same point m of the second solid and the factor q is the same as in the term ^q (fi ~f)dt> since the two solids are formed of the same matter, and the position of the points is the same; we is

equal to

x

x

t

1

,

,

;

,

1

;

x

x

have then

d

=

For the same reason

it

will be

A = tq hence

D = %(i^ -

Iqlf, -f)dt and

l

{f1

A=d+D

F)dt.

found that

+ F -(f+F)}dt;

and

1

A = _^+ _|. 11—2

THEORY OF HEAT.

164

[CHAP.

III.

from this that the molecule m of the third solid acquires, during the instant dt, an increase of temperature equal to the sum of the two increments which the same point would It follows

have orained in the two first instant,

first

Hence

solids.

at the

end of the

the original hypothesis will again hold, since any

molecule whatever of the third solid has a temperature equal Thus the to the sum of those which it has in the two others.

same

relation exists at the beginning of each instant, that

say, the variable state of the third solid

is

to

can always be represented

by the equation v

203.

$(x,y,

The preceding

relative to the

that the

=

t)

+ ®(x,

proposition

is

y,

t).

applicable to all problems

uniform or varied movement of heat.

movement can always be decomposed

each of which

is

shews

It

into several others,

it alone existed. This one of the fundamental elements

effected separately as if

superposition of simple effects

is

in the theory of heat.

expressed in the investigation, by

It

is

the very nature of the general equations, and derives

its

origin

from the principle of the communication of heat.

Let now v = (x, y) be the equation (2) which expresses the permanent state of the solid plate BAG, heated at its end A, and whose edges B and G preserve the temperature 1 the initial state ;

of the plate

is

such, according to hypothesis, that all

its

points

have a nul temperature, except those of the base A, whose temperature is 1. The initial state can then be considered as formed of two others, namely a first, in which the initial temperatures are — 4>{x, y), the three edges being maintained at the temperature 0, and a second state, in which the initial temperatures are 4- [x, y), :


B

G

and the base A the temperature 1; the superposition of these two states produces the initial state which results from the hypothesis. It remains then only to examine the movement of heat in each one of the two partial states. Now, in the second, the system of temperatures can undergo no change and in the first, it has been remarked in Article 201 that the temperatures vary continually, and end with being nul. Hence the final state, properly so called, is that which is represented by v = (x, y) or equation (a). the two edges

and

preserving the temperature

;



0,

THE FINAL STATE

SECT. IV.]

IS

UNIQUE.

165

were formed at first it would be self- existent, and it is this property which has served to determine it for us. If the solid plate be supposed to be in another initial state, the difference between the latter state and the fixed state forms a partial If this state

state,

which imperceptibly disappears.

After a considerable time,

the difference has nearly vanished, and the system of fixed tem-

Thus the variable temper-

peratures has undergone no change.

more and more

atures converge

to a final state,

independent of

the primitive heating. 204. if

We

perceive by this that the final state

a second state were conceived,

is

unique;

the difference between

for,

the

self-existent,

would form a partial state, which ought to be although the edges A, B, G were maintained at the

temperature

0.

second and the

first

Now

the last effect cannot occur; similarly

if

we

supposed another source of heat independent of that which flows

from the origin A; besides, this hypothesis is not that of the problem we have treated, in which the initial temperatures are nul. It is evident that parts very distant from the origin can only acquire an exceedingly small temperature. Since the final state which must be determined

is

unique,

it

problem proposed admits no other solution than Another form may be that which results from equation (a). follows that the

given to this result, but the solution can be neither extended nor restricted without rendering it inexact.

The method which we have explained

in this chapter consists

in forming first very simple particular values,

which agree with

the problem, and in rendering the solution more general, to the intent that v or

(j>

(x,

y)

may

satisfy three conditions,

namely

:

might be followed, and the would necessarily be the same as the foregoing. We shall not stop over the details, which are easily supplied, when once the solution is known. We shall only give in the following section a remarkable expression for the function (x, y) It is clear that the contrary order

solution obtained

(j>

whose value was developed

in a convergent series in equation

(a).

THEORY OF HEAT.

166

SECTION

[CHAP.

III.

V.

Finite expression of the result of the solution.

The preceding

205.

might be deduced from the

solution

integral of the equation -7-3

+ -j—2 = 0/ which

contains

under the sign of the arbitrary functions.

quantities,

=$

(x

We

shall

remark that the integral

confine ourselves here to the v

imaginary

+ yJ -

1)

+ yjr (x - yJ -

1),

has a manifest relation to the value of v given by the equation -t-

4

In

=e

x



cos y

-,

e~

3x

o

cos Sy

+

7

=e ^ 2

-(*-W-i)

_

3d

\

e

-3<*-W=D

+

3 first series is

series is the

Comparing these arc tan e~

equation

(a)

series

of

this

(x ' vsIZT

-si*-yyFi)

x — yj —

x + ^V

_

&c.

l,

and the second

— 1.

it

is

immediately seen that the

and the second

\

e

arc tan e ^^ -

is

-1 )

;

first

thus

takes the finite form

mode

it

v

=

the function 1

— &c.

with the known development of arc tan z

tangent,

its

I

y = arc tan e*»*^ + arc tan In

cos oy

o

a function of

same function

in functions of z is

3j!

O

replacing the cosines by their imaginary expressions,

fact,

we have

The

e

-=

(j>

e

-<*-" v=r

>

{B).

conforms to the general integral

(z) is

{oc

+ y J^l) +

arc tan e~%

yjr

(x- y J^l)

and similarly the function

D. F. Gregory derived the solution from the form

(7am&. Afaift. Journal, Vol.

1.

p. 105.

[A. F.]

(A), i/r {z).

FINITE EXPRESSION OF THE SOLUTION.

SECT. V.]

we denote the first term ber by p and the second by q, we have If in equation (B)

I 7tv =p ,

whence

tan

tan p

p

+ q)

= 'jW^, +

tan p

«

,

(

+ q,

or

is

2e~ = -^



= arc

of the second

= e"'*-^" x

tan q -±-

-f

whence we deduce the equation - irv This

tan q

167

tan

mem-

1 )

;

2 cos y = -j ^

cos y

-^-



ëx

(

;

(G). )

the simplest form under which the solution of the

problem can be presented. This value of v or

206.

to the ends of the solid, it

satisfies also

tion (0)

is

(x,



namely,

y) satisfies the conditions relative
(x,

±

the general equation

^tt)

-=-$

=

and

0,

+ -=- =

a transformation of equation (B).

a

0,

Hence

exactly the system of permanent temperatures

cj>

(0,

y)

since it

=1

;

equa-

represents

and since that state is unique, it is impossible that there should be any other solution, either more general or more restricted. ;

The equation ( 0) furnishes, by means of tables, the value of one of the three unknowns v, x, y, when two of them are given; it very clearly indicates the nature of the surface whose vertical ordinate

is

solid plate.

the permanent temperature of a given point of the Finally,

we deduce from the same equation €l7)

and

the values

CUD -^-

which measure the veloay city with which heat flows in the two orthogonal directions and we consequently know the value of the flow in any other direction. of the differential coefficients

-j-

dx

;

These

coefficients are

dv___

dx~

dv__ dy~ It

x

9 °Sy (

e ix

\é 9

Smy (

may be remarked dv

expressed thus,

\e'

+ e~x

e*-e~* x

\

+2cos2y + e- 2xJ' \

+ 2 cos 2y + e~2x )

'

that in Article 194 the value of

that of j- are given by infinite series, whose sums

dv -r-

may be

,

and

easily

THEORY OF HEAT.

168

[CHAP.

III.

found, by replacing the trigonometrical quantities by imaginary exponentials. r

we have

We

ax

just stated.

The problem which we have now

dealt with

the

is

first

which

solved in the theory of heat, or rather in that part of

we have

the theory which requires

the

furnishes very easy numerical

employment

applications,

use of the trigonometrical tables represents heat.

dv and -T- which ay

civ -y-

thus obtain the values of

all

pass on

now

more general

to

SECTION

analysis.

whether we make series, and it

of the

movement

The problem

of

of

considerations.

VI.

Development of an arbitrary function in trigonometric 207.

It

convergent

the circumstances

exactly

We

or

of

the propagation of "V ~r~2 (1

angular solid has led to the equation

series.

heat in a rect-

fi 1)

+ ~r-^ = 0;

and

if

it

be supposed that all the points of one of the faces of the solid have a common temperature, the coefficients a, b, c, d, etc. of the series

a cos x

+

b cos

Sx

+

c cos

ox

+ d cos 7x+

...

&c,

must be determined so that the value of this function may be equal to a constant whenever the arc x is included between — \ir and + \ir. The value of these coefficients has just been assigned; but herein we have dealt with a single case only of a more general problem, which consists in developing any function whatever in an infinite series of sines or cosines of multiple arcs. This problem is connected with the theory of partial differential equations, and has been attacked since the origin of that analysis. It was necessary to solve it, in order to integrate suitably the equations of the propagation of heat;

we proceed

to

explain

the solution.

We

shall

required to function

examine, in the

first

place, the case in

which

reduce into a series of sines of multiple

it

is

arcs,

a

whose development contains only odd powers of the

SERIES OF SINES OF MULTIPLE ARCS.

SECT. VI.]

Denoting such a function by

variable.

<]>

(x),

169

we arrange the

equation (j)

in

(x)

which

a, b,

c,

=

a sin x

it is

d,

+b

sin

2x

+

Sx

c sin

+ d sin 4af +

. . .

&c,

required to determine the value of the coefficients

we

First

&c.

write the equation

^)-^'{0)+]5f(0)f^f'(0)+|f(0)+^f(0)+-..;&ô. iv

in which <£'(0), "(0), by the coefficients dcf)

'"(0),

d2

(x)

~dx~

d3

(x)

<j>

~dx*~

'

&c. denote the values taken

(0),



(f>

(x)

d*cf>

~~~dÔT

'

l

(x)

dx*

'

„ ' '

when we suppose x = in them. Thus, representing the development according to powers of x by the equation 4>(x)

= Ax- B~ + C~ - D~ + E~;- &c, 3

we have



(0)

5

= 0, and

f (0)=0, w (0)

4>

<£'

now we compare

(j)(x)=a sinx

+b

= yl,

= o,

^(0)

=

c,

&c.

the preceding equation with the equation

2# +

sin

developing the second

(0)

= B, "'(0)

&c. If

9

|7

c sin

3x+ d sin 4<x + e

member with

sin 5a?

+ &c,

respect to powers of x,

we

have the equations

A = a + 2b B=

a

+

=a+

3

2 b 5

2 b

+3c +éd +

+ +

3 3

3

5

3

c

+4d+

c

m+

+

oe

+ &c,

3

+

5

+ &c,

5 e 5 e

&c,

D= a + 2 b + 3 c + 4 + 5 e + &c., #=a + 2 6 + 3 c+4 + 5 e + &c 7

7

7

9

9

9

7

cZ

9

cZ

(«).

These equations serve to find the coefficients a, b, c, d, e, &c, whose number is infinite. To determine them, we first regard the number of unknowns as finite and equal to m thus equations which all the follow suppress the first m we equations, ;

THEORY OF HEAT.

170

[CHAP.

III.

and we omit from each equation all the terms of the second member which follow the first m terms which we retain. The whole number m being given, the coefficients a, b, c, d, e, &c. have Different fixed values which may be found by elimination. values would be obtained for the same quantities, if the number of the equations and that of the unknowns were greater by one unit.

Thus the value

of the coefficients varies as

we

increase

the number of the coefficients and of the equations which ought to determine them.

It is required to find what the limits are towards which the values of the unknowns converge continually as the

number

unknowns which number is infinite.

values of the

when

their

208.

We

These limits are the true

of equations increases.

the preceding equations

satisfy

we unknown by one equation, two three unknowns by three equations,

consider then in succession the cases in which

should have to determine one

unknowns by two equations, and so on to infinity.

Suppose that we denote as follows different systems of equations analogous to those from which the values of the coefficients

must be derived

:

ax = A v

=4

a% + 252

a2 + 2\ = B2

at

3

+ 2 b + S\ + é% = C a +2 6 + 3 c + 4 ^ = D + 26 +3c +4d +5e =A S + Z\ + 2>\ + tfd + h\ = B i

i

7

4

6

,

7

4

4

s

,

5

5

5

ah +

,

5

4

5

2\ + 3 c + 4^ + o\ = C

,

,

5

5

«5 + 2 £ 5 + 3 «5

3

,

4

7

ab

,

3

3

+ 264 + 3c + U, = A v

ai

a5

+ 26 + 3c = As a + 2% + S\ = B

«3

,

2

7

7

9

9

c5

+2e +3c 5

&c.

5

s

5

+ 4W + 5 e = I> + 4V +5V = ^

,

7

5

5

5

5

&c

5,

5

,

(b).

DETERMINATION OF THE COEFFICIENTS.

SECT. VI.]

now we

If five

a5

2

(5

a5 (5

2

a s (5

2

as

2

(5

-

2

-

2

-

2

unknown

eliminate the last 5

- 2 ) + 3c

2

,

h

2

2

,

B

,

5

,

-3 +U

2

+ 26

)

+ 2\ (5 - 2 + S\ (5 - 3 + 4 d

(5

(5

5

2

2

)

2

2

)

+2

5

6 B (5

-l +26 2

5

(5

-2 +3c

5

(5

- 2 + 3V

5

(5

2

2

5

)

2

7

)

2

)

2

(5

5

by means

of the

&c, we find

-

= 5 A - Z? 2

f)

5

5

- f) = 5 B - C 5

5

- 3 + 4 d5 (5 - 4 ) = 5 C5 - D 5

2

-3 +4 2

2

2

2

7

)

tf

(5

5

,

2

,

2

)

2

2

(5

5

3

)

)

,

5

2

)

5

eh

A B G D E

equations which contain

171

5

-4 =5 D -E 2

,

2

)

h

5

.

We could have deduced these four equations from the four which form the preceding system, by substituting in the latter instead of

a4

2

(5' ,

K

2

(5 (5

(5

5

B C

5

;

2

5

5

,

£

?C -D VD -E

i3

By

2

2

it

D

,

2

A —B 5 B -C„

Av

and instead of

2

5J

2

dv

2

5

2

cv

-1 )cl, -2 )& -3 )c -4 )c7

iy

5

b

b

h

,

.

we could always pass from the case m of unknowns to that which

similar substitutions

which corresponds to a number

number m+.l. Writing in order all the between the quantities which correspond to one of the cases and those which correspond to the following case, we shall have

corresponds to the relations

ttl

=a

2 2

(2

-l),

a.=a3

(3*-l),

a3 = a 4

(4

a4 = a5 a5 = « B

2

2

(5 2

(6

62

= 6 a (3 -2 ),

-l), & 3

=

-l), £ 4

=6

-l), 65

=6

&c.

2

2

2 Z>

4

(4 2

5

(5 2

6

(6

-2

2

-2

2

-2

2

),

),

),

-

c3

=c

c4

= cb (5 - 3 ),

c5

=c

2 4

(4 2

2 6

(6

&c.

2

), 2

-3

e*

4

2

),

rf

5

= e*

5

= rf

6

2

-4

2

2

-4

2

(5 (6

),

),

(c).

THEORY OF HEAT.

172

We

[CHAP.

III.

have also

^ = 2J

-1?2

2

A = SA -B 3

2

,

B = 3B -G

3>

3

I? 3

4

-C

4

5

-C

= 4i? B = 5B

,

5

5

3

2

A=±A-B„ A=5A -B

,

G=±G-BV

,

4

5

C = 5G 4

,

-D D 5>

= 5D

4

-E

5

equations

we conclude

(c)

knowns, whose number

(d).

that on representing the un-

by

infinite,

is

,

5

&c

&c.

From

5

a,

b,

d,

c,

&c, we must

e,

have

a

a.

= (2

b

~

2 -

-1)(3

2

-

- 2 2 (4* )



- 22 )

-

- 3 2 (5 2 )

-

-3 )(6 -

= (3

2

- -1)(4 2

1)(6

-2)

2

2

-

2

(5

1)...'

2

-2 )...

2

-3 )...

2

-

(6

2

c3 2

(4

2

2

-

3

2

) (7

d4

d-

_ 4«)

(5*

(G

-

2

4

2

2

)

(7

-4) 2

,

209.

It

e 5 , &c.

;

the second third

4

2

'

)

.

.

.

(e).

remains then to determine the values of a^ b 2

the

AB ABC

given by two equations into which

is

It follows

from

A„ A B 2

A

given by one equation, in which

first is

given by three equations, into which

is

so on.

(8

&c

&c.

rf 4

2

2

we

this that if

ABC

,

3

3

3

,

3

we knew the

Afi GJ) t

A

2

... t

2

3

3

x

,

c3 ,

enters;

enter; the

enter; and

values of

&c,

could easily find a by solving one equation, a2 b 2 by solving two equations, a 3 b 3 c 3 by solving three equations, and so on after which we could determine a, b, c, d, e, &c. It is required then 1

:

to calculate the values of

A XJ A B 2

by means terms of of

A

l

A

2

,

ABC 3

3

3

AfrCJ)„

,

of equations (d). 2

B 2nd, of A B G

and

in terms

2

3

3

we

5

5

5

5

5

...,

&c,

find the value of

by two substitutions we 3rd, by three substitutions we

A

2

in

find this value

;

3

1st,

A B CD E

;

find the

DETERMINATION OF THE COEFFICIENTS.

SECT. VI.]

same value of

A

values of

2

1

2 .3 3 2

x

2 4

2

x

2 5

.

3

2

2

ABGD

in terms of

i

i

i

i

and

,

.

)

2

2 .

2

2

(2

i

4

2

2

2

2

2

2

.



2

2

2

5

2

2

2

.

2

2

2

that which

2

4

2

2

.

2

2

2

,

2

.

)

2

2

.

.

2

2

is

2

.

.

2

J

5

,

The

readily noticed.

we wish

)

2

5

the law of which

2

)

2

2

.

2

2

2

4

2

.

.

2

.

.

.

5

is

successive

+ 3 + (7, - B (2 3 + 2 + 3 4 ) + C (2 + 3 + 4 - X> 5 - i? (2 3 4 + 2 3 5 + 2 4 5 + 3 5 + 2 .5 + 3 .4 + 3 .5 + 4 .5 + C (2 3 + 2 -D (2 +3 + 4 + 5 )+ E' &c, 2

3

2

which

The

so on.

,



2

.

x

are

x

A=A^-B ^ =J A =A A =^

A

173

last of these values,

to determine, contains the quantities

D, E, &c, with an infinite index, and these quantities are known they are the same as those which enter into equa-

A, B,

G,

;

tions (a).

A

Dividing the ultimate value of 2

2

2

2

x

by the

product

infinite

2

2 .3 .4 .5 .6 ...&c,

we have

A -B (2

2

+

W+^+¥+ i

&c

~D +E The numerical

+G

)

U

2

{¥^ + 2\4

2

+

¥^ + &c )

!

2

.3 .4

2

2

2

+

+

2 (2 .3 .4 .5 2

coefficients are the

2

2

2 .3 .5

2

2

+

3

2

2

2

.

2 .3 .4 .6

sums

4

2 .

5

+ &C

2

j

+ &C + &C )

2

'

which

of the products

could be formed by different combinations of the fractions

I

I l

after

having

2

2

'

2

I '

3"

removed the

I 5

first

2

we employ the tions (b), we have,

first

6

2

&c '

fraction

the respective sums of products by if

1

'

P

of equations

x ,

Q

(e)

lf

'

p If we Rv S T .

lf

and the

x

,

represent

...

first

&c, and of equa-

to express the value of the first coefficient a,

the equation 2 2 2 2 q(2 -l)(3 -l)(4 -l)(5 -l) 2

2

2

2 .3 .4 .5

...

2

...

= A-BP + CQ - DB + ES 1

1

1

l

&c,

THEORY OF HEAT.

174

now the

P Q R S T

quantities

lt

y

,

lt

x

mined, as we shall see lower down

...

[CHAP.

&c.

may be

hence the

;

III.

easily deter-

a

first coefficient

becomes entirely known.

We

must pass on now to the investigation of the following coefficients b, c, d, e, &c, which from equations (e) depend on the quantities b 2 c3 d4 e 5 &c. For this purpose we take up equations (b), the first has already been employed to find the 210.

,

,

,

,

value of a v the two following give the value of

the three

b„,

following the value of c3 the four following the value of ,

d4 and ,

so on.

On

completing the calculation, we find by simple inspection

of the equations the following results for the values of b 2

c3

,

,

dk

,

&c.

2b 2

(l*-2*)=A 2 l 2 -B

3c3 (l

2

4<74 (l

-3

2

2

2 )

(2

2

,

-3 =A 2

)

3

2 \\ 2 -

-4 )(2 -4 )(3 -4 2

2

2

= A^V. 2

2

3

.

2

2

- B,

(l

2 .

B

(l

3

2

+ 2 + C3 2

)

,

2

2

) 2

+

l

2 .

3

2

+2

2

2 .

)

+ G

4

(l

2

+ 22 +

3

2 )

- Dv

&c. It is easy to perceive the it

remains only

Now

law which these equations follow

determine

to

the quantities

AB 2

2

the

quantities

AB 2

2

,

can be expressed in terms of

;

A BC

,

ABC

,

3

3

3

Z

3

3

the latter in terms of AfiJJJ)^ For this purpose it suffices to the successive effect the substitutions indicated by equations (d) ;

changes reduce the second members of the preceding equations so as to contain only the ABCD, &c. with an infinite suffix, that

is

known

to say, the

equations

(a)

;

the

quantities

coefficients

ABCD,

&c.

become the

which enter into different

products

which can be made by combining the squares of the numbers 2 2 2 2 2 It need only be remarked that the first 1 2 3 4 5 to infinit}7 .

of these squares l

value of a

1

;

2

will not

enter into the coefficients of the

that the second 2 2 will not enter into the coefficients

of the value of b2

2

;

that the third square 3 will be omitted only

from those which serve to form the coefficients of the value of c and so of the rest to infinity. We have then for the values of ;

DETERMINATION OF THE COEFFICIENTS.

SECT. VI.] b 2c 3 d4 e5

&c and consequently ,

,

the

ax

first coefficient

211.

now we

If

2 .

2

3

2

+l

1 .3 .4

2

P Q B S

represent by

2

2

for the value of

.

III l

&c, results entirely

for those of bcde,

we have found above

analogous to that which

175

2 .

4

1

2

1 .3 .4 .5

2

2

,

,

,

2

z

,

the quantities

«fee,

1+ 2

1-122

2

2

+

l

o22

.

fl2

.3 .5

+ 1

2

+3

5~2

2

T '

2

2 .

3 .4 .5

2

.4 .5 .6

2+

3*. 5

T

rS2

192

r»2 2

+

42

2

+

'"

•••

'"'

which are formed by combinations of the fractions Ta

^2

,

we



••

& c<

to infinity, omitting

2

#%*

y.

.

*

:

,

2*, 32

only; e5

1

42

we have

>

gs



*

Pn QnR 8n

Representing in general by

...

n

made by combining

^

~ &c

»

-

the sums of the all

the fractions

t0 infinity, after omitting the fraction

in general to determine the quantities

a,,

Z>

2

,

^ c3

&c, the following equations:

...,

A-BP +CQ -DR + ES -&c.= a^-— 3". 1

Jt

02

»

second of these fractions

" BP + cfc ~ DB +

= .

products which can be

,

^i

,

,

1

(Z

111

p

have, to determine the value of & 2 the equation 2&2

p

^ the

'

- BPS +

1

Cfl3 - i)^ +

j-.^P 4+ a^ 4

1

1

t'4 4

&c.

^3

2".

&c.

= 3c

3

_^4+ ^ _ &c =H 4

'

4

,

4

'

"3

41

ff (

i2

1 2 K2 4". 5

^ ~f^

-f)f«a OS -1

2

»

4 r2;

)

,

y-

£»2

42) ?

,

THEORY OF HEAT.

176 212.

If

[CHAP.

we consider now equations (e) which give the values b, c, d, &c, we have the following results

of the coefficients a, 2

a

(2

-

2

l

-

2 )

III.

(3

2

l

-

2

2

(4

) 2

2

:

2

3 .4 .5

.

2

l

2 )

(5

-

2

l

)

. .

2

...

= A-BP + CQ - I)R + ES - &c, 1

(l 97)

-

2

-

2

2

2

)

(3

l

2

2

(4

)

2

2 .

-2

2

2

.4 .5

2

2 )

(5

l

1

X

-2 )... 2

2

= A - BP + CQ - DR + ES - &c, (l

-

3

2

-3

2 )

(2

-

(4

)

2

1*.

2

2

2

2

.

4 .5

3

2 )

(5*

-

3

2

2

2

2

2

...

)

2

...

= A - BP - CQ - DR + ES - &c, 3

(l

2

-4

4tf

2

2 )

(2

-

4 2)

2

2

-4

2

(3 2

1 .2 .3 .5

2

2

)

(5

-4

3

3

3

2 )

.

.

2

...

= A - BP

4

CQ, -

-f

DR + ES - &c, 4

i

&c.

Remarking the and denominators

factors

which are wanting

complete

to

to the

numerators

double series of

the

natural

numbers, we see that the fraction is reduced, in the first equation 2 2 3 3 in the in the second to — ~ in the third to - to - -= -r L A A 4* 4 4 fourth to — -j . £ so that the products which multiply a, 25, Sc,

11 .

.

;

&c, are alternately = and

find the values of

To

obtain

values depend

.

11.

;

4cZ,

ou

;

P&R&,



•=

It

.

P,Q 2 R 2 S2

>

only required then to

is

P

s

;

Qs R 3

^ &c

-

them we may remark that we can make these upon the values of the quantities PQR8T, &c,

which represent the different products which may be formed with the fractions

p,

-^,

^,

^ — ,

2

,

^,&c,

without omit-

ting any.

With by the

respect to

the latter products, their values are given

series for the

then the series

developments of the

sine.

We

represent

DETERMINATION OF THE COEFFICIENTS.

SECT. VI.]

1

1

177

1,1,0

1

p+2i + 8 + 4 + S s + &a i

^L_

1

1\2"2

2

2

2

2 .3

2

2

2

2

2

2

+ ^2

2 £)2

022

2 /(2

.3 .4 .5X2

2

+

/<

2 .4

2 A22 + 2 02 2+12 ,42+12 2 2 2 S12 1 .2 .4 1 .3 .4

1 .2 .3 .4

The

1 .4

l .3

.

J^ 3 .4

_1_ _1_ _J_ J2 T o2 02~T"il2

nîT-i» 2 a

1 2



1

r.2 2

by P, Q, 5,

5

122

2 t)2

~>~ 2

2 4)2

OH2

022 ^

Q22

2

~T (^^'

+ &C

2

2 .3 .4

R2 l .2 .3 .o

'

A 2

+

-

^C.

8, &c.

series

sin

#

=#—

£C^ 77:

+

£C^ -p=-

£c'

— 7^ + & c

-

r

°

I

furnishes the values of the quantities P, Q, R, S, &c.

In

fact,

the

value of the sine being expressed by the equation

-"{ i

sina?

-£X

i

-&)( i -&){i -w){i -£>)**

we have I 1

_

/***

/y?

/y$>

_ 4. + _ _ _ 4. + 17 |5 |3

Whence we

sums

4 7T

2

Suppose now that

of the

fractions



conclude at once that 7T

213.

fr



2

,

different «2

>

02

>

7T

Pn

,

6

7T

Q n R n 8n ,

,

,

8

72

fï~

>

>

&c

->

made with the

from which the fraction —^

has been removed, n being any integer whatever to determine

Pnt Q Rn 8n n>

,

,

represent the

&c.,

products which can be

;

it is

&c, by means of P, Q, R,

required

8, &c.

we denote by

l-2?.+ 2*G.-J^.+Y£.-&c, the products of the factors

F.

H.

12

If

THEORY OF HEAT,

178

among which

the factor

(

1

1

-\j only has

been omitted

it

;

IIT.

follows



that on multiplying by (l

we obtain



[CHAP.

%) the quantity

- qP + q Q - q R + q 4S - & c 2

s

.

This comparison gives the following relations

:

=P P» + — n 2

'

Sn + -j Rn = &c.

P„ = P -

or

R,

S,

;

1 ,

1

= R--i Q +

-1 P-3

i

6

,

S-R+-n Q-^\p + -8) n n n

Sn =

i

2

6

&c.

Employing the known values of P, equal to

1, 2, 3, 4, 5,

P&R&, &c; 214. of a,

b, c,

From d,

e,

&c. successively,

those of

PQ R S 2

2

2

2

,

&c.

the foregoing theory

we ;

and making n have the values of

Q, R, 8, shall

those of it

PQRS

+ 2b +Sc + 4cZ + 5e + &c. = -4, + 2 & + 3 c + 4?d + 5 e + &c. = .#, a + 2 b + 3 c 4- 4 d + 5 5e + &c. = C, a + 2 6 + 3 c + 4 d + 5 e + &c. = D, a + 2% + 3 c + 4 J + 5 e + &c. = E, a

3

3

5

6

7

3

s

7

7

7

9

9

9

3

3

3

,

&c.

follows that the values

&c, derived from the equations a

3

VALUES OF THE COEFFICIENTS.

SECT. VI.]

179

are thus expressed,

/7T

+A l

M

,

/7T

D

2

8

+

2

1

V[7

|5

lTT

6

l{9"r|7

/V



1\

+

4

1

lTT* lTT^n rg-r]3 + rJ- &c 1 7T

n(--±--u I

^3c

= A-B I

1,,

-2 U = A - BD ,

/7T

2

l|7

2

V[9

2

2

37

2 1

l[9

3



+3

4

2

2

6

+

6

|3

[3

3V

|3

3V

|5

3

4

1

;

-!

+

2

|7 4

2

! 13

|5

4

-

1\

4

+3

/7T

4

77

4

|5

2

2

+ C

2

3

^|5

3

1\

+

7

+U

V[7

2

15

IV

|3

7T

6

£

+

;

2V

;

3V

1



{l-¥l /7^_2 + ^ _

[l-4?)

4

7T

2

V|7

4

^/TT8

1

1

J-

4

5

4

6

1

7T

[3 4

J.

4

6

lTT

7T

2 ,

1\

»

&C. 215.

them

Knowing the values

of a,

b, c, d, e,

&c, we can substitute

in the proposed equation

<£ (x)

=a

and writing

sin

x+b

sin

2x + c

sin

Sx + d

sin 4a?

also instead of the quantities

+e

sin

5# + &c,

A, B,C, D, E, &c,

12—2

their

THEORY OF HEAT.

180 v

values

,x

<£'(0), tf>"'(0), <£ (0), <£"'(()),

III.

&c, we have the general

(0),



[CHAP.

equation 4

\${x) =

^|^(0)+^'(0)(^-p) + ^(0)(| -.i| + p

sin

^

JVM /AN

-1 sin2* |f

-

(0)+f "(0)

!

^

V

Ï-

(t - i) + *'(0)

2

1\

(|

I

p

- i £ + i)

2

+1^8» |f (0)+f" (Q)

(|

-îsin4a{£'(0)+
- i) + ^(0) (| ^| + ^4 )

(£-

jk)

+

*'(0)

(|-^



+ y)

+ &C.

We may make use of tlie preceding series to reduce into a series of sines of multiple arcs any proposed function whose development contains only odd powers of the variable. The

216.

first

case which presents itself

4>{œ)=œ\ we

find then

for the rest.

We

1

5x

'

(0)

= 1,

cf>"'

(0)

= 0,

that in which

is


= 0,

&c, and so

have therefore the series

= sin x — 1

jr

.

sin

2x +

1 ~ sin .

Sx —

1

.

sin 4<x

-r

+ &c,

which has been given by Euler. If

we suppose the proposed

$ (0) = 0,

(j>'"(6)

= 1

function to be x

3,



v

(0)

= 0,

3

we

,

vii

(0)



=

shall 0,

have

&c,

which gives the equation 1

3

sic

=

/ 2 (

7T

|3\

- ~\

sin

x

-

/ 1

2

7T

|3\ l

- ^J

g sin 2x +

/ (

2

7r

-

|3\ 1

jpJ

«

s i u Saî

+ &c

-

(A),

DEVELOPMENTS IN SERIES OF

SECT. VI.]

We

181

SINES.

should arrive at the same result, starting from the pre-

ceding equation, -=x

In have

fact,

= sin x —

1

a-* = cos x — ^ C - -r A 4

C

the value of the constant

sum

+3

sin 4tx

-j

+ &c.

and integrating, we

dx,

1

- -Ta

cos 3a?

4

J-

J-

4a

a

5

'

cos 4a;

+

&c.

;

o

2

1 7T to be r tx

known

is

-

is J-

J-

22

Sx

1

+ ïtô o

2x

cos

~ sin

member by

multiplying each

a series whose

+

5 sin 2x

A

Multiplying by dx the

.

[3

two members of the equation 2

2

1

7T

— £C — -r = cos

ôfK A o

o;

4

1

1

7^2

cos 2a; 4-

cos 3a;

752

— &c,

o

^

and integrating we have

1A ~ k» = sm œ

1

.

2 73" If

2

now we

~~

13

W

.

Sm x

write instead of

_

+

1

.

3"

,

Sm

~

value derived from the

its

equation 1

= sin x —

1

.

5x

75

.Z

we

shall obtain the

l0»

= Sm

2]3

We

/7T

.

2

.

2%

sin

A

1 4- ~

sin 3a?

same equation

1\

1

^ll3-pJ-2

.

Sm

_

1



.

sm 4a; + &c,

-r

4

o

as above, namely, 2

/7T

1\

^l@-2 J 2

+

1

.

_

Sm3a; 3

/7T

2

1\

(g-3 J2

.

&C

-

could arrive in the same

manner at the development in 9 powers x s x1 x &c, and in general every function whose development contains only odd powers of series of multiple arcs of the

,

,

,

the variable. 217.

Equation

form, which

(A), (Art. 216), can

we may now

the coefficient of sin x *'(0)

is

indicate.

We

be put under a simpler

remark

first,

that part of

the series

+ 1
a

£f

(0) 4-

&c.

THEORY OF HEAT.

182

which represents the quantity

In

-<£(tt).

[CHAP.

III.

have,

in

we

fact,

general,

(*)

= *(o)+*f(o) + £

p

(0)

+

^ f"(0) +^V(<>) +

Now, the function we must have Hence

cf>

containing by hypothesis only odd

(#)

powers,

<£(0)

= 0,

a second part of the coefficient of sin

b7

= 0,

<£"(0)

= *f (0) + £ f "(0) + £

(x)

&c.

iv <j>

v

(0)

(/>

x

is

(0)

= 0,

+ &c.

and

so on.

;

found by multiplying

-| the' series

f (0) + ^r (0) + £ P (0) + &c,

f(0) + ^ whose value

is

-

We

<2>"(7r).

can determine in this manner the

7T

different parts of the coefficient of sin

a;,

and the components of We may employ for

the coefficients of sin 2x, sin Sx, sin 4#, &c. this purpose the equations

f

(0)

+t

f "(0) +t
+ jg

r

+

(o)

:

f"(0)

v

(0)

" (0)

£r

(o)

+ t ^(0) +

&c.

= |*(irj;

+^ r

+

&c.

= ^"(tt);

+ £ ^(0) +

&c.

=1

(0)

+ t F(o) + &c -=l

^(tt);

P

w

DEVELOPMENTS IN SERIES OF

SECT. VI.]

By means form

183

SINES.

equation (A) takes the following

of these reductions

:

2 7T0 (a?)

= sin x U (w) - ^

-\

sin

zx

+ | sin Sx

U



j (tt)

sin

-

j (tt)

±x

1

+ p <£


+ |
- i 'f (tt) +

(tt)

-i

*"(*)

i

-p

iv

<£" (tt)

(tt)

vl

+ &c

(tt)



- i » + &c.

(tt)

|

-i

iv

(tt)

^(tt)

+

&c. |

+i

- A » + &cj

0*(,r)

+ &c.

(B);

or this, 7r^> (x)

2

We

218.

we have multiple

=

isin

cc

——

sin 2a?

+ — sin 3a? —

sin

x

— ^3

sin 2a?

+

(tt)

isin

a?

—^

sin 2a?

+^

(77)

-^

(77)

<j>



())" (tt)

+







+

&c.

\

lv

VI

sin

x—

yj sin 2a?

^i

&c.

sm % x ~ & c sin 3a?

+ ^7 sm

-

— &c. &c

3a? ~~

-

>

f

r

r

(C).

can apply one or other of these formulae as often as

to develope a proposed function in a series of sines of arcs.

If,

example, the proposed function

for

whose development contains only odd powers of 1

s 2

e it

x

—=

- e*

é"-e~*

— +

— +

( sin \

x

sin

x

.

(

(

f

sin

sin

&c.

a?



1 -=r

2

.

sin

_

zx

— ^3

sin 2a?



sin 2a?

x—

gjg

—^ sin 2a?

+

1 -=r

3

+ ^3

7

we

.

shall

_

sm Sx —

\

&c. /

sin 3a?

— &c. )

+ 05 sm +—

x,

is

3a?

sin 3a?



&c. )



&c. ]

e

x



x

e~

have

,

THEORY OF HEAT.

184

[CHAP.

Collecting the coefficients of sin x, sin 2x, sin Sx, sin

and writing, ° instead

of

1111 + + -g5

s

n3

n

* 7

n

4<x,

&c.,

—+l

we

value —„2

etc.,' its

n

ii

III.

n

-,

have 1

(e*

— e~x _ )

sin

x

2x

sin

sin

3#



We

might multiply these applications and derive from them We have chosen the preceding example because it appears in several problems relative to the propagation several remarkable series.

of heat.

Up

219.

to this point

whose development

we have supposed

that the function

required in a series of sines of multiple

is

arcs can be developed in a series arranged according to powers

of the variable x,

and that only odd powers enter into that

series.

We

to those

which are discontinuous and entirely

can extend the same results to any functions, even

analysis

what

is

To

arbitrary.

we must

blish clearly the truth of this proposition,

esta-

follow the

which furnishes the foregoing equation (B), and examine the nature of the coefficients which multiply sin a?, S

Denoting by - the quantity which multiplies

sin 2x, sin 3#, &c.

IV

1

.

-sinnx

n

.

.

.

in this equation L

when n

.

odd, and

is

sin

nx when

11

is

we have S

=
Considering s as a function of

comparing the

results,

we

which the foregoing value of

Now

differentiating twice,

tt,

1

+ -2j- =^(7r);

find s 5

d 2s

2

must

the integral of the equation s

considered to be a function of x,

=a

cos

nx

+b +n

sin

and

an equation

satisfy.

1

+-g it

s

1

ii

even,

is



d 2s -*-$ (JjvO

= $ (x),

in

which

is

nx

sin

nx

\

cos

nx $

(x)

dx



n cos nx

j

sin

nx

cf>

(x) dx.

s

GENERAL FORMULA.

SECT. VI.] If n s

=+n

an integer, and the value of x

is

|<£ ix)

— when

odd, and the sign

I

that

nx dx, by means

that the function

(x)

<j>

If

is

We

even.

the

after

tt,

by

of integration

x=

to

is

must make

integration in-

x=

it.

equal to

s

+ when

the term of this equation

sign

— when

n

we

even,

is

have

shall

for the coefficient of &in.nx; in this

is

of odd order,

in general

manner we

=

since

I

-1-

the second

1

I



lj

+2

sin

2x

j> (x)

arrive at a very

(x), if

we

:

dx +

(sin 2x (x)

&c.

dx + &c

will always give the

integrate from (Miscellanea

nxdx

(D),

development required 1 to x = ir.

x=

Tom.

Taurinensia,

in.,

1766,

that the function y given by the equation

(2 r=l

(sVr sin Xr

-w

AX)

sin xtt

+

2

r=l

Yr sin 3Xr

Tr

receives the values F,,

where

+

sin ix

Lagrange had already shewn

y=2

a;,'

sin ix

member

the function

dx

sin xcf>(x)

and the

4>(x) sin

I

remarkable result expressed by the following equation

pp. 260

remarking

parts,

substitute this value of - in equation (B), taking the

we

sign

for

is

contains only odd powers of the vari-

conclude at once that the term

~ 7T<}>(x)

we have

it,

by developing the term

verified

able x, and taking the integral from

We

equal to

is

must be chosen when n

number

may be

the result

;

(œ) sin

<j>

+

sign

to the semi-circumference

x equal dicated

The

nxdx.

sin

185

r

•—=, Xr =— n 1

+

AX)

(sVr sin 2Xr

7r

AX)

sin 2xir

r=l

sin Sxir

+

.

.

.

+

2 (2

Yr sin jiX^tt AX

)

sin flaw

r=l

Fs F3 Fn

and

,

...

AX= n—1-^1 +

corresponding to the values

Xlt Xit X3 ...Xn

of

.

Lagrange however abstained from the transition from this summation-formula to the integration-formula given by Fourier. Cf. Riemann's Gesammelte Mathematische Werke, Leipzig, 1876, pp. 218—220 of his

historical

criticism,

Trigonometrische Eeihe.

TJeber

[A. F.]

die

Darstellbarkeit einer Function durch eine

THEORY OF HEAT.

186

We see by this that the 220. which enter into the equation ^

7r

(x)

=a

sin

x+

b sin 2a?

[CHAP.

coefficients a,

+c

sin

Sx + d

b, c, d,

sin 4a;

+

e,f,

III.

&c,

&c,

and which we found formerly by way of successive eliminations, by the general term

are the values of definite integrals expressed I

sin ix

is



(a?)

required.

dx, i being the

number

This remark

important, because

is

entirely arbitrary functions

In

of multiple arcs.

may be

fact, if

of the

term whose it

coefficient

shews how even

developed in series of sines

the function



(x)

be represented

by the variable ordinate of any curve whatever whose abscissa extends from x = to x = ir, and if on the same part of the axis the known trigonometric curve, whose ordinate is y = smx, be constructed, it is easy to represent the value of any integral term. We must suppose that for each abscissa x, to which corresponds one value of ix), and one value of sin x, we multiply the latter value by the first, and at the same point of the axis By this conraise an ordinate equal to the product <£ (x) sin x. tinuous operation a third curve is formed, whose ordinates are

those of the trigonometric curve, reduced in proportion to the

which represents

ordinates of the arbitary curve

done, the area of the reduced curve taken from

can assign to it no regular law, in

may be which it

is

evident that

area of the reduced curve has, in

ment

which

is

a?;

always serves to reduce

it

b,

or

all

\
The same

(x) sin

is

the case with the following

2xdx.

In general, to construct the values of the coefficients

we must imagine y

so that the

possible cases, a definite

the value of the coefficient of sin x in the develop-

of the function.

coefficient

x = ir

corresponds to

any manner whatever the trigonometric curve;

value,

to

and whatever $ (x), whether we an analytical equation, or whether it depends on

gives the exact value of the coefficient of sin

the given curve

This

<£(a?).

x=

= sin x,

have been traced

a, b, c, d,

&c,

that the curves, whose equations are

= sin Sx,

y=

sin 2x,

for

the same interval on the axis of

y

y

= sin 4<x, &c, x,

from

VERIFICATION OF THE FORMULA.

SECT. VI.]

x=

x = tt; and then

to

multiplying

we have changed

that

their ordinates

all

a curve whose equation

these curves

by

by the corresponding ordinates

of

y=

is

187

The equations

(£>(x).

of the re-

duced curves are

y = sin x

The

<j>

(x),

?/

= sin 2xcj) (x)

y

}

= sm3x<j>(x), x=

areas of the latter curves, taken from

are the values of the coefficients a, 1

^ir^>(x)=a

We

221.

sin

x+h

sin

b, c, d, &c.,

2x +

c sin

&c.

x = ir,

to

in the equation

Sx + d

sin

4# + &c.

can verify the foregoing equation (D), (Art. 220), directly the quantities alS a 2 a3 ... aP &c, in the

by determining

,

,

equation [x)

<£>

=a

x

sin x

for this purpose,

by to

I

7T,

$ (x)

2

sin

2x

+a

3

sin

Sx +

we multiply each member

sin ix

+ &c.

sin jx

;

of the latter equation

i

dx

= aA sin x

sin wc

dx + a 2

+

Now

at

. . .

being an integer, and take the integral from x = whence we have

sin ix dx,

x=

+a

it

can easily be proved,

1st,

ttj

that

\

I

sin

2#

sin

isc cfcc

sin jx sin i#

all

cfoc

+ &c. +

...

&c.

the integrals, which

enter into the second member, have a nul value, except only the

term a §7r

;

t

Isin^a: sin

ixdx\ 2nd, that the value of

I

sin ix sin

ixdx

is

whence we derive the value of a it namely 2 sin ix dx. j(f>(x) si

The whole problem

is

reduced to considering the value of the

which enter into the second member, and to demonThe integral strating the" two preceding propositions.

integrals

2 /sin jx sin ix dx,

1

THEORY OF HEAT.

88

taken from x =



-.

-.

= it,

x

to

sin

which

in

— j)x — -

(i

i

III.

is

+ j)x + G.

(i

and j being

numbers i become nothing when x = tt;

nothing, and the

integers,

when x =

Since the integral must begin

integral will

and j are

sin

.

[CHAP.

the constant

G

is

integers, the value of the

follows that each

it

of the terms, such as

at

j

sin

x

a 2 j sin

sin ix dx,

vanishes,

and that

are equal, for the term duces, becomes

-r

,

a3

ix dx,

1

sin

Sx

this will occur as often as the

The same

are different.

2a? sin

and

-.sin (i

-;

its

numbers

i

not the case when the numbers

is

value

&c,

sin ixdx,

i

and j and j

—j) x to which the integral

is it.

2 sin ix sin ix dx I

re-

Consequently we have

=

ir;

thus we obtain, in a very brief manner, the values of alt a2

,

a3

,

...

aif &c, namely, at = 2

a3 = -

\{x)

sin

f

\4>(x) sin

Substituting these \ tt(J) (x)

=

sin

x

I (j>

x dx,



a2

= - $ (x)

a

==

2

Sx dx,

i

-

f

The

and

(x) sin

simplest case

it

;

2x dx,

s^n ^

x dx.

we have

has a constant value for

between

x)

I <j>

xdx +

sin 2a?

+ sin ix 222.

sin

I

is

all

I



(x) sin

j) [x)

I

sin

2x dx + &c.

ixdx + &c.

that in which the given function

values of the variable

in this case the integral

I

sin

ixdx

x included equal to

is

9 t, if %

the

number

i is

odd, and equal to

if

the

number

i is

even.

LIMITS OF THE DEVELOPMENTS.

SECT. VI.]

189

Hence we deduce the equation 1

- 7T A

1 o e = sin x + 1» sm .3^ + =1 sm »7« + &c, + 7Sino« •







.

o

D

i

which has been found before.

must be remarked that when a function

It

veloped in a series of sines of multiple

a

sin

x+

h sin

2x

+c

sin

the same as that of the function

is

included between

to hold good

when the

it

+ d sin 4<x + &c.

;



value of x exceeds the

Suppose the function whose development we shall have, by the preceding theorem,

~ irx

=

x

sin

I

x

sin

x dx

+

x

number is

2x dx

+ sin Sx x sin

Sx dx

I

...

r it

integral

«sin *#(&»

I

the sign

;

when

i is

even.

^x =

sin

A

223.

4-

equal to +•-

We

x—

;

+ &c.

the indices

/ shew the I

,

must be chosen when

We

x,

7t

is

which are connected with the sign gral

tr.

required to be

sin

sin 2a?

I

The

has been de-

(x) so long as the variable x but this equality ceases in general

is

and

Sx

<£ (x)

the value of the series

arcs,

and

ir,

limits of the inte-

i is odd,

and the sign



have then the following equation,

q sin 2x

A

+ ^ sin o

Sx



-r 4j

sin 4tx

+ - sin 5x — &c. o

can develope also in a series of sines of multiple from those in which only odd powers of

arcs functions different

the variable enter.

To

instance

by an example which leaves no

doubt as to the possibility of this development,

we

function cos x, which contains only even powers of

may

be developed under the following form

a

sin

x+

b sin

2x

+ c sin

Sx

x,

select the

and which

:

+ d sin 4o? + e sin 5x + &c,

although in this series only odd powers of the variable enter.

THEORY OF HEAT.

190

We ^ 7T

[CHAP.

III.

have, in fact, by the preceding theorem,

x

cos

=

x

sin

x

cos

I

sin

xdx +

cos

x sin 2x dx

J

+ The

2x

sin

integral

cos

I

odd number, and to

— 2i

-^

=-

=

2, 4, 6, 8,

=

=

12

successively i

sin ix

a?

dx

sin

I

cos

# sin Sx dx

when

equal to zero

is

.

Sx

+

&c.

an

i is

.

wnen

* is

etc.,

we have the always convergent

an even number.

Supposing

series

T 7r cos x 4

1

.

s sin 2# o

+

—4

-z

sin

4#

o 5

6

= + ^— o

sin

7

.

.

6x + &c.

;

or,

cos

#

2 = — in 7T

"*"

This result

r)

s*n

2«+



+

made

equal to

\ir,

4^2 This series

A

224.

is

we

Let

2U + 3

known

5

(Introd.

similar analysis

cj)(x)

(

v

+

s*

7)

i

n

^+ ^ <

:c -

it

exhibits the

series of functions,

each one of

If in the preceding equation

x

find

7

ad

+

9

+

ll

^C

'

analysin. infinit, cap. x.).

may be employed for

of any function whatever in a

may

^"1"

remarkable in this respect, that

is

development of the cosine in a which contains only odd powers. be

sm

f)

the development

series of cosines of multiple arcs.

be the function whose development

is

required,

we

write <j>

(x)

=

a cos Ox

+a

1

cos

x

4-

a 2 cos 2x + a3 cos Sx

+ &c.

+ a cosix+&c i

(m).

two members of this equation be multiplied by cosjx, and each of the terms of the second member integrated from x = to x = 7T it is easily seen that the value of the integral will be nothing, save only for the term which already contains This remark gives immediately the coefficient a/; it is cosjx. If the

;

sufficient in general to consider the value of the intégral

I

cosjx cos ix dx,

DEVELOPMENT IN SERIES OF COSINES.

SECT. VI.]

=

taken from x

= it,

x

to

supposing j and

i

191

to be integers.

We



+ c,

have

/

1

=

dx

cos Jjx cos ix



.

,

2(j

1

^-j-. w + i)x + 2(j —

sin (j

.>

+ i) ,

'

=

This integral, taken from x

whenever j and the case

i

2(J-0

cos ix,

value

its

we multiply

If then

by

and

,

x=

evidently vanishes

The

are equal.

sin (j

The same last

is

not

term

— i) x

when the

is ^ir,

'

arc

x

equal to

is

it,

the two terms of the preceding equation (m)

and integrate

it

from

\


cos ix

we have

to

it,

dx

= ^7ra

t ,

an equation which exhibits the value of the

To

it,

are two different numbers.

when the two numbers

becomes ^

to

— i)x ^ sin (j KJ

i)

find the first coefficient «

,

it

coefficient a*.

may

be remarked that in

the integral sin (j +

if J7

=

and

=

:

but different equal to zero



is

I

x

4-

-st~'



=s

si

n (j ~ *) x

each of the terms becomes \ir

thus the integral

;

= tr

I

jr

>

and the value

,

cos jx cos ix

dx taken

nothing when the two integers j and i when the two numbers j and i are equal from zero it is equal to it when j and i are each thus we obtain the following equation,

x

to

are different

%TT(f>(x)

=

term

of each

from x

i

i)

it is

is

\ir

;

;

<j>(.x)dx+cosx

+ cos 3a?

I

I

(f>(x)cosxdx-rCO$2x



(a?)

cos

Sx dx + &c.

I

^>(aj)cos2a?Jie

(w) \

Jo 1

The process analogous

an analogous result

exists.

to (A) in Art. 222 fails here

[R. L. E.]

;

yet

we

see, Art. 177, that

THEORY OF HEAT.

192

[CHAP.

III.

This and the preceding theorem suit all possible functions, whether their character can be expressed by known methods of '

analysis, or whether they correspond to curves traced arbitrarily.

If the proposed function

225.

in cosines of multiple arcs

down

x

is

required

we may

itself;

write

the equation

^ 7tx

=a +a

x

x + a2

cos

cos

2x + a3

and we have, to determine any tion

whose development

the variable

is

at =

I

x cos

2x +

cos

+

. . .

a i cos ix

+

&c,

whatever av the equa-

coefficient

This integral has a nul value wdien

ix dx.

i

is

•*

an even number, and

is

2 —^ when

equal to

"We have at

i is odd.

v

the same time «0 1

x=

for x,

sin

x



tz

12. = -

2

7T

sin

re

=

2 It

-7

4

3

series,

.

7T

cos 7x 4-^

hx

cos

4— 3j

.

we have



&c.

7V

5V

7T

arrived at three different

namely, sin

2x

+

~ sin

dx

3

cos

5

7T

a;

7T

sin 4a;

T *

+-

sin 5a;

— &c,

o

sin 5a;

— &c.

(Art. 181),

7T

— ^2— cos 3a; — 3

77



3

2 2 — -r^sin 3a; + —r-

112

rr a;

.

2

2

-x

3x

cos

4-^

7T

here remark that

developments

=

-

x

cos

.

We tnus f° rm tne following

2

"

77 4;

S 7r— .4 2

We may -x

=

2

-^— cos 2

5

5a;

— &c.

7T

must be remarked that these three values

of

\x ought not

to be considered as equal; with reference to all possible values of x,

the three preceding developments have a

x

common

value only

and \tt. The construction of the values of these three series, and the comparison of the lines whose ordinates are expressed by them, render sensible the alternate coincidence and divergence of values of these

when the

variable

is

included between

functions.

To

give a second example of the development of a function in

a series of cosines of multiple

arcs,

we choose

the function sin x,

TRIGONOMETRICAL DEVELOPMENTS.

SECT. VI.]

193

which contains only odd powers of the variable, and we may suppose it to be developed in the form a

+b

cos

x

+

cos

c

2x

+ d cos Zx + &c.

Applying the general equation to

this particular case,

we

find,

as the equation required, 1 T tt

4

1

.

sm X =

tz

4x 3.5

2x

cos



1.3

2

cos 6x

cos

5.7

-«Sec.

development of a function which conseries of cosines in which only even If we give to x the particular value enter. powers of the variable

Thus we

arrive at the

tains only odd powers in a

we

\tt,

find 1 7r

=

4

11 +

Now, from the known i

_ 7r=

we

derive

i

,

rr-^

1.3

7T

2

i

i

7r

4

'

3.5

'

any function whatever

in

can easily apply

1

7.9

results

"2 + 1.3

11.13

we

3.5

— &C

have, as above,

+ 5.7

7.9

+ 9.11

analysis giving the

C*

means

of developing

a series of sines or cosines of multiple it

to the case in

developed has definite values

between certain limits and has included between other limits. case, since it is

.,

1

'

The foregoing

226.

«

p + 7—tt + 10 ,. + &C, + =-= 5.7 9.11 13.15

Adding these two

we

i

i

l__ + ___ + __ n + &c

1111

also

arcs,

equation,

1111

-1T=~ and

1

1

1

ïT3-3^ + 5T7"r9 + &a

2

when

which the function to be

the variable

real values, or

We

when

is

included

the variable

is

stop to examine this particular

presented in physical questions which depend on

and was proposed formerly as an example of functions which cannot be developed in sines or cosines partial differential equations,

F. H.

13

THEORY OF HEAT.

194

[CHAP.

III.

Suppose then that we have reduced to a series of form a function whose value is constant, when x is included

of multiple arcs. this

between and a, and all of whose values are nul when x is included between a and ir. We shall employ the general equation {D), in which the integrals must be taken from x = to x = it. The values of (x) which enter under the integral sign being nothing from x = a to x = ir, it is sufficient to integrate from x = to x = a. This done, we find, for the series required, denoting by h the constant value of the function, 1

= nrj> (x)

=

(

h

(1

\

— cos a)

.

sin

x

— cos

1

2a

— cos 3a

1

«

-\

we make h = \ir, and

_,

.

sin

o If

2x

sin

-\



Sx + &c.

represent the versed sine of the arc x

by versin x, we have <£ (x)

= versin a sin x+~

This

versin 2a sin

always convergent,

series,

is

be

will

but

\tt',

if

^tt,

<£ (x)

versin 3 a sin Sx

a,

if

the

+ &C

1

we give to x any sum of its terms

we

give to x any value whatever greater than

the

sum

of the terms will be nothing.

In the following example, which values of

~

such that

and

value whatever included between a and less than

2x +

are equal to sin



is

not less remarkable, the

for all values of

x included

between and a, and nul for values of x between a and it. To what series satisfies this condition, we shall employ equa-

find

tion (D).

The

integrals

x=0

to

x=

must be taken from x =

since the values of

a,

rest of the interval. ,

,

.

*(*) 1

=

to

x=

it

;

but

it

is

the case in question, to take these integrals from

sufficient, in

_

2*

Hence we

fsin a sin

^-a

2

{

x

+

<j>(x)

are supposed nul in the

find

sin 2x sin

2x

^-2V

+

sin 3a sin

Sx

p

)

-^3V~ + &C j

In -what cases a function, arbitrary between certain

limits,

'

can be developed

has been shewn bySir W. Thomson, Cavib. Math. Journal, Vol. n. pp. 258—262, in an article signed P. Q. R., On Fourier's Expansions of Functions in Trigonometrical Series. in a series of cosines, and in

what cases in a

series of sines,

[A. F.]

TRIGONOMETRICAL DEVELOPMENTS.

SECT. VI.]

If a be supposed equal to

except the

have then

first,

<£ (œ)

the terms of the series vanish*

all

which becomes -

and whose value

,

posed of different

;

we

parts,

was that of a line comsome of which might be arcs of curves For example, let the value of the func-

and others straight lines. tion, whose development arcs,

x

be extended to the case in

analysis could

which the ordinate represented by

multiple

sin

is

= sin x.

The same

227.

ir,

195

be

—x

f^-J

,

(x)

required in a series of cosines of

is 2

<£>

from œ

=

to

x=

and be nothing

^tt,

from x = |-7r to x = nr. We shall employ the general equation (n), and effecting the integrations within the given limits, we find that the general term

1

[^

J

even, to

is



IT tt 2

when

i is

i is the

-^

,

2

cos

ixdx

,

—3 when

*

On

the other hand,

we

-1

Ç

for the value of the first

1

.

firV

term ~ \j>{x)dx.

2 fcos

x

Sx

cos

cos

The second member and straight

is

We have

then

:

+—

bolic arcs

equal to

is

double of an odd number, and to

four times an odd number.

the following development ,

—x

3

-|

find

— -^ when

]

cos 5x

2x

cos

cos 4>x

Y

2

4

2

7x



cos 6x

+ ~1?

)

.

represented by a line composed of para-

lines.

Iu the same manner we can find the development of a x which expresses the ordinate of the contour of a (x) to be equal to x from x = Suppose trapezium. to x = a, that the function is equal to a from x = a to x = 7r— a, and lastly equal to ir — x, from x = ir — a to x = it. To reduce it to a series 228.

function of



J

LU)

-x

cos

]

™ dx ={2)



.

-<

.

sin ix -

2 -^

.



x cos ix + 2

sm^ —

ix

[R. L. E.]

13—2

THEORY OF HEAT.

196

we employ

of sines of multiple arcs,

The general term parts,

and we have,

i is

^7r<£ (x)

dx

different

2 after the reductions, -^sin ia for the coefficient

i is an odd number but the coefficient vanishes an even number. Thus we arrive at the equation

=

2

;

a sin

-jsin

£

x

+— o

^

2

sin 3a sin

Sx

+— o

+ =2 If

III.

the general equation (D).

composed of three

is

when

of sin ix,

when

ix

|^> (x) sin

[CHAP.

2

sin 5a sin

7a sin 7x

sin

+

ox

&c.

1

(X).

[

we supposed a = ^7r, the trapezium would coincide with an and we should have, as above, for the equa-

isosceles triangle,

tion of the contour of this triangle,

<j

7r(f)(x)

=2

a series "which

sin

f

is

x—

^ sin Sx + -^ sin 5# — = sin 7x +

&c.

L2

always convergent whatever be the value of

In general, the trigonometric series at which

we have

in developing different functions are always convergent, but

has not appeared to us necessary to demonstrate this here

terms which compose these

series are only

x.

arrived,

;

it

for the

the coefficients of terms

of series which give the values of the temperature

and these by certain exponential quantities which

coefficients are affected

;

decrease very rapidly, so that the final series are very convergent.

With regard

to those

multiple arcs enter,

which only the sines and cosines of equally easy to prove that they are

in

it

is

convergent, although they represent the ordinates of discontinuous lines.

This does not result solely from the fact that the values

of the

terms diminish

continually

sufficient to establish the

that the values at which

number 1

Sir

3

The accuracy

of this

and other

De Morgan's

Biff,

and

(

cos

2a;

condition

series.

is

not

It is necessary

arrive on increasing continually the

more and more a

series given

Expressed in cosines between the limits

~—

this

for

in the article quoted in the note, p.

\it4>{x)= Cf.

we

of terms, should approach

W. Thomson

;

convergence of a

+

and

by Fourier 194

7r,

^ cos 6a; + ^ cos lCte + &c.

Int. Cale., p. 622.

is

[A. F.]

.

J

fixed limit, maintained by

GEOMETEICAL ILLUSTRATION.

SECT. VI.]

197

and should differ from it only by a quantity which becomes less than any given magnitude this limit is the value of the series. Now we may prove rigorously that the series in question satisfy the last condition. :

to

Take the preceding equation (\) in which we can give 229. x any value whatever; we shall consider this quantity as a

new

which gives

ordinate,

rise to

the following construction.

Fig. 8.

Having traced on the plane

of

x and y

(see

fig.

8) a rectangle

whose base Ott is equal to the semi-circumference, and whose height is \ir on the middle point m of the side parallel to the ;

base, let us raise perpendicularly to the plane of the rectangle

a line equal to

and from the upper end of

draw Thus will be formed a quadrangular pyramid. If we now measure from the point on the shorter side of the rectangle, any line equal to a, and through the end of this line draw a plane parallel to the base Ott, and perpendicular to the plane of the rectangle, the section common to this plane and to the solid will be the trapezium whose \ir,

this line

straight lines to the four corners of the rectangle.

height this

is

equal to

trapezium

4

— it

is

/ (

sin a sin

x

\

It follows

The variable ordinate of the contour we have just seen, to

a.

of

equal, as

i

+^ S

.

sin 3a sin

Sx

from this that calling

+

i —„ sin

5

x, y, z

\ _

5a sin 5x

4-

&c.

)

/

the co-ordinates of any

point whatever of the upper surface of the quadrangular pyramid

which we have formed, we have for the equation of the surface of the polyhedron, between the limits x 1

-1TS=

sin

=

0,

x sin y

x

Ja-^ +

= ir, y = 0, y — \tt,

sin ^

3a? sin

32

"+sin 5x52sin 5y-+&C

3y

THEORY OF HEAT.

198

[CHAP.

III.

This convergent series gives always the value of the ordinate z or the distance of

any point whatever of the surface from the

plane of x and y.

The

series

formed of sines or cosines of multiple arcs are

therefore adapted to represent, between definite limits, all possible functions,

and the ordinates

of lines

Not only has the

discontinuous.

ments been demonstrated, but of

the value

the series;

of

whose form

is

of these develop-

easy to calculate the terms

is

it

or surfaces

possibility

any

coefficient

whatever in the

equation
is

(jz)

=a

sin

t

œ + a2 sin 2%

+a

3

3#

sin

+

.

.

.

+ a* sin ix +

etc.,

that of a definite integral, namely,

!/*(*) Whatever be the function which

it

sin ix dx.

<£ (x),

or the form of the curve

represents, the integral has a definite value

be introduced into the formula.

The

which

may

values of these definite

integrals are analogous to that of the whole area

\$>(x)dx in-

eluded between the curve and the axis in a given interval, or to

the values of mechanical quantities, such as the ordinates of the centre of gravity of this area or of any solid

evident that

all

w hat ever.

It is

these quantities have assignable values, whether

the figure of the bodies be regular, or whether

we give

to

them

an entirely arbitrary form.

we apply these principles to the problem of the motion we can solve difficulties which first appeared the researches of Daniel Bernoulli. The solution given by this 230.

If

of vibrating strings, in

geometrician assumes that any function whatever

may

developed in a series of sines or cosines of multiple the most complete of

which series

all

always be

Now

arcs.

the proofs of this proposition

is

that

consists in actually resolving a given function into such a

with determined

coefficients.

In researches to which partial differential equations are applied, it is often easy to find solutions whose sum composes a

more general

integral

;

but the employment of these integrals

requires us to determine

their extent, and to be able to dis-

EEMARKS ON THE DEVELOPMENTS.

SECT. VI.]

tinguish

199

in which they represent the general which they include only a part. It is assign the values of the constants, and

clearly the cases

integral from those

necessary above

all

in to

the difficulty of the application consists in the discovery of the coefficients.

It is

remarkable that we can express by convergent

we

by definite integrals, and surfaces which are not subject to a continuous law 1 We see by this that we must admit into analysis functions which have equal values, whenever the variable receives any values whatever included between two given limits, even though on substituting in these two functions, instead of the series, and, as

shall see in the sequel,

.the ordinates of lines .

number included

variable, a

in another interval, the results of

the two substitutions are not the same.

The

functions which

enjoy this property are represented by different coincide in a definite portion only of their course,

lines,

and

which offer

a

These considerations arise in the calculus of partial differential equations; they throw a new light on this calculus, and serve to facilitate its employment in singular species of finite osculation.

physical theories.

The two general equations which express the developany function whatever, in cosines or sines of multiple arcs, give rise to several remarks which explain the true meaning of these theorems, and direct the application of them. 231.

ment

of

If in the series

a

we make

+ b cos x + c cos 2x + d cos Sx +

the value of

x

we augment the

whatever of the circumference 7r<j)

(x)

=x

I



(x) clx

+ cos 2x the function

<£ is

\

+

cos

(x) cos

periodic,

x

]

2rr.



2xdx

and

(x) cos

+ is

Thus

cos

variable

same it by any multiple ;

in the equation

xdx

Sx

j<j>

(x) cos

Sxdx +

&c....(v),

represented by a curve composed

of a multitude of equal arcs, each of 1

+ &c,

negative, the series remains the

also preserves its value if

-

e cos 4<x

which corresponds to an

Demonstrations have been supplied by Poisson, Deflers, Diricblet, Dirksen, De Morgan, Stokes. See note, pp. 208, 209. [A. F.]

Bessel, Hamilton, Boole,

THEORY OF HEAT.

200

[CHAP.

interval equal to 2tt on the axis of the abscissa?.

these arcs

is

Further, each of

composed of two symmetrical branches, which

respond to the halves of the interval equal to

III.

cor-

2?r.

Suppose then that we trace a line of any form whatever fig. 9.), which corresponds to an interval equal to tt.

(fxpy.

(see

Fig.

If a series be required of the

a

+

b cos

x+

9-

form

c cos

2x

+ d cos Sx + &c,

such that, substituting for x any value whatever

we

tween

and

ordinate

X(f>, it is

7T,

easy to solve the problem

given by the equation

-

\

{x) dx,

X included be-

find for the value of the series that of the

(v)

:

for the coefficients

are

—l(f> (x) cos

-

2xdx,

\

(x) cos

Sxdx, &c.

These integrals, which are taken from x = to x = ir, having always measurable values like that of the area O^xtt, and the series formed by these coefficients being always convergent, there is

no form of the line

for

<£0ot,

which the ordinate

X is

not

exactly represented by the development

+ b cos x -\-c cos 2x + d cos Sx + e cos 4<x + &c.

a

The

but the same is not the case on the contrary, determinate; to — tt is thus the arc cfxx which corresponds to the interval from the same as the arc a and the whole arc acfra is repeated on consecutive parts, of the axis, whose length is 2tt. arc

(fxf>0L

is

entirely arbitrary

with other parts of the

line,

they

;

are,

;

We may

vary the limits of the integrals in equation

they are taken from it

x = — tt

would also be doubled and 2tt, instead of being

to

if

x = 7r

the limits

and

ir.

(v).

If

the result will be doubled

We

of the

:

were denote in general by the integrals

GEOMETKICAL ILLUSTRATION.

SECT. VI.]

sign

and

an integral which begins when the variable

I •J

201

equal to

is

a,

a

completed when the variable

is

1 f = ^j
equal to b

is

equation (n) under the following form

;

[v

/•"•

1 KTT(f)(x)

<J>(x)cosxdx+cos2x

+ cos Sx

I

each of these two in the

first

to

x=

2ir,

(f)(x)cos2xdx

x

or from

(y).

= to x = ir, we might = — ir to x = ir; but in

must be written instead

cases, irfy (x)

member

\

Sxdx + etc

(x) cos

cf>

Instead of taking the integrals from x

take them from x =

and we write

:

of \tt§ (x)

of the equation.

In the equation which gives the development of any

232.

function whatever in sines of multiple arcs, the series changes sign and retains the same absolute value when the variable x becomes negative; it retains its value and its sign when the variable is increased or diminished by any multiple whatever of Fig. 10.

the circumference

Inr.

The

arc

responds to the interval from

to


but

it is

to

— ir,

-

TTJ> ix)

tc

to Sir,

equation as follows

I

(f>

(x) sin

xdx

+ sin Sx

arc

$a,

which

all

cor-

the other

which corresponds

The whole

in the opposite position.

= sin x

10),

has the same form as the given arc

repeated in the interval from

We write this

fig.

arbitrary;

ir is

The

parts of the line are determinate. to the interval from

(see

(jxf>a

I

+ <£

and

arc

a(f)(f)(f>a,

:

sin

2x

(x) sin

I

is

in all similar intervals.

$

(x) sin

Sxdx + &c

2xdx

(/a).

THEORY OF HEAT.

202

We

might change the limits or

I

Jo

instead of

I

J

and write

;

I

Jo

-T

would be necessary

it

to substitute

7r$ (x) for \tt^> (x).

The function

233. is

member

III.

Pit

but in each of these two cases in the first

of the integrals

r+n

r2ir

[CHAP.

(/>

(x)

developed in cosines of multiple

arcs,

represented by a line formed of two equal arcs placed symFig .11.

/

71

5^f

F

?

F

r

:

%==^ZL

fN

//

f

/

if

t ^—-^o

-IT

aB

rr

yS p>

V metrically on each side of the axis of y, in the interval from — 7T to +7T (see fig. 11) this condition is expressed thus, ;

The line which represents the function ^r (x) is, on the contrary, formed in the same interval of two opposed arcs, which is what is expressed by the equation ty {x)

Any

yfr

(—x).

function whatever F(x), represented

arbitrarily in the interval

into

=—

from

two functions such as

F'F'mFF



—"tt to + ir, may (x)

and

i|r

o the ordinate om,

of the axis

om

we

we can draw through the

the arc

mff

In

(x).

represents the function F(x), and

similar to the arc

by a

line

traced

always be divided fact, if

the line

raise at the point

point

m to the right

mF'F

of the given

same axis we may trace the arc mff' similar to the arc mFF; we must then draw through the point m a line '(f)'m(p(f) which shall divide into two equal parts the difference between each ordinate xF or x and the corresponding

curve, and to the left of the

f

GEOMETRICAL DEMONSTRATION.

SECT. VI.]

ordinate

xf or

We

x'F'.

also the line y^r'-^rO^r^,

the half-difference between the

ordinate measures

F'F'mFF and

must draw

203

whose

ordinate of

This done the ordinate of the

that of f'f'mff.

F'F'mFF, and f'f'mff being denoted" by F (x) and f(x) respectively, we evidently have f(x) = F(—x) denoting also the lines

;

by

ordinate of fifimcfxfi



and that

(x),

of i/AJr'0-*/n/r

by

ty (x),

we have F{x)

=

<j>

(x)

+ ty

and f(x)=<j>

(se)

-^(x)=F{- x),

{x)

hence

${x)=\f{x)+\f{-x) ^\^{x) = \F(x)-\F(-x), whence we conclude that
=

(x)

(— x) and ^{x)



= — ^r

{—

x),

which the construction makes otherwise evident. (x) and ty (x), whose sum is equal to be developed, one in cosines of multiple arcs, and the

Thus the two functions

F (x) may



other in sines.

we apply equation (z>), and to the second taking the integrals in each case from x = — ir and adding the two results, we have

If to the first function

the equation to

x = tt,

7T [<£(#)

=a

The

(/x),

+ ty{x)\ =

100*0

&"*

integrals

ttF(x)

+ cos x \${x

)

cos

xdx + cos 2x

+ sin x\^r(x)

sin

xdx +

2x dx

sin 2a? l^r(x) sin 2a?

must be taken from x = — ir

be remarked, that in the

cos

(x)

/

integral



to

x = ir.

(a?)

cos

It

+ &c.

dx +

&c.

may now

« cfo: we could,

J -IT

without changing for

its

the function cos

axis of x, of

a;

value, write

two similar

contrary, formed of

(x)

+ ^ (x)

instead of

being composed, to right and parts,

and the function

two opposite

yjr

parts, the integral

(x)

left



{x)

:

of the

being, on the

I

^{x) cos xdx

J —IT

The same would be the case if we wrote cos 2a? or and in general cos ix instead of cos x, i being any integer

vanishes. cos Sx,

THEOEY OF HEAT.

204

[CHAP.

III.

+ 7T

from

Thus the

to infinity.

integral

<£ (x)

I

cos ix

dx

the same

is

J —IT

as the integral

bk (x)

I

+ ^ 0*0]

J "IT

cos *#

^

or

-^(^O cos w"

I

^a;

-

J —IT r+rr

It is evident also that the integral

...

r+T to the integral

^r(x) sin

I

<£(#) sin^cfcc

J — 7T

any function whatever in a

to develope

cosines of multiple arcs

series

(p), which serves formed of sines and

:

= lJF(x)dx + cos x +

sin

I

(p)

Fix) cos x dx

x F{x) I

sin

+ cos 2x

œ afo +

sin

The function #(#), which

234.

represented by a line

FF' FF,

F'F'FF, which corresponds arbitrary

;

to

I

F(x) cos

2x Fix)

2.r cfc

sin 2,r

dx

+ &c. + &c.

enters into this equation,

is

any form whatever. The arc .the interval from — 7r to +ir, is of

the other parts of the line are determinate, and the is repeated in each consecutive interval whose length

all

F'F'FF

is 2-7T.

I

Thus we obtain the following equation

vanishes.

arc

equal

/+«

J — 7T

irF(x)

is

.

i^(^) sin i#c&c, since the integral

I

ixdx

J -IT

We

shall

make

frequent applications of this theorem, and

of the preceding equations

{/jl)

and

(v).

If it be supposed that the function F(x) in equation (p)

presented, in the interval from

— ir

+ ir,

by a

is

re-

composed of two equal arcs symmetrically placed, all the terms which contain If, on the contrary, the sines vanish, and we find equation (v). line which represents the given function F (as) is formed of two equal arcs opposed in position, all the terms which do not contain Submitting the funcsines disappear, and we find equation (//.). tion Fix) to other conditions,

we

If in the general equation (p) irx x,

the quantity



,

to

line

find other results.

we

write, instead of the variable

x denoting another variable, and 2r the length

MODIFICATION OF THE SERIES.

SECT. VI.] of the

which includes the arc which represents F{x);

interval

— The

x=—

limits

have therefore, rftx)

205

and x =

7r

which we

],

denote by /(«).

—r = —

become

it

may

it,

—r

=

tt

after the substitution,

= \ff(x)dx +

x cos

7T

we

;

-

.,

f I

x

+ sm 7T -

y

— a#

H-



+ sin

7TX

.

(#) cos

[ Pf I

(P).

.

/(#)

.

sm

irx

2ttx f n

,

.

.

cfe

,

2ttx f

..

2ttx

v

l/W

cos

.

//(^j

cos

.

sm

27H»

,

«# +

e tc

7

dx +

etc.

first from x = — r same substitution be made in the equations

All the integrals must be taken like the

x= and

-\-

r.

{(jl),

If the

to {v)

we have 2 r/(œ )

=

1 f

r

+ cos

^+

/^)

£J



J

27nc f,., \j \x) cos .



HT3C

f

1T0C

cos

/ (») cos

27ra?

,

a#

+ &c

(fo?

,

ATN

(JN ;,

and tt

r/Y#?)j

2 j

=

sin

\

.

+ sm

—rjo I

/(a?) sin

— dx r

27nr /*..

.

\f(x)

.

sm

2irx

,

dx



+ &c

,,

T,

(M).

In the first equation (P) the integrals might be taken from from x = to x = 2r, and representing by x the whole interval 2r, we should have 1 1

It

function

has been shewn by Mr J. O'Kinealy that if the values of the arbitrary / (x) be imagined to recur for every range of x over successive intervals X,

we have the symbolical equation A (e

and the roots

S-l)/(x) = 0;

of the auxiliary equation being

±n

27ri

\

~ ,

n=0,

1, 2,

3... oo,

[Turnover.

THEORY OF HEAT.

206

[CHAP.

= lff(x)dx

Xf(x) l 2

cos

-J-

2irx [.,

C

235.

2irx

.

I

2tTX

.

(II)

-y- / (a?)

+ sm -yr-

j. ,

.

,

cos

7 —TT- eta? +

sin

cte

27n»

.

47ra? f — y- / (x) ...

+

-y-

cos

(#) sin

1/

4<7TX f

.

,

47ra:

.

I

j.

, —„- / (a?) ,

I

cos

.

sin

-y

,

ax

+

47T#

p

cue.



7 -y- ax + &c.

from that which has been proved in

It follows

III.

this sec-

concerning the development of functions in trigonometrical

tion,

a function fix) be proposed, whose value in a deis represented by the ordinate to x = finite interval from x = series,

that

if

X

of a curved line arbitrarily

drawn

;

we can always develope

this

function in a series which contains only sines or only cosines, or

the sines and cosines of multiple arcs, or the cosines only of odd

To

multiples.

ascertain the terms of these series

we must employ

equations (M), (N), (P).

The fundamental problems of the theory of heat cannot be completely solved, without reducing to this form the functions which represent the

initial state of

These trigonometric

the temperatures.

arranged according to cosines or

series,

sines of multiples of arcs, belong to elementary analysis, like the

whose terms contain the successive powers of the variable. the trigonometric series are definite areas, and those of the series of powers are functions given by differentiation, series

The

coefficients of

in which, moreover,

we

assign to the variable a definite value.

We

could have added several remarks concerning the use and properties of trigonometrical series

but we shall limit ourselves to

;

enunciating briefly those which have the most direct relation to the theory with which it

follows that

...

.

.

f(x)=A + A 1

cos

we

are concerned.

AAA AAA —

2wx — 2ttx

_ 2irx

.

l-

-4 2

_

cos2 -T-

.

The sides

by

coefficients

cos .

.

—— + B_

_ 2irx

+ B^ sm —— + Bs sm 2 ,

.

+ A 3 cos .

3



3

2wx —

— + &c.

„ 2ttx

sin 3

-r— + &c.

being determined in Fourier's manner by multiplying both

Qttcc

n ——- and

1874, pp. 95, 96).

integrating from

[A. F.]

to a.

(Philosophical Magazine, August

REMARKS ON THE

SECT. VI.]

The

1st.

arranged according to sines or cosines of mul-

series

always convergent

tiple arcs are

207

SERIES.

that

;

variable any value whatever that

to say,

is

on giving to the

not imaginary, the

is

terms converges more and more to a single fixed

sum

limit,

of the

which

is

the value of the developed function. 2nd.

we have the

If

expression of a function f(x) which cor-

responds to a given series

a+

b cos

x + c cos 2x + d cos

and that of another function a it is

+ e cos

4a?

+ &c,

whose given development

<£ (a?),

+ /3 cos x + 7 cos 2a? + S cos 3a? + e cos 4a? -f

easy to find in real terms the aoi

+

b/3 cos

sum

of the

x + cy cos

2a?

series

1

series

+ d8 cos 3a? + ee cos 4a? + &c,

which is formed by comparing term by term the two given This remark applies to any number of series.

The

3rd.

of a function

may be irF(x)

series (P)

F (x)

=

a being a

which gives the development of sines and cosines of multiple arcs,

(Art. 234)

in a series

lJF(y.)dx

new

cos

x

j

+ sin

x

I

F (a) cos ada. + cos 2x F (a) cos 2adz I

F (a)

sin adoc

+

2x

I

F (a) da 51 + sin x sin a

-f-

2a

sin 2a? sin 2a

-f

cos

+ sin

Sx cos 3a + &c. 3a? sin

3a

+

&c.

shall liave

I

ij/(x)(t>(x)dx=aaT + lir{bp

+ cy +...}.

&c.

F (a) sin 2xJa + &c.

variable which disappears after the integrations.

+ cos x cos a + cos 2x cos

We

sin

-f

have then

ttF(x)=J

1

series.

arranged under the form

-f

We

is

&c,

compound

+ hfi + cy + dS + ee + &c,

and more generally that of the act.

3a?

[R. L. E.]

[

THEORY OF HEAT.

208

[CHAP.

III.

or

F(x)

=-

F{%)

j

\-

doL

+ cos {x- a) + cos 2

(x

Hence, denoting the sum of the preceding

S taken from

i

=1

=

to i

go

,

cos

i

(#

The expression

~

by

series

— a)

we have

=\\f (a) da || + 2 cos

F\x)

- a) + &c. L

+ 2 cos i

(x

— a)

i (a?

- a)|

represents a function of

a;

F

and a, such that if it be multiplied by any function whatever (a), and integrated with respect to a. between the limits a.= — ir and a = 7T, the proposed function .F (a) becomes changed into a like function of x multiplied by the semi-circumference ir. It will be seen in the sequel what is the nature of the quantities, such as ^

+ 2 cos i (# — a),

which enjoy the property we have just enun-

ciated. If in the equations (M), (N), and (P) (Art 234), which 4th. on being divided by r give the development of a function f{x), we suppose the interval r to become infinitely large, each term of

the series the series

an

is is

infinitely small

element of an integral; the sum of

then represented by a definite integral.

When

the

bodies have determinate dimensions, the arbitrary functions which represent the initial temperatures, and which enter into the integrals of the partial differential equations, ought to be developed in series analogous to those of the equations (M), (N), (P)

these functions take

the form of definite integrals,

;

but

when the

dimensions of the bodies are not determinate, as will be explained in the course of this work, in treating of the free diffusion of heat (Chapter ix.).

On

Note on Section VI. values

are

arbitrarily

the subject of the development of a function whose

assigned between certain limits, in series of sines and

and on questions connected with the values of such on the convergency of the series, and on the discontinuity

cosines of multiple arcs, series at the limits,

of their values, the principal authorities are

Poisson, Théorie mathématique de la Chaleur, Paris, 1835, Chap. vu. Arts.

92

—102,

Sur

la

manière d'exprimer

les

fonctions arbitraires

par

des séries de

LITERATURE.

SECT. VII.]

209



Or, more briefly, in his Traité de Mécanique, Arts. 325 328. memoirs on the subject were published in the Journal de l'École Polytechnique, Cahier 18,. pp. 417—489, year 1820, and Cahier 19, pp. 404—509, quantités périodiques.

Poisson's original

year 1823.

De Morgan, The proofs

Differential

London, 1842, pp. 609 In the verification

and Integral Calculus.

— 617.

developments appear to be original. developments the author follows Poisson's methods. of the

Stokes, Cambridge Philosophical Transactions, 1847, Vol.

viii.

pp. 533

of the

—556.

sums of Periodic Series. Section I. Mode of ascertaining the nature of the discontinuity of a function which is expanded in a series of sines or cosines, and of obtaining the developments of the derived functions.

On

the Critical values of the

Graphically illustrated.

Thomson and Tait, Natural Philosophy, Oxford, 1867, Vol. i. Arts. 75—77. Donkin, Acoustics, Oxford, 1870, Arts. 72 79, and Appendix to Chap. iv. Matthieu, Cours de Physique Mathématique, Paris, 1873, pp. 33 36. Entirely different methods of discussion, not involving the introduction of arbitrary multipliers to the successive terms of the series were originated by Dirichlet, Crelle's Journal, Berlin, 1829, Band iv. pp. 157 Sur la con* 169. vergence des séries trigonomêtriques qui servent a représenter une fonction arbitraire







entre les limites

The methods

données.

of this

memoir thoroughly

tentive study, but are not yet to be found in English text-books.

same author appeared in Dove's Repertorium der Physik,

of greater length, by the

Berlin,

1837,

Band

i.

deserve at-

Another memoir,

pp. 152

— 174.

Uebet die Darstellung ganz ivillkuhrlicher Von G. Lejeune Dirichlet.

Functional durch Sinus- und Cosinusreihen.

Other methods are given by

Band iv. pp. 170—178. Ueber die Convergenz und Cosinussen der Vielfachen eines Winkels fortschreiten-

Dirksen, Crelle's Journal, 1829, einer nach den Sinussen

den Reihe. Altona, 1839, pp. 230

Bessel, Astronomische Nachrichten,

Ausdruck einer Function


(x)

durch Cosinusse

and

—238.

Ueber den

Sinusse der Vielfachen von x.

The writings of the last three authors are criticised by Riemann, Gesammelte Mathematische Werke, Leipzig, 1876, pp. 221 225. Ueber die Darstellbarkeit einer Function durch eine Trigonometrische Reihe. On Fluctuating Functions and their properties, a memoir was published by



Sir

W.

264

—321.

R. Hamilton, Transactions of the Royal Irish Academy, 1843, Vol. xix. pp. The introductory and concluding remarks may at this stage be studied.

The writings of Deflers, Boole, and others, on the subject of the expansion an arbitrary function by means of a double integral (Fourier's Theorem) will be alluded to in the notes on Chap. IX. Arts. 361, 362. [A. F.]

of

SECTION Application 236.

We

can

now

to

VII.

the actual problem.

solve in a general

manner the problem

the propagation of heat in a rectangular plate is

constantly heated, whilst

its

maintained at the temperature F. H.

two

infinite

of

BA G, whose end A edges B and C are.

0.

14

THEORY OF HEAT.

210

Suppose the

temperature at

initial

all

[CHAP.

A

edge

m

preserved by some external cause, and that

is

of the fixed

its

m

from the a function f(x) of the distance of the point of the edge whose whole length is 2r; let v be the

value

is

A

end

constant temperature of the point

The value

v

= ae- ™" sin mx d

2

v

m

dv 2 dy

+

the equation

_ ~

_ '

being any quantities whatever. r

being an integer, the value ae

may

whatever the value of y

more general value v

whose co-ordinates are x and

satisfies

2

dx*

a and

m

required to determine v as a function of x and y.

y, it is

i

BAC

points of the slab

to be nothing, but that the temperature at each point

ITT.

= a,e

sin

We

be.



vanishes,

,

when x = r,

shall therefore assume, as

a

v,

„„ irx

y — ITr

of

sin

m = i—

we take

If

a

\-

e

n .u -2ttr

-Zn-

2irx

.

sin

1-

r

aae

S7rx



sin

h &c.

If 2/ be supposed nothing, the value of v will by hypothesis be equal to the known function f(x). We then have /./ / (a?) =

.

X

The

a,

sm

7T#

.

a 1} a 2 a 3

coefficients

sm

ha, ,

,

27T#

37nr

.

h &c.

Y a, sin

&c. can be determined

by means' of

equation (M), and on substituting them in the value of v 1

- n;

=

-,r-

e

?

.

sin



irx f I

j.f

v

.

/(a;)

sm

+e 237.

— irx

,

,

cte

+e

-2tt^-

.

r

sm

/

/

27ttc [ r ,

\

\f\x)



we have

sm

27ra;

7 «#

-3*2 r

sm

r JJ

Assuming r = ir in the preceding more simple form, namely

(«J '

sm

cte

r

equation,

+ &c.

we have the

solution under a

-Trv

= e~v sin x\f(x) +

e~

3v

sin a?d#

+ e"

22/

sin

sin 3a? //(*) sin

2x lf(x) sin

Sxdx + &c

2a;ata

(a),

APPLICATION OF THE THEORY.

SECT. VII.]

211

or

r«= ^

/

(e v

da

f(-x)

x

sin

sin a

+

2v

e

+ a

is

a

new

which disappears

variable,

sum

If the

— a) —

is

3v

cos (x

F (y,p)

é~ 2 " [cos

+ a)] +

v

sum

the

e~ cos

sin

3#

sin 3a

+

&c.)

and

be substituted

if it

The

of v in a finite form.

equal to

+ e~ 3v [cos 3

we

2x sin 2a

after integration.

we have the value

double of the series

denoting by

e~

of the series be determined,

in the last equation,

e"" [cos (x

sin

Jo

{oc

2 (x

— a) —

cos 2 (x

— a) — cos 3

(x

+

+ a)]

a)]

+

&c.

;

of the infinite series

Sy p + e*v cos 2p + e~ cos tip + &a,

find irv

=

/(a)

I

e?a

{^(y, #

— a) — F (y, x + a)}.

J

We

have also fg-ftf+W^)

^F{y,p)=, -ft/-pV-n

|

e

e

n

_ ~

cos J

é

^ e-2(ï-W-D

_j_

e

\'=ï)

^lrW-i)

_^_

^. c

_|_

fc Q

„- (y-p V -l)

)

g-(2/+W-D

J

£YKy,P)

- tv+p V-i

^ e-3(y+P

g-2 (.,+;> v^i)

_j_

+

g-(WT

^

V-l)

'

p — e*y

-2œsp + e~

v

'

whence

W ^'Jo^^^ — r /C

J v \e

cos(#

— a)— ef

17

-2cos{x-a)+e- ~ ll

+ a) — e~v -2cos{x + a)+e-y S' cos ($

e

y

}

or

t» or,

W i -jy w^-jpr—

decomposing the

2

]/ W

7

'

^

[" f(

2cog

^e

^_ a

— e"^ s n ^ sm a 1 + e-„j e,_ 2 cos ^ +a + -=^|,

^

coefficient into

a {e

y

*

j-

j

two

-2cos(x-oL) +

fractions,

e~

v

e

v

-2cos(x+a.) + e-u \

14—2

'

THEOKY OF HEAT.

212

This equation contains, in real terms under a integral of the equation

the uniform its

movement

-^ + -j-j = 0,

III.

SECT. VII.

finite

form, the

[CH.

applied to the problem of

of heat in a rectangular solid, exposed at

extremity to the constant action of a single source of heat. It is easy to ascertain the relations of this integral to the .

general integral, which has two arbitrary functions; these functions are

by the very nature

of the

nothing arbitrary remains but

the

problem determinate, and function /(a),

considered

between the limits a = and a = ir. Equation (a) represents, under a simple form, suitable for numerical applications, the same value of v reduced to a convergent

series.

we wished to determine the quantity of heat which the solid when it has arrived at its permanent state, we should take the integral fdxfdy v from x = to x = ir, and from y = to If

contains

y=

oo

;

the result would be proportianal to the quantity required.

In general there

is

no property of the uniform movement of heat which is not exactly represented by this

in a rectangular plate, solution.

We of view, bodies,

problems of this kind from another point and determine the varied movement of heat in different

shall next regard

CHAPTER

IV.

OF THE LINEAR AND VARIED MOVEMENT OF HEAT IN A RING.

SECTION

I.

General solution of the problem.

The

238.

movement

equation which expresses the

in a ring has been stated in Article 105

hi _ K dv V Jt~CDdx*~UD~S

The problem write

it

is

m

2

dv

now

integrate

to

{

equation

this

h

we may

:

simply

dv dt

wherein k represents ^j:

,

j

d 2v

=k d^- hv 7

>

and h represents 777^

origin 0,

and

the point

m

v

is

after

% denotes the

,

m of the

length of the arc included between a point

ring and the

the temperature which would be observed at

a given time

t.

We

first

u being a new unknown, whence we deduce

fill

-r:

assume v = e~ ht u, (l

tli

= k ~t~î now î

equation belongs to the case in which the radiation

may be derived from by making h = we conclude from

the surface, since tion

of heat

it is

;

it

:

is

this

nul at

the preceding equait

that the different

points of the ring are cooled successively,

medium, without

this

by the action of the circumstance disturbing in any manner the

law of the distribution of the heat. (In

(i^iL

In fact on integrating the equation 3- = ^-jT find the values of

u which correspond to

,

we should

different points of the

THEORY OF HEAT.

214

[CHAP. IV.

same instant, and we should ascertain what the state would be if heat were propagated in it without any to determine then what would be the state loss at the surface of the solid at the same instant if this loss had occurred, it will be sufficient to multiply all the values of u taken at different M Thus the points, at the same instant, by the same fraction e~ ring at the

of the solid

;

.

cooling which

effected at the surface does not change the

is

of the distribution of heat

ture of each point

is

the only result

;

than

less

is

law

that the tempera-

would have been without this diminishes from this cause

it

circumstance, and the temperature

according to the successive powers of the fraction e~ u

The problem being reduced

239.

(1 It

equation

-=-

(1

.

to the integration of the

71

= h -j-^ we

plest particular values

the

shall, in

,

first place,

select the sim-

which can be attributed to the variable

from them we shall then compose a general value, and we shall prove that this value is as extensive as the integral, which contains an arbitrary function of x, or rather that it is this integral itself, arranged under the form which the problem requires, so that there cannot be any different solution.

u

;

It

may

be remarked

give to u the particular value to the condition

m = — hi

is satisfied if we q/0 sin nœ, m and n being subject Take then as a particular value of

that the equation

first,

2 .

1

m the function e~ knH sin nx. In order that this value

may

not change when the distance x r denoting the

multiple

i

mean

it

must

increased by the quantit}^ lirr,

Hence

radius of the ring.

of the circumference lir

We may

belong to the problem,

is

;

which gives n

27rnr

must be a

=-

any integer; we suppose it to be were negative, it would suffice to change the sign of the coefficient a in the value ae~ knH sin nx. take

i

to be

always positive, since,

if

-h

The

particular value ae

proposed unless

on making

t

it

it

— r2

sin

— could

not satisfy the problem

represented the initial state of the

= 0, we

find

u

= a sin —

:

solid.

Now

suppose then that the

SECT.

PARTICULAR SOLUTIONS.

I.]

215

values of u are actually expressed by a sin -

initial

say, that the primitive

;

that

is

to

temperatures at the different points are

between the radii which pass through those points and that which passes through proportional to the sines of angles included

the origin, the

movement

of heat in the interior of the ring will

be exactly represented by the equation u

we take account

= ae

r~

sin -

of the loss of heat through the surface,

v

=

ae

-(ft+J)' r K

'

,

we

and

if

find

» -



sin

r

In the case in question, which

we can

is

the simplest of

all

those which

imagine, the variable temperatures preserve their primi-

and the temperature at any point diminishes accordthe successive powers of a fraction which is the same for

tive ratios,

ing to

every point.

The same initial

properties would be

noticed

if

we supposed the

temperatures to be proportional to the sines of the double /y»

of the arc -

;

and in general the same happens when the given

temperatures are represented by a sin



i

,

being any integer

whatever.

We

should arrive at the same results

particular value of 2?i7rr

= 2Î7T,

and n

u

the quantity ae~ knH cos

=-

;

initial

In

movement

=

ae

nk-[ r

cos

:

here also

we have

ix —

r

of heat in the interior of the ring if the

temperatures are represented by cos all

nx

hence the equation

u expresses the

on taking for the



.

these cases, where the given temperatures are propor-

tional to the sines or to the cosines of a multiple of the arc r

the ratios established between

these

,

temperatures exist con-

tinually during the infinite time of the cooling.

The same would

THEOEY OF HEAT.

216 be the case

if

.

the initial temperatures were represented by the

function a sin efficients

[CHAP. IV.

\-b cos



,

i

being any integer, a and b any co-

whatever.

240.

Let us pass now to the general case in which the

we have

temperatures have not the relations which

but are represented by any function whatever F(x). to this function the form <£(-), so that

Let us give

F (œ) = <}>('-)

we have

imagine the function $ ( - \ to be decomposed into a

by suitable

sines or cosines of multiple arcs affected

We

write

initial

just supposed,

,

and

series

of

coefficients.

down the equation a » sin Q (

*(*) =

~r)

+ «i

sin

X

(

a f) + *

2

sin (

f)

^2

°pj

+ &c

-

-

(
+ K ws

(o

fj

+

h x cos (l

+ \ cos

fj

+ &c.

The numbers a av a2 ..., b b v b 2 ... are regarded as known and calculated beforehand. It is evident that the value of u will then be represented by the equation ,

,

a, sin

m



-

a a sin 2

r bn

+

+

+ b,

&c.

h cos 2 z

cos

r

du

In since

fact, 1st, this

it is

the

sum

cPw

value of u satisfies the equation -r

=

of several particular values

does not

;

2nd,

it

h

j—,i}

change when we increase the distance x by any multiple whatever of the circumference of the ring

since on

making

t

=

0,

we

;

3rd,

it satisfies

find the equation

conditions of the problem are fulfilled,

multiply the value of u by e~ ht 241.

As the time

and

the initial state,

Hence

(e).

it

all

the

remains only to

.

increases, each of the terms

which compose

the value of u becomes smaller and smaller; the system of temperatures tends therefore continually towards the regular and con-

SECT.

COMPLETE SOLUTION.

I.]

217

u from the

stant state in which the difference of the temperature

constant b

represented by

is

_n a sin r

+

b cos

-

is

r

*V

Thus the particular values which we have previously considered, and from which we have composed the general value, derive their Each of them represents an origin from the problem itself. elementary state which" could exist of posed to be formed

;

itself as

soon as

it

is

sup-

these values have a natural and necessary

relation with the physical properties of heat.

To determine the coefficients a a v a2 &c, b b lf h 2 &c, we must employ equation (II), Art. 234, which was proved in the ,

,

last section of

,

,

the previous Chapter.

X

Let the whole abscissa denoted by in this equation be 2irr, x be the variable abscissa, and let fix) represent the initial

let

state of the ring, the integrals

x=

27rr

rf(x)

4-

must be taken from x =

to

we have then

;

=

2Jf^ dx cos

cos

-)/(») dx

i

+

cos (2 -J

I

(2-\f(œ)dx +

cos

&c.

dx + &c. + sin fjfsin (^f(x)dx + àn(2f)j B m fâ) f(œ)

Knowing b

,

bx ,

b2

,

in

«fee,

if

this

manner the values

a0>

of

a v a2

they be substituted in the equation

,

&c,

we have

the following equation, which contains the complete solution the problem irrv

:

[1 — = o-ht e

fix) dx

sin

+

^/(

cos

sin

^/H & )

cos

-f(x) dx

— f(x) dx

sin 2

sin

cos 2

cos —-,/(#) dx

22

W

+

+

&C.1 )

(E).

of-

THEORY OF HEAT.

218

All the integrals must be taken from

The v, is

first

term -

evidently the



[CHAP. IV.

x=

x=

to

2irr.

lf{x) dx, which serves to form the value of

mean

temperature, that

initial

which each point would have

to say, that

is

the initial heat were distri-

if all

buted equally throughout.

The preceding equation

242.

(E)

may be

applied, whatever

We

the form of the given function fix) may be. shall consider two particular cases, namely 1st, that which occurs when the :

by the action

ring having been raised

of a source of heat to its

permanent temperatures, the source is suddenly suppressed; 2nd, the case in which half the ring, having been equally heated throughout, is suddenly joined to the other half, throughout which the initial temperature

We

is 0.

have seen previously that the permanent temperatures

of the ring are expressed

value of quantity a being

generating section, and If it

equation

by the equation KS where

e

,

S the

that which

=

is

will therefore

must

is

x

ai

+ boTx

the

;

the perimeter of the

but a single source of heat, the

necessarily hold at the point opposite to

The

occupied by the source.

be

is

=

area of that section.

be supposed that there -=-

I

v

satisfied at this point.

condition aa

x

— bx~x =

For convenience of calcu-

lation let us consider the fraction -^r- to be equal to unity,

and

let

us take the radius r of the ring to be the radius of the trigonometrical tables,

we

state of the ring

It

is

shall

then have v

= aex + be

x ;

hence the

remains only to apply the general equation

noting by if the

mean

V \2

initial

represented by the equation

1

2

heat (Art. 241),

initial

+1

+

2

2

+l

we

e

3

2

+l

and dehave

(E),

shall

+<XC -J-

This equation expresses the variable state of a solid ring, which

having been heated at one of

its

points and raised to stationary

SECT.

FUKTHER APPLICATION.

I.]

219

temperatures, cools in air after the suppression of the source of heat.

243.

In order to make a second application of the general we shall suppose the initial heat to be so distributed

equation (E),

that half the ring included between

out the temperature It

is

1,

and x = it has through-

x=

the other half having the temperature

0.

required to determine the state of the ring after the lapse of

a time

t.

The function f(x), which represents the initial state, is in this case such that its value is 1 so long as the variable is included and it. It follows from this that we must suppose and take the integrals only from x = to x — ir, the other parts of the integrals being nothing by hypothesis. We obtain first the following equation, which gives the development of the function proposed, whose value is 1 from x = to x = 7r and nothing from x = it to x = 27r, between

f(x)

= l,

f(x)



= g-j Z

(

x

sin

7T \

+ ka

sin

3x + -

sin

ox

o

+

= sin 7x

+ &c.

7

)

/

If now we substitute in the general equation the values which we have just found for the constant coefficients, we shall have the

equation

^

7tu

= e~ ht (-ttt +

sin

xe~ kt + ^ 6

\4

~Z

sin

%xe~®u

+^o

sin

5xe~ 52Jct

+ &c.

),

j

which expresses the law according to which the temperature at each point of the ring varies, and indicates its state after any given time we shall limit ourselves to the two preceding applications, and add only some observations on the general solution expressed by the equation (E). :

244

1st.

If

k

is

expressed thus, irrv

mean

initial

supposed

= e~ u

-^

infinite,

\f{x)dx,

the state of the ring or,

denoting by

M

is

the

temperature (Art. 241), v = e~ M M. The temperature becomes suddenly equal to the mean temperature,

at every point

and all the different points retain always equal temperatures, which is a necessary consequence of the hypothesis in which we admit infinite conducibility.

THEORY OF HEAT.

220

We

2nd.

should have the same result

[CHAP. IV.

if

the radius of the ring

were infinitely small.

To

3rd.

find the

we must take by

divide

mean temperature

of the ring after a time

\f(x)dx from x =

the integral

to

t

x=2irr, and

Integrating between these limits the different

2irr.

and then supposing x =

parts of the value of u,

Zirr,

we

find the

total values of the integrals to be nothing except for the first

term time

the value of the

;

the quantity e~

t,

ht

mean temperature is therefore, after M. Thus the mean temperature of

the the

manner as if its conducibility were inoccasioned by the propagation of heat in the

ring decreases in the same finite

solid

the variations

;

have no influence on the value of

this temperature.

In the three cases which we have just considered, the temperature decreases in proportion to the powers of the fraction e~\ or,

which

is

the same thing, to the ordinate of a logarithmic

curve, the abscissa being equal to the time

This law has been that

known

for a long time,

but

which has elapsed. must be remarked

it

does not generally hold unless the bodies are of small

it

dimensions.

The previous

analysis tells us that if the diameter of

not very small, the cooling at a definite point would not be at first subject to that law the same would not be the case

a ring

is

;

with the

mean temperature, which

decreases always in proportion

For the rest, it must not be forgotten that the generating section of the ring is supposed to to the ordinates of a logarithmic curve.

have dimensions so small that different points of the same section do not differ sensibly in temperature. 4th.

If

we wished

to ascertain the quantity of heat

which

escapes in a given time through the surface of a given portion of

the ring, the integral hi

I

dt

vdx must be employed, and must

I

be taken between limits relative to the time. if we took and 27r to be the limits of x, and limits of t; that is to say, if

we wished

to

For example, to be the determine the whole 0, oo

,

quantity of heat which escapes from the entire surface, during the

we ought to find after the integrawhole quantity of the initial heat, or

complete course of the cooling, tions a result equal to the

2-nrM,

M being the mean

initial

temperature.

SECT.

DISTRIBUTION OF HEAT IN THE RING.

I.]

5th.

If

we wish

to ascertain

221

how much heat flows in a given we must employ the

time, across a definite section of the ring, I*

integral

-

KS

I

7

7

dt -=-, writing for -y- the value of that function,

taken at the point in question. 245.

Heat tends

to be distributed in the ring according to

The more the time which

a law which ought to be noticed.

has elapsed increases the smaller do the terms which compose the value of v in equation (E) become with respect to those

which precede them. There is therefore a certain value of t for which the movement of heat begins to be represented sensibly by the equation aa

The same

-

sin

+b

cos

1

-J

»" 2

e

,

relation continues to exist during the infinite time

we choose two points of the rinosame diameter, and represent their respective distances from the origin by xx and x2 and their corresponding temperatures at the time t by v x and v 2 we shall have of the cooling.

In this

state, if

situated at the ends of the

,

;

^=|ao+(«i % = !««+ The same

is

sines of the

(

sm ^ + &

«1 sin

two arcs

-8

OC

-*

+

i

cos

7 —

b 1 cos

and

r2

e

*

[e'

ht

-ht

oc

-^ differ only in

the case with the q uantities cos V A- v -i-Z-1i 9

)

e



and cos

f

— r

;

sign

;

the

hence

— n"crp~ ht

>

thus the half-sum of the temperatures at opposite points gives a quantity aQ e~M, which would remain the same if we chose two points situated at the ends of another diameter.

The quantity

M as we have seen above, is the value of the mean temperature after the time Hence the half-sum of the temperature at any two opposite points decreases continually with the mean temperature of the ring, and represents its value without sensible a

e~

,

t.

error,

after the

cooling has lasted for a certain time.

Let us

THEOKY OF HEAT.

222

examine more particularly in what the expressed by the equation

[CHAP. IV.

final state consists

which

is

{/ If

first

we

x

_—

x\

y-M

seek the point of the ring at which

we have the

condition .

a, sin 1

X

r

X

1

+ o,

1

~

= 0,

cos -

X

= —

or -

arc tan

r

r

we

see that the temperature at this point

the

mean temperature

of the ring

the point diametrically opposite

is

the same

:

/Z>\ — VV

at every instant is

for the abscissa

;

,

the case with

x

of the latter

point will also satisfy the above equation

r

=

arc tan

-

(

ax

\

X

Let us denote by the distance at which the is situated, and we shall have

first

of these

points

.

sin

K = — «i

X —

——

•%

;

cos

T

and substituting

this value of b v

we have

«I (x X\ v=L + -^x sm {r-7) ne cos — ,

a.

.

.

e

I

r If

we now take

as origin of abscissse the point which corre-

sponds to the abscissa X, and

x — X, we

shall

if

we denote by u the new

— p~ht (a + h sin-e~r At the

abscissa

have

origin,

where the abscissa u

point, the temperature v

is

2

J

is 0,

and at the opposite

always equal to the

mean tempera-

ture; these two points divide the circumference of the ring into

two parts whose state is similar, but of opposite sign each point of one of these parts has a temperature which exceeds the mean temperature, and the amount of that excess is proportional to the sine of the distance from the origin. Each point of the ;

SECT.

1.]

PARTIAL CHANGES OF TEMPERATURE.

223

mean

temperature,

other part has a temperature less than the

and the defect

the same as the excess at the opposite point.

is

This symmetrical distribution of heat exists throughout the whole

At the two ends

duration of the cooling.

two

and their

half,

246.

continually to bring each half of the

effect is

ring towards the

mean

temperature.

We may now remark

gives the value of

a sin i -

of the form

is

i-Je'

can therefore derive, with respect to each term, consequences

which the

In

.x

.

nothing,

denoting by

fact

X the

distance

and

this sub-

coefficient

a

is

cos

-f h i

%

analogous to the foregoing. for

that in the general equation which

each of the terms

v,

(

We

of the heated half,

flows of heat are established in direction towards the cooled

sm i - +

f

r

7

o.*

we have the equation

b.

cos

.x r

i

=—a

t

tan i

X —

,

stitution gives, as the value of the coefficient,

.fx-X: sm i .

a a being a constant. whose abscissa is

X

by u the new

It follows

from

this that taking the point

as the origin of co-ordinates, and denoting

x — X, we have,

abscissa

changes of this part of the value of ae

sm i-

nt

v,

e

as the expression of the

the function r*.

r

If this particular part of the value of v existed alone, so as to

make

the coefficients of

all

the other parts nul, the state of the

ring would be represented by the function ae

,u

e

r*

sm

Œ

would be proportional to the from the origin, analogous to that which we have already described

and the temperature

at each point

sine of the multiple i of the distance of this point

This state

is

:

THEORY OF HEAT.

224 it differs

from

it

[CHAP. IV.

number of points which have always mean temperature of the ring general equal to 2i. Each of these points or

in that the

the same temperature equal to the is

not 2 only, but in

nodes separates two adjacent portions of the ring which are in a similar state, but opposite in sign. The circumference is thus

found to be divided into several equal parts whose state

The

nately positive and negative.

flow of heat

is

is

alter-

the greatest

and is directed towards that portion which and it is nothing at the points which are equidistant from two consecutive nodes. The ratios which exist then between the temperatures are preserved during the whole of

possible in the nodes, is

in the negative state,

the cooling, and the temperatures vary together very rapidly in proportion to the successive powers of the fraction e

r».

e

&c, we shall which heat can assume whilst it is propagated in a solid ring. When one of these simple modes is once established, it is maintained of itself, and the ratios which exist between the temperatures do not change; but whatever the primitive ratios may be, and in whatever manner the ring may have been heated, the movement of heat can be decomposed into several simple movements, similar to those which we have just described, and which are accomplished all together If

we

give successively to

ascertain all the regular

without disturbing each other. rature

is

i

the values

and elementary

0, 1, 2, 3,

states

In each of these states the tempe-

proportional to the sine of a certain multiple of the dis-

tance from a fixed point.

The sum

of all these partial temperatures,

same instant, is the actual temperature of that point. Now some of the parts which compose this sum decrease very much more rapidly than the others. It follows from this that the elementary states of the ring which correspond to different values of i, and whose superposition determines the total movement of heat, disappear in a manner one after the other. They cease soon to have any sensible influence on the value of the temperature, and leave only the first among them to exist, in which i is the least of all. In this manner we form an exact idea of the law according to which heat is distributed in O a ring, and is dissipated at its surface. The state of the ring becomes more and more symmetrical; it soon becomes confounded

taken

for a single point at the

SECT.

225

TRANSFER BETWEEN SEPARATE MASSES.

II.]

with that towards which sists in this,

has a natural tendency, and which con-

it

that the temperatures of the different points

become

same multiple of the arc which measures the distance from the origin. The initial distribution makes no change in these results.

proportional to the sine of the

SECTION Of the communication

II.

of heat between separate masses.

We

have now to direct attention to the conformity of the foregoing analysis with that which must be employed to determine the laws of propagation of heat between separate masses 247.

;

we shall thus arrive at a second solution movement of heat in a ring. Comparison indicate the true foundations of the

of the problem of the of the

two

results will

method which we have

fol-

lowed, in integrating the equations of the propagation of heat in

continuous bodies.

We

examine, in the

shall

tremely simple case, which

is

first

place,

an ex-

that of the communication of heat

between two equal masses. Suppose two cubical masses m and n of equal dimensions and of the same material to be unequally heated; let their respective temperatures be a and If

we

b,

and

let

them be

of infinite conducibility.

placed these two bodies in contact, the temperature in each

would suddenly become equal to the mean temperature ^ (a + b). Suppose the two masses to be separated by a very small interval, that an infinitely thin layer of the first is detached so as to be joined to the second, and that it returns to the first immediately after the contact. Continuing thus to be transferred alternately, and at equal infinitely small intervals, the interchanged layer causes the heat of the hotter body to pass gradually into that which is less heated; the problem is to determine what would be, after a given time, the heat of each body, if they lost at their sur-

face no part of the heat

which they contained.

We do not suppose

the transfer of heat in solid continuous bodies to be effected in a

manner

similar to that which

we have

just described:

we wish

only to determine by analysis the result of such an hypothesis.

Each

of the

two masses possessing infinite conducibility, the contained in an infinitely thin la}^er, is sud-

quantity of heat F. H.

15

.

THEORY OF HEAT.

226

[CHAP. IV.

denly added to that of the body with which it is in contact; and a common temperature results which is equal to the quotient of the

by the sum of the masses. Let «a be the mass of the infinitely small layer which is separated from the hotter body, whose temperature is a; let a and B be the variable temperatures which correspond to the time t, and whose initial values are a and b. When the layer m is separated from the mass m which becomes m — &>, it has like this mass the temperature a, and as soon as it touches the second body affected with the temperature B, it assumes at the same time with that body a

sum

of the quantities of heat divided

temperature equal to



temperature, returns to the

first

temperature

We

a.

.

The

layer w, retaining the last

body whose mass

m—

is

co

and

find then for the temperature after the second

contact

—— a [m

The dt,

a.

+

— &)) +



—m + m \

tu (ù

or

— 6) — J

m

,

and 8

+ (a — 6)' — m \

B ;

a>

become, after the interval

these values are found by J

.

suppressing the higher powers of

da

,,

m-k-

variable temperatures a and

(a

am 4- pa

J

=—

(a



6)

— m

co.

We

and dB =

thus have

— 6)y —

fa K

m

the mass which had the initial temperature instant a quantity of heat equal to

B has

mdB

or

first

mass.

;

received in one

— B)

which has by this that the quantity of heat which passes in one instant from the most heated body into that which is less heated, is, all other things been

lost in

the same time by the

(<x

a,

We

see

being equal, proportional to the actual difference of temperature of the two bodies. The time being divided into equal intervals,

œ maybe replaced by kdt, k being the mass whose sum contains co as many times as

the infinitely small quantity

number

of units of

the unit of time contains

dt,

so that

k

1

co

at

we have - = -=-

obtain the equations

dx

= — (a -

6)

h — dt

and dB =

(a



B)

k — dt.

.

We

thus

SECT.

227

RECIPROCAL CONDUCIBILITY.

II.]

we attributed a greater value to the volume &>, which said, to draw heat from one of the bodies for the purpose of carrying it to the other, the transfer would be quicker in order to express this condition it would be necessary to increase in the same ratio the quantity k which "We might also retain the value enters into the equations. of o) and suppose the layer to accomplish in a given time a greater number of oscillations, which again would be indicated by a greater value of k. Hence this coefficient represents in some respects the velocity of transmission, or the facility with which If

248.

serves,

may be

it

;

heat passes from one of the bodies into the other, that

is

to say,

their reciprocal conducibility.

Adding the two preceding equations, we have

249.

+ dft =

dx

and dot.



if

we

dft

+

'

0,

we have

subtract one of the equations from the other,

2 (a

— ft) —

=

dt

dy

0,

and,

+ 2-

making

ydt

=

a

— ft = y,

0.

Integrating and determining the constant by the condition that

the initial value

is

a-

b,

we have y =

(a

— b)

e

vl

The

.

differ-

ence y of the temperatures diminishes as the ordinate of a loga-

m

rithmic curve, or as the successive powers of the fraction e

As the

values of a and 1

a

-

9

(

a

+ J) -

ft,

2

we have JM:

1 (

a



&) e

.

m

>

fi

=

1

9 (a

+ fy +

1

2

(

a

~ ty

e

— m

'

250. In the preceding case, we suppose the infinitely small mass w, by means of which the transfer is effected, to be always the same part of the unit of mass, or, which is the same thing,

we suppose the

coefficient

k which measures the reciprocal con-

ducibility to be a constant quantity. in question

more

as a function of the

general, the

To render the

two actual temperatures a and

then have the two equations dz

investigation

constant k must be considered

= —(x — ft)— dt,

m

ft.

We

should

and

15—2

THEORY OF HEAT.

228

[CHAP. IV.

d0=(a-ft-dt, which h would be equal to a function of a. and /3, which we It is easy to ascertain the law which denote by $ (a, ft). the variable temperatures a and {3 follow, when they approach extremely near to their final state. Let y be a new unknown equal to the difference between a and the final value which is in

1

=

(a

+ b)

or

Let

c.

z

be a second unknown equal to the difference

Za

"We substitute in place of a and /3 their values c — y and the problem is to find the values of y and z, when we suppose them very small, we need retain in the results of the substitutions only the first power of y and z. We therefore find the two equations,

c c

— /3. —z

;

and, as

h

*

-dy = -(z-y)-$(c-y, c-z)dt and



dz =

—h (z — y)

$(c — y,

— z)

c

dt,

and omit-

developing the quantities which are under the sign ting the higher powers of y and

and dz

h = — (z — y) — dt.

z.

We

The quantity

find



dy=

(z

being

— y)



dt,

constant,

it

follows that the preceding equations give for the value of the

— y,& result of a — ft.

difference z

the value

From

similar to that which

we conclude

we found above

for

if the coefficient k, which was were represented by any function whatever of the variable temperatures, the final changes which these temperatures would experience, during an infinite time, would still be subject to the same law as if the reciprocal con-

this

at first supposed

that

constant,

ducibility were constant.

The problem

is

actually to determine

the laws of the propagation of heat in an indefinite

number

of

equal masses whose actual temperatures are different. 251. to

rn,

Prismatic masses n in number, each of which

are

is

supposed to be arranged in the same straight

and affected with

different temperatures a,

b, c, d,

&c.

;

equal line,

infinitely

SECT.

EQUAL PRISMATIC MASSES IN

II.]

229

LINE.

of which has a mass to, are supposed to be from the different bodies except the last, and are conveyed in the same time from the first to the second, from the second to the third, from the third to the fourth, and so

thin layers, each

separated

on immediately after contact, these layers return to the masses from which they were separated the double movement taking ;

;

many

place as is

times as there are infinitely small instants dt

;

it

required to find the law to which the changes of temperature

are subject.

Let

be the variable values which correspond to and which have succeeded to the initial values When the layers to have been separated from the

a, ft, 7, 8, ... to,

the same time a, b,

n—

d, &c.

c,

t,

1 first masses,

masses,

it is

a

and put in contact with the neighbouring

easy to see that the temperatures become

(m —

/3

&>)

(m —

8

(m — to)

to)

7 (m —

+ ato

m

m — co' + 7to

mo)

+ y^rco

m+

?n

to)

+ /3co

m

'

_

'

to

or,

a,

/3

+ (a-/3)-, 7 -f(/3- 7)-, 8+ 7 - S)-, ...to+ftr- w )-. (

When

the layers

have returned to their former places, according to the same rule, which

co

new temperatures consists in dividing the sum of the masses, and we have

we

find

the instant

of the quantities of heat as the values of

O)

7+

(J3

coefficient of

/3

by the sum &c, after

8,

+ (a-/S-/3- 7)

— 7 — 7 — 8) —

m

— m

last coefficients of



,

a + 0& —

. . .

co)

— m

the difference of two consecutive

is

ferences taken in the succession

and


dt,

a-(a-0)-,

The

a, ft,

,

ferences of the second order.

they It

a, /3,

7,

. . .

may be is

^,

to.

a,

to the first

considered also as dif-

sufficient to

a to be preceded by a term equal to

As

dif-

suppose the term

and the term w

to

be

THEORY OF HEAT.

230

followed by a term equal to w. substituting kdt for

<w,


c*/3

We

[CHAP. IV.

have then, as formerly, on

the following equations

:

= -eft {(/3- a) -(*-«)},

m

= ^{(7 -/3)-(/3-a)}, ill

*^{(S- 7)_(7 _/3)J,

rf

III

dco

= -dt {(a -©)-(«- f)}.

To integrate method, known the 252.

=

a

h ,a

,

a 2 as

mined.

,

,

...

The

equations

axe

M

/3

,

these equations,

= a 2eh \

we assume, according

= a/\

7

...

a = a neht

to

;

a n being constant quantities which must be deterwe have the following ,

substitutions being made,

:

ajt

=—

(ci

— a.),

h

k

If we regard a, as a known quantity, we find the expression a 2 in terms of c^ and h, then that of a z in a 2 and A the same the case with all the other unknowns, a4 a6 &c. The first and

for is

last equations

;

,

may be

written under the form

h

,

SECT.

FORM OF THE SOLUTION.

II.]

231

=a

and an = an+l the value t power of h, the value of a3 contains the second power of h, and so on up to an+1 which contains the nth power of h. This arranged, an+1 becoming equal to an we th have, to determine li, an equation of the n degree, and at remains undetermined. Retaining the two conditions a

of «2 contains the

,

first

,

,

It follows

from

we

this that

shall find

n values

for h,

and in

accordance with the nature of linear equations, the general value of

a.

composed of n terms, so that the quantities by means of equations such as

is

&c.

a, /3, 7, ...

are determined

a

= a/* + a^e m + a"ev,t +

= a/ +as'eh + a^e*" + &c., '

o>

The values

t

t

t

/3

&c,

= an e M + a^ + aff* + &c n

number, and are equal

to

the n roots of the algebraical equation of the nth degree in

h,

which

has, as

The

of h,

we

h',

;

in

shall see further on, all its roots real.

coefficients of the first

arbitrary

equation a v a x \ a", a"', &c, are

as for the coefficients of the lower lines, they are deter-

mined by a number n ceding equations.

253.

h", &c. are

of systems of equations similar to the pre-

The problem

Writing the

is

now

to form these equations.

letter q instead of -y-

,

we have the

fol-

lowing equations

=a as = ai ax

«3

x

=

a2

,

(q

+ 2)-a

iSL

+ 2) -

«»« = »« (2

We whose

,

av

+ 2)-^.

see that these quantities belong to a recurrent

scale of relation consists of

two terms

(q

+ 2)

and



1.

series

We

THEORY OF HEAT.

232

[CHAP. IV.

can therefore express the general term a m by the equation am

—A

sin

mu + B sin

— 1)

(to

u,

determining suitably the quantities A, B, and

First

u.

A

and then equal and B by supposing m equal to gives a = B sin u, and a = A sin u, and consequently

we

to 1,

find

which

x

= a,

am

sin

1

mu

———

(m

sin



1) u.

sin u

Substituting then the values of

in the general equation

we

find

sin tow

=

(^ f 2) sin (to



1)

w

— sin



(m

2)

^<,

comparing which equation with the next, sin

mu = 2 cos u sin

(to

— 1) u —

which expresses a known property of the

we conclude

in arithmetic progression,

q= — arc

2 versin

14

;

sin

(w



2) w,

sines of arcs increasing

that

q

+

2

=

cos u,

or

remains only to determine the value of the

it

u.

The general value -T—

of a m being



sm u

we must

Tsin tom L

have, in order to

— sin

(to



satisfy tlie

1) wj,

condition an+1

=

an

,

the

equation sin (n

+

1)

u—

whence we deduce

sin

circumference and

any

*

sin u

nu

=

= sin nu

0,

or

u

=

- sin (w i

-

.

u,

being the semi-

7r

integer, such as 0, 1,

thence we deduce the n values of q or -jof the equation in h,

',

— 1)

2, 3, 4,

Thus

which give the values of

. . .

all

— 1)

;

the roots

h, li, h",

are real and negative, and are furnished by the equations

(w

K"

,

&c.

SECT.

PARTICULAR TEMPERATURE-VALUES.

II.]

h

=—

2

— versin

(

in

\

K — — 2 — versin

m

h"

#»-i>

m

=_

2

n 1

(

\

= — 2 — versin

[

233

-

n

2 -

n

\

- versin f(n - 1) -

Suppose tlien that we have divided the semi-circumference tt into n equal parts, and that in order to form u, we take i of those parts, i being less than n, we shall satisfy the differential equations by taking a t to be any quantity whatever, and making Sill

U

_ /9

ry

to

As

there

=



Sin Oil -

~

versin

— Sin 111 -^ m e smu

Sin 2l£ a,1

=a

u

sm u

1

versin

:

sin 3?«

— sin

2u e

:

sm u

1

sin

= a,

nu

—m

versin

u ,



— sin (n — 1)J u -^ m i



:

1

sin

u

n different arcs which we

are

versin

«

e

may

take for u,

namely,

0-

n

,

-,

1

n

2 -

,

n

,

(n-1)-

n

,

there are also n systems of particular values for

/3, 7, &c, and the general values of these variables are the sums of the

a,

particular values.

We

254.

see

which multiply to unity, since

vanishes

;

first

a, in

that

if

the arc u

the values of :

sm u

and the same

is

is

nothing, the quantities

a, /3, 7,

&c, become

takes the value 1

all

when the

equal arc

u

the case with the quantities which are

THEORY OF HEAT.

234

[CHAP.

IV.

found in the following equations. From this we conclude that constant terms must enter into the general values of a, /3, 7, ... a. Further, adding a, /3, 7, ...

the particular values corresponding to

all

&c, we have ,-,

a+

/3

Sin nU - — m e + 7 + &c. = a, — sin u o

versin

it.

;

1

an equation whose second member is reduced to provided the arc u does not vanish but in that case we should find n to be ;

the value of



We

.

sin

u

a

now

have then in general

+ /3 + 7 + &c = na

;

t

the initial values of the variables being

a, b, c,

&c, we must

necessarily have

na it

= a + b + c + &c.

1

follows that the constant

;

term which must enter into each of

the general values of a, ft, 7, ...

that

to say, the

is

As

mean

a

-

is

of all the initial temperatures.

to the general values of a,

by the following equations
+

b,

+

c1

,

N

J

/3,

,

they are expressed

7, ... œ,

:

Sinw— SmOw

1, a=-(a + 6 + c+ &c.) + n^ ,

+ b + c + &c),

(a

sin

-^versin«

m

e

:

sin

it

— sin

u

:

sm

u

-— m

Ou

— sin Ou"

sin u"

-— e

=

sm u

versin «•

e

;

r,

m

versin

»"

+ &c, 1 n B= n

,

(a

+

,

b

p

s

+ c + ôcc.) + a,

sin

4-

sin

u

-

versin

u

e

:

sin u

+h +c

2u—

sinu Sin 2u"

x

&c,

— Sin u"

:

sintt

r,

e

-— m

versin

»"

SECT.

1 = -(a + ,

7'

235

GENERAL TEMPERATURE-VALUES.

II.]

n

,

&-fc

N

+ &c.) + Oj

— Sin 2m -f^versiiiM e sm m

Sin Sll

=

3w —

sin

7

+ *x

e

;

sm w

+d

— Sin

Sll"

Sill

-^ versing

sin 2w'

-^

2l/'

=

ft

sm

-^versinw" e

it

+ &c, \

co=-(a + f

-•

'

7

&

• + + c + &c.) ~

'

p

N

'

/'sin

rat— sin (w —

ax

M

sin

\

ww"

/sin

iA

1)

-^



— sin (n — 1)'— ?t"\ K r,

)e

sm u

\

«

/

it

,

versin

e

1

=

+ cA

J

— sin (ra —

rat'

—'versin»

2

e Je

sm u sin

+h

-

w\

1)

=

—m

versta«"

J

+ &c. To determine the

255.

d...&c, we must In fact, when the time &c. must be equal to a, b, c, &c;

constants

a, b, c,

consider the initial state of the system. is

nothing, the values of

we have then n The

a, /3, 7,

similar equations to determine the n constants.

quantities

sin it— sinOit, sin2it— sinw, sin

may

3m— sin2it,

...

,

sin

nu— sin (n— 1) u,

be indicated in this manner,

A sin Ou, A sin u, A

A sin Su,

sin 2u,

...

A sin (n —l)u;

the equations proper for the determination of the constants if

mean temperature be

the initial

a 7

represented by G,

= C + a + \ + c + &c. x

=

~ t

'

+ a,

x

A—.sin u sm u

—sm u2m

c

A „ =U + a,

a7

A sin ~ = C?+ a, ,

sin

&c.

7 1-

—sm Su + it

A sin — sm u

u'

, \- b-,

6X

-,

b

7-

+

c-,

A sin u" —.

77—

sm u



+ &c,

A —— A —sm u — — sm u A— — A j— + — + sm u sm u sin :

2u -,

sin 2u"

Y c

sin 3 it' :

=

sin

c

=

77

Su"

77—

1"

&c,



&c,

are,

THEORY OF HEAT.

236

The

a^, b c lt dlf and C being determined by these we know completely the yalues of the variables

quantities

equations,

x

,

a,

We these

7,

j3,

B, ..-..».

can in general effect the elimination of the unknowns in

and determine the values of the quantities even when the number of equations is infinite we

equations,

a, b, c, d, &c.,

shall

[CHAP. IV.

employ

;

this process of elimination in the following articles.

On examining

256.

values of the

the equations which give the general

variables

7

a, fi,

we

&>,

see that as the time

increases the successive terms in the value of each variable de-

crease very unequally

:

l

exponents

n

n

n

versin u,

versin u,

u,

u, u", u", &c. being

77

2?, 3?, é

,

n the

the values of

for

77

&c,

,

versin u",

versin it",

&c.

become greater and greater. If we suppose the time t to be infinite, the first term of each value alone exists, and the temperature of each of the masses becomes equal to the mean temperature - (a

+ b + c+...&o).

Since the time

t

continually increases,

each of the terms of the value of one of the variables diminishes proportionally to the successive powers of a fraction which, for the

da term,

.—»»• w ™ -|»T m versin for the third term

is e

,

'

e

m

TCI Bill

Ui

and

,

so on.

The

greatest of these fractions being that which corresponds to the least of the values of u, it follows that to ascertain the law

which the ultimate changes of temperature follow, we need consider only the two first terms; all the others becoming incomparably smaller according as the time variations of the temperatures

by the following equations a

= -1

n

/

(a

7

.

,

p

a, /3, 7,

:

+ b + c + &c.) + a, ,

s

,

sin



u

sin

=

sin

m

Ou -^ m versin u e

fi

1 r sm2u — sin u --m = -(a + b + c + &c.) + a, e

7

= -1

o

z.

.

\

.

,

The ultimate

increases.

t

&c. are therefore expressed

versin

it

=

n

/

(a s

+ o7 + o + ,

,

,

\ ., p
Sin Sit

— sin 2w -—m

:

sin u

e

versuiK

SECT.

CONCLUDING TEMPERATURES.

II.]

257.

If

we

237

n equal

divide the semi-circumference into

and, having drawn the sines, take

parts,

the difference between two

consecutive sines, the n differences are proportional to the co_ _ versin efficients of e m or to the second terms of the values of is

,

a, (3, 7,...

For

ft).

this reason

the later values of

a, fi, y...a>

are

such that the differences between the final temperatures and the

mean

initial

tional

temperature - (a

the

to

differences

manner the masses have heat

effected

is

finally

+ b + c + &c.)

of first

are always

propor-

In whatever sines. been heated, the distribution of

consecutive

according

a constant

to

law.

If

we

measured the temperatures in the last stage, when they differ little from the mean temperature, we should observe that the

between the temperature of any mass whatever and the

difference

mean temperature

decreases continually according to the succes-

powers of the same fraction and comparing amongst themselves the temperatures of the different masses taken at the same instant, we should see that the differences between the actual sive

;

mean temperature

temperatures and the

are proportional to the

differences of consecutive sines, the semi-circumference having

been divided into n equal 258.

If

parts.

we suppose the masses which communicate heat to each we find for the arc u an infinitely

other to be infinite in number,

hence the differences of consecutive

taken on

small value

;

the

are proportional to the cosines of the corresponding

circle,

sin



— sm

mu— sin (m — 1) u

arcs;' for

arc

u

is

u

infinitely small.

,

is

:

In this

peratures taken at the same

case,

,

,

equal

sines,

to

cos

mu,

,.

when the

the quantities whose tem-

instant differ

from the mean tempera-

all must tend, are proportional to the cosines which correspond to different points of the circumference divided If the masses which into an infinite number of equal parts. transmit heat are situated at equal distances from each other on

ture to which they

the perimeter of the semi-circumference the end of which any one mass

is

ir,

placed

the cosine of the arc at is

the measure of the

quantity by which the temperature of that mass differs yèt from the all

mean temperature. the others

is

Thus the body placed

in the middle of

that which arrives most quickly at that

mean

THEORY OF HEAT.

238 temperature

;

[CHAP. IV.

those which are situated on one side of the middle,

have an excessive temperature, which surpasses the mean

all

temperature the more, according as they are more distant from the middle the bodies which are placed on the other side, all ;

have a temperature lower than the mean temperature, and they differ from it as much as those on the opposite side, but in contrary sense. Lastly, these differences, whether positive or negative, decrease at the same time, proportionally to the successive

all

powers of the same fraction

so that

;

they do not cease to be repre-

sented at the same instant by the values of the cosines of the

same semi-circumference. cepted,

The

is

Such

in

general,

singular cases

ex-

the law to -which the ultimate temperatures are subject.

initial state of

We

the system does not change these results.

problem of the same kind as the preceding, the solution of which will furnish us with many useful

now

proceed

to deal with a third

remarks. 259. distances

Suppose n equal prismatic masses to be placed at equal All these bodies, on the circumference of a circle.

enjoying perfect conclu cibility, have different for each of

them

;

known

actual temperatures,

they do not permit any part of the

heat which they contain to escape at their surface thin layer

is

second, which

separated from the is

mass

to

an infinitely be united to the ;

at the same time a from the second mass, carried from left

situated towards the right

parallel layer is separated to right,

first

and joined to the third; the same

;

is

the case with

other masses, from each of which an infinitely thin layer

all

is

the

sepa-

rated at the same instant, and joined to the following mass. Lastly, the same layers return immediately afterwards, and are

united to the bodies from which they had been detached.

Heat is supposed to be propagated between the masses by means of these alternate movements, which are accomplished twice during each instant of equal duration; the problem is to find according to what law the temperatures vary that is to say, :

the initial values of the temperatures being given, ascertain after

it is

required to

any given time the new temperature of each of the

masses.

We

shall denote

whose values are

by a v a 2 az ,...a v ..an the initial temperatures and by a v a 2 a s ...a....an the values of

arbitrary,

,

,

SECT.

EQUAL PRISMATIC MASSES IN CHICLE.

II.]

the same temperatures after the time quantities a

a v a2

values

initial

functions

a3 ...a n

,

is

it

:

Each

has elapsed.

t

evidently a function of the time

is

239 of the

and of all the required to determine the t

a.

We

mass of the layer which by eo. We may remark, in the first place, that when the layers have been separated from the masses of which they have formed part, and placed respectively in contact with the masses situated towards the right, the quantities of heat contained in the different bodies become (m - to) a + o>y. n (m — to) a 2 + eoo^, (m — w)a 3 + œz 2 ., (m — a>) an + cox ni dividing each of these quantities of heat by the mass m, we have for the new values of the temperatures 260.

shall represent the infinitely small

body

carried from one

is

to the other

,

t

,

. .

;



.

ft)

>,

+

K '

m

to say, to find the

that

is

first

contact,

product of

we must add



by the

/

ft)

x

^~ new

a ^'

.

,

and a ' '

"

+m

^

~ **>

;

state of the temperature after the

which

to the value

had formerly the

it

temperature of the body

excess of the

from which the layer has been separated over that of the body to which it has been joined. By the same rule it is found that the temperatures, after the second contact, are «1i

— +_ m 0*» - a u + m

(»g2

«22

K +— m («1 - + —

(

ft)

ft)

.

,

.

i)

) 2.1 2

i

\

a3

~a

.

i'i 1

- a J>

772.

ai

+ ~ fo-i - «*) + &)

,

N

The time being divided duration

of the

instant,

(««

&)

-a

i)>

,

.

into equal instants, denote

and suppose

many times we thus have co = kdt.

&)

by dt the k

to be contained in

units of mass as

as dt is contained in the units of

time,

Calling d% v da 2

,

doi ...d'x i ,...dcc ii 3

the

240

THEORY OF HEAT.

which the temperatures av a 2 ,...c^...aw dt, we have the following differential

infinitely small increments

receive during the instant

equations

[CHAP. IV.

:

rfjf

i

=-^(«.-2^ + 00, h

k

dan-l =

h

~ dt K-2 ~ 2 Vl + *»)>

^» = -^(«„-i- 2 V+a i)To

261.

solve these equations,

according to the ax

The also

ax

,

cr

is 2

we suppose

in the first place,

known method,

= b/\

= b/\

a2

quantities b lf b 2 6 3

,

the exponent

It

,

h.

...

«<

= £/',

= hn e

hi .

undetermined constants, as

b n are is

«n

easy to see that the values of

,...an satisfy the differential equations if they are subject to

the following conditions

:

^ = ^(b

n

h^(b

b2

l

-2b + K), 1

-2b + bal !i

bji

= ^(b _ -2b +bui ),

K-Ji

= ^{b n _ -2bn _ + b n

i

1

i

2

1

),

JïTïl

Let q

= -j- we ,

have, beginning at the last equation, b1

=bn (q + 2)-bn _

bi

=b _

i 1

(q

,

1

+ 2)-b _ i

2,

SECT.

PA11TICULAR SOLUTION.

II.]

It follows

from this that we may take, instead of b,b 2 ,b3 ,... sines which are obtained by dividing the

n consecutive

b.,...b n ,ihe

whole circumference

2- by

arc

241

u,

2tt into

n equal parts.

In

fact,

denoting the

the quantities

sin Ou, sin lu, sin 2u, sin Su,

...

,

sin (n



1) u,

whose number is n, belong, as it is said, to a recurring series whose scale of relation has two terms, 2 cos u and — 1 so that we always have the condition :

= 2 cos u sin

sin iu

Take

(i



u

1)

then, instead of b lf b 2 b 3 ,...bn ,

sin Ou, sin lu, sin 2u,

.

.

.

— sin (i — 2) u. the quantities

,

sin (n

— l)u,

and we have

+

q

We

2

= 2 cos u,

=—

2 versin u,

=-

or ^

2tt

2 versin

n

h/ÏYb

have previously written q instead of -j—, so that the value al,

—n

ç)

of h

is

of

and h we have

bf

q

m

versin

substituting in the equations these values x

;

m

versin

—n

versin



27c«

a1



sin

Que

,

a2

= sm

lue m

ol

=

zue

aB

=sm(«-ljMe

Zkt

sin

The

tion of the

last

m

,

m

versm

—n .

equations furnish only a very particular solu-

problem proposed

the initial values of a v a 2 a 3 ,

,

;

for if

...

differ

we suppose

t

=

we

have, as

a n , the quantities

sin Ou, sin lu, sin 2u,

which in general

— n

2ir

.

versin

.

.

262.

2?r

.

.

.

.

sin (n



1) u,

from the given values a v a2

,

a3

,

teut the foregoing solution deserves to be noticed because

presses, as all

we

shall see presently, a circumstance

possible cases, F. H.

and

...

an

it

ex-

which belongs

:

to

represents the ultimate variations of the

16

THEORY OF HEAT.

242

We

temperatures.

peratures at a2 a3 ,

,

smO — n

,

by this solution that, if the initial tema„, were proportional to the sines

see ...

sinl

,

[CHAP. TV.

—n

sm2-, n

,

sin(n-l)

...

they would remain continually proportional to the same

we

—n sines,

and

should have the equations

a„

= =

«»

=

««e"

a n„



a „e u

a 1

a xe a„e~ .

For

M

where A

— — m versm n

2&

=

,

this reason, if the

.

2tt ,

masses which are situated at equal dis-

tances on the circumference of a circle had initial temperatures to the perpendiculars let fall on the diameter which passes through the first point, the temperatures would vary with the time, but remain always proportional to those perpendiculars, and the temperatures would diminish simultaneously as the terms of a geometrical progression whose ratio is the

proportional

verain



fraction e

263. first

To form the general we could take,

place that

we may remark

solution,

instead of b t

,

h 2 , h3

,

...

in the

b n , the

n

cosines corresponding to the points of division of the circumference

divided into n equal parts. cos (n



1) u, in

The

quantities cos Ou, cos lu, cos 2w,...

which u denotes the arc



2tj,

whose scale of relation consists of two terms, 2 cos u and — 1, which reason we could satisfy the differential equations by

series for

form also a recurring

means

of the following equations,

Owe m

ax



cos

a2

=

cos lue

versin

versin

u

versin

u

,

2Jct

aa

=

cos 2ue

an

=

cos



,

Vet

m

«

m

versin

(n-l)ue

u

SECT.

OTHER SOLUTIONS.

II.]

243

Independently of the two preceding solutions we could select b3> ... b n the quantities

for the values of b 1} b 2

,

,

sin 0.2m, sin 1.2w, sin 2.2m, sin3.2w,

(w— l)2w;

sin

...,

or else cos 0.2u, cos 1.2w, cos 2.2m, cos 3.2m,..., cos(m

In terms

and

fact, ;

if

each of these series

— l)2w.

recurrent and composed of n

is

two terms, 2 cos 2m and — 1 beyond n terms, we should find n the n preceding.

in the scale of relation are

we continued the

others respectively equal to

In general,

we denote the

if

_ 2tt 0—,

2tt 1— n

ares

—n

_ 2tt

_

n

2

,

,

(o-l)

,...,

'

by w1} u 2 u3 ,...,un we can take ,

;

series

—n 2tt

.

&c,

,

for the values of h b 2> b v a

,

...

bn

the n quantities, sin

0ui}

sin

lu {> sin

2i^,

sin

3u

cos

0u

cos lz^,

cos

2uit

cos

3m

t ,

...,

sin (w

— 1)

...,

cos (n

— 1) m

u

;

t

or else

The value

{

,

4,

4

of h corresponding to each of these series

is

.

given by the

equation h

We

2k

=

m

versin

can give n different values to

u

i,

t

from

Substituting these values of b 1} b 2 b 3 ,

of Art. 261,

we have the

by the following otj

=

sin .

cl

= sm





an

= sm

Qu

t

e

results

m

sin 2m, e

(n

i

...

=1 bn

in the equations

,

or a x

=

cos

0w

4

an

=

m

cos \u,e

versin

m

=

cos 2m, e

an

=

cos (n

versin «j ,



aa



u% ,

— versm

_ Wet

m

satisfied

,

Zkt

versin «;

e

260

m versin mj

e

.

4

= n.

:

versin ui

— 1) M

to i

differential equations of Art.

,

2M —— m 1m. e

.

1) M 4 e

Ui

m

versin

m

16—2

THEORY OF HEAT.

244

The equations

264.

[CHAP. IV.

260 could equally be

of Art.

satisfied by-

constructing the values of each one of the variables a x a 2 , a 3 , ,

sum

...

an

which have been found for that variable and each one of the terms which enter into the general value of one of the variables may also be mulIt follows from this that, tiplied by any constant coefficient. denoting by A v Bv A 2 B2 A 3 B3 ...\A n Bn any coefficients out of the

of the several particular values ;

,

whatever,

we may take

,

,

,

,

,

to express the general value of

one of the

variables, am+i for example, the equation

——

27rf

a m+1

The

= {A

.

x

sin

mu + B

sin

mu

+

(A t

+

(A n sin

1

-f

2

B

2

cos

muj e

cos

mu

2)

2,

3

...

,

An

versin u

e

Ï

m

mun 4- Bn cos rawJ e

Av A A

quantities

x

Cl Dill ».,

B B B

,

L

,

2

,

3

,

...

Bn

,

enter into this equation, are arbitrary, and the arcs u x u2> u 3 ,

are given

which ,

...

un

by the equations: A 2tt

-

The general

2tt

_ 2tt

r

values of the variables a 1( a2

expressed by the following equations

= (^ sin 0w + x



'

--

+ {A 2 sin 0w + 2?2 cos 0u

+ + a2

sin

0w3 +

sin

(J. 2 sin

(A a &c.

= {A +

2)

— m

e

e

lw 2

+ ^ cos lwj

e

lw 2

+ i?

lu3

+

cos

jversin

?'

„— versin u m

0w3)

3

versin Mi

2

3

;

l

+ (A

B

...

,

"

2^ cos OmJ e

2

a3

:

-

at

,

3

+ &c;

sin

2

B

3

_?M

cos lua ) e cos

lw 3 )

e

M

versin

%

-— versin w m

2

^^-k

a n are then

SECT.

GENERAL SOLUTION.

II.]

245 27ct

a3

= (A

sin

1

2ux

+B

cos

2ft,) e

cos

2w 2 )

e

cos

2u a

e

l

vcrsin «i

m 2hf

+ (A 2 sin 2u +

B

+ (A + &c.

B

2

2

3

sin 2u 5

+

3

)

m

vorsin « 2

_?^ versin «3 m

;

-

aK

=



1) w\

sin (n



1)

u2

+B

sin (n

— 1)

u3

+

{^4 X sin (n

+

(ft

-

1)

wj

6

cos

(?i

-

1)

u2

e

i> 3 cos

(ft

— 1) u

i? t cos



versin «i

Wl

2H

+ [A

2

2

]

vcrsin "^

m

—m

2kt

+ [A + &c. 265.

3

we suppose the time

If

u3 - versin „

3\

e

.

nothing, the values a v a2, ,

cients A v B v A B A B 2

number

,

2

,

3

,

3

,

...

an

We

.

ra

coeffi-

be perceived that

It will readily

.

...

cr 3>

must become the same as the initial values a v a2 ,a3 ... a derive from this n equations, which serve to determine the

unknowns is always equal to the number of equations. In fact, the number of terms which enter into the value of one of these variables depends on the number of different quantities versin ux versin w 2 versin u3 &c, which we find on the

of

,

dividing the

number

,

,

circumference



of quantities versin 1

n equal

into

2tt

versin 1

,



2%

if

different

it

is

even,

versed sines. .

quantities

of

we come



&c,

versin 2

,

ft

less than n, if we count only those that are Denoting the number n by 2% + 1 if it is odd,

and by

series

the

much

very

different.

of

'

.

Now

ft

ft

is

parts.

versin

+ 1 always On the other

i



2tt

to a versed sine, versin

X

denotes the

hand,



when

versin 1



in



the

2tt

2-7T

,

number

,

versin 2

,

&c,

2tt ,

equal to one of the former L

ft

V—

2tt

versin

,

the two terms of the equations which contain this

ft

versed sine form only one term

u Xl which have the same versed

;

the two different arcs uK and

have also the same cosine, and the sines differ only in sign. It is easy to see that the arcs Ux and wy, which have the same versed sine, are such that ,

sine,

THEORY OF HEAT.

246

[CHAP. IV.

the cosine of any multiple whatever of u K

same multiple

is

equal to the cosine

and that the sine of any multiple of uK differs only in sign from the sine of the same multiple of uy. It follows from this that when we unite into one the two corresponding terms of each of the equations, the two unknowns A K and Ay, which enter into these equations, are replaced As to the two unknown by a single unknown, namely A^ — Ay. BK and By they also are replaced by a single one, namely BK + By it follows from this that the number of unknowns is equal in all of the

of uy,

:

number

of equations for the number of terms is that the must add unknown A disappears of always i + 1. since it is multiplied by the sine of itself from the first terms, a nul arc. Further, when the number n is even, there is found at the end of each equation a term in which one of the unknowns

cases to the

;

We

disappears

of

since

itself,

a nul sine

multiplies

it

;

thus the

unknowns which enter into the equations is equal consequently the to 2 (i + 1) — 2, when the number n is even number of unknowns is the same in all these cases as the number

number

of

;

of equations.

266,

a

,

a

,

ct

8

To express the general values ...

an

,

of

the temperatures

the foregoing analysis furnishes us with the equa-

tions sin

+ +

1-

.

n

B. cos

—n )e

.

JTT \

0.1— )e

LA.2 sin 0.1 \

n

(.A,sin0.2 3

—n +2?,.co&0.2 —n

\

m

J

\-B„cos

n

*



versin

1

J

\e

m

J

+ &c, a„2

=

—n + „ 2?T

[A, sin 1 V

4 A,a sin (

.

1

\

+

.

,-,

9— — + » n 2tt LIT

/

[J., sin 2 .2 V

+ &c,

—n + B 7T

1

-,-.

.

-

..

9 2

cos 1

i.

—n

„2tt\

,

B, cos 1

.

.

1

J

2

?

n

versin

a

1

— n

tn

J

_ «J^-N 2tt\ Z.7T\

cos 2 .2

-^ versin m

'

LTT\

n

e

—, e n J

27rf

.

.->

versin 2

2t —

SECT.

FORM OF THE GENERAL SOLUTION.

II.]

M /

=

a„3

c sin 2

,

.

V

+

(

A

sin 2

—n 4

„ „ B. cos 2



B

* 27T



<

.

1

+

3

cos 2

2

cos

.

1

2. 2

71

V 4-

&c,

=

-L4, sin \in i

—n le -^»

2tt\

*T

versin

'

— + 5,

+ i,sin2.2

A .

247

— )e

m

—W

OT

e /

'

an

f

1)y

|

+

|^l 2

—n + B 27T



sin(n-l)

1

—+

t

i

cos (n \

i? 8 cos (n

— -

9 7r)

—n

1)0 /

e

^

equations,

sine

until

&c.

,

we must continue

all

2»r

in each equation

—n

we have included every

and we must omit

;

. ,„ o versinâ

(ft).

the succession of terms which contain versin



-

1

e

:

To form these

versin 2

n

-^ versin — 2ta!

277")

+ j^sin (n-1) 2^" + i?8 co S (»-l)2^| + &c

2-

versin

j

—I e

1) 1

-— m

versin 1

,

—n

,

different versed

the subsequent terms, commencing

with that in which a versed sine appears equal to one of the preceding.

The number equal to

2i,

of these equations

is n.

If

n

is

an even number

the number of terms of each equation

is i

+1

;

if

n

number of equations is an odd number represented by 2* + 1, the number of terms is still equal to i + 1. Lastly, among the the

A B A B

quantities

x

,

2,

lf

2

,

&c, which enter into these equations,

there are some which must be omitted because they disappear of

themselves, being multiplied by nul sines.

To determine the quantities A 1} B% A 2 B 2 A 3 B3 &c, 267. which enter into the preceding equations, we must consider the initial state which is known suppose t = 0, and instead of ,

,

,

,

,

:

a v a 2 a 3 &c, write the given quantities a 1? a 2 ,

,

the initial values of the temperatures.

A B A B A Bs l}

1}

2

,

2,

3

,

,

We

,

a3

,

&c, which are to determine

have then

&c, the following equations:

248

THEORY OF HEAT.

a.=lsin0.0-+l n

sinO.l

.

a__

+ B.

cos

1

9 J

to

= A sin 1 ,

a-

.

.

«3

5, cos 1

^

=A

1

sin 2

—n + »

.

~+ A

.

to

+ ^ cos

2

*

2 J

-

-

1

.

1

—n + —+ 27T to

cos 1

.

1

sin 2

.

1

a

cos 2

.

1

—n +

— -M

= Asm (n -1)0

o_ J5,

cos

.

— + &c.

2

to

.

,

2

sin

9 2

(to

+ ^cos («-1)0

— +£

2

lb

cos

(to



to

cos 1

ft

— + &c.

_ 27T

_

.

J., sin 1 3

—+A

.

2

—n +

.

2

—+

sin 2

&c.

&c.

to

—+

ft

cos 2

.

— + &c.

2

to

-1) 1

— +A

-TO

-TO

-

&c.

to

to

-

an

—+

0.2

to

— + B n

.

1

.

.

.

to

+

cos

— + J. sm

Z7T

_

.,

sin

o_.

—+B

.

—n + À.

[CHAP. IV.

- 1) 1

sin

(to

-1)2

—+

&c.

TO

— +B

3

cos

(to

- 1) 2

— + &c.

Tb

7b

(m).

In these equations, whose number

268.

quantities are

A B A B A B t

,

lf

,

2

,

3,

s,

n,

the

it is

unknown

required to

unknowns. unknown has a different same first, that the succession of multipliers each equation, and that the

effect the eliminations

We may

2

is

&c, and

and

to find the values of these

remark,

multiplier in

composes a recurring

In fact this succession

series.

is

that of the

sines of arcs increasing in arithmetic progression, or of the cosines

of the

or

same

by

The or B. +1

.

arcs

;

it

may be

sin Ou,

sin lu,

sin 2u,

sin Su,

...

cos Ou,

cos lu,

cos 2w,

cos Su,

...

arc wis equal to

*'(



)

if

the

sin (w



cos

— 1)

unknown

(to

1) u, u.

in question

is

A

i+1

unknown A i+l by means we must combine the succession of

This arranged, to determine the

of the preceding equations,

equations with the sin 3m,

represented by

...

sin

(to

series

— 1)w,

of multipliers,

sin Ou, sin lw, sin 2u,

and multiply each equation by the

responding term of the

series.

If

we take

the

sum

cor-

of the equa-

SECT.

DETERMINATION OF COEFFICIENTS.

II.]

thus

tions

that which if

we wish

multiplied,

we

eliminate

249

the unknowns,

all

except

The same is the case we must multiply each

required to be determined.

is

to find the value

B

of

;

i+l

equation by the multiplier of B.+1 in that equation, and then take the

sum

of all the equations.

For

disappear except one only. firstly,

the

that

sum

requisite to prove that

is

make

in fact

purpose

this

it is sufficient

we multiply term by term the two

by

the unknowns

all

to shew,

following series

sin Oa,

sin lu,

sin 2u,

sin 2u,

...

sin (n

— 1) u,

sin Ov,

sin lv,

sin 2v,

sin Sv,

...

sin (n

— l)v,

of the products sin

is

if

It

manner we do

operating in this

nothing,

Ou

sin Ov

except

+ sin

lu sin lv

when the

-f

2u sin 2v

sin

u and

arcs

v

+

&c.

are the same, each

of these arcs being otherwise supposed to be a multiple of a part



2tt

of the circumference equal to

term by term the two

secondly, that

series

cos lu,

cos 2u,

. . .

cos (n

— 1) u,

cos Ov,

cos lv,

cos 2v,

...

cos (n

— 1)

sum

u

equal to v

we multiply

if

cos Ou,

the is

;

v,

the case when we multiply term by term the two

of the products is nothing, except in ;

thirdly, that if

series

the

sum

269.

sin Ou,

sin lu,

sin 2u,

sin Su,

cos Ov,

cos lv,

cos 2v,

cos Bv,

of the. products

is

;

fi

and

. .

...

sin [n



1) u,

cos (n



1) v,

always nothing.

Let us denote by q the arc

vq the arc v

.



2tt ,

by pq the arc

v being positive integers less

product of two terms corresponding to the two

u,

than

and by

n.

first series

The will

be represented by

....

smjpqsmjvq,

1 ., , or - cos j (ji-v)

1

.,

q- ^cos j

(fi

+ v)q,

the letter j denoting any term whatever of the series

0, 1, 2, 3...

THEORY OF HEAT.

250 (n



1);

now

easy to prove that

it is

values, from

to (n

1

2 cos

(jjb

— 1),

v)

+

2 cos 3

g cos 1

q

(fi

1 (fi

1

+ v)

+ In

fact,

—n

+

q

,

cos 1

(jm

(fi

+ v)

we have the cos 1«,

cos 0a,

whose sum

1 jj

s cos 3

27T

= cos

2(fj,

— v)q

{ji

the case with the series

is

+ v)

q

+^cos(?i-l)(fM-v)q

...

+

.

.

1

+

q

^ cos 2 (p

+

.

s cos (n

+

v)

- 1)

— v)qhy a, which

q

(jju

is

+ v) q.

consequently

recurring series

cos 2a,

.

.

cos (n

.

— 1)

a,

nothing.

is

To shew

n successive

its

1

(fi-v)q+

representing the arc

a multiple of

1

— v) q +

has a nul value, and that the same 2 cos

give to j

sum

the

.1 +



we

if

[CHAP. IV.

this,

we

sum by s, and the two terms of — 1, we multiply successively

represent the

the scale of relation being 2 cos a and

the two

members s

by



=

of the equation

cos 0a

2 cos a and

by

+ cos

2a

+1

then on adding the three equations we

;

3a

+

.

.

.

+

— 1) a

+ cos

cos (n

manner

find that the intermediate terms cancel after the

of re-

curring series.

we now remark

If

that nz being a multiple of the whole cir-

cumference, the quantities cos (n — 1) &c. are respectively the

by

cos (—

a),

same

cos (— 2a), cos (— 3a), 2s

thus the

way we



sum sought must sum of

find that the

2s cos a

...

=

cos (n

a,

as those

— 2)

cos (n

a,



3) a,

which have been denoted

&c.

we conclude

that

;

In the same

in general be nothing.

the terms due to the development of

+ v)

q is nothing. The case in which the arc represented must be excepted we then have 1 — cos = 0; that is to say, the arcs, u and v are the same. In this case the term \ cosj (p + v) q still gives a development whose sum is nothing \ cos j (p

by a

is

;

a.

;

elimination.

SECT, il]

251

but the quantity \ cos j (fi — v) q furnishes equal terms, each of which has the value \ hence the sum of the products term by term of the two first series is \n. ;

In the same manner we can find the value of the sum of the products term by term of the two second

X (cos j/xq in fact,

we can

series, or

cos jvq)

;

substitute for cos jfiq cos jvq the quantity

£ cos j

— v)

(fjb

q

+

| cos j

(fi

+ v)

q,

and we then conclude, as in the preceding case, that 2|cos j(^+v)q is nothing, and that £| cosj (fjb — v)q is nothing, except in the case where /u,= v. It follows from this that the sum of the products term by term of the two second series, or 2 (cosj/xq cos jvq), is when the arcs u and v are different, and equal to \ always when u = v. It only remains to notice the case in which the arcs as the value of fxq and vq are both nothing, when we have

S

(sin jpq sinjvq),

which denotes the sum of the products term by term of the two first series.

The same is not the case with the sum S (cos jjxq cos jvq) taken when fiq and vq are both nothing the sum of the products term ;

by term

As

it is

of the

to the

two second

sum

series is evidently equal to n.

of the products

term by term of the two

sin Ou,

sin lu,

sin 2a,

sin 3m,

...

sin (n



cosOw,

cos lu,

cos 2u,

cos 3u,

...

cos (n

— 1) u,

nothing in

all cases, as

may

easily

series

1) u,

be ascertained by the fore-

going analysis.

The comparison then of these series furnishes the followIf we divide the circumference 2ir into n equal of parts, and take an arc u composed of an integral number these parts, and mark the ends of the arcs u, 2u, Su, ... (n- l)u, it follows from the known properties of trigonometrical quantities 270.

ing results.

//,

that the quantities sin Ou,

sin lu,

sin 2u,

sin ou,

...

sin (n

— 1)

u,

252

THEORY OF HEAT.

[CHAP.

IV.

or indeed cos lu,

cos Ou,

cos Su,

cos 2u,

form a recurring periodic

.

.

cos (n

.



l)u,

composed of n terms

series

if

:

we com-

pare one of the two series corresponding to an arc u or with a series

corresponding

multiply term by term the two compared

when the equal, the sum

arc v series,

and

arcs u

the arcs u and v are

of the products

series of cosines

;

series of sines, or

but the sum

sines with a series of cosines.

be nul,

evident that the

it is

nothing

is

sum

equal to

is

of the

is

If

equal to \n,

when we combine two we combine a series of

if

u and

arcs

v to

is

formed of

sines, or

is

when

is n if the comIn general, the sum of the

of the products

bined series both consist of cosines. products term by term

and

,

of the products term by term

nothing whenever one of the two series both are so formed, but the

sum



v are different.

we suppose the

If

sum

or y

the

products will be nothing

when we combine two



27T

another

to

fx

0, or

\n

or n;

would, moreover, lead directly to the same results.

known They

formulas are pro-

duced here as evident consequences of elementary theorems in trigonometry. 271.

By means

nation of the

A

x

of these remarks

unknowns

it is

easy to effect the elimi-

in the preceding equations.

The unknown

disappears of itself through having nul coefficients

;

to find

B

1

we must multiply the two members of each equation by the coefficient of B in that equation, and on adding all the equations x thus multiplied, we find ax

To determine equation by the



27T

the arc

by

q,

A

2

+a + 2

coefficient of

we

+a

2

cos

1

+ an = B

...

A

%

.

x

the two

members

in that equation,

of each

and denoting

have, after adding the equations together,

+ a a sin

Similarly to determine x

+

we must multiply

ax sin Oq + a 2 sin \q

a cos 0^

a3

q

B

2

2q

+

.

.

.

+ a n sin

(n

— 1) q = n A -x

2

.

we have

+ a 3 cos 2q f

. . .

+ an cos (n— l)q=x. n B

2

.

SECT.

VALUE OF THE COEFFICIENTS.

II.]

253

In general we could find each unknown by multiplying the two members of each equation by the coefficient of the unknown in that equation, and adding the products. Thus we arrive at the following results

nB = a 1

n

+a

1

.



2ir

.

T>

ô iJ 11

5

=

a. cos





n

T> 0.2 ^ij=a,cos s r,

r*

1

2

n

+ a„ cos

1-

n

1

_,

sinl. 2

^7T

_,

a cosl.2

.2tt ha„sml.3

.

.

^A.— a sm 0.3 1

A

9



wn

n

—+

27T

.,

_.

.

2

,_.

a, sin



^ „ +&c.= za



_ + &c.= ^, 2,^ cos (i— 1

_.

2.2

— +&c = 2a sm

f-«„cos2.2 s

n

00 2.3 *-a,sm 3

2-7T

.

w 27T

_.

h a,3 cos 2.

1

_,

— n

h&c. = 2,a,- cos

27r

iP

N

'

,

.

,. (i

,_,



, 2-7T

1

.

,—

h&c. = 2a,

?i

. i

.

.

_



.

—n

27T — 11n T)2 J

.,

—n



— /i

(M).

find the its

s-4,=^a,sm(«— l)(j— 1)

we

If

&c. which

we

it

i

all

the successive values

A B ,

3

,

AV B A ,

we have the

values of the

by giving to i

unknowns

its

.

4>,

if

n values

A V BV A ,B 2

2

,

&c, and the equations (m), Art. 267, are completely solved.

272. X

1, 2, 3,

can take, the two formulas give our equations, and

develope the term under the sign 2,

1, 2, 3, ... n, 3

— and -B =%a coB(i—V){j—l) —

give to the integer j

We 2

now substitute ,B2 A 3 ,BS &c, in ,

the followins: values

,

:

the

known

equations

values of the coefficients (ji),

,

,

_ 2tt

.

cosu— 1)3 y

'.

,

2ir

.

development indicated by the symbol %, we must n successive values 1, 2, 3, 4, &c., and take the sum, in which case we have in general

To

give to i

,

- 1) 2_ 27T

_ ^ h&c.=2ajSinu — 1)3

w

_ 2tt

&c

— l)l,

.

(t

t

3

.

Ztt

'

.

sin(i K

)

2tT

—n

'

. i

..

_ ~ 27T

2lT

ha»2 cos 1.3 s i> d =« cos0.3 2 n w

41

a. cos

-1-

2lT

2

—n

_ 2tt

_ 27T

, 2-7T

-

.

r*

r,

.

-f-a„smz 3

n

a27T

+&c.= 2a„

s

27r

.

27T A = a.sin0.2 — +a a

+a

2

+a„sml, —

s i,= a.smO 1 1 * n

71

:

Art. 266, and obtain

,

25é ai as

THEORY OF HEAT.

+Ny + (jf sin ^ + N cos ^J

=N

+

versin ? i

r

= i\

2

t

e*

sin £2

2

= N~ + {M

x

sin

2q 1

+ JV

cos

X

+ clj

= iV +

(Jfj sin (j

+ am

-1)

qt

{1T2 sin

2&)

(il/

8

+N

t

verBin «»

(

iV2 e

e'*

sin

+N

2

cos g 2 )

versin ? °

'

e

+ &c

versinai

2q 2

+ iV

2

cos 2g 2 )

- 1) gj

cos ( j

[j-l)qz + JV2

cos

(

e

j

t

versin

-

t

e

versiu

e

1)

{ifj sin (n

*

+ &c.

«

g2 ]

- 1) ^ + JV^ cos (w - 1) q € tversin ^ + [M sin (n - 1) g + ^ cos (w - 1) g e

= iVr +

+ &c.

versinÇl

+ (M a3

[CHAP. IV.

versin «»

+

&c.

versin q *

+

&c.

t]

2

2

'

2}

2

In these equations e

= e _i* m,

q x =-\



27T ,

q2

=2



^=3—

27T

27T

,

,

&c,

= -2a,

iV

N^-ta.cos (i-\)q v

M

= 7 Xa sm(i-l)q v

N

= -2a

jlf2

= -2a<sin(i-

JST

= - 2a

if8

= - 2a,- sin

2

3

n

t

t

-

cos

(i

cos

(i-l)q3

1)

q2

1

,

i

(*-l)ff3

,

&c

&c.

The equations which we have

273.

l)q 2

just set

complete solution of the proposed problem

;

it

down is

contain the

represented by

the general equation

a,=

-%a

-\t



- sin (j-1) 2a< sin n n

+ -cos(7— 1) J n

+

- sin

(j

-

1)

+ - cos +

&C.

'

2

( j

— 2a* —

1) 2

(i

— 2 n

sin

—2

(i

— 1)

a*

—n

cos (ï — 1)

— 1)

2

a, cos (i

— n

— —

1) 2



-2» versin 2 S

(*)>

SECT.

APPLICATION OF THE SOLUTION.

II.]

255

which only known quantities enter, namely, a v a2 a3 ... a n which are the initial temperatures, k the measure of the conducibility, m the value of the mass, n the number of masses in

,

heated, and

From

t

the time elapsed.

the foregoing analysis

bodies n in

,

number

follows, that if several

it

equal

are arranged in a circle, and, having received

temperatures, begin to communicate heat to each other manner we have supposed the mass, of each body being denoted by m, the time by t, and a certain constant coefficient by k, the variable temperature of each mass, which must be a function of the quantities t, m, and k, and of all the initial temperatures,

any

initial

in the

is

;

given by the general equation

We

(e).

first

substitute instead

number which indicates the place of the body whose temperature we wish to ascertain, that is to say, 1 for the first body, 2 for the second, &c; then with respect to the letter i which enters under the sign 2, we give to it the n successive values As to the 1, 2, 3, ... n, and take the sum of all the terms. number of terms which enter into this equation, there must be as many of them as there are different versed sines belonging to of j the

the successive arcs

^g^

27T

Q?1 n

n

n

c

n

whether the number n be equal to (2 A + 1) or 2 A, according as it is odd or even, the number of terms which enter

that

is

to say,

into the general equation

274. let

1.

of the application of this formula,

mass

first

+

is the.

only one which at

so that the initial temperatures

except the

av a2 a 3

It is evident that the

first.

,

..„

first

an are

all

quantity of heat

mass is distributed gradually among all the Hence the law of the communication of heat is expressed

contained in the others.

always A

To give an example

us suppose that the

was heated, nul,

is

first

by the equation a,3

=

2

1 - a,

n

1

+-

n

a,1

cos

2

+ - a, cos +

2 -

n

,

,. ( 7

,

a,

1

cos

.

w—

( i

.

( KJi

2 ? 1n 2tT -^versim n e m 1) '

—n

— 1no 1) 2



.,.

2tT



1 J) 3

2tT

—n

e

-2M versing m n -^versinS 2^

e

m

n

+

&c.

THEORY OF HEAT.

256 If the second

tures d v a s

av

,

1

a3

= Zn

a2 *

...

IV.

mass alone had been heated and the temperaa n were nul, we should have

2

(

,

.

.

+ Zn a sm \3 "2 1 * [

~n sm

^2tt *) '

-f

+

[CHAP.

- a9 2

\

?i

sin

w—

( j

1)

cos

+ cos

(

—n

2

'

|

,

2tt

.

-.

(7



n

/—





27rf

2

2tt

1)

cos

y

e

sin 2

,

,



a 27T

1) 2



_ ZTT

cos 2

-

i

y



versin!

e

+ &C, and if all the initial temperatures were supposed nul, except a x and a2 we should find for the value of a,- the sum of the values found in each of the two preceding hypotheses. In general it is ,

easy to conclude from the general equation

Art. 273, that in

(e),

order to find the law according to which the initial quantities of

heat are distributed between the masses,

we may

consider sepa-

rately the cases in which the initial temperatures are nul, one only

excepted.

may

The quantity

of heat contained in one of the masses

be supposed to communicate

itself to all

the others, regarding

the latter as affected with nul temperatures; and having

made

mass with respect to the

initial

this hypothesis for each particular

heat which it has received, we can ascertain the temperature of any one of the bodies, after a given time, by adding all the temperatures which the same body ought to have received on

each of the foregoing hypotheses. If in the general equation

275. ajf

we suppose

the time to be infinite,

each of the masses has acquired the

which

As

is

(e)

which gives the value of

we

find

=-2 a

a,-

mean temperature

i}

;

so that

a result

self-evident.

the value

of

the time increases,

the

first

term - 2 n

a*

becomes greater and greater relatively to the following terms, or The same is the case with the second with respect to the terms which follow it; and, when the time has become to their sum.

SECT.

LATER TEMPERATURES.

II.]

considerable, the value of

a}

257

represented without sensible error

is

by the equation, a,1

= -If 2
n

2 -

<

n

[

(



-, 27T ^ sm wi — 1) Xa n ,

.

.

(

+ cos ,(j — .

Denoting by a and cos ( j



— 1)

and the

,

/



sin



(i v

27T — — 1) s

'

'

— v2^ cos

nx 27T 1)

,. (i



n



*.

2tt)

1)

b the coefficients of sin (J

m

fraction e

n

by

a,

e

Y

versing -« m n

— and

.

2tt



1)

of

we have

7b

|a sin ( j - 1)

= - 2«* +

«;

-^ + b cos

(

j

- 1) -^Jû>*.

The

quantities a and J are constant, that

to say, independent

is

of the time and of the letter j which indicates the order of the mass whose variable temperature is a,-. These quantities are the same for all the masses. The difference of the variable tempera-

ture

dj

from the

final

temperature - 2o^ decreases therefore for J-v

each of the masses, in proportion to the successive powers of the Each of the bodies tends more and more to acquire fraction eo. the final temperature final limit

S

ai} and the difference between that

and the variable temperature of the same body ends

always by decreasing according to the successive powers of a This fraction is the same, whatever be the body whose fraction.

changes of temperature are considered (a sin Uj

+

b cos

u3), denoting by

Uj

;

the coefficient of a* or

the arc (j





2-rr

1)

,

may

be put

under the form A sin (uj + B), taking A and B so as to have If we wish to determine the a = A cos B, and b = A sin B. coefficient

of

temperature

—n

or 2

—n

&>*

is

,

and

olx

J

or,-.

J+1

F. H.

with

aj+1

n n

so

+2 ,

on

successive

bodies whose

a^, &c, we must add

to Uj the arc

regard

a,-

,

;

to

so that

we have

%aA

=A

sin

(B +

Xcti

=A

sin

(

V

the

u») J

w*

B + Uj + 1

the equations

+ &c.

—n

)

co*

+ &c.

/

17

THEORY OF HEAT.

258

.„

a.

+2



%a,i

n

ol. , 7+3

=A

sin

[B + uaJ +

2

\

Sa»

n

=A

sin

[B + m,- +

[CHAP. IV.

—n

J

—n

J

3

\

j

)

{

+ &c.

©*

+ &c

co

&c.

We

by these equations, that the later differences between the actual temperatures and the final temperatures are 276.

see,

represented by the preceding equations, preserving only the

first

term of the second member of each equation. These later differences vary then according to the following law if we consider only one body, the variable difference in question, that is to say the excess of the actual temperature of the body over the final and common temperature, diminishes according to the successive powers of a fraction, as the time increases by equal parts and, if we compare at the same instant the temperatures of all the :

}

;

bodies, the difference in question varies proportionally to the successive sines of the circumference divided into equal parts. The temperature of the same body, taken at different successive equal instants,

represented by the ordinates of a logarithmic curve,

is

whose axis

is

divided into equal parts, and the temperature of

each of these bodies, taken at the same instant for

all, is

sented by the ordinates of a circle whose circumference It is easy to see, as

into equal parts.

that

if

repre-

divided

is

we have remarked

before,

the initial temperatures are such, that the differences of

these temperatures from the

mean

or final temperature are pro-

portional to the successive sines of multiple arcs, these differences will all

diminish at the same time without ceasing to be propor-

tional to the

same

sines.

This law, which governs also the

initial

temperatures, will not be disturbed by the reciprocal action of the bodies,

and

common

will

be maintained until they have

temperature.

The

acquired a

all

body Such is heat between a

difference will diminish for each

according to the successive powers of the same fraction. the simplest law to which the communication of succession of equal masses can be submitted.

once been established between the tained of

itself;

tures, that

from the

and when

it

initial

When

this

temperatures,

law has

it is

main-

does not govern the initial tempera-

is to say, when the differences of these temperatures mean temperature are not proportional to successive

sines of multiple arcs, the law in question tends always to be set

SECT.

CONTINUOUS MASSES IN A RING.

II.]

259

up, and the system of variable temperatures ends soon

by coin-

ciding sensibly with that which depends on the ordinates of a circle

and those of a logarithmic curve.

Since the later differences between the excess of the tempera-

body over the mean temperature are proportional

ture of a

the sine of the arc at the end of which the body

is

placed,

to it

we regard two same diameter, the temperature of the first will surpass the mean and constant temperature as much as that constant temperature surpasses the temperature of the second body. For this reason, if we take at each instant the sum of the temperatures of two masses whose situation is opposite, we find a constant sum, and this sum has the same value for any two masses situated at the ends of the same diameter. follows that if

bodies situated at the ends of the

The

formulae which represent the variable temperatures

277.

of separate masses are easily applied to the propagation of heat

To determine the movement

we by means of

give a remarkable example,

in continuous bodies.

in a ring,

of heat

will

the

general equation which has been already set down.

be supposed that n the number of masses increases successively, and that at the same time the length of each mass decreases in the same ratio, so that the length of the system has a constant value equal to 2?r. Thus if n the number of masses Let

it

be successively be

-x

7T,

,

facility



rr

,

4

2

2,

4,

,

8, 16,

&c.

must

also

each of the masses will

assumed

be

that

the

8

with which heat

ratio as

It

to infinity,

number when there

the

is

transmitted increases in the same

of masses in

;

thus the quantity which k

when when there are eight, and so on. Denoting this quantity by g, we see that the number k must be successively replaced by g, 2g, 4
there are four,

are only two masses becomes double

quadruple

;

the

J

number

n

ira

2

dx

of masses,

we must

write

^—

;

instead of k write

17—2

THEORY OF HEAT.

260

As

[CHAP. IV.

to the initial temperatures a v a 2 a3 ...an ,

they depend on

,

and regarding these temperatures as the same variable, the general value a represents an arbitrary function of x. The index i must then be the value of the arc

x,

successive states of the

replaced by

-j-

With

.

i

respect to the quantities alf a2 , a 3

,

...,

these are variable

x and index

t.

J,

temperatures depending on two quantities Denoting the variable by v, we have v = <j> {x, t). The which marks the place occupied by one of the bodies,

should be replaced by

Thus, to apply the previous analysis to

-j-.

the case of an infinite

number

of layers, forming a continuous

body in the form of a ring, we must substitute for the quantiaj} j, their corresponding quantities, namely, ties n, m, k, a i, i}

-j-

dx,

,

made

~,

fix), -j-,

in equation

and

of versin dx,

(x, t),

Art. 273,

(e)

%

<j>

-j-

and

Let these substitutions be

.

let

and j instead of

i

dx2 be written instead

-x

—1

and j — 1

1

term - 2a, becomes the value of the integral x-

x

=

sin

to

x

=

2tt; the quantity sin (J

x the value ;

of cos

(j—

1) -j- is cos

- 1) ?Z n

x

;

f /

becomes

-Xa n

integral being taken

cds

(i s

— 1)'

—n

between the same

sin Jjdx or

that of - 2a^ sin

%



is



w

fix) cos

7r J ^

limits.

(i

— 1) — 7h

-\f{pc) sin xdx, the integral being taken from x

and the value of

first

dx taken from

fix)

CbOO

is

The

1.

to

x=2ir;

a?

dx, the

Thus we obtain

the equation

(j)(x,t)=v

= -^ Jf(x)dx r

H



+

-

(

(

+ &e

f {x) sin xdx -f cos x

sin

x

sin

2« /(#) sin 2x dx

I

I

If (x) cos xdx

cos 2a?

I

/

(as)

cos

je~ girt

2x dx J e "2V< (E)

SECT.

REMARKS.

II.]

and representing the quantity

=

irv

j.f(

9

x d%+ )

(

+

sin

(

x

gir

\f(x) sin

by

k,

261

we have

xdx+ cosx\f(x)

cos

xdx)

sin 2x \f{x) sin 2xdx+cos2xlf(x) cos

e~ kt

2x dx

e

-2

^

J

+ &c. 278.

This solution

is

the same as that which was given in the

preceding section, Art. 241 It

;

it

gives rise to several remarks.

1st.

not necessary to resort to the analysis of partial differential

is

equations in order to obtain the general equation which expresses

movement of heat in a ring. The problem a definite number of bodies, and that number the

posed

more

This method has a clearness peculiar to

infinite.

guides our

first

concise

may be solved for may then be sup-

researches.

method by a

itself,

and

It is easy afterwards to pass to a

process indicated naturally.

We

see

that the discrimination of the particular values, which, satisfying

the partial differential equation, compose the general value, derived from the

known

is

rule for the integration of linear differ-

whose coefficients are constant. The discriminamoreover founded, as we have seen above, on the physical conditions of the problem. 2nd. To pass from the case of separate masses to that of a continuous body, we supposed the coefficient h to be increased in proportion to n, the number of masses. This continual change of the number k follows from what we have formerly proved, namely, that the quantity of heat which flows between two layers of the same prism is proportional to the value ential equations

tion

is

dv of -J-

,

x denoting the abscissa which corresponds to the section,

and v the temperature. If, indeed, we did not suppose the coefficient k to increase in proportion to the number of masses, but were to retain a constant value for that coefficient, we should find, on making n infinite, a result contrary to that which is observed in Continuous bodies. The diffusion of heat would be infinitely slow, and in whatever manner the mass was heated, the temperature at a point would suffer no sensible change during a finite time, which is contrary to fact. Whenever we resort to the consideration of an infinite number of separate masses which

THEORY OF HEAT.

262

[CHAP. IV.

transmit heat, and wish to pass to the case of continuous bodies,

we must

attribute to the coefficient

which measures the velocity

k,

of transmission, a value proportional to the

number

of infinitely

small masses which compose the given body.

which we obtained to express the we suppose t = 0, the equation necessarily state, we have therefore in this way the

If in the last equation

3rd.

value of v or

<£ (a?, t),

represents the initial

equation -

which we obtained formerly in Art. 233, namely,

(p),

+ sin x

.

+ cos x

2x fix) sin 2a? dx

+ &c.

f{x) cosxdx+cos2x fix) cos 2xdx

+ &c.

fix) sin x dx

\

I

sin

j

]

Thus the theorem which gives, between assigned limits, the development of an arbitrary function in a series of sines or cosines of multiple arcs is deduced from elementary rules of analysis. Here we find the origin of the process which we employed to

make

all

the coefficients except one disappear by successive in-

tegrations from the equation



~~ *

'

-f

a 1 sin x

+

b x cos

+a

x+

2

sin

2x

b 2 cos 2a?

+a -I-

3

sin

Sx

b 3 cos 3a?

+ &c. + &c.

These integrations correspond to the elimination of the different unknowns in equations (m), Arts. 267 and 271, and we see clearly

by the comparison of the two methods, that equation (B), Art. 279, and 2tt, without its all values of x included between being established so as to apply to values of x which exceed those

holds for

limits.

The

279.

function

$

(x, t)

the problem, and whose value

which satisfies the conditions of is determined by equation (E),

Art. 277,

may

2ir(x,

=

]daf(a)

+

{2sin2a? [dxf{a.)

sm2z + 2cos2xdzf (a) co$2*}e- mt

+

{2sin3a> fdxf(a)

sm3x+ 2cos3x fdzf (a) cos 3oL}e-™+ &c

t)

be expressed as follows

:

+ {2 smxjdxf(a) sina + 2 cosa?

daffa) cos a \e~ i

SECT.

or

FUNCTIONAL EXPRESSION.

II.]

%v§ (x, t) = \da.f{oL)

{1

+

(2 sin

x sin

a

+2

cos

203

« cos a) e

- '^

+ (2 sin 2x sin 2a + 2 cos 2x cos 2a) e~ mt +

(2 sin 3a? sin

=

jeL/(a) [1

3a

4-

+

2 cos Sx cos Sx)e~ s2ki + &c.}

22 cosi

(a

- x) e~ Pkt

].

The sign X affects the number i, and indicates that the sum must be taken from i=l to i = oo We can also include the first term under the sign 2, and we have .

%ir§{x,t)

=

,

\da.f{o)

Z_

ta

cost (a — x) e

must then give to i all integral values from — co to + <x> which is indicated by writing the limits — oo and + oo next to the This is the most concise sign X, one of these values of i being 0.

We

;

To develope the second member of the we suppose i—0, and then i = 1, 2, 3, &c, and double

expression of the solution. equation,

each result except the t is

first,

nothing, the function

state in

^

which corresponds to

(x,

t)

i

= 0.

When

necessarily represents the initial

which the temperatures are equal to f (x), we have there-

fore the identical equation,

/(«)=«A7TJ

We

^a/(a)2_ œ cos*(a

— x)

(JB).

o

have attached to the signs

I

and 2 the

limits

between

which the integral sum must be taken. This theorem holds generally whatever be the form of the function f (x) in the interval from x = to x = 2-7T the same is the case with that which is expressed by the equations which give the development of F (x), Art. 235 and we shall see in the sequel that we can prove directly ;

;

the truth of equation (B) independently of the foregoing considerations,

280.

It

different <£ (x, t)

is

easy to see that the problem admits of no solution

from that given by equation

(E), Art. 277,

The

function

in fact completely satisfied the conditions of the problem, T

and from the nature of the

differential equation

-=-

ctt

72

= k -rcix

a

,

no

THEORY OF HEAT.

264

[CHAP. IV.

To convince

other function can enjoy the same property.

we must

selves of this

solid is represented

is

known, since

v 2 or vx

when the

first

1

equivalent to k

it is

-jt dt, the

dv fluxion

-—

Thus denoting by

•' .

\

our-

state of the

by a given equation v =f(x), the

dv

+ Jc

consider that

temperature at the commencement of the

we can deduce the value of v 2 from the initial and from the differential equation. We could ascertain in the same manner the values v3 v4 ... vn of the temperature at any point whatever of the solid at the beginning of each instant. Now the function <£ (x, t) satisfies the initial state, since we have second instant, state

,

,

Further, it satisfies also the differential equation; (x, 0) =f{x). consequently if it were differentiated, it would give the same (j)

-^

values for

-~

,

dt

,

dt

—^

,

&c, as would result from successive

dt

applications of the differential equation

function 3m, &c,

values state

we

<£ (x, t)

give to

t

Hence,

(a).

in the

if

successively the values 0,

m,

2m,

m denoting an element of time, we shall find the same vlt v2 vs &c. as we could have derived from the initial ,

,

by continued application

of the equation -j

=h-j-s

Hence

.

every function ty [x, t) which satisfies the differential equation and the initial state necessarily coincides with the function (x, t)

:

same function successively equal to 0, to, 2m, 2m

for such functions each give the

of x,

we suppose

...

We

t

by

when

in

them

im, &c.

be only one solution of the manner a function ty (x, t) which satisfies the differential equation and the initial state, we are certain that it is the same as the former function given by see

this that there can

problem, and that

if

we

discover in any

equation (E). 281. object

is

The same remark applies to movement of heat;

the varied

all it

investigations

whose

follows evidently from

the very form of the general equation.

For the same reason the

integral of the equation

can contain only one arbitrary function of

x.

In

-~n

fact,

=k

-r*

when a

SECT.

GENERAL INTEGRAL.

II.]

x

value of v as a function of

the time

t,

it

assigned for a certain value of

is

evident that

is

2Go

all

the other values of v which

We may

correspond to any time whatever are determinate.

therefore select arbitrarily the function of x, which corresponds

and the general function of the two variables The same is not the case d2 v d2 v ... ,. with the equation -p^ + -j—2 = 0, which was employed in the

to a certain state,

x and

t

then becomes determined.

,

.

in-,

,

preceding chapter, and which belongs to the constant

movement

two arbitrary functions of x and y but we may reduce this investigation to that of the varied movement, by regarding the final and permanent state as derived from the states which precede it, and consequently from the initial state, which is given. of heat

;

The

its

integral contains

integral which

— 2tt

:

we have given

\dxf (a) %e~

m cos

i (a



x)

contains one arbitrary function f(x), and has the same extent as the general integral, which also contains only one arbitrary function of

x

or rather, it

;

this integral itself arranged in a

is

In

suitable to the problem.

fact,

=

ing the initial state, and v state

which succeeds

it,

we



see from the very form of the heated

change when x ±

solid that the value of v does not

instead of

x, i

being any positive integer. 1

daf(a)

'î l

t

= 0,

since

The

e~ i2M cos i

satisfies this condition; it represents also

we suppose

form

the equation v 1 =f(x) represent(x, t) representing the variable

(a

i2ir is written

function

— x)

the initial state

when

we then have

~x '

/(«)

= 2^

dx f (°0

2 cos *

(*

)>

an equation which was proved above, Arts. 235 and 279, and also easily verified.

ential equation

dv -j

Lastly, the

=

d^v

h

-^-5

.

is

same function satisfies the differ-

Whatever be the value

of

t,

the

temperature v is given by a very convergent series, and the different terms represent all the partial movements which combine to form

THEORY OF HEAT.

266 the total movement.

As the time

[CHAP. IV.

increases, the partial states of

higher orders alter rapidly, but their influence becomes inappre-

number

which ought to be given to After a certain time the system of temperatures is represented sensibly by the terms which are found on giving to i the values 0, + 1 and + 2, or only

ciable; so that the

the exponent

of values

diminishes continually.

i

~— \dif (a)

and +

1,

or lastly,

there

is

therefore a manifest relation between the form of the

by the

of those terms, namely,

first

solution and the progress of the physical

been submitted to

To

282.

phenomenon which has

analysis.

arrive at the solution

we

considered

first

the simple

values of the function v which satisfy the differential equation

we

;

:

then formed a value which agrees with the initial state, and

all the generality which belongs to the problem. might follow a different course, and derive the same solution from another expression of the integral; when once the solution is known, the results are easily transformed. If we suppose the

has consequently

We

diameter of the function form,

(/>

(x,

mean section of the ring to increase infinitely, the as we shall see in the sequel, receives a different

t),

and coincides with an integral which contains a single

arbitrary function under the sign of the definite integral. latter integral if

we were

might

limited to

The

be applied to the actual problem; but, this application, we should have but a very also

imperfect knowledge of the phenomenon; for the values of the

temperatures would not be expressed by convergent series, and we could not discriminate between the states which succeed each

The

other as the time increases.

periodic form which the problem

supposes must therefore be attributed to the function which represents the initial state; but on modifying that integral in this

manner, we should obtain no other result than (x,

<j>

From

the

question, as

t)

last

=

~ Ida/

(a)

2e~ i%

cos i (a

— x).

we pass easily to the integral in the memoir which preceded this work.

equation

was proved in

It is not less easy to obtain

the equation from the integral itself. the agreement of the analytical

These transformations make results

more

clearly evident

;

but they add nothing to the theory,

SECT.

DIFFERENT INTEGRAL FORMS.

II.]

2G7

and constitute no different analysis. In one of the following chapters we shall examine the different forms which may be

assumed by the integral of the equation which they have to each

other,

dv -j7

(Pi)

= k-j-

i

,

the relations

and the cases in which they ought

to be employed.

To form the series

integral which expresses the movement of heat in was necessary to resolve an arbitrary function into a of sines and cosines of multiple arcs; the numbers which

affect

the variable under the symbols sine and cosine are the

a ring,

it

natural numbers

2,

1,

arbitrary function

is

3,

4, &c.

"In

the following problem the

again reduced to a series of sines; but the

under the symbol sine are no longer &c: these coefficients satisfy a definite are all incommensurable and infinite in

coefficients of the variable

the numbers

1, 2,

3,

equation whose roots

4,

number. Note on

Guglielmo Libri of Florence was the first to I, Chap. IV. problem of the movement of heat in a ring on the hypothesis of cooling established by Dulong and Petit. See his Mémoire sur la Sect.

investigate the

the law of théorie de

la chaleur, Crelle's Journal,

Band

VII., pp.

116

—131,

Berlin, 1831.

(Read before the French Academy of Sciences, 1825. ) M. Libri made the solution depend upon a series of partial differential equations, treating them as if they were linear. The equations have been discussed in a different manner by

Mr

Kelland, in his Theory of Heat, pp. 69—75, Cambridge, 1837. The principal the mean of the temperatures at opposite ends of any

result obtained is that

diameter of the ring

is

the same at the same instant.

[A. F.]

CHAPTER

V.

OF THE PROPAGATION OF HEAT IN A SOLID SPHERE.

SECTION General

The problem

283.

I.

solution.

of the propagation of heat in a sphere has

been explained in Chapter

II.,

Section

Article 117;

2,

it

consists

in integrating the equation

dv

2

_

,

dt so that

when x —

rd v

2 dv

\dx*

x

A the integral' may satisfy the condition dv

k denoting the ducibilities

the time

X

is

t

;

ratio

^

,

given, If

n

,

and h the

F (x)

;

v

is

and represents the

we make y =

initial

vx,

£

=

after is

which The function F(x)

0.

and arbitrary

t,

x\ is is

state of the solid.

y being a new unknown, we have, CL If

after the substitutions, -j/i^k-—.-.

equation, and then take

v=-.

thus

we must

We

integrate the

shall examine, in the

what are the simplest values which can be attributed and then form a general value which will satisfy at the same

first place,

to y,

-^ of the two con-

a function of x and

when we suppose

uAJ

last

ratio

v is the temperature which is observed has elapsed in a spherical layer whose radius

the radius of the sphere

equal to

dx,

CHAP.

V. SECT.

time

the

surface,

three

PARTICULAR SOLUTIONS.

I.]

differential

and the

the

equation,

initial

It

state.

269

condition relative easily seen that

is

conditions are fulfilled, the solution

to

when

the

these

complete, and no

is

other can be found.

Let y =

284.

e

mtu,

u being a function

mu = K -y-s

of x,

we have

.

ax

we notice that when the value of t becomes infinite, the value of v must be nothing at all points, since the body is comFirst,

Negative values only can therefore be taken for k has a positive numerical value, hence we conclude that the value of u is a circular function, which follows from the known nature of the equation pletely cooled.

Now

m.

d3u ax

mu = k t-s 7

Let u

=A

cos

+ B sin nx

nx

;

.

we have the

Thus we can express a particular value v

where n

may

is

Q-JcnH

=

(A

x

cos

that the constant

first,

m = — kn

2 .

by the equation

nx + B sin nx),

any positive number, and

remark,

of v

condition

A A

and

B are

We

constants.

ought to be. nothing; for

the value of v which expresses the temperature at the centre,

when we make x =

0,

cannot be infinite

hence the term

;

A cos nx

should be omitted. Further, the

number n cannot be taken (XV

if

in the definite equation

of

v,

we

-=-

+ hv

As the equation ought it

we

fact,

substitute the value

find

nx cos nx + (hx — in

=

In

arbitrarily.

x=.X the

1) sin

nx =

0.

to hold at the surface,

we

shall

suppose

radius of the sphere, which gives

nX = nX l-hX.

tan

Let X be the number

We

must therefore

find

1

— hX,

an arc

and

e,

nX =

e,

we have

which divided by

= X. tan

its

e

tangent

THEORY OF HEAT.

270

gives a

known

[CHAP. V.

and afterwards take n

quotient \,

= -^

.

It is

evident that there are an infinity of such arcs, which have a given ratio to their tangent

so that the equation of condition

;

nX = l-hX

tan

nX

has an infinite number of real roots

Graphical constructions are very suitable for exhibiting Let u = tan e (fig. 12), be the equation

285.

the nature of this equation.

to a curve, of

which the arc

the abscissa, and u the ordinate

e is

;

u = - be the equation to a straight line, whose co-ordinates A If we eliminate u from these two are also denoted by e and u. and

let

known

the proposed equation -

we have

equations, e is

e.

The un-

therefore the abscissa of the point of intersection of

the curve and the straight

an

= tan

infinity of arcs

;

all

5

3

1

2

This curved line

line.

is

composed of

the ordinates corresponding to abscissae

71"»

7r

2

'

l

7*"'

7 9r 2



'

are infinite, and all those which correspond to the points %ir,

Stt,

equation

&c. is

are

u

nothing.

=-=

=

r^.,

To

trace

we form

o,

it,

the straight line whose the

square

oi wi,

and

measuring the quantity TiX from co to h, join the point h with the origin o. The curve non whose equation is ?<=tane has for

SECT.

ROOTS OF EQUATION OF CONDITION.

I.]

271

tangent at the origin a line which divides the right angle into two equal parts, since the ultimate ratio of the arc to the tangent is 1.

We

conclude from this that

curve non, and there

with the

first

is

if A,

mom

unity, the straight line

1—hX

or

a quantity less than

is

passes from the origin above the

a point of intersection of the straight line

branch.

It is equally clear that the

same straight Hence the

line cuts all the further branches nrrn, n27rn, &c. r 6 equation X has an infinite number of real

tan

first

=

and —

included between

is

The

roots.

e

,

the second between

ir

2

—A

,

the third between

27r

—A

and

,

and

so on.

and

These roots

approach very near to their upper limits when they are of a very advanced order. 286.

If

we wish

to calculate the value of one of the roots,

for example, of the first,

we may employ

down the two equations

e

= arc

tan

it

the following rule

and u

—-

,

:

write

arc tan

u de-

A,

noting the length of the arc whose tangent

any number

for u,

deduce from the

first

is

u.

Then taking

equation the value of

e

;

substitute this value in the second equation, and deduce another

value of u

substitute the second value of

;

u

in the first equation

;

thence we deduce a value of e, which, by means of the second Substituting it in the first equation, gives a third value of u. equation

we have

a

new

value of

e.

Continue thus to determine

u by the second equation, and e by the first. The operation gives values more and more nearly approaching to the unknown e, as is evident from the following construction.

In

fact, if

value which

the point u correspond (see

this value in the first

equation

correspond to the abscissa which of this equation.

equation u

abscissa

e'

,

e

= arc

if

we

substitute

tan u, the point

we have

calculated

e

will

by means

If this abscissa e be substituted in the second

= - we

to the point u.

IS) to the arbitrary

fig.

assigned to the ordinate u; and

is

shall find

an ordinate u which corresponds

Substituting u in the

first

which corresponds to the point

e

equation, ;

we

find an

this abscissa

being

THEORY OF HEAT.

272

[CHAP. V.

then substituted in the second equation gives rise to an ordinate u, which when substituted in the first, gives rise to a third abscissa e" ,

and

so

on to

infinity.

represent the continued alternate

That is to employment

line

up

we must draw through the

to the curve,

two pre-

Fig. 14.

Fig. 13.

ceding equations,

say, in order to

of the

and through

a vertical as far as the straight

e

point

u a

horizontal

the point of intersection draw

line,

through the point of inter-

u draw a horizontal up to the curve, through the point of intersection d draw a vertical as far as the straight line, and so on to infinity, descending more and more towards the point sought. section

The

287.

foregoing figure (13) represents the case in which

the ordinate arbitrarily chosen for u

is

corresponds to the point of intersection.

greater than that which If,

on the other hand, we

chose for the initial value of u a smaller quantity, and employed in the

same manner the two equations

e

= arc tan u, u = - we A

should again arrive at values successively closer to the

,

unknown

Figure 14 shews that in this case we rise continually towards the point of intersection by passing through the points ueu e u" e", &c. which terminate the horizontal and vertical lines.

value.

Starting from a value of u which

is

too small,

we

obtain quantities

which converge towards the unknown value, and are smaller than it and starting from a value of u which is too great, we obtain quantities which also converge to the unknown value, and each of which is greater than it. We therefore ascertain e e e" e",

&c.

;

SECT.

MODE OF APPROXIMATION.

I.]

273

successively closer limits between the which magnitude sought

always included.

Either approximation

is

represented by the

is

formula

e=

...

arc tan

£ arc tau (\ arc tan Ï

[arc tan

When

Va.

(A,

A,

several of the operations indicated have been effected,

the successive results differ less and

an approximate value of

We

288.

a,

and we have arrived

at

e.

might attempt e

less,

to apply the

= arc tan u and

u

two equations

=A-

in a different order, giving

We

them the form u = tan e and

should then take an arbitrary value of

in the

first

equation,

we should

e,

e

= \u.

and, substituting

it

which being

find a value of u,

substituted in the second equation would give a second value of e; this

manner

new

value of

as the

first.

of the figures, that

e

in

employed in the same

could then be

But

it

is

easy to see, by the constructions

following this

course of operations

we

depart more and more from the point of intersection instead of

approaching

it,

as in the former case.

The

successive values of e

which we should obtain would diminish continually to zero, or would increase without limit. We should pass successively from e" to u", from u" to e, from e to u, from u' to e, and so on to infinity.

The

rule

which we have just explained being applicable

to the

calculation of each of the roots of the equation

tan

which moreover have given as

known numbers.

e

limits,

Otherwise,

we must regard

it

all

these roots

was only necessary

sured that the equation has an infinite

number

to be as-

of real roots.

We have explained this process of approximation because it is founded on a remarkable construction, which may be usefully employed in several cases, and which exhibits immediately the nature and limits of the roots

;

but the actual application of the

process to the equation in question would be tedious

easy to resort in practice to some other F. H.

mode

;

it

would be

of approximation.

18

THEOKY OF HEAT.

274

We

289.

now know a

[CHAP. V.

particular form which

may be

given to

the function v so as to satisfy the two conditions of the problem.

This solution

is

v

The

=

initial

7

Ae~ knH sin nx x

a

coefficient

such that

represented by the equation 2 ~,

l

nx

.

any number whatever, and the number n

is

nX = — -^r 1 hX,

tan n

sin nx = ae~ Kn — .

or v

X

It

follows

from

that

this

if

is

the

temperatures of the different layers were proportional to SI IT TidC

the quotient

,

they would

all

diminish together, retaining

between themselves throughout the whole duration of the cooling the ratios which had been set up and the temperature at each point would decrease as the ordinate of a logarithmic curve whose Suppose, then, the arc e abscissa would denote the time passed. parts and taken as abscissa, we raise at being, divided into equal each point of division an ordinate equal to the ratio of the sine to the arc. The system of ordinates will indicate the initial temperatures, which must be assigned to the different layers, from the being divided into equal centre to the surface, the whole radius The arc e which, on this construction, represents the parts. it is necessary that the radius X, cannot be taken arbitrarily ;

X ;

and

arc

an

its

infinite

As

there are

satisfy this condition,

we might

tangent should be in a given

number

of arcs

which

thus form an infinite number of systems of

ratio.

initial

temperatures,

which could exist of themselves in the sphere, without the of the temperatures changing during the cooling. 290.

It

remains only to form any

initial state

ratios

by means of

a certain number, or of an infinite number of partial

states,

each

which represents one of the systems of temperatures which we have recently considered, in which the ordinate varies with the distance x, and is proportional to the quotient of the sine by the of

arc.

The general movement

of heat in the interior of a sphere

then be decomposed into so many particular movements, each of which is accomplished freely, as if it alone existed. Denoting by nv ?i 2 n 3 &c, the quantities which satisfy the

will

,

nX equation

^=1 — hX,

,

and supposing them

to

be arranged in

SECT.

COEFFICIENTS OF THE SOLUTION.

I.]

beginning with the

order,

275

we form the

least,

general equa-

tion

= a^e,'^

vx If

1

sin n xx

+ a£r ln?

be made equal to

t

we have

0,

+ a e~ k7lsH sin n x + &c.

sin n 2x

i

3

3

as the expression

of the

temperatures

initial state of

vx = a

v

sin

n xx

+a

2

sin

n2 x

+ a 3 sin n x + 3

&c.

The problem consists in determining the coefficients a lf a 2 az &c, whatever be the initial state. Suppose then that we know the values of v from x = to x = X, and represent this system of F(x) values by we have ,

;

F(x)

= - (ax sin n x + a x

2

sin

+a

n2x

3

sin

n3x + a4 sin np

+ &C.)

1 .

..(e).

To determine the coefficient a multiply both members by x sin nx dx, and integrate from x = to x = X,

291.

x

,

of the equation

The

integral

I

sin

—5

If

m

-

mx sinnx dx

(—

taken between these limits

m sin wXcos mX+ n sin mXcos nX).

and n are numbers chosen from the

&c, which

is

nX

satisfy the equation

tan

mX mX

^= 1 — TiX,

roots

nv n 2 n3 ,

,

we have

ïiuL.

nX

tan

tan

nX'

m cos mX sin nX — n sin mX cos nX = 0.

or

We see by this that the whole value of the integral is nothing; but a single case exists in which the integral does not vanish, namely,

known

when

m = n.

rules, is

It then

becomes

-x

;

and,

by application

of

reduced to

x 2

X - en sin 2nX. -r-

1 Of the possibility of representing an arbitrary function by a series of this form a demonstration has been given by Sir W. Thomson, Camb. Math. Journal,

Vol. in. pp.

25—27.

[A. F.]

18—2

THEORY OF HEAT.

276 It follows coefficient

[CHAP. V.

from this that in order to obtain the value of the

a 1} in equation

(e),

we must

2 \x sin n yx F(x) dx

= a (X — ^— sin 2^X1

the integral being taken from x

2 \x sin n 2x

F(x)dx =

In the same manner

all

write

,

r

=

to

x — X.

Similarly

aAX — ~— sin 2n

2

X]

the following coefficients

we have

.

may be

deter-

always has a determinate value, whatever the arbitrary function (x) be represented by the may be. If the function

F (x)

F

variable ordinate of a line traced in any manner, the function

xF(x)smnx

corresponds to the ordinate of a second line which

can easily be constructed by means of the

by the

latter line

the coefficient av

The

first.

between the abscissas x =

The area bounded

and x =

X determines

being the index of the order of the root

i

arbitrary function

F(x) enters each

coefficient

n.

under the

sign of integration, and gives to the value of v all the generality

which the problem requires; thus we arrive at the following equation

——

ocv

sin n.x 1

2

I

J

x sin n,x F (x) dx \ / i

p-knvt

.

1 X— jr— sin 2w,X An .

1

sin n 2x \x sin n 2x

This

is.

F (x) dx e~ hn*H

i-

+

+

&c.

the form which must be given to the general integral

of the equation


sphere.

In

it

fact,

may all

\dx z

represent the

2 dv

x

dx,

movement

of heat in a solid

the conditions of the problem are obeyed.

ULTIMATE LAW OF TEMPERATURE.

SECT. L]

1st,

The

partial differential equation

is satisfied

;

277

2nd, the quantity

of heat which escapes at the surface accords at the

same time with

the mutual action of the last layers and with the action of the air civ

on the surface; that

each part of the value of v

we

sum

take for v the

satisfies

The

when x = X,

of all these parts

roots v v n 2

t?

,

;

holds also

3

when

3rd, the given solution

when we suppose the time

agrees with the initial state

292.

+ hx=0, which

to say, the equation -j-

is

nothing.

&c. of the equation

,

tan nX.

whence we conclude that if the value of the term of the value of v is very small, relatively to that which precedes it. As the time of cooling increases, the latter parts of the value of v cease to have any sensible influence and those partial and elementary states, which at first compose the general movement, in order that the initial state may be represented by them, disappear almost entirely, one only excepted. In the ultimate state the temperatures of the different layers decrease from the centre to the surface in the same manner as in a circle the ratios of the sine to the arc are very unequal

time

;

considerable, each

is

;

This law governs naturally the

decrease as the arc increases.

When it begins to exist, through the whole duration of the cooling. Whatever the function (x) may be which represents the initial state, the distribution of heat in a solid sphere.

it

exists

F

law in question tends continually to be established cooling has lasted

suppose 293.

some

time,

We

shall

has acquired at

coefficients

X

:

and when the sensible

error

apply the general solution to the case in

this case the function

x=

;

to exist.

it

which the sphere, having been fluid,

we may without

is

all

long time immersed in a

same temperature. In and the determination of the integrating x sin nx dx, from x = to its

F(x)

reduced to

the integral

for a

points the

is

1,

is

sin

nX — nX cos nX

THEORY OF HEAT.

278

Hence the value

of each coefficient

[CHAP. V.

expressed thus

is

:

_ 2 sinwX— wXcos wJ_ n nX — sin nX cos nX

'

the order of the coefficient

is

determined by that of the root

n,

the equation which gives the values of n being

nX cos nX 1-hX. sin nX "We therefore find

It

is

easy

now

to

2

JiX

n

nX cosec nX — cos nX

'

form the general value which

is

given by the

equation e~ ln

e^'sinw,!»

vx

2Xh

e2 , e3 , &c.

&va.n x ^r-±

=r- -f

&C.

the roots of the equation

e

tan

1

n z (n 2 Xcosecn2 X—cosn2 X)

^(^Jicosec^X— cos^JQ

Denoting by ev

*

^

7

-\

= l-hX

}

e

and supposing them arranged in order beginning with the least by e 1? e2 e3 &c, and writing instead ;

replacing n^X, n 2 X, n a X, &c. of k

and h

their values

,

an d

y^

jf

j

,

we have

for

the expression of

the variations of temperature during the cooling of a solid sphere,

which was once uniformly heated, the equation

2h

Y KX

~CDX*

X et x

X

e,

cosec ex

— C0S6! #

Sm ±' i

Note.

Eiemann,

The problem

of the sphere

62«

e 62

e22

-CDX*

cosec e2

— cose +

&C.

2

has been very completely discussed by 61—69. [A. F.]

Partielle Differ entialgleichung en, §§

SECT.

DIFFERENT REMARKS ON THIS SOLUTION.

II.]

SECTION

279

II.

Different remaries on this solution.

294.

We

will

now

explain some of the results which

derived from the foregoing solution. h,

which measures the

facility

If

we suppose the

with which heat passes into the

to have a very small value, or that the radius

very small, the least value of

equation ^

=1 — -j^X

-

tan

K

e

is

.

K

And

e,

e

2

= ShX —^-

reduced to

is



.

we have

v



these

— = e CDX + t

&c.

that the succeeding terms decrease very rapidly

in comparison with the ;

the other

On making

1.

ex

substitutions in the general equation

greater than

On

.

same hypothesis,

X We may remark

so that the

ex

———

the term

;

~2

cos e becomes, on the

hand, the quantity

air,

of the sphere is

reduced to

omitting the higher powers of

-v^-.

X

becomes very small

e

6

or,

may be

coefficient

first,

since the second root

n2

is

very

so that if either of the quantities h or

a small value, we

may

much

X

has

take, as the expression of the variations Sht

of temperature, spherical

envelopes

=e

equation v

the

of which

common temperature

cnx .

the solid

is

Thus the different composed retain a

The

whole of the cooling.

during the

temperature diminishes as the ordinate of a logarithmic curve, the

time being taken

for abscissa

;

the initial temperature 1

is

re-

Sht

duced

after the

temperature

time

may be

t

CDX .

In

order that the initial

reduced to the fraction

X CD log m.

must be ^r

to e

Thus

in spheres of the

—,

the value of

t

same material but

THEORY OF HEAT.

280

[CHAP. V.

of different diameters, the times occupied in losing half or the

same defined part ducibility

is

of their actual heat,

when the

exterior con-

The

very small, are proportional to their diameters.

same is the case with solid spheres whose radius is very small and we should also find the same result on attributing to the ;

interior conducibility

Ka

V"

7

generally

when the quantity

^

the quantity coDled

is

as

The statement holds

very great value. -^r

very small.

is

We may regard

when the body which

very small

being

is

formed of a liquid continually agitated, and enclosed in

The hypothesis

a spherical vessel of small thickness.

is

some

in

measure the same as that of perfect conducibility; the temperature decreases then according to the law expressed by the equation v

_ =

~

a e

eux

By the preceding remarks we see that in a solid sphere 295. which has been cooling for a long time, the temperature decreases from the centre to the surface as the quotient of the sine by the arc decreases from the origin where it is 1 to the end of a given arc

e,

the

by the variable length diameter, or

its

if

radius

of

of that

each

layer being

represented

If the sphere has a small

arc.

interior conducibility

is

very

much

greater

than the exterior conducibility, the temperatures of the successive layers differ very little from each other, since the whole arc e of the sphere is of small length. which represents the radius

X

The

variation

of the

_ is

or

to all its points

Sht

cux

=e Thus, on comparing the two small spheres occupy in losing half

then given by the equation v

respective times which

common

temperature v

any aliquot part of their actual

.

heat,

we

find

those times

to be proportional to the diameters. Sht

by the equation v = e CDX belongs masses of only to similar form and small dimension. It has been known for a long time by physicists, and it offers itself as it were spontaneously. In fact, if any body is sufficiently small for the 296.

The

result expressed

temperatures at is

its different

points to be regarded as equal,

easy to ascertain the law of cooling.

Let 1 be the

it

initial

SECT.

EXTERIOR CONDUCIBILITIES COMPARED.

II.]

temperature

common

to all points

it is

;

281

evident that the quantity

which flows during the instant dt into the medium is hSvdt, denoting supposed to be maintained at temperature of heat

by 8 the external

surface of the body.

On

the other hand,

if C is the heat required to raise unit of weight from the temfor the to the temperature 1, we shall have perature

expression of the quantity of heat which the

body whose density temperature

D

Hence

1.

temperature v

is

is

GDV volume V

of the

would take from temperature

rnv

to

the quantity by which the

is

diminished when the body loses a quantity of

heat equal to hSvdt.

dv If the form of the

have the equation v

We

hSvdt

=

body

=e

ought therefore to have the equation rrfyfr

is

>

or v

= e=|f

'

a sphere whose radius

is

X, we shall

CDX .

Assuming that we observe during the cooling of the two temperatures v t and v 2 corresponding to the times t 1 and t2 we have 297.

body

in question

,

hS _

cbv We

log v 1

— log v

t,-tx

2

:

can then easily ascertain by experiment the exponent

hS .

If the same observation be made on different bodies, and if we know in advance the ratio of their specific heats G and C, we can find that of their exterior conducibilities h and h'. Reciprocally, if we have reason to regard as equal the values

h and

we can

h!

of the exterior conducibilities of two different bodies,

ascertain the ratio of their specific heats.

We

see

by

by observing the times of cooling for different liquids and other substances enclosed successively in the same vessel whose thickness is small, we can determine exactly the specific

this that,

heats of those substances.

We may further remark

that the coefficient

K which measures

the interior conducibility does not enter into the equation

THEORY OF HEAT.

282

Thus the time of cooling depend on the

[CHAP. V.

in bodies of small dimension does not

interior conducibility

and the observation of these but it

;

times can teach us nothing about the latter property

;

could be determined by measuring the times of cooling in vessels of different thicknesses.

298.

What we have

on the cooling of a sphere of heat in a thermoWe shall add the following

said above

of small dimension, applies to the

movement

meter surrounded by air or fluid. remarks on the use of these instruments.

Suppose a mercurial thermometer to be dipped into a vessel with hot water, and that the vessel is being cooled freely

filled

in air at constant temperature.

It is required to find the

law

of the successive falls of temperature of the thermometer. If the temperature of the fluid were constant, and the thermometer dipped in it, its temperature would change, approaching very quickly that of the fluid. Let v be the variable temperature indicated by the thermometer, that is to say, its elevation above

the temperature of the air

u be the elevation of temperature air, and t the time corresponding

let

;

of the fluid above that of the to these dt

which

two values v and is

At the beginning

u.

of the instant.

about to elapse, the difference of the temperature

of the thermometer from that of the fluid being v

and

v tends to diminish

proportional to v

—u

;

so that

dv

— u,

the variable

will lose in the instant dt a

quantity

we have the equation

=—h

(v

— u)

dt.

During the same instant dt the variable u tends to diminish, and it loses a quantity proportional to u, so that we have the equation

du =

The

coefficient

H expresses

— Hudt.

the velocity of the cooling of the

which may easily be discovered by experiment, and the coefficient h expresses the velocity with which the thermometer cools in the liquid. The latter velocity is very Similarly we may from experiment much greater than H. find the coefficient h by making the thermometer cool in fluid maintained at a constant temperature. The two equations liquid in air, a quantity

du

= — Hudt

and dv

——

h(v

— u)

dt,

SECT.

ERROR OF A THERMOMETER.

II.]

u

or

= AeT m

dv

and -^

at

283

= —hv + hAe~ m

lead to the equation v

— u = be~ M + aHe~ Ht

,

a and b being arbitrary constants. Suppose now the initial value — u to be A, that is, that the height of the thermometer exceeds by A the true temperature of the fluid at the beginning of the immersion; and that the initial value of u is E. We can determine a and b, and we shall have of v

v-ti = Ae~

The quantity

v

—u

is

HE —

+-

7lt

7

=T (e-

m - e~ M

).

the error of the thermometer, that

is

which is found between the temperature indicated by the thermometer and the real temperature of the This difference is variable, and the fluid at the same instant. preceding equation informs us according to what law it tends We see by the expression for the difference v—u to decrease. that two of its terms containing e~ M diminish very rapidly, with the velocity which would be observed in the thermometer if it were dipped into fluid at constant temperature. With respect its decrease is much slower, to the term which contains e~ and is effected with the velocity of cooling of the vessel in air. It follows from this, that after a time of no great length the error of the thermometer is represented by the single term to say, the difference

m

,

HE Q-m m h-H 299.

Consider

or

—H

h-H Uw

now what experiment

teaches as to the values

H

and h. Into water at S^ (octogesimal scale) we dipped a thermometer which had first been heated, and it descended This exin the water from 40 to 20 degrees in six seconds. From this we periment was repeated carefully several times. if the time is reckoned find that the value of e~ h is 0"000042 of the thermometer be if the height that is to say, in minutes, of

1

;

E

at the beginning of a minute,

Thus we

end of the minute.

Uog

10

»

i

it

will

be

find e

=

4-376127l.

0-00004206, strictly.

[A. F.]

E (0*000042)

at the

THEORY OF HEAT.

284

At the same time

a vessel of porcelain

[CHAP. V. filled

with water heated

was allowed to cool in air at The value of e H in this case was found to be O'OSolé, hence that of log 10 e is O006500. We see by this how small the value of the fraction h is, and that after a single minute each term multiplied e~ by

to 60°

12°.

H

e

M

not half the ten-thousandth part of what

is

We

beginning of the minute.

of those terms in the value of v v

From

— u — Hu yt

hj

H

or v

it was at the need not therefore take account — u. The equation becomes

H -= — u = Hu T h H-



Hu '

h

h

H

and h, we see that the more than 673 times greater than H, that the thermometer cools in air more than 600 times the values found for

quantity h say,

is

latter is

to

faster

Hu

than the vessel cools in

Thus the term -=—

air.

is

certainly less

than the 600th part of the elevation of temperature of the water TJ

above that of the

air,

and

as the

term

^ h — 11 5

the 600th part of the preceding term, which

is

TTii

-=— h

follows that the equation

V

Hu — u = -1—

than

to represent

.

k

H

is a quantity very great relatively In general if have always the equation

V

less

already very small,

which we may employ very exactly the error of the thermometer is

it

is

—U=

Hu -7-

to h,

we



II

300.

The

investigation which

we have

just

made

furnishes

very useful results for the comparison of thermometers.

The temperature marked by a thermometer dipped fluid

which

fluid.

is

cooling

is

always a

little

into

a

greater than that of the

This excess or error of the thermometer differs with the

height of the thermometer. The amount of the correction will be found by multiplying u the actual height of the thermometer

H, the velocity of cooling of the vessel in air, We to h the velocity of cooling of the thermometer in the fluid. might suppose that the thermometer, when it was dipped into

by the

ratio of

SECT.

COMPARISON OF THERMOMETERS.

II.]

285

the fluid, marked a lower temperature. This is what almost always happens, but this state cannot last, the thermometer begins to approach to the temperature of the fluid at the same ;

time the

the thermometer passes

fluid cools, so that

same temperature

and

as the fluid,

it

first to

the

then indicates a tempera-

ture very slightly different but always higher.

300*.

We

see

by these

results that if

meters into the same vessel

filled

we dip

different

with fluid which

is

thermocooling

must all indicate very nearly the same temperature the same instant. Calling h, h', li', the velocities of cooling

slowly, they

at

of the thermometers in the fluid,

as their

respective

errors.

shall

have

Hu Hu HT* ~W'

Hu

Y

we

'

two thermometers are equally h and K are the same, equally from those of the fluid.

If

sensitive, that is to say if the quantities

their temperatures will differ

The values

of the coefficients h,

li,

h" are very great, so that the

thermometers are extremely small and often inappreciable quantities. We conclude from this that if a thermometer is constructed with care and can be regarded as exact, it will be easy to construct several other thermometers of equal exactness. It will be sufficient to place all the thermometers which we wish to graduate in a vessel filled with a fluid which cools slowly, and to place in it at the same time the thermometer which ought to serve as a model we shall only have to observe all from degree to degree, or at greater intervals, and we must mark the points where the mercury is found at the same time These points will be at the jn the different thermometers. We have applied this process to the condivisions required. struction of the thermometers employed in our experiments, errors

of the

;

so

that these instruments coincide always in

similar circum-

stances.

This comparison of thermometers during the time of cooling

among them, and renders them all similar to a single model but from it we derive also the means of exactly dividing the tube of the principal thermometer, by which all the others ought to be regulated. In this way we

not only establishes a perfect coincidence ;

THEORY OF HEAT.

286

[CHAP. V.

fundamental condition of the instrument, which is, that any two intervals on the scale which include the same number of degrees should contain the same quantity of mercury. For the satisfy the

we omit here

rest

which do not directly belong to

several details

the object of our work.

We

have determined in the preceding articles the temperature v received after the lapse of a time t by an interior It is required spherical layer at a distance x from the centre. now to calculate the value of the mean temperature of the sphere, 301.

or that which the solid

which

it

The volume

mass.

would have

if

the whole quantity of heat

contains were equally distributed throughout the whole

whose radius

of a sphere

x being

is

o

,

the quantity of heat contained in a spherical envelope whose 3

temperature

and radius

is v,

mean temperature

is

x, will

w

be v d

/4?7TX \ (

—„-

Hence the

.

J

3

{4>7TX \

•'

4ttX 3

-

or

the integral being taken from x its

y**.

=

to

x — X.

— e~ hniH sin n,x + — e~ kn H sin n x + — e~ kn *

X

and we 3

Substitute for v

value

f

jf \



X

l

shall

7 xvdx -

2

-

*2t

X

-f

etc.

have the equation 3

x*

— < h — f

sin

n,X— n,X co$n,X

„.

7

e

sinn 2 X-nXcosn2

We

sin njv 3

found formerly (Art. 293) 2 sin %i.Z — n,X cos w,X

«i=

ni

-f



2^X-^sin2^X 1

2



X ,^ e

&

)

SECT.

RADIUS OF SPHERE VERY GREAT.

II.]

We have, z

=

3.4

therefore, if (sin 6 t

e/

287

we denote the mean temperature by

- e cos ej - sin 2eJ 1

-jjux*

.

(sm

"*"

e2

3

- e cos e - sin 2e

g^ +

-

g)

2

e 2 (2e2

(2e,

z,

» C> '

2)

an equation in which the coefficients of the exponentials are

all

positive.

302.

Let us consider the case in which,

other conditions

all

X

remaining the same, the value of the radius of the sphere becomes infinitely great 1 Taking up the construction described .

in Art. 285,

we

hX

see that since the quantity -==^-

becomes

infinite,

the straight line drawn through the origin cutting the different

branches of the curve coincides with the axis of for the different values of e the quantities

it,

x.

We

find

then

2tt, 37t, etc.

_ JL

!i! t

Since the term in the value of z which contains e CBX2 becomes, as the time increases, very much greater than the following terms, the value of z after a certain time

without sensible error by the being equal to in spheres

Kir

first

term

only.

is

expressed

The index

Kn*

y^

2



n \jJl)X

2

,

we

see that the final cooling

of great diameter,

and that the index

measures the velocity of cooling

is

is

very slow

of e

which

inversely as the square of the

diameter. 303.

From

the foregoing remarks

we can form an

exact idea

of the variations to which the temperatures are subject during the

cooling of a solid sphere.

The

change successively as the heat

initial is

values of the temperatures

dissipated through the surface.

If the temperatures of the different layers are at first equal, or if

they diminish from the surface to the centre, they do not first ratios, and in all cases the system tends more

maintain their

and more towards a sensibly attained.

1

lasting state,

In this

Riemann has shewn,

which

final state

after

no long delay

is

the temperatures decrease

Part. Biff, gleich. § 69, that in the case of a very large

sphere, uniformly heated initially, the surface temperature varies ultimately as the

square root of the time inversely.

[A. F.]

THEORY OF HEAT.

288 from the centre to the of the sphere

by a

If

surface.

certain

arc

we e

[CHAP. V.

represent the whole radius

than a quarter of the

less

circumference, and, after dividing this arc into equal parts, take for each point the quotient of the sine

ratios will represent

that which

by the

up among the

of itself set

is

From

temperatures of layers of equal thickness.

system of

arc, this

the time

when

these ultimate ratios occur they continue to exist throughout the

whole of the cooling.

Each

of the temperatures then diminishes

as the ordinate of a logarithmic curve, the time being taken for

We

abscissa.

can ascertain that this law

serving several successive values

the

mean temperature

for the

z,

established by ob-

is

which denote

z, z", z", etc.,

times

t,

t

+ ®, t + 2®,

t

+ 3®,

etc.

;

the series of these values converges always towards a geometrical

and when the successive quotients

progression,

-,

,

Z

—,

-777

Z

,

etc.

Z

no longer change, we conclude that the relations in question are established between the temperatures. When the diameter of the sphere is small, these quotients become sensibly equal as soon as the body begins to cool. The duration of the cooling for a given interval, that is to say the time required for the mean temperature z to be reduced to a definite part of as the diameter of the sphere

is

itself



m

,

increases

enlarged.

same material and different at the final state in which whilst the temperatures are lowered their ratios are preserved, and if we wish to compare the durations of the same degree of cooling in both, that is to say, the time © which the mean temperature two spheres dimensions have arrived 304.

of the

If

first

of

the

occupies in being reduced to

—, and

the time

©

in

which the temperature z of the second becomes —, we must

m

consider three different cases. small, the

durations

®

If the diameter of each sphere is

and ©' are in the same

If the diameter of each

diameters.

®

sphere

is

ratio

as

the

very great, the

and ©' are in the ratio of the squares of the and if the diameters of the spheres are included between these two limits, the ratios of the times will be greater than that of the diameters, and less than that of their squares. durations

diameters

;

SECT.

EQUATION OF CONDITION HAS ONLY REAL ROOTS.

II.]

289 1

The exact value of the ratio has been already determined The problem of the movement of heat in a sphere includes that

.

In order to treat of this problem

of the terrestrial temperatures.

at greater length,

chapter

the object

it

of a

separate

.

The use which has been made above

305.

=X tan

we have made

2

is

of the equation

founded on a geometrical construction which

is

very

The

con-

e

well adapted to explain the nature of these equations.

struction indeed shows clearly that all the roots are real

same time

and indicates methods

ascertains their limits,

it

at the

;

determining the numerical value of each

The

root.

investigation of equations of this kind would give the

for

analytical

same

results.

we might ascertain that the equation e — X tan e = 0, in which X, is a known number less than unity, has no imaginary It is sufficient to substitute this root of the form m + nj—l. quantity for e and we see after the transformations that the first member cannot vanish when we give to m and n real values, unless n is nothing. It may be proved moreover that there can First,

.;

be no imaginary root of any form whatever in the equation

— A, tan e =

e

e (JL

cos e

— X sin e

or

.

= 0.

COS 6

In

belong to the equation

m + nj—

the form

=

the imaginary roots of the factor

fact, 1st,

— \ tan e = 0,

e

2nd, the

1;

do not

since these roots are all of

equation sine

— -cose =

has

A,

necessarily all

infinite 1

number

It is

we must

G'=e1 2Z2

term in the expression 2

The chapter

than unity.

is less

consider sin

e

To prove

as the product of the

of factors '

:

when X

roots real

its

this proposition

:

for

e1 z,

2

X' 2 as ,

referred to

îiiémorie sur la théorie

may be

Art. 301. is

inferred from the exponent of the first

[A. F.]

not in this work.

du mouvement de

la chaleur

It

dans

forms part of the Suite du les

corps solides.

See note,

page 10.

The

memoir, entitled Théorie du mouvement de la chaleur dans les corps which formed the basis of the Théorie analytique du mouvement de la chaleur published in 1822, but was considerably altered and enlarged in that work now translated. [A. F.] first

solides, is that

F. H.

19

THEORY OF HEAT.

290

and consider

cos e as derived

from sin

e

by

[CHAP. V.

differentiation.

Suppose that instead of forming sin e from the product of an number of factors, we employ only the m first, and denote

infinite

the product by



m

To

(e).

find the corresponding value of cose,

we lake d

j6 <M e This done,

)

or



m'(e).

we have the equation

<M<0-#„/(e) = Now, giving from 1 to

to the

infinity,

o.

number m its successive values we ascertain by the ordinary

1, 2, 3, 4,

principles

&c.

of

which correspond to these different values of tit. We see that, whatever m the number of factors may be, the equations in e which proceed from them have the distinctive character of equations all of whose roots Algebra, the nature of the functions of

Hence we conclude

are real.

e

rigorously that the equation

tan

e

which X is less than unity, cannot have an imaginary root 1 The same proposition could also be deduced by a different analysis which we shall employ in one of the following chapters. in

.

Moreover the solution we have given

is

not founded on the

property which the equation possesses of having real.

this is

sufficient

for

roots

the accuracy of the solution that the integral

can be made to coincide with any it

all its

would not therefore have been necessary to prove proposition by the principles of algebraical analysis. It It

follows

subsequent

rigorously

that

it

initial state

must then

whatever; for

also represent all the

states.

1 The proof given by Riemann, Part. Biff. method of proof is in part claimed by Poisson,

Paris, 1826, p. 147.

[A. F.].

Gleich. § 67, is

more simple.

The

Bulletin de la Société Philomatique,

CHAPTER

VI.

OF THE MOVEMENT OF HEAT IN A SOLID CYLINDER.

The movement

306. length,

is

of heat in a solid cylinder of infinite

represented by the equations

dv dt

__ ~~

K

/d 2v

CD

\dx*

dV _

h

1 dv\ x dx)

Kv



dx~

which we have stated in Articles 118, 119, and 120. grate these equations

we

expressed by the equation v

u a function of enters the

first

x.

We

= ue~ mt

;

m

inte-

being any number, and

denote by k the coefficient

equation, and

the second equation.

To

give to v the simple particular value

h

by h the



coefficient

jp~.

which

which enters

Substituting the value assigned to

v,

we

find the following condition

m

d 2u

i-u k

Next we choose differential equation.

for

1

du

-g + - -jr = + -j ax x ax

u a function

It is easy to

0-

of

x which

satisfies this

see that the function

may

be expressed by the following series

u

— _ £^! + y*x* ~ ~W WT¥ ~

g denoting the constant in

-r

.

We

9* 2

xS 2

2 .4 .6 2 shall

+ '

examine more particularly

the sequel the differential equation from which this series

19—2

292 is

THEORY OF HEAT.

we

derived; here

The

of the convex

state

u

consider the function

ue~°u as the particular value of

we have

[CHAP. VI.

to a condition expressed

known, and

to be

v.

surface of the cylinder

by the

is

subject

definite equation

dV = TT hV+ ,

°>

~dx~

which must be satisfied when the radius x has whence we obtain the definite equation ,

X

/-

h

L

[

2

g'X6

g*X*

+2

g 22

2 .

4

2

~

2

2 .

4

2 .

6

2

value

its total

X;

\

+

7

= 2^Z_VZ 2 2

2

2

.

4

3

6/Z __ 5

2

2

2

.

4

2

.

6

2

thus the number g which enters into the particular value ue~ 0kt is not arbitrary. The number must necessarily satisfy the

preceding equation, which contains g and X.

We

shall

prove that this equation in g in which h and

are given quantities has an infinite all

these roots are real.

variable

which

v

an

It follows

infinity of particular

only by the exponent

differ

a more general value,

by adding

multiplied by arbitrary coefficients. to resolve the

proposed equation in

X

number of roots, and that that we can give to the values of the form ue~°u ,

g.

all

We

can then compose

these particular values

This integral which serves all

extent

its

is

given by

the following equation v

= a u e~ SflM + a 1

1

2

u2e~^kt

4-

a 3 uze~^

1

+

&c,

&c denote all the values of g which satisfy the definite uv u2 u 3 &c. denote the values of u which correspond a 2 a3> &c. are arbitrary coeffito these different roots at cients which can only be determined by the initial state of the

9i> #2>

-

ffs>

equation

;

,

,

;

,

,

solid.

We

must now examine the nature of the definite g, and prove that all the roots equation are real, an investigation which requires attentive

307.

equation which gives the values of of this

examination.

CHAP.

THE EQUATION OF CONDITION.

VI.]

293

In the series

9

1

+2

y*

a

22 .4 2 .6 2+

42

i

'

which expresses the value which u receives when x = X, we shall replace

by

^i- by

/ {&)

or y,

the quantity

and denoting

0,

this function of

9

we have Û3

Û2

V =f(Q)

= 1 - e + 2* -

ÛI

+2

2^

'

\3

2

4*

+ &c

->

the definite equation becomes

~ 2 2+S

hX_ e

2

+

1

2

¥TW ~ 4 2

2

2

/'(#) denoting the function

Each value

2 .

^

3

:

of 6 furnishes

+2

2

2

2 .

.

3

3*

2 .

.

4

4

2

+ &C

'

2

.

a value

for g,

by means

of the

equation

9-^=01 and we thus obtain the quantities g lt g2 g3 &c. which enter in ,

infinite

number

The problem

must have

,

into the solution required. is

all its

then to prove that the equation

roots real.

We

shall prove in fact that

the

has all its roots real, that the same is the equation f{6) — case consequently with the equation /'(#) =0, and that it follows that the equation

7W) has also

all its roots real,

A

representing the

_hX 2

'

known number

THEORY OF HEAT.

294

[CHAP. VI.

The equation

308.

V

+

1

2*

22

.

3

2

+ 2*

.

3*

4

.

2

'

on being differentiated twice, gives the following relation

We

write, as follows, this equation

be derived from

it

by

and

all

those which

may

differentiation,

dd* dP + d6

2+

cW ~ 3

dd3 ^

'

dd\~

'

&c,

and

in general

d'y

Now

if

X=

0,

and

if

tions

we

and

^d

,.

i+1

y

û

d i+ 'y

A

write in the following order the algebraic equation

all

those which

may be

derived from

it

by

differentiation,

we suppose that every real root of any one of these equaon being substituted in that which precedes and in that which

follows

it

gives two results of opposite sign;

proposed equation

X=

quently the same

the case in

is

it is

certain that the

all its roots real,

and that conse-

the subordinate equations

all

« =0

dX = dx

has

'

dx*

d*X =Q &c dxA

'

'

These propositions are founded on the theory of algebraic equations, and have been proved long since. It is sufficient to prove that the equations

y -°>

fulfil

the

equation

v

<5CC *

de~" dd*~ preceding condition. Now this follows }

'

from the general

CHAP.

REALITY OF THE ROOTS.

VI.]

dy l

,.

al+fr + for if

we give

^d

d ~ and z

With

di+i u

y n n D^+tfJ^^oi

d i+1 v

a positive value which makes the fluxion

to

vanish, the other two terms sign.

i+1

295

v

d^

-^A

+ 'W

-ttmtï

receive values of opposite

respect to the negative values of

from

it is"e vident,

the nature of the function /(#), that no negative value substituted can reduce to nothing, either that function, or any of the for it by differentiation: for the subany negative quantity gives the same sign to all the

others which are derived from stitution of

Hence we are assured that the equation y =

terms.

roots real

and

It follows

309.

principles of algebra.

to

also

this that the equation f'(0)

;

~~

which the term

or



receives

values which continually increase from

makes y nothing, the quantity

value of ;

becomes

it

all its

=0 or y = which is a known consequence from the Let us examine now what are the suc-

from

also has all its roots real

cessive values

has

positive.

infinite

when

=



to

when we

give

= go

If a

.

becomes nothing

makes y nothing.

Now

it

follows from the theory of equations that in the case in question,

and

=

lies between two consecutive roots of y = 0, Hence denoting by 6 and 3 two consecuthe equation y = 0, and by 6 2 that root of the

every root of y

reciprocally.

tive roots of

t

=

which lies between 6 1 and 3 every value of inand 2 gives to y a sign different from that 1 had a value included bewdiich the function y would receive if v tween 2 and 3 Thus the quantity — is nothing when = l it equation y

,

cluded between

.

is infinite

when

;

=

Z,

and nothing when

must therefore necessarily take finity,

in the interval from

to



Z

.

The quantity

all possible values, 2

,

and must

from



to in-

also take all possible

values of the opposite sign, from infinity to zero, in the interval

from

2

to

.

3

Hence the equation

A = 0~

necessarily has one

THEORY OF HEAT.

296 real root

between

and

X

aud since the equation y

3

number,

roots real in infinite

[CHAP. VI.

r

2

2 .4

T-

unknown

in which the

+ ^2

2

2

2

2 .4

2

A=6—

we have achieved the

2

6

&c

2

2 .

4 .6 2

g, has all its roots real

is

all its

.4'2 .6 2

y^

f*

gZ' 2

2

has

follows that the equation

it

has the same property. In this manner proof that the definite equation

hX

=

and

We

positive.

proceed to continue the investigation of the function u and of the differential equation

310.

From

dy equation -rj

+

it satisfies.

the equation

l

;

which

,. (i

+

y y+ -Â -f 6 ~ =

^.d l+1y 1)

d2

dv

2

^d,

^f + 6 t

l+

y = 0; n and

0,

.„

,

-n^r-i

we derive the general

it

we suppose

-,

_

= we

have the equation i+1

d y _ d0 rTl ~~i which serves

l

dy

1

+ ld01>

to determine the coefficients of the different terms of

the development of the function/ (0), since these coefficients depend

on the values which the variable in

them

differential coefficients receive

made

is

V If

now

- 1* _ "

1,

SIQ2

I

Supposing the

to vanish.

be known and to be equal to

we have the

JL T

Q2

r>2

6 S)2

when the

first

term to

series

'

02

A2,

_ Or ^C (

*

in the equation proposed

y

we make g

x"

^ = 0,

and seek

garding u as a function of

0,

u

+

d 2u

1

da?

x dx

for the

we

du _ n

new equation

find

du a d 2u + e W< =0 d0

'

in u

and

0,

re-

CHAP.

SUM OF A CERTAIN

VI.]

Whence we

297

SERIES.

conclude

+ + ~
= 1X _5»U M «*

-

m

or

? g 2 Q 2 A?

SV2

l

+

,

2

sum

It is easy to express the

^^

22> 42

& c "^'J

g>

+ cvc. To obtain the

of this series.

result, develope as follows the function cos (a sin x) in cosines of

multiple

We

arcs.

have by known transformations i

sm x) =

2 cos (a

-1

x

and denoting

ae

W-l

_i ae -;W'-l

e

by

e

2 cos

(a

ae -a'V-î ,

aw

2

e

member

(f

+2

2* 3

1

a 2

2

+e

*

2

e

.

according to powers of

term which does not contain sin x) to be Z fl \

The

=e

(a sin x)

Developing the second find the

i

e

co, aat

2 cos

_i ae ^V-l

+e

e

4

6

a

.4

2

2

2 .4

co,

we

in the development of

co



2

2

\

7"

.

5

&c. are nothing, the same is the case -1 -3 terms which contain to to co~'°, &c. with the coefficients of the coefficients of

to

,

to

co

,

,

,

2

the coefficient of

co" is

the same as that of

2

to

,

the coefficient of

;

;

4

to

is

4

2

V2.4.6.8 the coefficient of

+i&cV 7'

"

2-/ -4

is

to

2 .

4. 6.8. 10

the same as that of

to

It is easy to express

.

the law according to which the coefficients succeed stating

it,

stead of

4

(to

+

and

co'*),

so

first

+ co'

2 ),

but without

;

or 2 cos 4<x in-

:

(a sin x) is

A + B cos 2x + (7 cos éx + JD cos 6x -f &c, coefficient A is equal to

J

a

V

2

" if

(to

hence the quantity 2 cos of the form

on

easily developed in a series

and the

2

us write 2 cos 2x instead of

let

2 2

+

_a4_ 2

2

.

4

2

a6 2

2 .

4

\

2 .

6

2

+

7

'

we now compare the general equation which we gave formerly 2

7T

(f>

(x)

=

= l(j)(x)dx-h cos x

I

cji

(x) cos

xdx +

&c.

THEORY OF HEAT.

2.98

[CHAP. VI.

with the equation

= A + B cos

2 cos (a sin x)

we

2x

+ C cos 4# + A, B,

shall find the values of the coefficients

A.

G

expressed

by-

It is sufficient here to find that of the first

definite integrals. coefficient

&c,

We

have then 1

A — —1 ,

2

cos (a sin x) dx,

I

from x

the integral should be taken a

dx

definite integral

to

x

= 7r.

Hence the

6

a

—^+^

value of the series 1

=

4

2

a

— «2

Ta

We

cos (a sin x).



ts

7^

+ &c

is

-

that of the

should find in the same

Jo

manner by comparison of two equations the values of the successive coefficients B, G, &c; we have indicated these results because they are useful in other researches which depend on the same theory. It follows from this that the particular value of u which satisfies the equation dhi

1

du

1 f

/-

^ + ^^^ = 0lS J COs(W^ Smr>^ _

.

the integral being taken from r value of

u,

and making u

=

= qS, we

,

to r

=

.

,

.

Denoting by q

ir.

S = a + b\



J

%q

I* (hoc

find

as the complete integral of the equation

+b

dx~ x

a and

va

r~?

I

j

I

cos (x

(xjg sin r) dr\ -

Icos

b are arbitrary constants.

If

,

gu + j—2 + --=OjOO

a

and we have

-

2

00

= 0,

QjV

Jg sin r) dr,

we suppose

6

= 0, we

have,

as formerly,

u

With

=

I

cos (x

respect to this expression

311.

Jg sin r) dr.

we add the

following remarks.

The equation -J

cos (0 sin m) c?w

=

1

- |i + 2^ï ~

this

2

2 2 .4 .6

2

CHAP.

VERIFICATION OF THE SUM.

VI.]

We

verifies itself.

have in fact 2

/n

f I

A,

f

.

.

cos [6 sin

299

7 7 laull— u)du=

=

and integrating from u

3

4

—^— sin

w

u=

to

sin

H

4

6

M

6

sin w

é>

.

$2 8 8e

denoting by

r

rr,

\

.

Y &c.

j-

t,

,

,

j

;

&c.

the definite integrals 2

I

sin u du,

\

sin

4

w du,

I

sin

6

&c,

it c?«,

we have $4

2

f

Icos (6 sin w)

f9

=

c?it

— t~ 8 +

ir

8 /9

S — -^ $

rr

2

4

4-

3

remains to determine 82 8é Sa &c. The term an even number, may be developed thus

it

,

sin"

u=

,

&c,

sin" u,

,

A n + Bn cos 2u + Cn cos 4m + &c.

Multiplying by du and integrating between the limits u

m

= 7T, we

From

the

powers of

have simply

I

sin"

known formula sines, we have

A 2

-~~ 2

-

3 '

1

'

A4

-~ 2

4

Substituting these values of

- Jcos (0

We cos

(t

can

sin u),

sm

n being

u)

udu = A nir,

1

.

2

a

'

S 84 8


2

,

the other terms vanish.

/- L

IL*

,

and

development of the integral

for the

'

=

6

~~

2

4 5 6 -

8

'

1

.

-

2 3

'

.

&c, we find

,

_ — + ^-^ -

2

.

^

Q2

+

&c.

make this result more general by taking, instead of any function whatever


Suppose then that we

have a function

(j>

may be

which

(z)

developed thus <£ (a)

we

shall

=

+

s^V

+

s

2 ,

"

|2

+

2

s

to

'"

+ &c.

;

have

<£ it

sin u)

and 1 Jdît 4>

(t

= +

sin w)

=

t(f>



+

sin

1

U

+ j^

t '

(j>"

sin

+t8

2

2

$'

w + -=

<£"'

+ ^8

S

sin

'"

3

+

w

+

&c.

&c.

..

.

(e).

THEORY OF HEAT.

300

Now, nothing.

8V Ss S5 &c. are &c. their values are the

easy to see that the values of

is

it

[CHAP. VI.

With

quantities which

respect

we

to

8

2

#4 S

,

,

6

,

previously denoted by

,

,

A Ap A 2

,

e

generally, whatever the function

I j
(t

sin u)

=

du





may

+ ? j>" + 2 f-^

in the case in question, the function

have

cf>

= 1,

ly

1,

<j)

=

1,

$*

=—

be,

^ + y^W ** + &C

<£ (z)

1,

we have

and

represents cos

z,

-'

and we

so on.

To

ascertain completely the nature of the function f{&), of the equation which gives the values of g, it would be

312.

and

(f>"

=—

For

&c.

,

this reason, substituting these values in the equation (e)

necessary to consider the form of the line whose equation

is

which forms with the axis of abscissae areas alternately positive and negative which cancel each other the preceding remarks, also, on the expression of the values of series by means of definite integrals, might be made more general. When a function of the variable x is developed according to powers of x, it is easy to deduce the function which would represent the same series, if the powers x, x2 xs &c. were replaced by cos x, cos 2x, cos 3x &c. By making use of this reduction and of the process employed in the ;

,

,

}

second paragraph of Article 235,

which are equivalent to given

we

series

;

obtain the definite integrals

but we could not enter upon from our main object.

this investigation, without departing too far It

is

sufficient

to

have indicated the methods which have

enabled us to express the values of series by definite integrals.

We

will

add only the development of the quantity 6 jtA in a

continued fraction.

313.

The undetermined y ovf(0)

satisfies

the equation

CHAP.

CORRESPONDING CONTINUED FRACTION.

VI.]

whence we

301

derive, denoting the functions

dy tfy d?y dd' dff" dP' by

y'>

y"> y'">

&c

->

—-

-y=y' + 0y" n^^-rA-n = y

+Qy

y

=-*,

i

+ ey

y y -

-y = 2/ + By",

=

7 Va

i)

=

,„

-

,„,

y"

^ =¥7W = -_,

« m a -yh =*y + %,

-y

y

iv

.

-

i

y"

whence we conclude

y y

Thus the value

_-i

e

e

e

1-2-3-4-5- &c.

of the function



^-/^J which enters into the

J\y) definite

equation,

when

expressed

an

as

infinite

continued

fraction, is

J_

J__

314.

We

shall

now

o

J_ J_

1-2- 3-

4

-

5

- &c.'

state the results at

which we have up to

this point arrived.

If the variable radius of the cylindrical layer be denoted by x, and the temperature of the layer by v, a function of x and the time t the required function v must satisfy the partial differential ;

equation

dv _

,

for v

we may assume the

is

1 dv\ x dxJ

2

_

'

following value v

m

(dh \dx

dt

= ue mf

a function of x, which satisfies the equation

m

d?u

k

dx%

du _ x dx 1

THEORY OF HEAT.

302

If

mx

— j-^, and

we make

u +

The

/9

of

u

du


the

in terms of

sum

d9

2

3

x

5

0*

2

2

2

5

of this series

must be

m

I

is

which

denotes

gives to

an

A

j

'

to r

c?r;

= ir.

X

-y-

-^

is

m

are

M

2

2

is

2 I

20'

a

denoted by

20

V

8

2 &0.

&<9„

X

'

thus a particular value of v

=e X

'

equivalent to the following,

\

infinity of real values

X

any

.

o

2

This

m

necessarily have the equation

0*

a

+ -j- =

assigned to the quantity

3

2

This value of v in

the radius of the cylinder.

we

if

"1-2-3-4-5- &c.

corresponding values of

7TV



Further, the equation hu

This definite equation, which

hXf^

x sinr

=

nothing.

we must 2

+

the differential equation, and retains a

when x =

satisfied

3

2

cos Ix a /

condition would not hold ;

the value

is

satisfies

when x

value whatever

1!

s

2

the integral being taken from r

value

-

2

2

x m x m? x m l2 + F 2 74" ~ F 2*. 4". 6"

1

terms of x and

in

_

to be

-

finite

we have

+ d d6> = °-

-^ + 2 ~2 73 + 2r3 7î ~ &C equation in u and 0. We therefore assume

_ W_ the

consider m as a function of x,

following value

w==1

satisfies

[CHAP. VI.

2 '

X

,

&c;

expressed by

cos

f

2 -y s/0 1 sin q dq. J

s

s

2,

3,

&c.

;

the

CHAP.

FORM OF THE GENERAL SOLUTION.

VI.]

We

one of the roots

V 62 6 3 &c, and them a more general value expressed by

can write, instead of

compose by means

303

of

V

,

,

the equation irv

=a +a

e~ x*

x

_ &ktB3 r

+ a3 e

^c

a i> a 2> a3>

J0

2 -^

f

dq

sin q J

1

^osiZ^-Jd^mqjdq

x*

e

2

cos

J

A'2

I

x

/

cos

I

2 -^

\

.

/7i

V^ sm 9.)

+ &c.

dq

the variable q disshould appears after the integrations, which be taken from q = tO q

arbitrary

are

-

coefficients:

= 7T. To prove

315.

that this value of v satisfies

and contains the general

of the problem

the conditions

all

remains only

solution, it

at a 2 a3 &c. from the

to determine the coefficients

,

,

initial state.

,

Take the equation v

in which

= a e~ mit u + a e~ mit u + a3e~ mst u + &c,

uv u2

,

2

x

x

u3

2

3

assumed by the

&c. are the different values

,

function u, or

m

-

M% x

lib

¥+

k when, instead of

j-,

Making

stituted.

m

4,

p

W~4?

g v g 2 gs ,

= 0, we

it t

x OU

¥

the values

in

2

lib

,

&c. are successively sub-

have the equation

V = a u + a u + a u + &c, x

in if

which

we

F is a given

x

2

2

function of

3

x.

3

Let



represent the function w4 whose index

(x)

be this function

is i

by

ty (x Jg^),

;

we

have <J>

(a?)

= a^

{x

Jg +

To determine the the equation by

x

=

to

x

= X.

cr

1

dx,

We

t)

first

and the

coefficient,

a1 being a

+ a3 f

(x

Jg3 + &c.

coefficient

ax

)

member

multiply each

of

function of x, and integrate from

then determine the function

the integrations the second only,

a 2ty (x Jg2)

member may reduce to may be found, all the


1

,

so that after

the

first

term

other integrals

THEORY OF HEAT.

304 having nul values.

[CHAP. VI.

Similarly to determine the second coefficient

a z we multiply both terms of the equation ,

(x)



=

+ a2u +

a 2 ut

2

a 3u 3

+

&c.

The by another factor °8> ^ C wû i c h correspond to the functions u x u 2 u3 &c. °"i> each of the factors a has the property of making all the terms which contain definite integrals disappear in integration except one in this manner we obtain the value of each of the coefficients a 1} a 2 a 3 &c. We must now examine what functions enjoy the factor

.

<

-

,

,

,

;

;

,

,

property in question.

Each

316. is

member

of the terms of the second

of the equation

a definite integral of the form alaudx; u being a function of x

which

the equation

satisfies

,

we have

,

,

f.

therefore a

m

d?u

1

tC

CLOG

QC CtJC

,

f

auax = — a ,

J

k — m

du

—r

[fa

d*u\ -=—

die

\x ax

J

-f
ax

.

J

Developing, by the method of integration by parts, the terms

du x ax er

,

-,

- -^-ax and

we have

I

j

-,

and

f

d2 u

,

J

ax

^-dx = C+u x ax x

\a J

f

fer-^-^ax,

d?u 7

dx



,

dx

=

_ 1)

-f

\ud{-\ J

du 1- a dx

-

\xj

— u da -y- + dx

2

f

d odx

7

\u -y- dx. J

The integrals must be taken between the limits x = x = X, by this condition we determine the quantities which into the development, dicate that

and are not under the integral

we suppose x =

in any- expression in x,

signs.

we

and enter

To

in-

shall affect

and we shall give it the suffix which the function of x takes, when we give to the variable x its last value X. that expression with the suffix a

a

to indicate the value

;

CHAP.

AUXILIARY MULTIPLIERS.

VI.]

Supposing x

=

in the

305

two preceding equations we have

0=C+(u°) andO=I)+(^:
thus

we determine

ax J a

\dx

a

C and

the constants

Making then x = X in

D.

the same equations, and supposing the integral to be taken from

x=

to

x

= X, we

have

—du ax =

'a

e^M

f

,

and

rdtf

7

da:

/

,

j-

xdx

=

er\



w\ x/u

/cfot (r

/

J

~ u da\



(du

~\dx

dx)

ldx

cr\

w\ xj a

f

/cr'

\ud\\x.

J

a

~

U

2

da\ dx)

f

+

U

l

da ltf

7

dx

>

thus we obtain the equation

—m«r

d(-)

Ç

7 = audx

dV — —\xj) da(du a f N u w y— >cte + -t- — m -7- + w ax" m \a# ace a. (

7

o"

-J-:

J

J

[

J

f?w -y- a-

dx d2 a

If the quantity -y-^

317.

d



(lj 7

sign of integration in the second

duct of

o" b}>"

—W

tities,

I

dx

a\

+ U-

.

xj a

which multiplies u under the

member were

equal to the pro-

a constant coefficient, the terms

would be collected into one, and we should obtain integral

cZo-j-*

for the required

audx a value which would contain only determined quan-

with no sign of integration.

remains only to equate that

It

value to zero.

Suppose then the factor a to

ta

the second order T

k

cr

+ -7-5 dx

satisfy the differential equation of

Kt) = r~" dx

in the

same manner as the

function u satisfies the equation

F. H.

m

d2u

1

fC

CtOC

0C CLOG

du

_ 20

THEORY OF HEAT.

306

[CHAP.

VI.

m and n being constant coefficients, we have , n—— mf audx k J -=

/du

do-


\dx

doc

xj u

(du

=\^r a — u-1-+u-} —

Between u and a a very simple

[-j-

a = xs

;

when

in the equation -

cr

n

,d s

k

dx2

1 ds

.

xj a

which

is dis-

^ ~)

—=

+ -^ — —\

we suppose

we have the equation

as the result of this substitution 2

)

dx

relation exists,

/7 2

covered

doa\ — u^-\-u-

a-

\ax

_

x dx

'

which shews that the function s depends on the function u given by the equation d2u 1 du _ k dx2 x dx

m

To

find s

it is

sufficient to

change

m

into

the value of u has been denoted by -^

therefore be x^r

(x\/

(

n in the value

x\ /

j- )

,

that of

of u;

a

will

-=J

We du dx

-r- cr

have then

do o" — u-j+ u-

dx

x

-+

7



Y

!) * (' a/s)

the two last terms destroy each other,

x=

0,

which corresponds to the

vanishes completely.

We

+ * (• it

suffix

V Î) + Vl)

follows that a,

dx

on making

the second

member

conclude from this the following equa-

tion

nrh

;

(

=x \/j+' x vf) {

x (

v t)

CHAP. It

VANISHING FORM.

VI.]

is

easy to see that the second

when

always nothing those which

We

member

m

the quantities

of this equation

is

and n are selected from

mv m m

we formerly denoted by

have in

307

2

,

a

,

&c.

fact

m j

*W!K_ V£/

andAX= _ x

\

t(VI hX

comparing the values of

we

n

**<*

/n

-+(Vs) see that the second

member

of the

equation (/) vanishes. It follows from this that two terms o the equation



and integrated each

(x)

x

We must of

2

t

from x

side

a the quantity xu

and

multiplied by crdx the

=

3

or œty

(x\/

= X,

x

to

member may

in order that each of

vanish,

it

suffices to

= rn, when

the value

.

audx derived from the equation (/ ) is

determined by known / (ÏYh

If a

318.

/

jr

/

Mf

If the

-j-

(v)

—p

rules.

I 7%

and a/ v

dx = *

reduced to the form -

is

= v,

X*' {,XX) t

w*e

(

have

vX ~ y *' ^ X) * (^ f v — \

.

fJb

numerator and denominator of the second member are

separately differentiated with respect to

v,

the factor becomes, on

making p—v, 2

fjuX

^' 2 -

XW -

tJ,X

W'

2

v.,

We

take

y~

except only the case in which n

f I

we have

= a u + a2u + asu + &c,

the terms of the second for

after

have on the other hand the equation

20—2

THEORY OF HEAT.

308 and

hx

also

ty

hty

or,

+ fjux-^r = +

fi-yjr

[CHAP.

VI.

0,

=

;

hence we have

(f"-£)*+A*y=o, we can

therefore eliminate the quantities

integral

which

is

and

yfr

required to be evaluated, and

we

from the

yjr"

shall find as the

value of the integral sought

putting for

/

function u or

yjr

and denoting by

value,

its

//,

(

1 7Yl\

~

x a/

takes

when we suppose

=X

a?

J

index

denotes the order of the root

i

m

m

s

or



M. X — TJ U1 H H X in 2

2

2

319.

2

we

If

substitute

2

.

,

(

It follows

The

of the definite equa-

tion which gives an infinity of values of m.

2

which the

TJ% the value

we have

from the foregoing analysis that we have the

two equations [* A A and A xu u, dx=v t

Jo

the

first

second

'

*

t*xufdac >A

|

,

Jo

holds whenever the

when

MX\ =U 7= i 1 +

these

\

number

numbers are

i

IX — Z^ — \2jeJ 2

2

t^-

h

and j are

1-

2

)

different,

,

and the

equal.

Taking then the equation (œ) =a u 1 -f a 2u 2 + a ziis + &c, in which the coefficients a v a2 a3 &c. are to be determined, we shall find the coefficient denoted by a by multiplying the two members of the equation by xujdx, and integrating from x = to x = the second member is reduced by this integration to one term only, and we have the equation

,

1

,

t

X

2

2

! x

0) u dx = a x

XU 2

t

2

il

+ C^=)

}

,

;

CHAP.

COMPLETE SOLUTION.

VI.]

The

which gives the value of a?

coefficients

thus determined, the condition relative to the

by the equation



(x)

309

av

= a u + a u + a us + &c, 2

l

l

2

<x

2

,

3

aP being

a.^ ...

initial state

expressed

is fulfilled.

We can now give the complete solution of the proposed problem; it is

expressed by the following equation

~Y~

:

rx

rx

=

7

—FTT 2

— WW

+

'

7

2

2

0J

2

V

u" e

2 6>

2

+ &c. The

function of x denoted by u in the preceding equation

is

expressed by

\ /cos

the integrals with respect to x must be taken from x =

all

x = X, and q

{-^jQ^WiqS^

= ir;



to find the function

(x) is

the

interior

of the

function

is

u we must integrate from ^ =

to

value of the temperature, taken in the

initial

x from the

cylinder at a distance

arbitrary,

to

and 6V

2

,

3

,

&c. are the real

axis, which and positive

roots of the equation

hX = J_ _0_ 0_ 2 ~ 1 - 2- 3- 4320.

an

If

we suppose the

5 - &c.

cylinder to have been immersed for

time in a liquid maintained at a constant temperature,

infinité

the whole mass becomes equally heated, and the function

which represents the this

initial state is

represented by unity.

the general equation

substitution,

represents



(x)

After

exactly the

gradual progress of the cooling. If

t

the time elapsed

is

infinite,

the second

member

contains

only one term, namely, that which involves the least of roots

V

2

,

3

,

&c.

;

for this reason,

arranged according to their magnitude, and final state of

the solid



2

I

xcf) (cc)

the

to be the least, the

expressed by the equation

is

all

supposing the roots to be

u x dx

wkt a u, e

?(*+w)

THEORY OF HEAT.

310

[CHAP. VI.

we might deduce consequences movement of heat in a spherical to those offered by the an infinite number of are We notice first that there

From similar

mass.

the

general solution

which the

particular states, in each of

ratios established

between

the initial temperatures are preserved up to the end of the cooling. When the initial state does not coincide with one of these simple

always composed of several of them, and the ratios of

states, it is

the temperatures change continually, according as the time increases. In general the solid arrives very soon at the state in which the

temperatures of the different layers decrease continually preserving 1 is very small we find that the same ratios. When the radius

X

,

2ft

the temperatures decrease in proportion to the fraction e~cnx.

X

2 is very large the exponent of on the contrary the radius e in the term which represents the final system of temperatures contains the square of the whole radius. We see by this what influence the dimension of the solid has upon the final velocity of 3 cooling. If the temperature of the cylinder whose radius is X, passes from the value A to the lesser value B, in the time T, the

If

,

temperature of a second cylinder of radius equal to X' will pass

A

from

B in a different time

to

ratio of the times

T and

two

If the

7".

sides are thin, the

T' will be that of the diameters.

If,

on

the contrary, the diameters of the cylinders are very great, the

T

ratio of the times

and T'

will

be that of the squares of the

diameters. 1

When

X

=

very small,

is



Wkt e

In the 2

text,

h

When X

is

is

e

X2

becomes

a

a

-— ù

x

e

.

nearly equal to one of the roots of the

a

— —

-

-

-:

— o— 4— 5

will

make

the continued fraction in Art. 314

Hence 0=1-446

proper magnitude.

e

3

least root of

/(0)=O

Xi

The temperature intended 1

—™

ô'78kt

becomes

is 1-4467,

mean

-'

.

vdfrx"),

4 .

temperature, which

pX /

si

e

neglecting terms after

the

is

and

nearly,

&kt e

The

Hence

_2Mt

very large, a value of a

its

from the equation in Art. 314.

the surface conducibility.

quadratic equation 1 =

assume

,

1

or

^

is

equal to

i>X /

vxdx.

[A. F.]

CHAPTER VIL PROPAGATION OF HEAT IN A RECTANGULAR PRISM.

dfv

321.

cPv

The equation t—8 + j-^ +

in Chapter

II.,

Section

IV.,

d?v -r-g

= 0,

which we have stated

Article 125, expresses the uniform

move-

ment of heat in the interior of a prism of infinite length, submitted at one end to a constant temperature,

To

tures being supposed nul.

in the

first place,

its initial

integrate this equation

investigate a particular value of

v,

tempera-

we

shall,

remarking

when y changes sign when z changes sign and that its value must become infinitely From this it is small, when the distance x is infinitely great. particular value of v the select as a that can we easy to see mx and making the substitution we find function ae~ cos ny cos pz m2 — ns — p2 = 0. Substituting for n and p any quantities what2 The value of v must also satisfy the ever, we have m= Jrf+p

that this function v must remain the same, or

;

;

.

definite equation Tt)

j-

v

If

+ -f- =

we

when z = I

—I

or

(Chapter

I

II.,

or



I,

and the equation

Section

iv.,

Article 125).

give to v the foregoing value,

we have

— n sin ny + t cos ny =

— p sin pz + r cos pz = 0,

or

We

+ -r = 0, when y =

-r

see

by

= pi tan pi,

this that if

to the whole

known

and

we

find

quantity j

-r

= nl tan nl.

an arc I,

e,

such that

we can take

for

e

tan

e is

equal

n or p the quan-

THEORY OF HEAT.

312

Now,

tity y.

it

for

definite product

worpan

which

arcs for

whence

-y-,

number

infinite

by

their tangents, give the

we can

that

follows

it

find

of different values.

we denote by ev

If

322.

number

easy to see that there are an infinite

is

of arcs which, multiplied respectively

same

[CHAP. VII.

e2 ,

satisfy the definite

number

&c. the infinite

e3 ,

equation

e

tan

=

e

-j-

,

of

we can take

n any one of these arcs divided by I. The same would be the 2 2 2 p we must then take to = n + p If we

case with the quantity

.

;

gave to n and p other values, we could satisfy the differential We can equation, but not the condition relative to the surface. then find in this manner an infinite number of particular values of

v,

and

sum of any collection of these values we can form a more general value of v.

as the

the equation,

Take y,

-j,

successively for n and

-j

,

&c.

Denoting by a x

stant coefficients, the value of v

equation v

= +

p

the possible values, namely,

all

a2

,

still satisfies

o3

,

may be

&c,

,

bx

b 2 , b3 ,

,

&c, con-

expressed by the following

:

w+ w

(ax e~ x

2

cos

i

2 w2 (a x e~ x ^"i + 2 cos

+ (a e~ x VwiS+w x

2 *

cos

n xy

+ a e"*^2 +% 2

n y + a2e~ x

'

J 'l *

x

ny x

2

cos n^y

+ &c.)

b x cos

+n * cos n 2y

+ &c.)

h 2 cos n^z

+n* cos n 2y

+ &c.)

b3 cos

2

+ a#- xWn

**

nxz

n3 z

+ &c. 323.

If

distance

x nothing, every point

A

must preserve a constant temperature. necessary that, on making x = 0, the value of

the section fore

we now suppose the

always the same, whatever value

we may

x = 0, we

I.

=

(ax cos

nx y

+a

x

(h x cos

n xz

+

2

cos

n2 y + a3 cos n3 y + &c.)

b2 cos n 2 y

+h

3

cos ns y

of

there-

be

y or to z proNow, on making

find

v

is

v should

give to

and

vided these values are included between

It

+ &c).

;

CHAP.

DETERMINATION OF THE COEFFICIENTS.

VII.]

Denoting by

313

temperature of the end A, assume

1 the constant

the two equations 1

=a

1

=h

cos njy

+

a2 cos n2y

-\-

a3 cos n 3y

+ &c

cos n x y

+

h 2 cos

n2y

+

b 3 cos n 3 y

+ &c.

x

1

,

It is sufficient then to determine the coefficients a x a 2 a 3 &c, whose number is infinite, so that the second member of the equaThis problem has already tion may be always equal to unity. been solved in the case where the numbers n^ n2 n 3 &c. form the series of odd numbers (Chap. III., Sec. IL, Art. 177). Here nv n2 n 3 &c. are incommensurable quantities given by an equa,

,

,

,

,

,

,

tion of infinitely high degree.

Writing down the equation

324.

1

=a

x

cos n^y

+a

cos n 2y

2

+ a 3 cos n3 y + &c,

multiply the two members of the equation by cos n t y dy, and take to y — I. We thus determine the first the integral from y =

av The remaining similar manner.

coefficient

may be determined

coefficients

in a

In general, if we multiply the two members of the equation by and integrate it, we have corresponding to a single term

cos vy,

of the

a

Icos

member, represented by a cos

second

ny cos vydyov - a

or,

^

cos (n

I

sin (n

\



v)



y

v)y dy

+

~ a jcos (n

sin (n

H

the integral

ny,

+ v)

y\

+ v)ydy,

,

and making y=l, a

((n

+ v)

sin {n

Now, every value is

I

the case with

of v,

n

satisfies

we have n tan

or

sin (n

4- v) l\

2

21

same

— v) + (n — v) tf - v

n sin nl cos

vl

vl



J"

the equation wtanw£

therefore

= v tan vl

;

v sin vl cos nl

=

0.

= -7;

the

THEOEY OF HEAT.

314

Thus the foregoing —,

is

5



n

[CHAP. VII.

which reduces to

integral,

vl—v cos nl sin

(n sin nl cos

vl),

v

= v.

nothing, except only in the case where n

Taking then the

integral

— v)l —v

a ( sin {n

n

2[

we

we have n = v,

see that if

l

cos

x

if

+a

ny x

+

1} '

v

)

sin 2nl\

in the equation

n 2y

cos

2

v)

-f-

equal to the quantity

/,

from this that

=a

n

it is

1

It follows

sin (n

+a

3

cos n 3y

+ &c.

we wish to determine the coefficient of a term of the second member denoted by a cos ny, we must multiply the two members to y — We have the by cos nydy, and integrate from y = l.

resulting equation fl

1

7

whence we deduce x-,

=

^— — -.a. 7

2nl + sin 2nl

cients a x

with

bx

,

,

a2

sin 2nl\

/.

.

,

In this manner the

4

coeffi-

a3 &c. may be determined the same is the case &c, which are respectively the same as the former ;

,

,

62 , b3 ,

1

coefficients.

It is easy

325. satisfies

now

conditions h-j-

+

hv

= 0,

form the general value of

to

d 2v the equation t-^+

d^v -t-2

and

cvy

value to v z

may

v.

1st, it

it satisfies

the two

d^v

+ -t-2 = 0;

k-j-

2nd,

+ hv = 0;

3rd, it gives a constant

(jLz

when we make x = 0, whatever

be, included between

and

I;

else the values of

hence

it

is

y and

the complete

solution of the proposed problem.

We have 1

4

thus arrived at the equation

_ sin n cos n y ~ 2n l + sin 2n x

x

l

x

x

l

sin nj, cos

2w a Z + sin

n2 y 2rëa7

sin n 3 l cos n 3 y 2n 3 l + sin 2n 3 l



TC ''

CHAP.

315

THE SOLUTION.

VII.]

by

or denoting

e lt e2 , e3 , &c.

sin e 1 cos -y1

_

__ —_,--, ,,

4

2e 1

|l

n,|,

MMMM „ M

+ sine

the arcs

sin e2 cos -y! IMIIIIBMII MIIIIWIIM sin e2 2e2

I

II

I

I

2

sin e3 cos -

I

.

I—

+

1

n3 l, &c.

nj,, nj, }

-J

IIIIIIIIWIIIIIIW^MMW^

2e 3

.,

SjQ "'

1

+ sine3

an equation which holds for all values of y included between and I, and consequently for all those which are included between and — I, when x = 0. Substituting the

known values of a 1} b lt <x 2 v, we have the following

,

a3

b2 ,

b3

,

&c. in

,

equation, which

the general value of

contains the solution of the proposed problem,

»7 cos n.z

sin

v

2^+8^2»^

4.4

sin

nj cos n

s

8inn,ZcoB^ 2w 8 Z

+ sin2w

8

nl cos n,y \2n^ + sin 2n^

./—j-

nl cos n, y V ZnJ + sin 2»^

j

2



2

.

,

^x^

t

V 2w i^ + sin

&

,

'

+ &c The

denoted by w 1} » 2

number, and respectively equal

e

tan

e

= hi -p

,

e

2,

\

7

(E).

quantities

the arcs, et

\

7

n^ cos w y 2w^

/ sin

o

\

i

J

( sin

2n 2 l + sin 2» 2 £ I

/sin

e3 ,

,

w8

,

are

&c.

6

to the quantities

j

infinite 6

,

j

in

6

s

,

, ,

&c. ;

&c, are the roots of the definite equation

.

k

The

326.

by the foregoing equation

solution expressed

the only solution which belongs to the problem general integral of the equation

;

it

-p + -=-, + -=-, = l

E

is

represents the

0,

in which the

arbitrary functions have been determined from the given conditions.

In

It is easy to see that there can be

fact, let

us denote by

equation ÇE),

it is

i|r [as,

y, z)

evident that

peratures expressed by

if

no

different solution.

the value of v derived from the

we gave

to the solid initial

tem-

z\ no change could happen in the system of temperatures, provided that the section at the origin -ty{x, y,

were retained at the constant temperature 1 T-j

+ -t~2 + T-j =

being

satisfied,

:

for the

equation

the instantaneous variation of

THEORY OF HEAT.

318

VII.

is necessarily nothing. The same would not be having given to each point within the solid whose

the temperature the case,

[CHAP.

if after

co-ordinates are x,

y, z

the initial temperature ^r(x, y,

z),

we gave

We

to all points of the section at the origin the temperature 0.

and without calculation, that in the latter case the state of the solid would change continually, and that the original heat which it contains would be dissipated little by little into the air, and into the cold mass which maintains the end at the temThis result depends on the form of the function perature 0. ^{x, y, z), which becomes nothing when x has an infinite value as the problem supposes. see clearly,

A similar effect would of being

+ -^ (x,

of the prism

;

y, z)

exist if the initial temperatures instead

were



yjr

(x, y, z)

at all the internal points

provided the section at the origin be maintained

In each case, the initial tempera0. approach the constant temperature of the continually would tures temperatures would all be nul. the final and medium, which is always at the temperature

;

327.

These preliminaries arranged, consider the movement of

heat in two prisms exactly equal to that which was the subject of the problem. For the first solid suppose the initial temperatures to

be

and that the section at origin A is maintained 1. For the second solid suppose the temperatures to be — -ty (x, y, z), and that at the origin A

+ ^r{x, y,

z),

at the fixed temperature initial all is

points of the section are maintained at the temperature

evident that in the

first

0.

It

prism the system of temperatures can-

not change, and that in the second this system varies continually

up

to that at

If solid,

which

all

the temperatures become nul.

now we make the two movement of heat

the

alone existed.

In the

different states coincide in the is

initial

same

effected freely, as if each system state

formed of the two united

systems, each point of the solid has zero temperature, except the points of the section A, in accordance with the hypothesis.

Now

the temperatures of the second system change more and more,

remain unchanged. an infinite time, the permanent system of temperatures becomes that represented by equation E, or v = -ty{x, y, z). It must be remarked that this result depends on the condition relative to the initial state it occurs whenever the initial heat

and vanish

Hence

entirely, whilst those of the first

after

;

CHAP.

contained in the prism entirely, if the

A

end

We may

328.

317

GEOMETRICAL CONSTRUCTION.

VII.]

so

is

that

distributed,

it

add several remarks

need only suppose

u = e tan e, The curve

(see

the arc

e

fig.

we have

15) that

0.

to the preceding solution.

easy to see the nature of the equation

1st, it is

would vanish

were maintained at the temperature

e

tan

e

= hi -jwe ;

constructed the curve

being taken for abscissa, and u for ordinate.

consists of asymptotic branches. Fig. 15.

£2

SB/

The

abscissae

which correspond to the asymptotes are

3

5

3 7r,

7

jj7T,

-7T, &c.

tion are

ir,

2tt,

equal to the

Jêm.

;

37r,

-^ir,

those which correspond to points of intersec&c.

If

now we

known quantity

a parallel to the axis of

-j-

,

abscissas,

and through

extremity draw

its

the points of intersection will

give the roots of the proposed equation struction indicates the limits

an ordinate

raise at the origin

e

tan

e

=

-r

The

.

con-

between which each root lies. We which must be

shall not stop to indicate the process of calculation

employed to determine the values of the this kind present no difficulty. 329.

2nd.

We

easily conclude

that the greater the value of

roots.

Researches of

from the general equation (E) greater that term of - x ^ n ^ +ni2

x becomes, the

the value of v becomes, in which we find the fraction

with respect to each of the following terms. &c. being increasing positive quantities,

In

fact,

e

f

nlt w 2 w 3 ,

%

the fraction e~'

l~

,

is

THEORY OF HEAT.

318

[CHAP. VII.

greater than any of the analogous fractions which enter into the

subsequent terms.

Suppose now that we can observe the temperature of a point on the axis of the prism situated at a very great distance x, and the temperature of a point on this axis situated at the distance

x + 1, 1 being the unit of measure we have then y and the ratio of the second temperature to the first ;

equal to the fraction e~

^ 2%

=

=

z

0,

0,

sensibly

is

This value of the ratio of the tem-

.

peratures at the two points on the axis becomes more exact as the distance

x

increases.

we mark on

the axis points each of

at a distance equal to the unit of

measure from the pre-

from this that

It follows

which

is

if

ceding, the ratio of the temperature of a point to that of the point

which precedes

it,

converges continually to the fraction

e

-v^ Wl

'

2 ;

thus the temperatures of points- situated at equal distances end

by decreasing

This law always holds,

in geometrical progression.

whatever be the thickness of the bar, provided we consider points situated at a great distance from the source of heat.

by means

It is easy to see,

quantity called small,

I,

which

is

of the construction, that if the

half the thickness of the prism,

n 1 has a value very much smaller than n2 from

follows

this that the first fraction

e~*"^

greater than any of the analogous fractions.

,

2wi2

or n 3 is

,

is

very

&c.

very

;

it

much

Thus, in the case in

which the thickness of the bar is very small, it is unnecessary to be very far distant from the source of heat, in order that the tem-

may

peratures of points equally distant progression.

If the half thickness

330.

general value of v e~

2%2 .

decrease in geometrical

The law holds through the whole extent

is

I

is

a very small quantity, the

reduced to the

Thus the function

v

a point whose co-ordinates are

of the bar.

first

term which contains

which expresses the temperature of x, y, and z, is given in this case by

the equation v

=

4 sin nl

f

-â-i

\2nl

the arc

e or nl

The equation

e

Vcos ny cos nz e - X \lw \

2nlJ + sin k— =

r

*

becomes very small, as we see by the construction. tan

e

= -y- reduces

then to

e

2

=T

;

the

first

value of

CHAP.

e,

CASE OF A THIN BAR.

VII.]

or ev

is *

/ j-

by inspection

',

of the figure

the other roots, so that the quantities following

a/ -j-

,

7T,

27T, 37T, 47T,

&c.

The

319

we know

e x , e2

e3 , e 4

,

values of

,

the values of

e6

&c. are the

,

nv n na nv n5 2

,

,

,

&c.

are, therefore, 1

whence we conclude, quantity, the

first

7T

111

as

27T

StT

_

was said above, that

value n

if

Z

is

a very small

incomparably greater than

is

all

the

and that we must omit from the general value of v all the terms which follow the first. If now we substitute in the first term the value found for n, remarking that the arcs nl and 2nl are equal to their sines, we have others,

the factor small,

a

it

enters under the symbol cosine being very

/ ~r which

follows

that the

different points of the

very small. to

This result

remark how

it is

same is

temperature varies very section,

when

little,

the half thickness

for I

is

so to speak self-evident, but it is useful

explained by analysis.

The general

solution

reduces in fact to a single term, by reason of the thinness of the bar,

and we have on replacing by unity the cosines of very small

arcs v

= e~ xslkl

,

an equation which expresses the stationary tempe-

ratures in the case in question.

We

found the same equation formerly in Article 76

;

it

is

obtained here by an entirely different analysis.

The foregoing solution indicates the character of the movement of heat in the interior of the solid. It is easy to see that when the prism has acquired at all its points the stationary temperatures which we are considering, a constant flow of heat 331.

passes through each section perpendicular to the axis towards the

end which was not heated. To determine the quantity of flow which corresponds to an abscissa x, we must consider that the quantity which flows during unit of time, across one element of

THEORY OF HEAT.

320 the section,

is

[CHAP. VII.

equal to the product of the coefficient

dydz, of the element

dt,

and

of the ratio

k, of

the area

— taken with the negaQ/tAs

We

tive sign.

=

from z

y=

to

to z

y=

I.

must

=

therefore take the integral

— kldyldz -=-

,

the half thickness of the bar, and then from

I,

We

thus have the fourth part of the whole flow.

The result of this calculation discloses the law according to which the quantity of heat which crosses a section of the bar decreases and we see that the distant parts receive very little heat from the source, since that which emanates directly from it ;

is

directed partly towards the surface to be dissipated into the air.

That which

may

any section whatever of the prism forms, if we whose density varies from one point another. It is continually employed to replace

crosses

so say, a sheet of heat

of the section to

the heat which escapes at the surface, through the whole end of the prism situated to the right of the section it follows therefore :

that the whole heat which escapes during a certain time from this part of the prism it

by virtue

To

is

exactly compensated

verify this result,

we must

established at the surface.

being

calculate the produce of the flow

The element

temperature, hvdxdy

its

by that which penetrates

of the interior conducibility of the solid.

is

of surface

is

the quantity of heat which

escapes from this element during the unit of time.

\dx\dyv

integral h

dxdy, and v

Hence the

expresses the whole heat which has escaped

We must now employ the finite portion of the surface. known value of v in y, supposing z = then integrate once from We y = to y = and a second time from x = x up to x = oo from a

I,

I,

.

thus find half the heat which escapes from the upper surface of the prism and taking four times the through the upper and lower surfaces. ;

If

y

we now make use

in v its value

I,

\dx\ dz

v,

lost

and give to

;

which escapes at the /?

of the expression h

we have the heat

to z = I, and a and integrate once from z = = to x — oo we have one quarter of the heat

second time from x

The integral

result,

I

lateral surfaces.

dx jdy v, taken between thelimits indicated gives

HEAT LOST AND TRANSMITTED.

CHAP. VIL]



sin

.

mjm + n 2

and the

integral h

j

2

ml cos nle~ Wm2+w2

321

,

dx \dzv gives cosmZsin?iJe-*^m

w x/m2

*

+n2 .

2

+n

Hence the quantity of heat which the prism loses at its surface, throughout the part situated to the right of the section whose abscissa is x, is composed of terms all analogous to g-ttVwS+n2

-

1

.

Jm + n

2

2

_s nm j

l

[m

cos n l

m

_ cos

-j.

n

gin nl\

l

.

J

On the other hand the quantity of heat which during the same time penetrates the section whose abscissa is x is composed of terms analogous to 4*kajm —

2

2

+n

e

_„ * vm v^+^ +n

inn



,

sm ml sin nl 7

;

the following equation must therefore necessarily hold

k

Jm + n

2

2

mn

,

.

,

.

sm ml sm

nl

=

h

,

-

m Jm + n 2

y= +

^

n Jm2 or

k (m2

+n

now we have

2

)

sin

ml sin nl = hm cos ml sin

T

sm ml cos nl cos

ml sin nl,

n2



+ hn sin m? cos ?i£

:

separately,

km

2

sin

ml

cos w£

m sin m£ cos

we have

2

ml

= hm cos w? sin nl, /i

k

'

also

kn2

sin

?i£

sin

ml = /m

cos nl sin

ra£,

n sin nl _ h '

cos ni

Hence the equation

is satisfied.

k This compensation which

is

in-

cessantly established between the heat dissipated and the heat

transmitted,

is

a manifest consequence of the hypothesis

analysis reproduces here the condition which has already F. H.

;

and

been ex21

THEORY OF HEAT.

322 pressed

;

but

was useful to notice

it

[CHAP. VII.

this conformity in

a new

problem, which had not yet been submitted to analysis.

Suppose the half side

332.

I

which serves as the

of the square

base of the prism to be very long, and that we wish to ascertain the

law according to which the temperatures at the different points of we must give to y and z nul values in the the axis decrease general equation, and to I a very great value. Now the construe;

tion shews in this case that the

first

value of

e is

-~

,

the second

 -jr-

,

the third

-^r

,

&c. Let us

A

A

equation, and replace 5-7T

7tT

-~-, -~-

A

nj,,

make these substitutions in the general

n 2 l, nal,

nj,,

and

their values „,-«-, — A

---

.

.

,

by

&c.

also substitute the fraction a for e

l

2 ;

A /l 2

•SM«' +

I

+ l2

1 -,Vl +8* — —a +-1 2

,

3

a

V12 + 52

o

^^hP _ I a V-HT + 5

2

1

we then

find

— &C n

V5^ _ &c -^ 2

a

-&c.

We

see

by

this result that the

temperature at different points

of the axis decreases rapidly according as their distance from the If then we placed on a support heated and origin increases. maintained at a permanent temperature, a prism of infinite height,

having as base a square whose half side

I is very great; heat would be propagated through the interior of the prism, and would be dissipated at the surface into the surrounding air which is supposed to be at temperature 0. When the solid had arrived at a fixed

state,

tures,

the points of the axis would have very unequal tempera-

and

at a height equal

to half the side of the base the

temperature of the hottest point would be of the temperature of the base.

less

than one

fifth

part

CHAPTER

VIII.

OF THE MOVEMENT OF HEAT IN A SOLID CUBE.

333.

It

still

remains

make

for us to

use of the equation 2

_ K_ /d*v dh d v\ Jt~CB\dx + dy~ + dz~J

dv

2

i

which represents the movement of heat in a to the action of the air (Chapter

the if

first place, for

we

substitute

in the proposed equation,

it

m=-k(n2 +jf +

coefficient

^

n, p,

k

2

(n

v.).

.

'

cube exposed Assuming, in

v the very simple value e~ wt cos nx cos py cos qz,

tion of condition

-pn'

.

solid

Section

II.,

W

2

2

q

),

we have the equa-

the letter k denoting the

follows from this that

if

we

substitute for

m

the quantity q any quantities whatever, and take for 2 the preceding value of v will always satisfy the

+ p +
We

partial differential equation.

v = e~ k ^ +7?2+q2

have therefore the equation

nx cos py cos qz. The nature of the problem also that if x changes sign, and if y and z remain the requires same, the function should not change and that this should also }

t

cos

;

hold with respect to y or z these conditions. 334.

To express the

following equations

:

now the value

of v evidently satisfies

state of the surface,

we must employ the

:

,

+ -

Tr

dv ax

7

K^ + hv = dy

\

(b).

dz

21—2

THEORY OF HEAT.

324

[CHAP. VIII.

These ought to be satisfied when x = ± a, or y = ± a, or z = + a. centre of the cube is taken to be the origin of co-ordinates and the side is denoted by a.

The

:

The

the equations

first of

_

,

e~ mt

+

(b)

gives

.

n

sin

nx cos py cos qz -

+ ntaunx

or

h

_

+ -^ cos nx cosj)y cos qz = 0, h

+ =.= 0,

an equation which must hold when x = ±

from this that we cannot take any value whatbut that this quantity must satisfy the condition

follows

It

ever for n,

natsnana e

tan

— ^a.

h = -^a,

equation in

We

must therefore

solve the definite equation

.

which ° gives the value of e, and take n

K

e

n an

a.

has an infinity of real roots

e

infinity of different values.

We

= -€

Now

.

a

the

hence we can find for

;

can ascertain in the same

manner the values which may be given to p and to q they are all represented by the construction which was employed in the preceding problem (Art. 321). Denoting these roots by n ,n2 ,n 3 &c; we can then give to v the particular value expressed by the ;

,

1

equation v

= e-MW+pt+q*) cos nx cos py cos qz,

provided we substitute for n one of the roots nlf n2 select

p and

335.

and

it

n 3 &c, and

,

,

q in the same manner.

We

can thus form an infinity of particular values of

evident that the

sum

v,

of several of these values will also

satisfy the differential equation (a), and the definite equations (b). In order to give to v the general form which the problem requires, we may unite an indefinite number of terms similar to the term

ae-Mitf+tf+q 2 cos )

The v

=

value of v

may be

e~ kn

H

+a

nx

oo$ py cos qz.

expressed by the following equation

+a

e- kn* H

+ &c),

{a 1 cos

nx

(b l cos

n t y é~ lcniH

+

b 2 cos n 2 y e~ 7cn ^H

+

bz cos

n3 y e~ kn H

+ &c),

cos

nx z e~ kn H

+

c 2 cos

n 2 z er k<~t

+

c 3 cos

n 3 y er kn ^

+

(c,

x

^

^

2

cos

n 2x e~^niH

3

cos

n3x

*

&c).

:

CHAP.

GENERAL VALUE OF

VIII.]

The second member

325

V.

formed of the product of the three and the quantities

is

factors written in the three horizontal lines,

a l5 az a 3 ,

unknown

&c. are

,

hypothesis,

be made

if t

We

points of the cube.

all

so that the value of v

coefficients. Now, according to the the temperature must be the same at

= 0,

must therefore determine a 1} a 2 a 3 &c, ,

,

may be

constant, whatever be the values of

and z, provided that each of these values is included between a and — a. Denoting by 1 the initial temperature at all points of

x, y,

the

in

we

solid,

which

it

from œ =

=-

=a

1

=h

1

=

cos n^x

+a

cos

ny

+b

c x cos

n xz

+

t

1

x

x = a:

'

1 s n.a 1

2

V

cos n 2 y

+b

+

n 2z

c 2 cos

n3x

+ &c,

cos

n3y

+ &c,

c3 cos

n 3z

+ &c,

3

sm2n,a\ — — s 2w x a /

After multi-

,

equation by cos^a?, integrate

first

follows then from the analysis formerly

it



:

+

2

cos

3

,

(Art. 324) that

/.,

+a

of the

sin n,a cos n,x *

1

n 2x

cos

2

(Art. 323)

required to determine alf a 2 a 3 &c.

member

to

employed 1

l

is

plying each

down the equations

shall write

+

we have the equation



n 2 a cos n»x

sin

z

1

/-

n.a 1 s 2 2 .

— ——a\ +

H

*-

s

2?z 2 a

V

sin

r

%r $m2n

J

1

nna

cos n„x

m H— —

sm2n.a\ = 2n3 a J

/-,

5 2

3

\

+ &c.

—~

sm 2?2 c&\

1 /

Denoting by

1

p. the quantity

= sinw,» 1- cos w.a? H

n^

From

it

(

sinw a



n2a,fi2

cos

1

s

-I

nx

we ^ ave

)>

n Qa cos njc + &c. n 3 a/j, 3

sin -\

when we

This equation holds always

between a and

k



give to

a?

a value included

— a.

we conclude

the general value of

v,

which

given by

is

the following equation v

=

/sin (

na *

?

&M +

cos n,x e- &n

Knja/ii

/sinn^a

Knp^ I'sin

n.a

^

1SJ

g

_^

j.„ 2 * i- cos n,z e~ knit V ni afi l

sin n„a 2 -

n 2 afi2

srn^a n 2afi2 ,

-\

sinwa



n2 a\i2

,„,.

cos nsx e~ kn ^

^



g



+ &c.

_^ + &

-vnn cos n z e W2{

\ }

)

\ J

s™\ + ace. ,

I

J

THEORY OF HEAT.

326

The expression

336.

for v

is

[CHAP. VIII.

therefore formed of three similar

and the third of

functions, one of x, the other of y,

which

is

a function of x and

t,

z,

easily verified directly.

In

the equation

fact, if in

2

dv _, fd v

d2v

2

2

d

+ dy dy* [fa* \dx

dt~

X

function of z and

t,

we have

IdY IdZ^if^dlX 1 d*Y \d?Z' Z dt~ \X dx* + Y dy + Z dz dt

ldX

X

v\

d?)'

we suppose v = XYZ; denoting by by Y a function of y and t, and by Z a

0r

2

+Y

dt

2

which implies the three separate equations

dX^ k ^X dY ==k d^Y dZ =Jc ^Z dx2

dt

We

must

also

dy

dt

'

2

dz

dt

'

2

have as conditions relative to the

'

surface,

whence we deduce

dX dx-

dZ h 7 h ^ n dY h v + KX =°> dï + K Y==0 dz + K Z=0

from

It follows

this, that, to solve

the problem completely,

enough to take the equation -r.=-h j-^ equation of condition

-y- 4-

^,u

= 0,

,

and to add to

We

v



it

the

z,

is

and we

shall

the general

v.

Thus the problem proposed

,

it is

which must hold when x = a.

must then put in the place of x, either y or have the three functions X, Y, Z, whose product value of

'

>

,

(x,

,

N

t)

=$

=

{x,

t)

$

{y, t)

sin n,a

L

cos

nx x

is

e~

solved as follows {z, t) h„ 2 , knit

:

;



sin nxt, _ k! + - — cos n2x e *"»* .

-]

,

?-

cos n

x

e~

kn * H

+ &c.

;

CHÀP.

ONE SOLUTION ONLY.

VIII.]

n i> n 2 n3 >

y

&c

«

being given by the following equation €

in

which

e

tan

ha

e

= -fr

na and the value

represents

1 /

,

1

2 V

+

sin

337.

We may

of

fi t

is

2n a s

'

2»^

In the same manner the functions

blem

327

J

(y, t),

$

(s, t)

are found.

be assured that this value of v solves the proand that the complete integral of the partial

in all its extent,

must

differential equation (a)

necessarily take this form in order

to express the variable temperatures of the solid.

In

fact,

the expression for v

satisfies

the equation

Hence the

conditions relative to the surface.

and the

(a)

variations of tempe-

rature which result in one instant from the action of the molecules

and from the action of the air on the surface, are those which we should find by differentiating the value of v with respect to the time t. It follows that if, at the beginning of any instant, the function v represents the system of temperatures, it will still represent those which hold at the commencement of the following instant, and it may be proved in the same manner that the variable state of the solid

which the value of

t

is

always expressed by the function

continually increases.

agrees with the initial state: hence states of the

Thus

solid.

it

gives for v a function different

it

Now

v,

in

this function

represents all the

later

any solution which from the preceding must be wrong. is

certain that

338. If we suppose the time t, which has elapsed, to have become very great, we no longer have to consider any but the first term of the expression, for v for the values n v n2 n3 &c. are arranged in order beginning with the least. This term is given by the equation ;

v this

then

is

=

/sin n, a\



1

-

,

s 07

,



cos n.x cos n,ii cos n.z e~ 3fc7llt :

the principal state towards which the system of tem-

peratures continually tends, and with which sensible error after a certain value of

t.

it

coincides without

In this state the tempe-

THEORY OF HEAT.

328

[CHAP. VIII.

rature at every point decreases proportionally to the powers of

the fraction e~ skni2

the successive states are then

;

all similar,

or

rather they differ only in the magnitudes of the temperatures

which

all

diminish as the terms of a geometrical progression, pre-

We

may easily find, by means of the preceding equation, the law by which the temperatures decrease from

serving their ratios.

one point to another in direction of the diagonals or the edges of the cube, or lastly of a line given in position. We might ascertain also what is the nature of the surfaces which determine the layers of the

We

same temperature.

we

regular state which

see that in the final a,nd

same which would not hold and in those which immediately follow it. are here considering, points of the

layer preserve always equal temperatures,

in the initial state

During the

continuance of the ultimate state the mass

infinite

divided into an infinity of layers

mon

all

is

whose points have a com-

of

temperature.

339.

It is easy to

determine

for a

given instant the

mean

which is obtained by volume of each molecule by its temperature, and dividing this sum by the whole volume. f C fvu T nu u which is that of the We thus form the expression 3 % temperature of the mass, that taking the

sum

is

to say, that

of the products of the



2/

,

The integral must be taken successively and z, between the limits a and — a: v being YZ, we have equal to the product

mean temperature with respect to

V.

x, y,

X

V=\xdxÏYdy[zdz;



thus the

mean temperature

integrals

have a common value, hence

JF= f

sinn

jx

is

equal to

\-= (

'°V -«-**«+

The quantity na and

is

is

equal to

«(H

o

e,

sin f

since the three complete

,

^ aVi «-**+

a root of the equation

- )•

different roots of this equation

J

by ev

e

&c.

tan

e

= -~

,

W<3 have then, denoting the e2 e 3 ,

,

&c,

CHAP.

CUBE AND SPHERE COMPARED.

VIII.]

e

\

e,

is

5 -

7T,

1

between the roots

and ^ e2

inferior limits

when

sip 2et

J

t

e

,

3

ir,

the index

,

e4

57T

;

for ,

.

ir

and



37T ,

e

3

between

the quantities 1

between 1 and

H



2.

=

,

—^—

sin 2e„

,

l ,

1 ]

It follows

enter into the value of

We

to the

&c, and end by coinciding with them The double arcs 2e v 2e2 2e3 &c, and 77-, between 2tt and 37T, between 47r

very great.

sin 2e,

_

and

2tt, 3-7T,

i is

which reason the sines of these arcs are

.

2ir

more and more nearly

&c. approach,

,

are included between

and

e2

V

between

e 2 is

7r,

329

.

;

from

,

(Sec,

positive

all ,

,

,

,

.

,

:

,

are positive and included

this that all the

terms which

J V are positive. now

compare the velocity of cooling in the cube, with that which we have found for a spherical mass. We have seen that for either of these bodies, the system of temperatures converges to a permanent state which is sensibly attained 340.

propose

after a certain

time

to

the temperatures at the different points of

;

the cube then diminish

all together preserving the same ratios, and the temperatures of one of these points decrease as the terms of a geometric progression whose ratio is not the same in the two It follows from the two solutions that the ratio for the bodies.

sphere

is

e~

kn

and

for the

cube

e

^k

.

The quantity n

is

given by

the equation

na

cos

na

-.

sm na

=

',

1

—Kh^a,

a being the semi-diameter of the sphere, and the quantity e

by the equation

e

tan

e

= -^.a,

is

given

a being the half side of the cube.

This arranged, let us consider two different cases; that in which the radius of the sphere and the half side of the cube are each equal to a, a very small quantity and that in which the Suppose then that the two bodies are of value of a is very great. ;

THEORY OF HEAT.

330

[CHAP. VIII.

small dimensions; -^having a very small value, the same lljQj

case with

we have

e,

therefore

e

«2

is

=e

-v?

2 ,

hence the fraction

equal to e CDa

Thus the ultimate temperatures which we observe _ the form Ae~~CDa.

If

— net

now

in the equation

cos

Jl

member

Az?.=

to differ very little

ft

'Yi

7

-TT,

hence the fraction e~

n9 is

are expressed in ticl

:

sin

suppose the second

the

is

na

Jh

= 1 — -^.a, we

K

from unity, we find

e~CDa,

o

We

conclude from this that

if

the radius of the sphere

small, the final velocities of cooling are the in the circumscribed cube,

and that each

same

is

in that solid

very

and

in inverse ratio of the

is

that is to say, if the temperature of a cube whose half side a passes from the value A to the value B in the time t, a sphere whose semi-diameter is a will also pass from the temperature A If the quantity a were to the temperature B in the same time. changed for each body so as to become a, the time required for the passage from A to B would have another value t', and the ratio of the times t and t' would be that of the half sides a and a. The same would not be the case when the radius a is very great for e is then equal to ^7r, and the values of na are the quantities radius

;

is

:

7T,

2ir, 37T, 47T,

&C.

We may then «2

tions e

,

e

easily find, in this case, the values of the frac;

they are e

4a "

and

e

«2

.

From this we may derive two remarkable consequences: 1st, when two cubes are of great dimensions, and a and a are their halfsides if the first occupies a time t in passing from the temperature A to the temperature B, and the second the time t' for the same interval the times t and t' will be proportional to the squares a2 2 and a of the half-sides. We found a similar result for spheres of 2nd, If the length a of the half-side of a cube great dimensions. is considerable, and a sphere has the same magnitude a for radius, and during the time t the temperature of the cube falls from A to ;

;

B, a different time

t'

will elapse whilst the

temperature of the

CHAP.

REMARKS.

VIII.]

sphere

from

falling

is

A

331

and the times

to B,

t

and

t'

are in the

ratio of 4 to 3.

Thus the cube and the

when their dimension

is

inscribed, sphere cool equally quickly

small

;

and in

this case the duration of

body proportional to its thickness. If the dimension of the cube and the inscribed sphere is great, the final duration of the cooling is not the same for the two solids. This the cooling

is

duration

greater for the cube than for the sphere, in the ratio of

4 to

3,

is

and

for each

for

each of the two bodies severally the duration of the

cooling increases as the square of the diameter.

341.

mospheric

We air

have supposed the body to be cooling slowly in atwhose temperature is constant. We might submit

the surface to any other condition, and imagine, for example, that

some external cause, the fixed which enter into the value temperature 0. in this case be such that cos nx of v under the symbol cosine, must becomes nothing when x has its complete value a, and that the same is the case with cos py and cos qz. If 2a the side of the cube is represented by ir, 2tt being the length of the circumference whose radius is 1 we can express a particular value of v by the following equation, which satisfies at the same time the general equation of movement of heat, and the state of the surface, all its

points preserve,

The

by virtue

quantities

of

n, p, q,

;

v

This function

is

=e

co cos x cos y cos z. .

.

nothing, whatever be the time 7T

receive their extreme values

+~

7T

or ~~ «

:

^ut

t,

when x

or

^ie expression

y or z

for

the

temperature cannot have this simple form until after a considerthe given initial state is itself

able time has elapsed, unless

This is what we have supposed The foregoing analysis proves the truth of the equation employed in the Article we have j ust cited. represented by cos

x

cos

y cos z.

in Art. 100, Sect. VIII. Chap.

Up

we have

I.

discussed the fundamental problems and have considered the action of that element in the principal bodies. Problems of such kind and order have been chosen, that each presents a new difficulty of a higher degree. We have designedly omitted a numerous variety of to this point

in the theory of heat,

THEORY OF HEAT.

332

[CHAP. VIII.

intermediate problems, such as the problem of the linear of heat in a prism

The expression

or exposed to the atmospheric air.

movement

movement

whose ends are maintained at fixed temperatures, for the varied

which is cooling in an aeriform medium might be generalised, and any initial state whatever supposed. These investigations require no other of heat in a cube or rectangular prism

principles than those

which have been explained in

this

work.

A memoir

was published by M. Fourier in the Mémoires de V Académie des vu. Paris, 1827, pp. 605—624, entitled, Mémoire sur la distinction des racines imaginaires, et sur V application des théorèmes d'analyse algébrique aux Sciences,

Tome

équations transcendantes qui dependent de la théorie de la chaleur.

It contains a be two solid bodies of similar convex forms, such that corresponding elements have the same density,

proof of two propositions in the theory of heat.

specific capacity for heat,

If there

and conductivity, and the same .

initial distribution of

temperature, the condition of the two bodies will always be the same after times

which are as the squares

when,

of the dimensions,

1st,

corresponding elements

of the surfaces are maintained at constant temperatures, or 2nd,

peratures of the exterior

medium

when

the tem-

at corresponding points of the surface

remain

constant.

For the

velocities of flow along lines of flow across the terminal areas

u-v

corresponding prismatic elements are as peratures at pairs of points at the

:

where

u' -if,

same distance |

u-v:

Aon

(u, v), (u', v')

opposite sides of

s, s'

of

are tems

and

s';

-v'=n':n. If then, dt, dt' be corresponding times, 'the quantities of heat received by the prismatic elements are n^'ndt'. But the volumes being as as sk {u -v)dt s'k (u' - v') dt', or as rfn'dt n 3 re'3 if the corresponding changes of temperature are always equal we must have

and

n

if

:

n' is the ratio of the

dimensions,

:

:

vl

:

,

n?n'dt

n"2 ndt'

n3

n'

In the second case we must suppose

H

3

:

dt '

_

H' —ri

:

?i

2

n' 2

dt'

n.

'

[A. F.]

CHAPTER

IX.

OF THE DIFFUSION OF HEAT.

FIEST SECTION. Of

the free

Here we

342.

movement of heat in an consider the

movement

infinite line.

of heat in a solid

homogeneous mass, all of whose dimensions are infinite. The solid is divided by planes infinitely near and perpendicular to a common axis and it is first supposed that one part only of the solid has been heated, that, namely, which is enclosed between two parallel planes A and B, whose distance is g all other parts but any plane included between have the initial temperature A and B has a given initial temperature, regarded as arbitrary, and common to every point of the plane the temperature is difThe initial state of the mass being ferent for different planes. thus defined, it is required to determine by analysis all the succeeding states. The movement in question is simply linear, and ;

;

;

;

in direction of the axis of the plane

;

for it is evident that there

can be no transfer of heat in any plane perpendicular to the since the initial temperature at every point in the plane

is

axis,

the

same.

Instead of the infinite solid

we may suppose a prism

small thickness, whose lateral surface heat.

which

The movement is

the

common

The problem

is

is

is

of very

wholly impenetrable to

then considered only in the

infinite line

axis of all the sectional planes of the prism.

more

general,

when we

attribute temperatures

entirely arbitrary to all points of the part of the solid

which has

THEORY OF HEAT.

334

other points of the solid having the initial tem-

been heated,

all

perature

The laws

0.

mass ought

solid

since the

or

[CHAP. IX.

of the distribution of heat in an infinite

have a simple and remarkable character; not disturbed by the obstacle of surfaces,

to

movement

is

by the action of a medium. 343.

The

position of each point being referred to three rect-

we measure

angular axes, on which

temperature sought the time t

the co-ordinates

a function of the variables

is

This function v or

(f>

(x, y, z,

t)

the

x, y, z,

x, y, z,

and of

the general

satisfies

equation

K

_

dv

2

^~W){dx Further,

it

d 2v

/d v

2+

df

d2v\

+ dz

W .

i

V

by F(x, y, z) temperature at any point, taken when the time

moment when (j>(x,

Hence we must tion

satisfies

is

the given value of the

arbitrary; thus, denoting

which

'

necessarily represent the initial state which

must

to say, at the

.

is

the diffusion begins,

y, z, 0)

=

F(x,

nothing, that

y, z)

(b).

find a function v of the four variables x, y,

the differential equation

(a)

is

we must have

and the

z, t,

definite equa-

(b).

In the problems which we previously discussed, the integral

is

subject to a third condition which depends on the state of the surface

:

solution

for

which reason the analysis

requires

is

more complex, and the

The

the employment of exponential terms.

form of the integral

is

very

satisfy the initial state;

much more

and

simple,

when

would be easy

it

once the movement of heat in three dimensions.

it

need only

to determine at

But

in order to

explain this part of the theory, and to ascertain according to what

law the diffusion is effected, it is preferable to consider first the linear movement, resolving it into the two following problems we :

shall see in the sequel

how they

are applied to the case of three

dimensions. 344. all

First

problem

:

a part a b of an infinite line

points to the temperature 1

the actual temperature

;

;

it is

dispersed into the surrounding

is

raised at

the other points of the line are at

assumed that the heat cannot be medium; we have to determine

SECT.

I.]

what

is

TWO PROBLEMS.

S35

the state of the line after a given time.

may be made more

general,

by supposing,

1st,

This problem that the initial

temperatures of the points included between a and

b are unequal and represented by the ordinates of any line whatever, which we shall regard first as composed of two symmetrical parts (see fig. 16);

Fig. 16.

2nd, that part of the heat solid,

which

is

dispersed through the surface of the

is

a prism of very small thickness, and of infinite

length.

The second problem

consists in determining

states

of a prismatic bar,

which

is

infinite in length,

submitted to a constant temperature.

the successive

one extremity of

The

solution of

these two problems depends on the integration of the equation

dv

K

dt

CD

HL

d2v dx2

CDS

V '

#

(Article 105), which expresses the linear movement of heat, v is the temperature which the point at distance- x from the origin must have after the lapse of the time t K, C, D, L, S, denote ;

H

,

the internal and surface conducibilities, the specific capacity for heat, the density, the contour of the perpendicular section, and the area of this section. 345. Consider in the first instance the case in which heat is propagated freely in an infinite line, one part of which ab has received any initial temperatures all other points having the ;

each point of the bar we raise the ordinate of a plane curve so as to represent the actual temperature at that point, we see that after a certain value of the time t, the state of the solid is expressed by the form of the curve. Denote by v = F(x) the equation which corresponds to the given initial

temperature

initial state,

and

0.

first,

If at

for the sake of

making the

investigation

THEORY OF HEAT.

336

[CHAP. IX.

more simple, suppose the initial form of the curve to be composed of two symmetrical parts, so that we have the condition F(x) =F(-œ).

^-k

Let in

the equation j7

*^-h-

^^-2 — ^ y

=

make

>

du

-,

~

~dt

Assume a

v

= e~ ht u, and we

have

d2 u

d?

'

particular value of u, namely, a cos qx e~ hqH

a and q Let q v q2 q 3 &c. be a series of any values whatever, and o l5 a2 a 3 &c. a series of corresponding values of the coefficient Q, we have

being arbitrary constants.

,

u—

kqiH «j cos {q x x) e~

4-

a 2 cos

;

,

,

,

"

1 1

(q 2 cc) e-

^+a

3

e-^H +

cos (q3x)

&c.

that the values q t q2 q3 , &c. increase by infinitely Suppose small degrees, as the abscissae q of a certain curve so that they first

,

,

;

dq being the constant differential of the abscissa; next that the values a lt a 2 a3 &c. are proportional to the ordinates Q of the same curve, and that they

become equal

to dq, 2dq, Sdq, &c.

;

,

become equal of

thus

Q 2 dq, Q3 dq, &c, Q being a certain function from this that the value of u may be expressed

to Q^dq,

It follows

q.

,

:

jdqQ cos qx e

kq2t ,

Q is an arbitrary function f(q), and the integral may be taken from q = The difficulty is reduced to determining to q= oo .

suitably the function Q.

To determine and equate u to

346. for u,

Q,

F

we must suppose t =

(%).

We

in the expression

have therefore the equation of

condition

F(%) If

we

substituted for

= IdqQ cos qx.

Q any

function of

q,

and conducted the

integration from q = to q = go, we should find a function of x it is required to solve the inverse problem, that is to say, to

:

ascertain

what function of

q,

after

as the result the function F{x),

solution

being substituted

for Q, gives

a remarkable problem

demands attentive examination.

whose

SECT.

AN INVERSE PROBLEM.

I.]

337

Developing the sign of the integral, we write as follows, the equation from which the value of

= dq Q

F(x)

t

cos q xx

make

In order to

+ dqQ

2

Q must

be derived

+ dqQ

cos q 2 x

3

cos q z x

the terms of the second

all

:

+

&c.

member

dis-

by dxcosrx, and then integrate with respect to x from x = to x = nir, where n is an infinite number, and r represents a magnitude equal to any one of q x q z q 3 &c, or which is the same thing dq, 2dq, 3dq, &c. Let q be any value whatever of the variable q, and qj another value, namely, that which we have taken for r; we shall have r =jdq, and q = idq. Consider then the infinite number n to express how appear, except one, multiply each side

,

,

,

t

many have

times unit of length contains the element dq, so that

n=

-j-

we

Proceeding to the integration we find that the

.

value of the integral jdx cos qx cos rx

is

q have different magnitudes

value

;

but

its

nothing, whenever r and

is

= mr,

when q —

r.

This follows from the fact that integration eliminates from the second

member

contains is

qj

Q ; we 3

or

all

the terms, except one

The

r.

;

namely, that which

function which affects the same term

have therefore

dx

/•

and substituting

for

F (x)

ndq

its

cos

qx

value



dq Qj ~

nir,

2

1,

we have

= \dxF{x) cosqx.

We

find then, in general,

^= 2

determine the function

Q which

we must multiply the given tegrate from

x nothing

to

x

I

dxF(x)cosqx.

Thus, to

J o

satisfies

the proposed condition,

function F(x) by dxcosqx, and ininfinite,

multiplying the result by

2

-

;

77

that

is

to say,

9

f(q)

=_ F.

H.

from the equation F{x)



r

\dxF{x) cosqx,

the

function

jdqf(q) cos qx,

F (x)

we deduce

representing

the

THEORY OF HEAT.

338 initial

[CHAP. IX.

temperatures of an infinite prism, of which an intermediate

part only

is

F

sion for

Substituting the value oîf(q) in the expres-

heated.

we

(x),

obtain the general equation pZG

/•CO

— F(x)=l dqcosqxl dxF(x)cosqx £

If

347.

substitute in the expression for v the value which

we

we have found

(e).

Jo

Jo

for the function Q,

we have

the following integral,

which contains the complete solution of the proposed problem, Try

The

x

= e -ht

integral,

r I

r

gg cos qX e Mt gx y (x) cos qx. I

with respect to

x,

being taken from x nothing

a function of q\ and taking then the integral with respect to q from q = to q = oo , we obtain for v a function of as and t, which represents the successive states of the to

infinite,

solid.

a,

is

Since the integration with respect to

disappear, ble

the result

it

may be

x makes

this variable

replaced in the expression of v by any varia-

the integral being taken between the same limits, namely

from a =

to a

=

co

— =e

Try

We

.

have then 00

_

u

f°° \

2

Jo

—« = e~ u

,«.

The

\

\

dxF(cc) cosqz,

Jo ,.00

7TV

or

f



dq cos qxe~ hqH

dot.

F (a)

dqe~ kq

I

"

1

cos
Jo

Jo

integration with respect to q will give a function of x,

and taking the integral with respect to a we find a function of x and t only. In the last equation it would be easy to effect the integration with respect to q, and thus the expression of v would be changed. We can in general give different forms t

and

a,

to the integral of the equation

dv -j-

at

they

all

348.

2

dv = le ~j~2 7

,

hv,

dj?

represent the same function of

Suppose

x and

t.

in the first place that all the initial temperab, from x = — 1, to x = 1, and that the temperatures of all the

tures of points included between a and

have the common value

1,

SECT.

FUNCTIONS EXPRESSED BY INTEGRALS.

I.]

339

other points are nothing, the function F(x) will be given by this It will then be necessary to integrate, with respect to

condition. œ,

from x =

x=

to

Q=-

-



it

-

and

q

-^-

2

The second member may series, as will

rest of the

for the

l,

according to the hypothesis.

We

= e~ M

of the solid at a given instant,

nothing

il

q

a.

be converted into a convergent

easily ;

is

— e~ hqH cos ox sin

\

J

be seen presently

integral

shall thus find

it

and

represents exactly the state

if

we make

in

it t

= 0,

it

ex-

presses the initial state.

Thus the function —



I

sinqcosqx

equivalent to unity,

is

if

x any value included between — 1 and 1 but this if to x any other value be given not included between — 1 and 1. We see by this that discontinuous functions also may be expressed by definite integrals.

we

give to

function

is

:

nothing

In order to give a second application of the preceding

349.

formula, let us suppose the bar to have been heated at one of

its

by the constant action of the same source of heat, and that it has arrived at its permanent state which is known to be represented by a logarithmic curve. points

It is required to ascertain according to

of heat

by

is

F (x) '

what law the

effected after the source of heat is withdrawn.

we

the initial value of the temperature,

F (x) — A e most heated.

Ihl KS ',

To

A

is

diffusion

Denoting have

shall

the initial temperature of the point

simplify the investigation let us

make

A = l,

TTT

and -tf-^=1.

Q=

I

We

have

then

F(x)=e~x whence we deduce

dx e~ x cos qx, and taking the

infinite,

Q=^.

2*

2

integral from

Thus the value

the following equation ttv

,

of v in

x nothing

x and

t

is

'i

-TTr

x

given by

:

_ en _ u rdq^mqx

to

Vd

22—2

340

TIIEOEY OF HEAT.

350.

we make

If

t

= 0, we

have

-x-

=

£

[CHAP. IX.



%.

I

Jo

ï+g

%-\ which cor-

2

Hence the expression -

responds to the initial state. is

equal to

e-

x

which represents the ing to hypothesis

— COS HW \^7f7

must be remarked that the function F(x),

It

.

/"

I

initial state,

does not change

when x becomes

negative.

its

value accord-

The heat communi-

cated by the

source before the initial state was formed, is propagated equally to the right and the left of the point 0, which directly receives it: it follows that the line

S

y=—

do cos

F I

is

a

i

whose equation

is

ose

composed of two symmetrical branches which

are formed by repeating to right and left of the axis of

y the part

on the right of the axis of y, and whose equation is y = e~x We see here a second example of a discontinuous function expressed by a definite integral. This of the logarithmic curve which

is

.

function it is e

x

~—\-



I

when x

351. bar, one

is

is

equivalent to e~

negative

x

when x

is positive,

but

1 .

The problem of the propagation of heat in an infinite end of which is subject to a constant temperature, is

reducible, as

we

shall see presently, to that of the diffusion of heat

must be supposed that the initial heat, instead of affecting equally the two contiguous halves of the solid, is distributed in it in contrary manner; that is to say that representing by F(x) the temperature of a point whose distance from

in an infinite line; but

the middle of the line

it

is x,

the initial temperature of the opposite

point for which the distance

is

— x,

has for value

— F (x).

This second problem differs very little from the preceding, and might be solved by a similar method: but the solution may also be derived from the analysis which has served to determine for us the

movement

of heat in solids of finite dimensions.

Suppose that a part ah of the infinite prismatic bar has been heated in any manner, see fig. (16*), and that the opposite part a/3 is in like state,

having the

initial i

Of.

but of contrary sign temperature

Eiemann, Part.

0.

;

Suppose

all

the rest of the solid

also that the surround-

Biff. Glcich. § 16, p. 34.

[A. F.]

SECT.

ing it

HEATED FINITE

I.]

medium

BAR.

341

maintained at the constant temperature

is

communicates heat

receives heat from the bar or

0,

to

it

and that through

Fig. 16*.

required to find, after a given time b be the temperature v of a point whose distance from the It

the external surface.

what

will

origin

is

is x.

We

consider

shall

the

first

heated bar as

having a

finite

length 2X, and as being submitted to some external cause which maintains its two ends at the constant temperature 0; we shall

then

make

X=

We

352.

dv

oo.

first

_

K

employ the equation

HL

d2v

dt~CDdx~*~

2

dv _-,d v

CM

V]

°r

dt~

.

cû?~

hv

'>

and making v=e~ ht u we have du

_

,

dt~ the general value of u

may be

cPit

dx*'

expressed as follows

u = a^e-to1** sin gxx + a2e~ k^2i sin g2 x + a8e _i^

2 '

:

+ &c.

sin g3 x

Making then œ = X, which ought to make the value of v nothing, we have, to determine the series of exponents g, the condition sin#X= 0, or gX=Ï7r, i being an integer. Hence w i = ax e

-*2f5<



sin

TTX

-y

-k

+a e 2

2H

^

.

sin

2lTX p — y- -f &c. ,

It remains only to find the series of constants a x ,

Making

t

u

=

a2

we have

= Jb

(x)

=a

x

sin

-y+ a2 sin -y- + a 3 sin -y- + occ.

,

a3

,

&c.

THEORY OF HEAT.

342 HT 00

Let ~y

— r,

F (x)

and denote

f(r)

=a

x

sin r



2

=

to r



/7"vv \ I

J

+a

2r

sin

3

2

Now, we have previously found gral being taken from r

F

or

ai

v



y6 -»* -je

sin 3r

4-

;

we have

&c.

r

the inte-

j

= 7r. Hence

cm? i^

x-

x must be taken from x

respect to

we form

substitutions,

sin-y

•*

by f(r)

= - drf (r) sin ir,

^-a 4 = \dxF (x) sm

The integral with x = X. Making these

[CHAP. IX.

sin

(a?)

-*^« 2?nc + e A sin-y

f

.

7

=

to

the equation

-^ _,

.

laaji' («)

2ttx

.

sm-^r- +

}

,

,

&c. k... (a).

Such would be the solution if the prism had a finite It is an evident consequence of the principles which we have laid down up to this point; it remains only to suppose the dimension infinite. Let X= nir, n being an infinite number also let q be a variable whose infinitely small 353.

length represented by 2X.

X

;

increments dq are all equal

term of the

series

we

represent

infinite.

by

by

iirx

Jr-

the

.

sin

l7rx Ittx f

~Y~

I

number

,

dx

i,

The general

instead of n.

-k—,M X

_. . . Jl (x)

which

.

sm is

being

-^

variable

and becomes

IT -t~,

=— dq^

'=%dq'

these substitutions in the term in question

n qxjdxF (x)

X or

-j-

Thus we have

Making si

write

(a)

X=— dq' e -kqH

we

which enters into equation 2

e

;

sin qx.

Each

becoming thereby an

of these terms

we

find

must be divided

infinitely small quantity,

and

SECT.

the

GENERAL SOLUTION.

I.]

sum

of the series

simply an integral, which must be taken

is

with respect to q from q v

2 =-

e~ M

%t

343

=

= go

to q

Idqe-^t

sin

Hence

.

qx \dx

F(x)smqx

(a),

7T

the integral with respect to x must be taken from

We may also

7TV

1"

to

x

=

oo.

Too

fee

= e~ M

dqe~ kq2t sin

I

gjc

Fee

7TV

sin ^a,

/"oo

dot

I

F {a)

dq e'^smqxsmqa.

\

Jo (a)

dzF (a)

I

Jo

J o

Equation

x=

write

Jo

contains the general solution of the problem;

and, substituting for F{x) any function whatever, subject or not

we

to a continuous law,

shall

always be able to express the value

and

of the temperature in terms of x

that the function

F (x)

and alternate parts 1 354.

line

FFFF

is

only

it

must be remarked

distributed in the prism in such a

is

(fig.

Kg,

state,

:

.

If the initial heat

manner that the

t

corresponds to a line formed of two equal

17),

which represents the

17.

formed of two equal arcs situated right and

the fixed point

0,

movement

the variable

initial

left

of

of the heat is expressed

by the equation Cod

= e~ M

I

/"oo

doL

F (a)

1

That

(fig.

is

dq e~ lllH cos qx cos

q%.

Jo

Jo

If the line ffff

I

18),

to say,

which represents the

F(x)=-F{- x).

[A. F.]

initial state, is

THEORY OF HEAT.

344

formed of two similar and alternate the value of the temperature is

£

— e -M\ fay (^)

I

arcs,

rfy e

- JtqH

[CHAP. IX.

the integral which gives

s [n

Jo

Jo

qX

^

gm

we suppose the

initial heat to be distributed in any manner, be easy to derive the expression for v from the two preced(x) may be, which ing solutions. In fact, whatever the function represents the given initial temperature, it can always be decomposed into two others F'(a?) +f(oc), one of which corresponds to the

If

it will

FFFF, and

line

the other to the line ffff, so that

we have

these

three conditions

F(x)

= F{- *),/(*) = -/(- *),

4>

= F{x)

0)

+f(x).

We have already made use of this remark in Articles 233 and We know also that each initial state gives rise to a variable

234.

partial state

which

is

formed as

if it

alone existed.

The composi-

tion of these different states introduces no change into the tem-

peratures which would have

them.

It follows

from

occurred separately from each of

this that denoting

by v the variable tem-

perature produced by the initial state which represents the total function

(x),

<£>

— e ~MI

we must have 2

I

dq e-*2 *cos qx

dot

I

F

(a)

cos qi

If



oo

we took

and +oo,

We may member

dq e~ k ^ H sin qx

I

it

is

evident that

we should double

the denominator

we could write

2,

I

= — go

to a

=+

go

.

We

easily see also

r+oo

da

(f>

(a)

cos q a, instead of

da

I

J —

F

(a)

r+co I

J —CO

daf (a)

cos qx.

cos qa

;

00

from the condition to which the function /(a) we must have

for it follows

=

first

and take the integrals with respect to

J —oo

that

the results.

then, in the preceding equation, omit from the

r+oo

ject,

daf(a) sin qa J.

I

the integrals with respect to a between the limits

a in the second form a that

\

Too

rcc

+

is

sub-

SECT.

We

ANY INITIAL DISTRIBUTION.

I.]

can also write r+co

r+oo

dacf> (a) sin qx instead of

I

we

daf{a) cos

I

qx,

J -co

J —ao

for

34-5

evidently have

F

dx

sin

(a)

qct.

— CO

We Trv

conclude from this

= e~ u

TOO

/

r + QD

dq e~ kqH (I

\

da



(a)

cos qa cos

+ /"

TTV

or,

= e~ M

dqe~ kq H -

Jo

da

\

what the

The

g-* J

,

JO

— a).

(x

solution of this second problem indicates clearly

relation

is

between the

this

which we have which we have

definite integrals

analysis

When, in the convergent we give to the quantities

applied to solids of a definite form.

which

^a sin

— a),

cos ^ (x

dqe~ kqH cos q

I

just employed, and the results of the

series

(a) sin

Too

da(j>(a)

\

J -co

355.

<£ (a)

J -00

f+oo

7rv=e~ ht

or,

da <£

1

/*+co

00

\

##

analysis furnishes,

which denote the dimensions infinite values each of the terms becomes infinitely small, and the sum of the series is nothing but an integral. We might pass directly in the same manner and without any physical considerations from the different trigonometrical series which we have employed in Chapter in. to it will be sufficient to give some examples of definite integrals these transformations in which the results are remarkable. ;

;

356.

In the equation 1 •7

4

we

.

7T

= sin u +

shall write instead of

and n

is

an

infinite

1

k à

.

si

n Su +

1

O

X u the quantity -

number equal

5u + &c.

sin

-z

;

1 to

-=;

q

is

x

is

a

new

variable,

a quantity formed by

the successive addition of infinitely small parts equal to dq.

We

THEORY OF HEAT.

346

number

shall represent the variable

term

—+ 1

rp 2i

- sin (2Ï v 1

x n

+ 1) - we J

for put l

i

Hence the sum

becomes ~-sin2qx.

[CHAP. IX.

Q

by

i

-j-

If in the general

.

and n their

term

values, the

of the series

is



\

sm2qx,

the integral being taken from q = to q = oo we have therefore œ da [ the equation \ ir = \ sin 2qx which is always true whatever ;



I

Jo

9.

be the positive value of ble,

— = —r and

we have

q

/dv — sin r

Let 2qx

x.

A-

it

—r sin r

=

*

= r,

Jo

varia-

this value of the defi-

;

known

has been

new

r being a

some time.

for

If on

r

supposing r negative we took the same integral from r r = — oo we should evidently have a result of contrary sign ,

The remark which we have

357.

the integral

— sin

I

r,

which

is

|-

it

or

made on

just

— \ ir, serves

to

= to — \ it.

the value of

make known

the nature of the expression 2

f°°

do

sin q 2

ttjo

cos qx,

q

whose value we have already found (Article 348) to be equal according as x is or is not included between 1 and — 1. 1 or

We I

the

have in



first

cos

fact

qx sin q

term

is

=\

I

-i- sin

q (x

equal to \ir or

+

1)

—\

— \ tt

— \ it, according as x — 1

Hence the whole same sign for, in ;

if

integral

is

is

I

if

1

and x —

two terms cancel each is

the same time

and

x+

— smq(x —

x+

these quantities are of different sign, that

x+ 1>

— sin q(x — l); 1

1) is

is

a

equal

a positive or negative quantity.

nothing

this case, the

\

according as

positive or negative quantity; the second ^ to \ 7T or

to

x— 1

<0,

1

have the

But we have at

other.

to say if

SECT.

PROPERTIES OF DEFINITE INTEGRALS.

I.]

347

the two terms add together and the value of the integral

is

\

ir.

2 ("dq Hence the definite integral sin q cos qx is a function of x ttJo 2 equal to 1 if the variable x has any value included between 1 and



1 t

I



1

and the same function

;

is

nothing for every other value of x

not included between the limits 1 and

We

358.

might deduce

also



1.

from the transformation of two expressions 2

series

into integrals the properties of the f

œ dq cos qx l

'Jo

the x

e

first (Art.

when x is

350)

is

negative.

q*~

+

2

,

aB

f°°

equivalent to

The second

is

e~

x

qdq sm qx

~T +
tWo

'

when x

is positive,

equivalent to

e~

x

if

x

is

and to

positive,

and to — e* if x is negative, so that the two integrals have the same value, when x is positive, and have values of contrary sign when x is negative. One is represented by the line eeee (fig. 19), the other by the line eeee (fig. 20). Fig. 19.

Fig. 20.

The equation 1TX 1 — sin 2a a .

sin a sin

x

2x 7r~-2 2a3

sin 3a sin

sin 2a sin

ir-ar

8

'

tt

Sx

-3V

which we have arrived at (Art. 226), gives immediately the integral 2 f °° dq sin û"7T sin qx , , —* r^ 2 which expression 3 is equivalent to sm x, if a;

— ——

I

is

.

included between

ceeds 1

.

.

value

is

,

,

.

,

.

and

it,

and

its

whenever x ex-

IT.

At the limiting values of x the value of this integral

2 Of. 3

.

;

Riemann,

The

is J;

Riemann,

§ 15.

§ 16.

substitutions required in the equation are

— for IT

x,

dq for -, q for %-. tt

IT

We

then have sin x equal to a series equivalent to the above integral for values of x between and w, the original equation being true for values of x between and a. [A. F.J

THEORY OF HEAT.

S 48

The same transformation

359.

^ir<j}(u)

= sin u

Idu

(f>

Making u = - denote



,

(u)

or

applies to the general equation

u+

(u) sin

/

[CHAP. IX.

sin

2u jdu



(u) sin

2u + &c.

- j by fix), and introduce into

the analysis a quantity ^ which receives infinitely small increto dq, n will be equal to -j-

ments equal

and ito~-\ substituting

these values in the general term

ix fdx



sm — .

n

we

dq

find

sm qx

J

n

fx\ $ \nj

\dxf(x) sin qx.

=

,

The

.

sin

ix —

n

,

integral with respect to

u

u = it, hence the integration with respect to x must be taken from x = to x — nir, or from x nothing to x is

taken from u

to

infinite.

"We thus obtain a general result expressed by the equation Too

^Trf(x)



Coo

dq sin qx

j

Jo for

dxf(cc)smqx

(e),

Jo

which reason, denoting by Q a function of q such that we have

f(u)= IdqQ sin qu an we

I

have

shall

2

Q=-

equation in which f(u)

a given function,

is

f

lduf(u) sin qu, the integral being taken from

u nothing to u infinite. We have already solved a similar problem (Art. 346) and proved the general equation

^irF{x)

=

\

dq cos qx

Jo

which

To

=x

r ,

cos

qx

(e),

give an application of these theorems, let us suppose

the second

becomes jdq

The

dx F ix)

analogous to the preceding.

is

360.

f{x)

I

Jo

sin

member

of equation

(e)

by

qx jdx sin qx xr

.

integral

jdx sin qx xr

or

-^

Jqdx sin qx

(qx)

r

this substitution

SECT.

is

CERTAIN DEFINITE INTEGRALS.

I.]

equivalent to -^n] du

nothing to u

Let

fji

r

sm u

349

the integral being taken from u

,

infinite.

be the integral r

du sin u u f Jo it

;

remains to form the integral Idq smqx^çïfi, or [ix

r \

du sin uu~(r+1)

;

denoting the last integral by

we have xr /xv.

v, taken from u nothing to u infinite, two successive integrations the term

as the result of

We

must then have, according

by the equation

to the condition expressed

(e), |-

7T

of

= [iv xr

or fiv

= \ it

;

thus the product of the two transcendants

duur

I

and

sin m

Jo

du — u

I

if

r

= — ~ we 00

du

same manner we

sin

w

.

n

U

IS $TT.

known

result

/7T

vl

v^

/.o

in the

find the

,

.

sin

v,

Ji

1

For example,

_„

(a);

-

find

f™ du cos u Jo

-X

=

Ar

/tn

V2

(6):

and from these two equations we might also conclude the following dqe~ q /,

361.

=^ Jtt,

By means

1

of the equations

problem, which

following analysis.

which has been employed

What

The way

is

function

belongs also

Q

and to

of the variable q

[R. I E.] .

3 j/

for

u and

,

some time.

(e)

we may

solve the

differential

partial

must be placed under

simply to use the expressions e~'= +cos >/ -I2+

transforming a and b by writing Cf. § 407.

(e)

for

1

recollecting that

V

J -lsin*J -lz,

J-

1

=



,=



THEORY OF HEAT.

350

[CHAP. IX.

the integral sign in order that the expression

dqQe~ qx may be

I

equal to a given function, the integral being taken from q nothing 1 But without stopping for different consequences, ?

to q infinite

the examination of which would remove us from our chief object,

we

shall limit ourselves to the following result,

by combining the two equations

and

(e)

which

is

obtained

(e).

They may be put under the form



- irfix) &

dq sin qx

I

dxf (a)

I

sin qx,

Jo

Jo

(-00

/.00 -J

5 w F (x) =

and

£

diF

dq cos qx

I

(a)

cos qx.

Jo

Jo



oo

the result of each integration would be doubled, which

is

If

we took the

integrals with respect to a

from

to

+

oo,

a neces-

sary consequence of the two conditions

/ (a) =-/(-«> We

^(a)^-

and

a).

have therefore the two equations /.OO

/.OO

irf(x)

=

dq sin qx

\

JO

deaf (a) sin qz,

I

J

-00 »oo

/.OO

and

ttF (x)

=

I

daF(x) cos

dq cos qx

qx.

J

We

have remarked previously that any function

always be decomposed into two others, one of which the condition

F(x)—F(—x), and

condition /(a?)

= — /(— x).

We have

sin

and

qoc,

=

this write

±xj - 1 2

in f[x)

may

cos qi,

and add, therefore

Jq cos qx dq =f (x J^l) +f(-x

which remains the same on writing - x

Again we

dxf (a)

I

J -oo

-00

therefore

can

r+oo

dxF (a) To do

(x)

satisfies

the other f(x) satisfies the thus the two equations

/+co

1

(f>

F (x)

*J~-1),

for x,

Q = - fdx [f(xj^l) +f(-x s/^1)] cos qx dx.

subtract and use the sine hut the difficulty of dealing with

imaginary quantities recurs continually.

[R. L. E.]

sect,

fourïer's theorem.

i.]

351

whence we conclude ir

[F(x) +/(#)]

=

7r
=

(x)

dq sin qx

I

JO

dxf(a) sin ^a

I

J -OT ,.+ 00

/.OO

% JO

+ 7T(£ (œ)

=

I

^

cos

cfo-F (&) cos ça,

/

J -OO

/•+«>

/"CO

and

I

dq sin
J -

»/

sin ça

f/^^> (a)

I

CO /»+ 00

/•CO

+

I

dq cos qx

7T^> (#)

=

dxj> (a)

âfg-

I

(

n 1 X sin


si

+co 1

or lastly



,

(x)

= -l

cos

qy.,

J -oo

J

or

cfo<£ (a)

I

;

00

r

r

c£a<£

dqcosq(x-a)

(cc)

ttJ-oo

(i£).

Jo

The integration with respect to q gives a function of x and and the second integration makes the variable a disappear.

a,

Thus the function represented by the definite integral dqcosq {x— a) has the singular property, that

and by

(a)

and integrate

da,

limits, the result is

gration

is

equal to

change a into

we multiply

nrj) (x)

x,

by any function

it

with respect to a between infinite

and

;

so that the effect of the inte-

to multiply

We might deduce equation

362. 1

to

if it

by the number

ir.

(E) directly from the theorem

Poisson in his Mémoire sur la Théorie des Ondes, in the Mémoires de V Académie Tome i. Paris, 1818, pp. 85 87, first gave a direct proof of the theorem ,

des Sciences,



,

/(as) = -

in which

ft

f"

dq

f

da e'*"! cos (qx-qa)f (a),

supposed to be a small positive quantity which

is

is

made

equal to

after the integrations.

On

Boole,

the Analysis of Discontinuous Functions, in the Transactions of the

Royal Irish Academy, Vol.

xxi.,



Dublin, 1848, pp. 126 130, introduces some anaand regards Fourier's Theorem as unproved

lytical representations of discontinuity,

unless equivalent to the above proposition. Deflers, at the

end of a Note sur quelques intégrales

définies

&c,

in the Bulletin



des Sciences, Société Philomatique, Paris, 1819, pp. 161 166, indicates a proof of Fourier's Theorem, which Poisson repeats in a modified form in the Journal Polytechnique, Cahier

noticed by

An Mr Ser.

J.

19,

De Morgan,

p. 454.

The

Differential

excellent discussion of the

W.

i.,

L. Glaisher in an article

Vol.

v.,

special

difficulties

of this proof

and Integral Calculus, pp. class

of proofs

On since and

pp. 232—244, Cambridge, 1871.

cos oo

here alluded to ,

[A. F.]

have been

619, 628. is

given by

Messenger of Mathematics,

THEOKY OF HEAT.

352

[CHAP. IX.

which gives the development of any funcand cosines of multiple arcs. We pass from the last proposition to those which we have just demonEach term strated, by giving an infinite value to the dimensions.

stated in Article 234,

F (x)

tion

in a series of sines

of the series

becomes in

this case a differential quantity

1

Trans-

.

formations of functions into trigonometrical series are some of the

elements of the analytical theory ^of heat;

make

use of

them

is

it

indispensable to

to solve the problems

which depend on

of arbitrary functions

into definite integrals,

this

theory.

The reduction

such as are expressed by equation (E), and the two elementary equations from which

it

is

derived, give rise to different conse-

quences which are omitted here since they have a

We

less direct rela-

remark that the same equations present themselves sometimes in analysis under other forms. We obtain for example this result

tion with the physical problem.

«00

1

shall only

/*00

<j>(x)=-l dx(j>(a)l dqco$q(œ

which

differs

— a)

(-£")

JO

TTJ

from equation (E) in that the limits taken with and oo instead of being — oo and + oo

respect to a are

In

and

.

this case

(E') give

x

variable

must be remarked that the two equations (E)

it

equal values for the second

member when

always gives a nul value for the second member. not the case with equation (E), whose second member lent to

As

7r<£ (x),

whether we give

to equation ÇE')

<£ (x),

and

if

be always nothing 2 363. line

may

The problem

ce

x

if is

is

is

equiva-

a positive or negative value.

To

find a

positive, the value of the function

negative the value of the function

may

of the propagation of heat in an infinite

besides be solved by giving to the integral of the partial

Eiemann, Part.

à different form which

Biff. Gleich.

corresponding to the cases 2

1

.

differential equation 1

x

to

solves the following problem.

it

function of x such that

may be

the

(E ) The same is

If this variable is negative, equation

is positive.

F (x) =

we

shall indicate in

§32, gives the proof, and deduces the formulœ F ( - x).

=fc

These remarks are essential to clearness of view. The equations from which its cognate form may be derived will be found in Todhunter's Integral Calculus, Cambridge, 1862, § 316, Equations (3) and (4). [A. F.]

(E) and

SECT.

VARYING TEMPERATURE IN INFINITE BAR.

I.]

the following

We

article.

the source of heat

shall first

353

examine the case in which

constant.

is

Suppose that, the initial heat being distributed in any manner throughout the infinite bar, we maintain the section A at a constant temperature, whilst part of the heat communicated

persed through the external surface.

the state of the prism after a given time, which

we have proposed

second problem that 1 the constant

we have

e

is

the object of the

to ourselves.

temperature of the end A, by

-x>J— ES

is dis-

It is required to determine

Denoting by

that of the

medium,

as the expression of the final temperature of a

x from

point situated at the distance

this extremity, or simply

TTT x

e~

,

assuming

t^ to

for simplicity the quantity

be equal to unity.

Denoting by v the variable temperature of the same point t has elapsed, we have, to determine v, the equation

after

the time

dt~CDdx let

now

v

=e

+u

du

.

we have

-r-

=

dt do!

0r

-Jl

dt

—^ CD

replacing

If

and by "J k '"

K

d

CDS

2

s

V'

,

u'

t^. -^-ô ds?

CD

— HL

du

,

CDS ,-,

,

,

LI

u

; '

2

,

,

T

=*TJ-*»i dx*

-

HL — CDS

- by k

we make u=e~ ht u we have

-.-

=Jc

-,—

2 ;

the value of u or

Jhl v

—e

final

KS

is

that of the difference between the actual and the

temperatures

to vanish,

;

this difference u,

and whose

final

value

is

F{x)-e

which tends more and more

nothing,

is

equivalent at

first

to

- J%

\

denoting by

F (x) the initial temperature of a point situated at the

distance x.

Let /(a?) be the excess of the

F. H.

initial

temperature over 23

THEORY OF HEAT.

354

we must

the final temperature, fill

the equation

:=

at

u a function which

satisfies

It

fi

'Tj:

find for

[CHAP. IX.

k-j-ri

dx

—hu, and whose

initial

value

is

f(x), and

Jhl At the point A,

or

x=

the quantity v

final

value

has,

by hypothesis, a constant value equal

0.

0,

that u represents an excess of heat which

to 0.

We

KS

—e by

see

this

accumulated in the prism, and which then escapes, either by being propagated to

by being scattered

infinity, or

into the

is

at first

medium. Thus

to represent

A

of

that the line

is

the effect which results from the uniform heating of the end

we must

a line infinitely prolonged, also prolonged to the

situated to the right

temperature the point distance

A

;

is

—x

left of

now

is

the point A, and that each point affected with the initial excess of

in a contrary state

from the point

A

A

;

so that a point situated at the

has the

move

and to be scattered at the

The point

1st,

2nd, that the other half of the line to the left of

the heat then begins to bar,

imagine,

initial

temperature —f(x)

:

freely through the interior of the

surface.

preserves the temperature

points arrive insensibly at the same state.

0, and all the other In this manner we are

able to refer the case in which the external source incessantly com-

municates new heat, to that in which the primitive heat is propagated through the interior of the solid. We might therefore solve the proposed problem in the same manner as that of the diffusion

347 and 353; but in order to multiply methods of we shall employ the integral under form from that which we have considered up to this

of heat, Articles

solution in a matter thus new,

a different point.

dit

364. x

k

to e~ e \

The equation -^

This function of x and

of a definite integral,

value oîJdqe~ q \ is

d?u

= k -p is

which

We

is

have in

taken from q = -cc to q

satisfied

by supposing u equal

may also be

put under the form very easily deduced from the known t

fact JÏ?

= +w.

=Jdqe~

We

J ir= Jdqe' iq +

b) 1

q

\

when the

integral

have therefore also

SECT.

b being

same

SOLUTION OF THE LINEAR EQUATION.

I.]

any constant whatever and the

From

as before.

35.

limits of the integral the

the equation

J -00

we

conclude,

by making

b

2

= kt

tjir J _,» x

hence the preceding value of u or 1

we might

also suppose

+0°

f

7

u equal ae

e~ e

-g 2

kt

is

equivalent to

-(x+2q's/îâ)

to the function

-nx

kn-t

e

,

a and n being any two constants; and we should

way

that this function

same

sum

of an

equivalent to

is

CO

4=r We

find in the

dqe-«

- n[x+2

i

e

^U\

can therefore in general take as the value of u the

infinite

number u

=

of such values,

and we

shall

9 Jqe' (a^-^+2^) + a *

J

^

e

have

-n 2 {x+2 q

+ a g~ M + &C.)

3

m

a:+2 2vw)

constants av a2 ,as &c, and n v n 2 , n3 &c being undetermined, the series represents any function whatever of x + 2qjkt ; we have

The

,

therefore

from q

u=

=—

+ 2qjkt). The

Idqe'^^ipo

oc to fllf

the equation

,

-j-

trary function

q

=+ (l

cc

,

integral should be taken

and the value of u

will necessarily satisfy

11

= k-^—%

.

This integral which contains one arbi-

was not known when we had undertaken our

re-

searches on the theory of heat, which were transmitted to the Institute of France in the

month

of

December, 1807:

it

has been

23—2

THEORY OF HEAT.

356

[CHAP. IX.

1 given by M. Laplace in a work -which forms part of volume VIII ,

of the Mémoires de l'École Polytechnique;

the determination of the linear

movement

we apply

it

of heat.

From

simply to it

we

conclude EL Jin. ]

/.-TOO +00

v

= e~ M

\

dqe-«

K8 1TJ\ - /»V5 + 2qjkt)

2

(j>(x

J -co

when t =

the value of u

/H

F (x) — e -ce v *»

is

or f(x) ;

hence r+m

f{x)

=

dqe'Q*

(f>(x)

J -co

and $

(«)

=

1

n=f(x). sj TT

Thus the arbitrary function which enters into the integral, is determined by means of the given function /(a?), and we have the following equation, which contains the solution of the problem,

v

= - e~ x v *s + -t=1" V

it is

J^-2 J -co

2

/

(as

+ 2#/&)

easy to represent this solution by a construction.

Let us apply the previous solution to the case in which AB having the initial temperature 0, the end A is heated so as to be maintained continually at the temperature 1. It follows from this that F (x) has a nul value when x 365.

all

points of the line

s whenever x differs from 0. Thus/(#) is equal to — e when x is nothing. On the other hand it is from 0, and to necessary that on making x negative, the value oîf(x) should change

differs

sign, so that

know

we have the

condition

ll[L

—e

**

x

when x exceeds

We must now +0°

u

or

[

J

0,

and

+e

f (x);

it

thus

becomes

IhIj

KS

when x

write instead of x the quantity x

is less

than

0.

+ 2q\/kt. To find

_

1

dqe-i -y_ f(x +

We

/(— x) =—f(x).

the nature of the discontinuous function

2q*Jkt),

we must

first

take the integral

from

x+

2q\/Tci

=

to

x + 2q\/H=

oo

,

Journal de VÉcole Polytechnique, Tome vin. pp. 235—244, Paris, 1809. Laplace shews also that the complete integral of the equation contains only one arbitrary function, but in tbis respect he had been anticipated by Poisson. [A. F.] 1

SECT.

APPLICATION OF THE SOLUTION.

I.]

357

and then from œ For the

+ 2q*/ki — — ao

first part,

œ

to

+

2q\/Ft

= Q.

we have

NirJ

and replacing k by

we have

value -j^

its

-&e-**e-{*+**s/êW¥s J

,

V7T

or J

/7T V'

EL

__

or

1 ?=- epods Jdfc.-WSÛ'. .

V 7T

/

Denoting the quantity 2

T-f

T

f-

+ a/ 77™ by

r the preceding expression

becomes «ks

e

eu

V7T this integral \dre~

^

or from


ri

,

from

+ 2 2y ££ = =—

The second

r=

,

J

must be taken by hypothesis from

— Kt

;=== to

2

or

r

j=r— ecDs \dre~ r

to

q=

/Si

a/

v;

+ 2q^-^ = cc

<x>

£C

^na

part of the integral

cc

r==* to r

is

=

oo

f

THEORY OF HEAT.

358

[CHAP. IX.

i e^Mdqf^e^^

or



I1ÏL

1 I

ar

ELt

f

* fex /VÂ', e *JKs e cDsUre -r« }

V7T

J

denoting by r the quantity g

— a/ ^

The

q

integral

jdre~ r

must be taken by hypothesis from

œ+2q^ -^ = -co tox+2q^~ = 0, or from

<7

*

= — co

to

<7

=—

,

*

that

is

/Kt'

2

K-»*,,.-^-

from

W§.CD The two

may, from the nature of the function e _ra be

last limits

,

replaced by these:

VCD' It follows

from this that the value of u

u= the

first

e

integral

/el Xs,£S

eu e CDS

C

is

/bl



expressed thus nit

7 x dre~ "- e~ * ™ e cm

r

dre~ r\

must be taken from

rz=

ELt

/ X± AJV

x iAj

.

\f fTnâ+

TtP. r

y

tor =oo,

cd

and the second from

r=

HLt

V

CDS'

^^tor = cc. /Kt_

V CD ,

:

SECT.

FORM OF SOLUTION IN CASE CONSIDERED.

I.]

Let us represent now the integral

—=

\dre~ r,i from

r=

859

R to r =

co

sJttJ

by u

yjr

(R),

and we

nit

Jm,

= e CDS q x V

KS

shall

^

have

CDS

'

/]ft

V /7X*

qCDSq

hence

u',

which

is

-*M.j./m V iESf

-^r

HLt equivalent to e~CDS

}

CDS

is

expressed by

and 6

W-'

-*J-

'DU Y / Vl CDS r

l

The function denoted by ty (R) has been known for some time, and we can easily calculate, either by means of convergent series, or by continued fractions, the values which this function receives,

when we

substitute for

R

application of the solution

is

given quantities; thus the numerical subject to no difficulty

The following references are given by Riemann: Kramp. Analyse des réfractions astronomiques et terrestres.

1 .

1 ;

An. vu. 4to.

from

ft

= 0-00

Table to i

I.

at the

end contains the values

Leipsic and Paris,

of the integral

/

e~&dfi

= 3*00.

Legendre. Traité des fonctions elliptiques

et

des intégrales Eulêriennes.

Tome n.

THEORY OF HEAT.

S60 366.

If

[CHAP. IX.

H be made nothing, we have

This equation represents the propagation of heat in an bar, all points of

which were

the extremity which

first

infinite

at temperature 0, except those at

maintained at the constant temperature

is

1.

We

suppose that heat cannot escape through the external surface of the bar or, which is the same thing, that the thickness of the ;

This value of v indicates therefore the law according to which heat is propagated in a solid, terminated by

bar

an

is infinitely great.

infinite plane,

supposing that this infinitely thick wall has

at all parts a constant initial temperature 0,

submitted

constant temperature

to a

1.

first

and that the surface is It will not be quite

useless to point out several results of this solution.

Denoting by r

=

R,

we

have,



(R) the integral

when

R is

'

—=

i

\dre~ r taken from r JttJ

=

to

a positive quantity,

f (£)=!-<£(£)

and ir(-R)

= ± + cj>(R)

)

hence

^ (- R)-f(R) = 20 (R) developing the integral

Paris, 1826.

The of

first

4to. pp.

520—1.

(R)

Encke.

= 1 - 20 /

j^=-\

.

we have

Table of the values of the integral fax (log-^

part for values of (log-

x from 0-80 to

and v

J

from 0-00 to 0-50; the second part

*.

for values

0-00.

Astronomisches Jahrbuchfur 1834,

end gives the values of

2

J

e~ t2 dt J

ir

Berlin, 1832, 8vo.

ft

- -._

Jo

from £=0-00

to

t

= 2-00.

Table

[A. F.]

I. at

th&

SECT.

MOVEMENT ACROSS INFINITE PLANES.

I.]

361

hence 1

11/

_x__

._

y

os

vvJtt^-Jtt-

1 1

lKt\ V CD/

we suppose x nothing, we find v = 1 2nd, if x not being nothing, we suppose t — 0, the sum of the terms which 1st, if

;

contain x represents the integral \dre~ r2 taken from r =

and consequently

equal to \Jir', therefore v

is

is

nothing; 3rd,

different points of the solid situated at different depths

&c. arrive at the

same temperature

= oo

to r

xv x2 x3

after different times

,

t

v

,

t2 , t 3 ,

which are proportional to the squares of the lengths x x x2 x3 &c; 4th, in order to compare the quantities of heat which during an infinitely small instant cross a section S situated in the interior of the solid at a distance x from the heated plane, we must take &c.

,

the value of the quantity

d*

iKt*

VI

2

— KS dv -j-

'

iKt

!

i

,

and we have

v

\

,

CD,

^tm^ q

Jcdk~7m •J-rrt

thus the expression of the quantity

the integral sign.

dv -j- is

entirely disengaged

The preceding value

heated solid becomes

J CDK which 8— ,

,

from

at the surface of the

shews how the flow of heat

Jirt at the surface varies with the quantities C,

D, K,t',

to find

how

much heat the source communicates to the solid during the lapse of the time t, we must take the integral

THEORY OF HEAT.

3G%

2SjCuK

jGUKdt

a

[CHAP. IX. _

/ thus the heat acquired increases proportionally to the square root of the time elapsed.

By

367.

which

diffusion of heat,

equation

-r-

we may

a similar analysis

depends on the integration of the

also

= k -^ — hv.

problem of the

treat the

Representing by f(x) the

initial

tem-

perature of a point in the line situated at a distance x from the

we proceed

origin,

-j-

= k -jj

=

0,

dqe~i J -

to be the temperature

Making

t.

=

Clt

Clt t

time

after a

and consequently z

,

what ought

to determine

same point

of the

%

v

= e~ ht z, we

+

(x

have

When

2q Jkt).

oo

we must have v

=/(«) =

or

dqe-«*(f> (x) J -co

v

= -j= V 73

To apply

"

dqe-**f (x

\



(x)

= -=./ (x)

+ 2q Jkt).

-oo

this general expression to the case in

=—

the line from x

a to

;

^TT

a?

=a

uniformly heated,

is

the solid being at the temperature

0,

we must

which a part of all

the rest of

consider that the

+ 2q Jkt)

which multiplies e~ q2 has, according to hypothesis, a constant value 1, when the quantity which is under the sign of the function is included between — a and a, and that all factor /(#

Hence the

the other values of this factor are nothing.

dq e~ q2 ought to be taken from

/•

— — nç

or from

q=

-

ft

.

to q

=

Ç£ -L

£ .

Denoting as above by -j=

J tv

the integral jdre~ r2 taken from r

Y

\ 2

Jkt

1

x+ 2q Jkt = — atox + 2q Jkt = a,

" ijkt

* Jkt

integral -o

J

=R r

to r

=

V 2

Jkt

oo

,

we have

ty (E)

SECT.

COOLING OF AN INFINITE BAR.

I.]

368.

We

shall next apply the general equation

=

v

to

-y-

dq e-*f(x

which the

the case in

constant intensity

For

purpose

this

infinite bar,

by

variable

x which

heated by a source of

it

medium maintained sufficient to

is

.

function denoted

+ 2qjkt)

has arrived at fixed temperatures and

1,

then cooling freely in a 0.

3G3

/ (x)

is

at the

remark that the

.

equivalent to

e

-* i v

initial

% *

so long as the'

under the sign of the function

is

is

temperature

is

positive,

and that the same function is equivalent to e^ * when the Hence variable which is affected by the symbol /is less than 0. v

the

= -T=(fdqe-^e- x ^ e~ 2 ^M+

first

integral

f dqe-**e x

«*

e***

must be taken from x

+

2qjlet

=

x + 2qjkt

to



oo

and the second from

x + 2qjkt = — The

first

to

part of the value of v e~ M

making r = q

or from

oo

4-

x + 2qjkt -

is

__

r

lu

or

-x /5 f L-Z^ldqe-to+'rtfr, Jtt J

or

—t=—

Jht.

The

r

J

0.

are

r ;

integral should be taken

--#= J rr ht — —-=

2^

to r

=

-x

from

THEORY OF HEAT.

364

The second p

part of the value of v

~* Jit

»~

-

r

fc

The

or

e^sldrer**;

integral should be taken from

= — oo

r

is

c

-T=6 x *l\\d%e- c? e*^M

making r = g — J ht.

[CHAP. IX.

to r

x

= — Jht —

2jkt' or from

= J ht + -

r

-. to r

=

go

,

2 „J/ct

whence we conclude the following expression

,= e -Vl t 369.

We have

:

(^i-^) + ^I f (^ +2 ^-).

obtained (Art. 367) the equation

2jkt/ to express the law of diffusion of heat in a bar of small thickness,

heated uniformly at

its

middle point between the given limits

x—

We

— a, x = +

a.

had previously solved the same problem by following a method, and we had arrived, on supposing a = 1, at

different

the equation

2

v

= - e~ M f

To compare

— B, we

— cos qx sin ae~ qm

(Art. 348).

,

these two results

denoting again by to r

+ °° do

\

^(R)

we

shall suppose in each

x=

the integral ldre~ ri taken from r =

have

•"* Ktei)-*(ii)}or

?;

=

2e-**

V^

f

a

W&*

1 1 i 3

y W**' /

a

1

15

1 /

5

a

y"

We/

} ;

J

;

SECT.

IDENTITY OF DIFFERENT SOLUTIONS.

I.]

365

on the other hand we ought to have JL \ e -u\d ir

J

q

2

Now

k

r*~

tt~

the integral ldue~ 1fi u

m

a known value,

im

l§ ta.ken

from

w=0

to

u=cc

We

being any positive integer.

has

have in

general

j^aue

^

-

u

2 .2.2.2...

The preceding equation

gives then, on

2

2

making

qVct

=

'

it?,

ll/_i_Y+"(4=Y-&C-'

or

This equation a = 1.

when we suppose which we have obtained

the same as the preceding

is

"We see by this that integrals

by

different processes, lead to the

we

arrive thus at

two identical

same convergent series, and whatever be the value

results,

of x.

We

might, in this problem as in the preceding, compare the

quantities

of heat

which, in a given instant,

cross

different

and the general expression of these quantities contains no sign of integration; but passing by these remarks, we shall terminate this section by the comparison of tîie different forms which we have given to the integral of the equation which represents the diffusion of heat in an infinite sections of the heated prism,

line.

To

370.

u

= e~ x eu

,

equation

satisfy the

u

or in general

=

-5-

=

k -*-,

" e~ nlc e n u, whence

(Art. 364) the integral (•

u

=

+» 2

dqe-Q (f>(x-{-2q Jki). 1

Cf.

,

Riemanu,

§ 18.

we may assume we deduce

easily

THEORY OF HEAT.

306"

From

[CHAP. IX.

known equation

the

J

— oo

we conclude dqe~te +a)*f

Jir=\

e-z e~ 2a y,

.

we have

a being any constant;

therefore

or

JttJ e

d2

~T=

e

I

\

~ 2a2 + ~]2^

1

13

+ eta J

This equation holds whatever be the value of velope the

first

member; and by comparison

value

is

nothing when n

We may

a.

of the terms

we

values of the integral jdqe~ q2 q n

known

obtain the already

'

is

odd,

and we

find

when n

is

.

de-

shall

This

an even

number 2m,

j:^ e "^ r°

We

371.

x

or this,

u ttj,

=

a2

,

1.3.5.7... (2m -1) 2.2.2.2...

;_

a'V

*-.

the expression

= a e~ niVct cos w^ +

m

=

have employed previously as the integral of the

= k-r-^

equation -^

.

.

7

a ie~ n
4-

&c.

/

a 1e" n^M sin
3

,

n Yx + a 2 e ~ n

&c, and n v n2

constants.

It is

,

u sin n œ + a e " n^ u sin n x + &c. s B

*

ns

2

,

&c, being two

In

dq e~

qi

sin

easy to see that each of these expressions

fact, to

n(x+2q s/kt),

or

I

dq e~^ cos n (œ + 2q

determine the value of the integral o

dq e~
'/Ft)

;

,

series of arbitrary

equivalent to the integral

I

;

sfkt).

is

SECT.

we

367

IDENTITY OF SOLUTIONS.

I.]

form

shall give it the following

jdq e~

q2

sin

x

sin

x

jdq e" q2 cos x sin 2q slid

+

cos 2q Vjtf

;

or else,

——+

o-îqtJ-kt

,2qs/-kt

q

G

-

|

J -CO

/oo

+ which

is

e~ M sin

e

-2q^-M

2q"J-kt

e

2v^ir

2v^i

equivalent to

x (\ jdq

+

._

e~i~ cos x dq Q-i

e~

kt

*-<*"

cos

the integral J

x

dq

^

+\

jdq

e'to+^A

(ç-^jdq e-^-V^)» _ _* e~

^~ kt^ taken

{q±

from q

=—

Jdq e

<x>

to

we have therefore for the value of the integral \dqe~ q

vV e~

the quantity

kt

and

sin x,

vV e~ nm sin w# = we

I

"

-(a+^A ,

q=

<x>

is

vV,

sin (x + 2q \fkt)>

in general

cZ^ e

could determine in the same

-9 *

sin

n

(x

+ 2q *Jkt)

manner the

,

integral

/.+OO

dq

I

J

the value of which

We

see

by

is

e' 9* cos

vV

e"~

w2*'

cos nx.

this that the integral

4- e is

J1

n{x + 2q \/kt)

—00

-»82*<

(^

sin

?i cc 3

+

&3 cos

n3«;)

+ &c.

equivalent to f

+0°

/tt J-» 'J

_

a

(a t sin « 4

2

(^

cos Wj

+ 2q \/kt) + a (as + 2# Vfà) + 6

(a?

s

2

sin

n% (x + 2# VAtf)

cos

n2

{x

+ 2q \/M)

+ &c. + &c

) j

THEORY OF HEAT.

388

The

-

value of the series represents, as

+ 2q "Jkt

any function whatever of x can be expressed thus v

The

= jdq e~

qi



we have

seen previously,

hence the general integral

;

+ 2q *Jkt).

du integral of the equation

[CHAP. IX.

-j-

sented under diverse other forms 1

d?w = Jc-j-, may ,

besides be pre-

All these expressions are

.

necessarily identical.

SECTION Of 372.

the free

The

II.

movement of heat in an

integral of the equation

~j-

infinite solid.

= -^ ^—

2

(a)

furnishes

immediately that of the equation with four variables

K (dh_ d?v dt~GDW + aY

dv

d 2 v\ dzV

_

i

as

we have

.

.

.

}i

{

already remarked in treating the question of the pro-

For which reason

pagation of heat in a solid cube.

it is sufficient

in general to consider the effect of the diffusion in the linear case.

When

the dimensions of bodies are not

bution of heat solid

sions

medium

is

to the elastic

proper to

analysis,

and the

initial state,

medium;

the

temperature must not only tion

infinite,

the distri-

continually disturbed by the passage from the

employ the expreswhich determines the

or, to

function

satisfy the partial differential

but

is

equa-

further subjected to conditions

which depend on the form of the surface. In this case the integral has a form more difficult to ascertain, and we must examine the problem with very much more care in order to pass from the case of one linear co-ordinate to that of three orthogonal co-ordinates

but when the solid mass

is

opposes itself to the free diffusion of heat.

same

:

not interrupted, no accidental condition Its

movement

is

the

in all directions.

1 See an article by Sir W. Thomson, " On the Linear Motion Camb. Math. Journal, Vol. in. pp. 170—174. [A. F.]

of Heat," Part

I,

SECT.

LINEAR MOVEMENT.

II.]

The

369

variable temperature » of a point of an infinite line

is

expressed by the equation v

=

+ca

~

r

i

V7T

J

- 00

dqe-^f(x +

x denotes the distance between a whose temperature

is

2q^/t)

(i).

and the point m,

fixed point 0,

equal to v after the lapse of a time

We

t.

suppose that the heat cannot be dissipated through the external

and that the

surface of the infinite bar,

which the value of

must

v

of the bar is

differential

equation,

satisfy, is

_ K Jt~~CD dv

But

initial state

The

expressed by the equation v=f(x).

d 2v

to simplify the investigation,

dv

{-

we

_dv

.

W; t

another

unknown

Kt

-^ and constants, we substitute x + 2n Vc

If in f(x),à function of x for x,

-

write

which assumes that we employ instead of i

a)

Q

Jt~dx^

equal *to

.

.

2

dx~

and

dît if,

after

having multiplied by -t=

e~ n2,

we

integrate with

V7T respect to

n between

infinite limits, the expression r+ œ

1

-7= j

satisfies, as

that

is

dn

we have proved

e~

n2

f (x + %i Nt)

above, the differential equation

to say the expression has the property of giving the

value for the second fluxion with respect to x, and for the fluxion with respect to

t.

From

this it

is

x, y, z

we

+ 2nj~t,

y

+ 2pjt,

z

+ 2qjf,

provided we integrate after having multiplied by

dn -n>Êl e sllî F.

H.

V7T

e -P>

first

substi-

the quantities

x

;

evident that a function

of three variables/ (x, y,z) will enjoy a like property, if

tute for

(h)

same

ÈL e -
THEORY OF HEAT.

370 In

the function which

fact,

tt"

8

we thus

[CHAP. IX.

form,

jdnjdpjdq e ~^^+
y

+

2pjt, z

gives three terms for the fluxion with respect to

t,

+ 2qjt),

and these three

terms are those which would be found by taking the second fluxion with respect to each of the three variables

x, y, z.

Hence the equation v

= 7r-*(dn(dp( dq e -W +r* +f>f(x +

2n Jt, y

+

2p

Jt,z+2q Jt) GO,

gives a value of v which satisfies the partial differential equation 2

dv _ d v

dt~dx

2

+

d 2v

2

dv

.

+ dz

r2

df

>'

^

Suppose now that a formless solid mass (that is to sayone which fills infinite space) contains a quantity of heat whose Let v = F(x, y, z) be the equation actual distribution is known. which expresses this initial and arbitrary state, so that the molecule whose co-ordinates are x, y, z has an initial temperature equal to the value of the given function F(x,y,z). We can 373.

imagine that the the mass whose v

— F(x,

y

}

initial first

and that

z),

heat

state

is

all

is

contained in

a certain part of

given by means of the equation

other points have a nul initial tem-

perature. It will

is

required to ascertain what the system of temperatures

The

be after a given time.

variable temperature v

consequently be expressed by a function to satisfy the general equation (A)

= F\x,

Now

y, z).



(x, y, z, t)

and the condition

the value of this function

is

must

which ought cj>

[x, y, z, 0)

given by the

integral v

=

In

rjj.-i

jdnfdp fdq e -(»

fact, this

make t =

0,

+p 2 +r>

F(x+ 2n Jt,

y

+ 2p Jt,

function v satisfies the equation (A), and

we

find

tT \dn 3

or,

2

I

dp jdq

e

effecting the integrations,

-(« 2 +i> 2 +r)

F (x,

F

y, z).

(se,

y, z),

z

+ 2q J7).

if in it

we

SECT.

THE CASE OF THREE DIMENSIONS.

II.]

Since the function v or

374.

initial state

when

in

we make

it

t



=

(x, y, 0,

z,

371 represents the

t)

and since

it

satisfies

the

differential equation of the propagation of heat, it represents also

that state of the solid which exists at the

commencement

of the

second instant, and making the second state vary, we conclude that the same function represents the third state of the

Thus the value

the subsequent states.

all

of

solid, and which we have

v,

just determined, containing an entirely arbitrary function of three variables x, y,

z,

gives the solution of the problem

suppose that there

is

;

and we cannot

a more general expression, although other-

may be

wise the same integral

put under very different forms.

Instead of employing the equation

give another form to the integral of the equation

we might -j-

= -j-ç

and

;

integral which

it

would always be easy to deduce from

it

the

The

belongs to the case of three dimensions.

which we should obtain would necessarily be the same as

result

the preceding.

To

give an example of this investigation

we

shall

make

use of

the particular value which has aided us in forming the exponential integral.

Taking then the equation

-j-

simple value e~ nH cosnx,

very

differential

equation

In

(6).

= -pg

. . .

which

fact,

we

(6), let

us give to v the

evidently

derive from

satisfies

dv it -j-

=—

the 2

nv

72

and -1ax

r>

= — n v. Hence 2

also,

the integral

+oo

dn e~ nH cosnx

I belongs to the equation

sum

of

an

(6)

;

for this value of v is

infinity of particular values.

Now, the

formed of the

integral

+CO

/

dne~ nH cos nx

24—2

THEORY OF HEAT.

372

[CHAP. IX.

e

known, and

is

ing

is

known

Hence

article).

to be equivalent to

this last function of

the differential equation

*t

/-

/-

x and

(see the follow-

agrees also with

t

It is besides very easy to verify

(b).

«

e — 1=

directly that the particular value

the

satisfies

equation

in

question.

The same a;

— a,

we

result will occur if

We may

a being any constant.

replace the variable x by then employ as a particular

Çr-a) 2

Ae

— *t

value the function

-^

,

which we assign to a any value

in

(x-a) 2

Consequently the sum

whatever.

the differential equation

(6)

equation

-j-

= -=—

s

also satisfies

sum is composed of an same form, multiplied by

of the

Hence we can take

arbitrary constants.



(a)

for this

;

infinity of particular values

o?a/

I

as a value of v in the

the following, (x-a.y

v

=

Ae

A

being a constant

(x

— olY

^

J*

coefficient.

=
t

d?.f(a)

I

* —in

If in the last integral

A = ~= 1

also

,

we

shall

we suppose

have

'-Lw>hËJi "=

We

see

by

this

how

7=/ dqe-ff(x + iqjt)

the employment of the particular values

e

n

l

cos

nx or

— Jt

leads to the integral under a finite form.

» (,).

SECT.

EVALUATION OF AN INTEGRAL.

II.]

The

375.

each other

which these two particular values are

relation in

when we evaluate the

discovered

is

373

integral o

to

1

/•+00 I

To

dn e~ nH cos

the integration,

effect

and integrate with respect

is

easily

the factor cos nx

thus obtain a series which result

may be

derived

I

_ dp e ^

I

2

cos 2pu,

by assuming n2 t =y and nx = 2pu.

thus have

dn e~ nH cos nx =

I

J -QO

We I

We

from the following analysis. The integral dn <3~ M2ixos nx

transformed to

We

we might develope

to n.

known development; but the

represents a

more

nx.

dp e~P

j

v

now

shall

-p"

2

cos 2pu.

~ °°

write

dp er& cos 2pu = |

I

dp e~P2+2P u v:ri

+^

jdp

Q-P-^wtt

= \ e-Hdpe-^i+2Puyr- î+u2 + 1 e~ u2 Idpe-P-to"^*»*

= ^e- u2 fdpe-^- us/ ~^ + 1

Now

2

e-" fe> e -(p+wJ^î)\

each of the integrals which enter into these two terms

equal to Jtt.

We have

is

in fact in general /•+oo

Jtt=\ dq e-i% and consequently J —oo

whatever be the constant b

hence

= + uj—l, I

I-0

-'

1

The value

§375.

[A. F.J

is

b.

dn e~ nH

We find then '

i

\dqe~ q cos2qu

cos

nx =

e~ u2

on making

= ë~ u

'

i

Jtt,

Jn

Jt

obtained by a different method in Todhunter's Integral Calculus,

THEORY OF HEAT.

374

and putting

for

u



value

its

-p,

[CHAP. IX.

we have

2 Vt

dn e~ nH cos nx

I

Moreover the particular value without

itself directly

e~ n2 t cos nx.

value

its

= -—= V ir.



t=-

simple enough to present

is

being necessary to deduce

However

it

may

be, it is

it

from the

certain that

the

_ xl

function



p-

the differential equation —-

satisfies

——

same consequently with the function tity a

may

j=

dec

2

'

it is

the

whatever the quan-

,

be.

To

376.

= —-•

dt

Jt

pass to the case of three dimensions,

it is sufficient

(*-a)2

x and

to multiply the function of functions, one oft/

and

t,

p—

t,

,

by two other similar

the other of z and

t;

the product will

evidently satisfy the equation s

2

_ d v + d v d*v + d?' dt~dx~ dy

dv

2

We

2

then for v the value thus expressed

shall take

v

=t

_3 2

:

_ (a;-a)2+(y-|3)»+(g-y)2 e

u

If now we multiply the second member by da, dft, dy, and by any function whatever/ (a, /3, 7) of the quantities a, /3, 7, we find, on indicating the integration, a value of v formed of the sum of an infinity of particular values multiplied by arbitrary constants. It follows

pressed

from this that the function v

may be

thus ex-

:

[+™

/•+ 00

v=

J —00

f+v

dp

da J

--00

3


(a-,r)2+(j3-y) 3 + (y-g)

*~

2

~....(j).

J — ao

This equation contains the general integral of the proposed equation (A): the process which has led us to this integral ought

INTEGRAL FOR THREE DIMENSIONS.

SECT.

II.]

to be

remarked since

it

useful chiefly

is

it

is

applicable to a great variety of cases

;

when the integral must satisfy conditions the surface. If we examine it attentively we perceive

relative to

that the transformations which

requires are all indicated

it

We

the physical nature of the problem.

By

change the variables. («-«>)'

can

equation

also, in

by (j),

taking

(£-#)'

»

~

*t

we

375

P

U

'

have, on multiplying the second

(y-g)'

2

et

'

~q

member by

« '

a constant co-

efficient A,

v

=2A s

fdn [dp [dq

W+p +&f ( x + 2n Jt, y + 2pjt, 2

e~

s

+ 2q Jt).

Taking the three integrals between the limits — oo and +co, and making t = in order to ascertain the initial state, we find 3

=2

3

Air^f{x,y, z). Thus, if we represent the known initial temperatures by F (%, y, z), and give to the constant A the value v

-s

2

_? tt

2,

we

g M-00 2;

arrive at the integral

= 7r~2/ dn\ dp J — 00

which

is

.

-.+00

y+00

J— GO

dqe- ni e-P

2

e- q *F(x+2nJt,y+2pJt,z+2qs/t),

*/_Q0

the same as that of Article 372.

integral of equation (A) may be put under several other from which that is to be chosen which suits best the problem which it is proposed to solve.

The

forms,

It

must be observed

functions

(j>

(x, y, z, t)

in general, in these researches, that

are the

same when they each

two

satisfy the

and when they are equal for a definite from this principle that integrals, which are reduced, when in them we make t = 0, to the same arbitrary function Fix, y, z), all have the same degree of generality; differential equation (A),

value of the time.

It follows

they are necessarily identical.

The second member multiplied by ^y.

equal to unity.

,

of the

and in equation

To

differential (Z>)

equation

we supposed

restore this quantity,

it

is

(a)

was

this coefficient

sufficient to write

THEORY OF HEAT.

376

Yij) instead of

shall

now

in the integral

t,

indicate

some

(i)

[CHAP. IX.

We

or in the integral (J).

which follow from these

of the results

equations.

The function which

377.

number

exponent of the

as the

serves

e* can only represent an absolute number, which follows

from the general principles of analysis, as we have proved exChapter II., section ix. If in this exponent we replace

plicitly in

unknown

the

t

by j^, we see that the dimensions

with reference to unit of length, being

dimension of the denominator -^=



2 the

is

1,

of K, C,

— 3,

0,

same

D

and

and t, 0,

the

as that of each

term of the numerator, so that the whole dimension of the exponent is 0. Let us consider the case in which the value of t increases more and more; and to simplify this examination let us employ first

the equation {a-X) 2

v=

frf{a)îï7k

®'

which represents the diffusion of heat in an

infinite Hne.

Suppose

the initial heat to be contained in a given portion of the

line,

from £c = — htox = +ff, and that we assign to x a definite value X, which fixes the position of a certain point m of that line. If the time

increase without limit, the terms -j— and

t

—j—

which

enter into the exponent will become smaller and smaller absolute X2

-j

_iax

_a?

numbers, so that in the product e~& e m q it we can omit the two last factors which sensibly coincide with unity. We thus find

v= This

is

~

»

r n

\

da-f^>

^)-

the expression of the variable state of the line after a

very long time;

it

applies to all parts of the line which are less

distant from the origin than the point m.

* In such quantities as e

** .

The [A. F.]

definite integral

SECT.

INITIAL

II.]

HEAT COLLECTED AT THE

377

ORIGIN.

+9

daf{a) denotes the whole quantity of heat

B

contained in the

/. h

and we see that the primitive distribution has no influence on the temperatures after a very long time. They depend only on the sum B, and not on the law according to which the heat has been distributed. solid,

378.

we suppose a

If

single element

to have received the initial temperature f,

had

the temperature

initially

co

situated at the origin

and that

all

the others

the product
0,

r+g

the integral

J

since

daffa) or B.

I

The constant /is exceedingly great

—h

we suppose

w very

the line

The equation

v

would take place, been heated. In

small.

=



if

a single element situated at the origin had

f>~4t

,_

fact, if

.=

we

wf

represents the

give to

movement which

x any value

a,

not infinitely

X2 g~4f

small, the function

—— will

be nothing when we suppose

t

=

0.

sjt

The same would not be the

case

if

the value of x were

_xl

nothing.

an

In

infinite

this case the function

value

when

nature of this function,

t

if

—— receives

= 0. We

on the contrary

can ascertain distinctly the

we apply the

general principles of the

theory of curved surfaces to the surface whose equation

is

-JÛ.

e ty

The equation

v

=



_xl

._ .- a>f expresses then the variable temZs/TT sit

perature at any point of the prism,

when we suppose the whole

initial heat collected into a single element situated at the origin.

This hypothesis, although

special,

belongs to a general problem,

since after a sufficiently long time, the variable state of the solid

always the same as origin.

The law

if

is

the initial heat had been collected at the

according to which the heat was distributed, has

THEORY OF HEAT.

378

much

[CHAP. IX.

but becomes weaker and weaker, and ends with being quite

influence on the variable temperatures of the prism

this effect

;

insensible.

379.

It

is

necessary to remark that the reduced equation

does not apply to that part of the line which

lies

(y)

beyond the point

m whose distance has been denoted by X. In

fact,

however great the value

of the time

may

be,

we might

2ax

choose a value of x such that the term

e

u would

differ sensibly

from unity, so that this factor could not then be suppressed. We must therefore imagine that we have marked on either side of the

X

or two points, m and m, situated at a certain distance and that we increase more and more the value of the time, observing the successive states of the part of the line which is included between m and m. These variable states converge more and more towards that which is expressed by the equation origin

— X,

*>

=

daf(a)

/- n

Whatever be the value assigned

to

X, we

0). shall always

be able to

find a value of the time so great that the state of the line

m'om

does not differ sensibly from that which the preceding equation

(y)

expresses. If

parts

we

require that the same equation should apply to other

more

distant from the origin, it will be necessary to suppose

a value of the time greater than the preceding.

The equation

which expresses in all cases the final state of any line, shews that after an exceedingly long time, the different points acquire temperatures almost equal, and that the temperatures of the same point end by varying in inverse ratio of the square (y)

root of the times elapsed since the

The decrements

become proportional 380.

If

commencement

of the temperature of

of the diffusion.

any point whatever always

to the increments of the time.

we made use

u=

of the integral

[da Jf

_ (a) e ,

(a-x) 2

4M

=

...

(I)

SECT.

ADMISSIBLE SIMPLIFICATIONS.

II.]

379

to ascertain the variable state of the points of the line situated at

a great distance from the heated portion, and in order to express a 2 — lax

the ultimate condition suppressed also the factor

m

e

,

the

which we should obtain would not be exact. In fact, supposing that the heated portion extends only from a = to <* =
we wish

the point whose temperature



.,

which forms the exponent reduces in

to say the ratio of the

more nearly

(a

.

.

is

to determine; the quantity

two quantities

— xY ,

fact to



tj-,

;

that

x2

and j=- approaches

x becomes greater with we can replace one of these quantities by the other in the exponent of e. In general the omission of the subordinate terms cannot thus take to unity as the value

respect to that of a

:

but

it

of

does not follow that

The quanti-

place in exponential or trigonometrical expressions. ties

arranged under the symbols of sine or cosine, or under the

exponential symbol

are always absolute numbers, and

e,

omit only the parts of those numbers whose value small if

;

their relative values are here of

we may reduce the

is

no importance.

we can

extremely

To decide

expression <«-*>»

daf(a)e~

m

to e~

/:

we must not examine whether the ,

-rj- are

êkt

4<Jct

condition always exists

but

it

l^docf (a), Jo

ratio of

#

to a is very great,

— Q?

2îM?

but whether the terms 77-

4kt

when

t

very J small numbers.

the time elapsed

is

This

extremely great

;

does not depend on the ratio a

Suppose now that we wish to ascertain how much time 381. ought to elapse in order that the temperatures of the part of the and x = X, may be represented very solid included between x — equation nearly by the reduced r+ff

^J_

2 Jirkt*

docf(a),

THEOEY OF HEAT.

380

and g may be the

and that

[CHAP. IX.

limits of the portion originally-

heated.

The exact

solution

given by the equation

is

r 2Jirkt \/J

Jo

i

and the approximate solution v=

is

given by the equation

-^=

dctf(a)

(y),

In order that the

k denoting the value ^j^ of the conducibility. equation

(y)

may be

substituted for the preceding equation

(i), it

2ax-a2 is

in general requisite that the factor e

***

is

that which

if it

were 1 or \

which

,

we omit, should differ very little from unity for we might apprehend an error equal to the value ;

calculated or to

2ax r.as

the half of that value. fraction, as r-T^ or

and

if

Let then

r^;

«

=1+

a,

co

being a small

from this we derive the condition

the greatest value g which the variable a can receive

very small with respect to

We

e

see

by

x,

is

we have t = - —^

this result that the

more

distant from the origin

to determine by means more necessary it is for the value of be great. Thus the heat tends more and more

the points are whose temperatures

we wish

of the reduced equation, the

the time elapsed to

to be distributed according to a law independent of the primitive

heating.

After a certain time, the diffusion

is

sensibly effected,

depends on nothing more than the quantity of the initial heat, and not on the distribution which was made of it. The temperatures of points sufficiently near to the origin are soon represented without error by the reduced that

is

to say the state of the solid

equation

(y);

but

it is

not the same with points very distant from

SECT.

NUMERICAL APPLICATION.

II.]

We

the source.

can then make use of that equation only when extremely long. Numerical applications make

the time elapsed this

381

is

remark more perceptible.

Suppose that the substance of which the prism is formed and that the portion of the solid which has been heated is a decimetre in length, so that g = O'l. If we wish to ascertain what will be, after a given time, the temperature of a point m whose distance from the origin is a metre, and if we employ for this investigation the approximate integral (y), we shall commit an error greater as the value of the time is smaller. This error will be less than the hundredth part of the quantity sought, if the time elapsed exceeds three days and a half. 382.

is iron,

In this case the distance included between the origin and the on, whose temperature we are determining, is only ten times

point

greater than the portion heated.

If this ratio is one

hundred

instead of being ten, the reduced integral (y) will give the temperature nearly to less than one hundredth part, when the value of the time elapsed exceeds one

proximation

may

the quantity

—a 2 — —

be admissible,

month.

it is

In order that the ap-

necessary in general, 1st that

2

use

as

TTin

or

-tj-

mno

or

should be equal to but a very small fraction

^ ess

'

^ia^

^ nc^

^e

should have an absolute value very quantities which

When

we

error

much

which must follow

less

than the small

observe with the most sensitive thermometers.

the points which

we

consider are very distant from the

portion of the solid which was originally heated, the temperatures

which it is required to determine are extremely small thus the error which we should commit in employing the reduced equation would have a very small absolute value; but it does not follow ;

that if

we should be authorized

to

make

use of that equation.

the error committed, although very small, exceeds or

the quantity sought; or even

if it is

is

For

equal to

the half or the fourth, or an

appreciable part, the approximation ought to be rejected.

It is

evident that in this case the approximate equation (y) would not express the state of the solid, and that we could not avail ourselves of

it

two

to

determine the ratios of the simultaneous temperatures of

or

more

points.

THEORY OF HEAT.

382 It follows

383.

[CHAP. IX.

from this examination that we ought not to

conclude from the integral v

2

_(^r4

[s

1

=

j==

*m

dxf(ot)e

2 JirktJ

that the

o

law of the primitive distribution has no influence on the temperature of points very distant from the origin. The resultant effect of this distribution soon ceases to have influence on the points

near to the heated portion; that

is

to

say their temperature

depends on nothing more than the quantity of the

and not on the distribution which was made of

it:

initial heat,

but greatness

of distance does not concur to efface the impress of the distribution,

it

preserves

and retards the

it

on the contrary during a very long time

diffusion of heat.

_1

Thus the equation

e^

only after an immense time represents the temperatures of points

extremely remote from the heated part. If we applied it without this condition, we should find results double or triple of the true

even incomparably greater or smaller; and this would not only occur for very small values of the time, but for great Lastly this expression values, such as an hour, a day, a year. would be so much the less exact, all other things being equal, as the points were more distant from the part originally heated. results, or

384.

When

the diffusion of heat

the state of the solid

is

is

effected in all directions,

represented as

we have

seen by the

integral

v=

rr[dxd/3dy

W¥j7v?

If the initial heat

mass,

we know the

is

<«-*y+(g-»)»+fr-*)»

e

m

n /(a A ,

_

'

x

?

w

-

contained in a definite portion of the solid

limits

which comprise

this heated part,

and

a, /3, y, which vary under the integral sign, cannot values receive which exceed those limits. Suppose then that we

the quantities

+X, + Y, +Z, and that we consider the successive states of the solid included within the six planes which cross the axes at these distances; we see that the exponent of e under the sign of

mark on the and

— X, —

three axes six points whose distances are

Y,

— Z,

SECT.

APPROXIMATE FORMULA.

II.]

—+~-+ 2 I/"

2



integration, reduces to

/x" (

In

increases without limit.

fact,

383

2

2 \

when the value

J,

the terms such as

of the time

2olx -jtt

a

2

and tt.

numeraand the denominators which we omit differ

receive in this case very small absolute values, since the

between fixed

tors are included

increase

limits,

Thus the factors from unity. Hence the

infinity.

to

extremely

little

solid, after

a great value of the time, X^ + îf+Z

V—

expressed by

2

«

e

s

3

2 Jir kH

The

is

variable state of the

3

dzjdfifdyf(a,l3,v).

factor ldild/3 ldyf(oL,

/3,

7) represents the

whole quantity

B

which the solid contains. Thus the system of temperaupon the initial distribution of heat, but only on its quantity. We might suppose that all the initial heat was contained in a single prismatic element situated at the origin, whose extremely small orthogonal dimensions were a 1 m 2 co 3 The initial temperature of this element would be denoted by an exceedingly great number /, and all the other molecules of the of heat

tures depends not

,

would

solid (o (û co 1

2

3

f

is

have

a

nul

initial

temperature.

The

,

.

product

equal in this case to the integral

hld/3jdyf(a,l3,y). a

Whatever be the

initial heating,

the state of the solid which

corresponds to a very great value of the time,

is

the same as

if all

the heat had been collected into a single element situated at the origin.

Suppose now that we consider only the points of the whose distance from the origin is very great with respect we might first imagine to the dimensions of the heated part that this condition is sufficient to reduce the exponent of e in The exponent is in fact the general integral. 385.

solid

;

4/rf

THEORY OF HEAT.

384;

and the variables finite limits,

so

7

a, /3,

[CHAP. IX.

by hypothesis, included between

are,

values are always extremely small

that their

with respect to the greater co-ordinate of a point very remote

from the origin. It follows from this that the exponent of e is composed of two parts one of which is very small

M+

/jl,

with respect to the other.

But from the

~

we cannot conclude

is

a very small fraction,

fact that

the ratio

that the

ponential e M+ * becomes equal to e M, or differs only from

a quantity very small with respect to not consider the relative values of value of integral

fj,.

(J)

jjl,

We

by must

it

but only the absolute

able to reduce the exact

=B

3

;/ww

,

necessary that the quantity

2zx

whose dimension

we

is

+ 2/3y +

0,

2yz

- q2 -/3 - 7 2

2

should always be a very small number.

suppose that the distance from the origin to the point m,

whose temperature we wish respect to

we

actual value.

to the equation

2

If

M and

may be

In order that we

v

it is

its

ex-

to

determine,

is

very great with

the extent of the part which was at

first

should examine whether the preceding quantity

a very small fraction

&>.

is

heated,

always

This condition must be satisfied to

enable us to employ the approximate integral v

= B2~

3

(irktyi e «*:

but this equation does not represent the variable state of that part of the mass which is very remote from the source of heat. gives on the contrary a result so

much

the less exact,

all

other things being equal, as the points whose temperature

we

It

are determining are

The

initial

more distant from the

source.

heat contained in a definite portion of the solid

mass penetrates successively the neighbouring parts, and spreads itself in all directions; only an exceedingly small quantity of it arrives at points whose distance from the origin is very great.

SECT.

HIGHEST TEMPERATUEES IN A SOLID.

III.]

When we

880

express analytically the temperature of these points,

the object of the investigation

is

not to determine numerically

these temperatures, which are not measurable, but to ascertain their ratios.

Now

these quantities depend certainly on the law

according to which the initial heat has been distributed, and the effect of this initial distribution lasts

parts of the prism are

more

so

much

terms which form part of the exponent, such as absolute values decreasing without limit,

approximate

the longer as the

But

distant from the source.

and

-ry^

if

the

have

-rj-

we may employ the

integrals.

This condition occurs in problems where

it

is

proposed to

determine the highest temperatures of points very distant from

We

the origin.

can demonstrate in fact that in this case the

values of the times increase in a greater ratio than the distances,

and are proportional points

we

to the squares of these distances,

when the

are considering are very remote from the origin.

only after having established this proposition that

the reduction under the exponent.

Problems of

this

we can

It

is

effect

kind are the

object of the following section.

SECTION Of

III.

the highest temperatures in

an

infinite solid.

We shall consider in the first place the linear movean infinite bar, a portion of which has been uniformly heated, and we shall investigate the value of the time which must 386.

ment

in

elapse in

order that a given point of the line

may

attain its

highest temperature.

Let us denote by 2g the extent of the part heated, the middle All the which corresponds with the origin of the distances x. points whose distance from the axis of y is less than g and greater than — g, have by hypothesis a common initial temperature /, and all other sections have the initial temperature 0. We suppose that no loss of heat occurs at the external surface of the prism, or, which is the same thing, we assign to the section perpendicular to the axis infinite dimensions. It is required to ascertain what will of

F. H.

25

THEORY OF HEAT.

386 be the time

t

[CHAP. IX.

maximum

which corresponds to the whose distance is x.

of temperature

at a given point

"We have seen, in the preceding Articles, that the variable temperature at any point is expressed by the equation "

The

C the

To write

&/(a)e ""

1

_(a-x?

f

iis/ 2 Jirkt

k represents

coefficient

ducibility,

=

yf=.

capacity for heat, and

simplify the investigation,

Jet

or -~=. instead of

v

=

K being

,

D the

make k =

The expression

t.

— ~ j=

&

d% e

\

is

the integral of the equation

density.

and in the

l,

for v

result

becomes

.

d

dv

This

the specific con-

v

= -^-

-=-

2

.

The function

dv

-=-

measures the velocity with which the heat flows along the axis of dv the prism. Now this value of --.- is given in the actual problem without any integral sign.

dv doc or, effecting

387.

-

"We have in fact 9

o-^

J£±&

J^t\

-'f U*°- X *t ZjirtJ-g

f

the integration,

dv

f

{

dx

2 Jirt

{

The function

sign of integration:

now

d 2v

J.

may

-=-,

?

it is

be expressed without the

also

onnol to +n a o fluxion flnvinn of nffnd the equal

dv

hence on equating to zero this value of

-=-

,

Tn pof first

which measures the

instantaneous increase of the temperature at any point,

the relation sought between x and d?v da?

_

/

f-2(œ+g) to 2jrt\

t.

_£+£>!

We

dv

nvnar -=-; order dt

we have

thus find

2(x-g) J£Z^1\ _ dv .

M

J

dt'

SECT.

TIMES OF HIGHEST TEMPERATURES.

III.]

387

which gives (.T+/7)

(x

+ g) e ~

2

(X-P)*

=

«

(x

— g)

et

e

whence we conclude

gX

t=

{x

+g

se

— g,

\oz

We

K

have supposed

must write

-^rn

-^ instead of

t,

=1

To

.

restore the coefficient

we

and we have

_gCD

x

\x-g The highest temperatures follow each other according to the law expressed by this equation. If we suppose it to represent the varying motion of a body which describes a straight line, x being the space passed over, and

t

the time elapsed, the velocity of

the moving body will be that of the

maximum

of temperature.

When

the quantity g is infinitely small, that is to say when the initial heat is collected into a single element situated at the origin, the value of

development in

We

have

t

series

left

reduced to ^

is

we

Kt find -^yc

an(i

,

by

differentiation

2

= x—

.

out of consideration the quantity of heat which

escapes at the surface of the prism;

we now proceed

and we shall suppose the initial heat in a single element of the infinite prismatic bar. of that loss,

388.

or

In the preceding problem we

have

to take account to be contained

determined the

variable state of an infinite prism a definite portion of which affected throughout with

an

initial

temperature

f.

We

was

suppose

that the initial heat was distributed through a finite space from

œ=

to

x=

We now in

an

b.

suppose that the same quantity of heat bf is contained from x = to x = co. The tempera-

infinitely small element,

25—2

THEORY OF HEAT.

388

[CHAP. IX.

fh ture of the heated layer will therefore be



,

and from

this follows

(O

what was

said before, that the variable

of the

state

solid

is

expressed by the equation

v= Aj=



-j=r-e-

u

(a);

Jir2 Jkt this result holds

when the

differential equation

-j-

coefficient

= -^ïj\

~j~*

" hv

777

coefficient h,

section of the prism,

is

S

equal to 7777™;

is

it

>

K

-^

which enters into the

denoted by

k.

As

denoting the area of the

the contour of that section, and

I

to the

H

the

conducibility of the external surface.

Substituting these values in the equation (a)

v=*f±l^f e-^ A

f

represents the

mean

we have

t

(A);

WCD temperature, that

initial

is

to say, that

which a single point would have if the initial heat were distributed equally between the points of a portion of the bar whose length It is required to determine is I, or more simply, unit of measure. the value t of the time elapsed, which corresponds to a maximum of temperature at a given point.

To

solve this problem,

dv (a)

the value of

dv

di=hence the value

-=-

,

it

and equate 2

T

hv+ 0,

v

,

-2t-

and

1

from equation

we have

;

2I;1

4
?-^«=^

must x may attain

of the time which

point situated at the distance is

to zero

it

1 v

a;

m'

sufficient to derive

is

„s

W'

elapse in order that the its

highest temperature,

expressed by the equation

0k=

1

1 x*

+

(c).

1

.

V

x*

*h

+ kx*

SECT.

VALUES OF HIGHEST TEMPERATURES.

III.]

To

we remark that the

ascertain the highest temperature V,

exponent of

e

2

gives ht

l

x = -£j-g

in equation (a)

x2

is

ht

1

hence

;

fis

+

+ -^-

_x = ~x _ 2

2

389

.

Now

equation

1

and putting

,

(I)

1

for

-

its

t

known

value,

ponent of

1

we have

e' in

#a

ht

equation

+ jr- = (a),

W/ï + Ât -j

2

a?

;

substituting this ex-

we have - I 1 J"

6/ e-Vi+t^

2^ V^ and replacing */#& by of the

maximum

its

known

value,

we

the expression

find, as

V,

-^-^vwïr The equations

(c)

and

(^)

contain the solution of the problem

us replace h and & by their values -pfTq an(^

ttfj

;

let us also

9

1

write =

;

1Z

777

let

»

«7

instead of

prism whose base the equations

y is

,

representing by # the semi-thickness of the

a square.

We

have to determine

U^

l v= ¥e_Z_^lJ V + V Kg » 2 Vtt

é«-

fm

F and

X

+4 (C)

,

6,

-

!

These equations are applicable to the movement of heat in a We suppose the middle of is very great. this prism to have been affected by a certain quantity of heat hf which is propagated to the ends, and scattered through the convex surface. V denotes the maximum of temperature for the point whose distance from the primitive source is x; 6 is the time which has elapsed since the beginning of the diffusion up to the instant at which the highest temperature F occurs. The coefnthin bar, whose length

THEORY OF HEAT.

390 cients

C, II,

K,

D

denote the same specific properties as in the

preceding problems, and g a section of the prism.

In order to

389.

numerical application, the prism

is

[CHAP. IX.

formed

the half-side of the square formed by

is

make these results more intelligible by a we may suppose that the substance of which is

and that the

iron,

side 2g of the square is

the twenty-fifth part of a metre.

H

We

measured formerly, by our experiments, the values of those of G and D were already known. Taking the metre as the unit of length, and the sexagesimal minute as the unit of time, and employing the approximate values of H, K, G, D, we shall determine the values of V and 6 corresponding to a given distance. For the examination of the results which we have in view,

and

K

it is

not necessary to

;

We

see at

first

know

these coefficients with great precision.

that if the distance

half or two metres, the term

2H -^- x

2 ,

x

is

about a metre and a

which enters under the

has a large value with reference to the second term -



radical,

The

ratio

of these terms increases as the distance increases.

Thus the law of the highest temperatures becomes more and more simple, according as the heat removes from the origin. To determine the regular law which is established through the whole extent of the bar, we must suppose the distance x to be very great, and we find

'-*4?©' K

Q 7^6=

x ,

or Q

0=

^ : CD Jg JLi=x 3

,

.

(7).

M Kg 390.

We

sponds to the

see

by the second equation that the time which

maximum

corre-

of temperature increases proportionally

Thus the velocity of the wave (if however we apply this expression to the movement in question) is constant,

with the distance.

may

or rather

it

property in

more and more tends its

movement

to

to infinity

become

so,

and preserves

from the origin of heat.

this

SECT.

LAW OF THE HIGHEST TEMPERATURES.

III.]

We may fe

a

Ko

different

remark

391

also in the first equation that the quantity

permanent temperatures which the points of the bar would take, if we affected the origin the

expresses

with a fixed temperature /,

as

may be

seen in Chapter L,

Article 76.

In order to represent to ourselves the value of V, we must therefore imagine that all the initial heat which the source contains

is

length

equally distributed through a portion of the bar whose is

or the unit of measure.

b,

The temperature/, which manner the

would

result for each point of this portion, is in a

mean

temperature.

If

we supposed the

origin to be retained at a constant

time,

all

layer situated at the

temperature/ during an

infinite

the layers would acquire fixed temperatures whose

general expression

is

Kg

fe

}

denoting by x the distance of the

These fixed temperatures represented by the ordinates of a logarithmic curve are extremely small, when the distance is considerable they decrease, as is known, very rapidly, according as we remove from the origin.

layer.

;

Now the equation (S) shews that these fixed temperatures, which are the highest each point can acquire, much exceed the highest temperatures which follow each other during the diffusion To determine the latter maximum, we must calculate of heat. the value of the fixed

/2H\i

number tance

1

maximum, multiply

it

by the constant

.

.

and divide by root of the J the square X

r—-

\KgJ J2tt

dis-

x.

Thus the highest temperatures whole extent of the

follow each other through the

the ordinates of a logarithmic curve

line, as

divided by the square roots of the abscissae, and the

movement

of

According to this general law the heat collected at a single point is propagated in direction of the length the wave

is

uniform.

of the solid.

391.

If

we regarded the

of the prism as nothing, or

2g were supposed

infinite,

if

conducibility of the external surface

the conducibility

we should

K or the thickness

obtain very different results.

THEORY OF HEAT.

392

[CHAP. IX.

25"

We

2

could then omit the term -=-

Kg

ce

In this case the value of the

,

and we should have

maximum

is

1

inversely propor-

Thus the movement of the wave would must be remarked that this hypothesis is

tional to the distance.

not be uniform.

It

purely theoretical, and

if

the conducibility

H

is

not nothing, but

wave

only an extremely small quantity, the velocity of the

is

not

variable in the parte of the prism which are very distant from the

In

origin.

fact,

as also those of

whatever be the value of H,

K and

g,

and

if

increases without limit, the term

greater than \

the term

2H r-— Kg

The

.

x2

to

distances

if this

we suppose

-z=-

may

a? will

value

is

given,

that the distance x

always become

enough

for

The times

are

at first be small

be omitted under the radical.

much

then proportional to the squares of the distances but as the heat flows in direction of the infinite length, the law of propagation ;

and the times become proportional to the distances. The is to say, that which relates to points extremely near to the source, differs very much from the final law which is established in the very distant parts, and up to infinity but, in

alters,

initial law, that

:

the intermediate portions, the highest temperatures follow each other according to a mixed law expressed by the two preceding

equations (D) and (G). 392.

It

remains

for the case in

determine the highest temperatures

for us to

which heat

is

propagated to infinity in every direc-

tion within the material solid.

with the principles which

This investigation, in accordance

we have

established,

presents

no

difficulty.

When and

all

a definite portion of an infinite solid has been heated,

other parts of the mass have the same initial temperature

0,

and after a certain time the state of the solid is the same as if the heat had been originally The time collected in a single point at the origin of co-ordinates.

heat

is

propagated

1

in

all directions,

See equations (D) and (C), article 388, making 6 = 1.

[A. F.]

SECT.

GENERAL INVESTIGATION.

III.]

which must elapse before great

Each

when the

303

this last effect is set

up

exceedingly-

is

points of the mass are very distant from the origin.

had at

of these points which

the temperature

first

is

temperature then acquires the greatest value which it can receive; and it ends by diminishing more and The more, until there remains no sensible heat in the mass. represented the general equation by variable state is in imperceptibly heated;

its

~

v

The a

The

=

Ida jo \db\dc

integrals

= —a

limits

—a

= 1

,

a2

b

,

+a

2

= — bv

,

—b

b



+b

t,

2

(E).

f(a,b,c)

l\

must be taken between the a

1}

a-xf+{b-y) 2 +(c-z)?

(

e

b2 ,

= — cv

c

—c

,

x

limits

,

+c

2

c

=

c2

.

are given; they

include the whole portion of the solid which was originally heated.

The function f(a,

b, c)

is

also

It expresses the initial

given.

temperature of a point whose co-ordinates are nite integrations

make

the variables

remains for v a function of

x, y, z,

the time 6 which corresponds to a

a, b, c

a, b, c.

and constants.

t

maximum

The

defi-

disappear, and there

of

v,

To determine at a given point

m, we must derive from the preceding equation the value of -^

;

we thus form an equation which contains and the co-ordinates of the point m. From this we can then deduce the value of 6. If then we substitute this value of 6 instead of t in equation (E), we find the value of the highest temperature V expressed in x, y, z

and constants. Instead of equation {E) v

denoting by

g--ll + 393.

Pthe

=

us write

Ida Idb jdc

P f (a,

multiplier of /(a,

/^/

We

let

("-«') ,+

(fe

must now apply the

b, c),

b, c),

y

we have

+ («-')

,

f/(«,M)...w.

last expression to points of the

solid which are very distant from the origin.

Any

point what-

ever of the portion which contains the initial heat, having for coordinates the variables a,

b, c,

and the co-ordinates of the point

m

THEORY OF HEAT.

394

whose temperature we wish

to determine being x, y,

the distance between these two points

and

[CHAP. IX.

is

(a

— xf +

z,

(b

this quantity enters as a factor into the second

Now

m

the point

the square of

— y) + (c — zf\ 2

term of

-y-

being very distant from the origin,

evident that the distance

A

it

is

from any point whatever of the heated

D of the same point from the m removes farther and farther

portion coincides with the distance origin

that

;

to say, as the point

is

from the primitive source, which contains the origin of co-ordinates, the final ratio of the distances D and A becomes 1. from this that in equation

It follows

dv of

— x) + 2

the factor (a

-j,

dt

x2 + y

+z

2

2

the origin.

2

or r

,

We it

(b

— yf +

(c

which gives the value

(e)

— zf may

be replaced by

denoting by r the distance of the point

m

from

have then

="

i i

+

2

dv

(

y\da \dh \dc p f( a

b>

>

°)>

3

r

v

dt= V If

we put

for v its value,

re-establish the coefficient

and replace

by

t

K

~~ which we had

j^j.,

in order to

supposed equal to

1,

we have _ (a-a;) 2 +(5-

dv di

=

r

(

2

(Kt\*

\

3

1

~~TBl

f \

Ç

f

da'\ dh dG

e

\

rim

394.

fl

)2+(c-g)2

mm CB

/(a,ft,c)...(g).

This result belongs only to the points of the solid whose is very great with respect to the greatest

distance from the origin

dimension of the source. it

It

must always be

does not follow from this condition that

carefully noticed that

we can omit

the varia-

under the exponential symbol. They ought only to be omitted outside this symbol. In fact, the term which enters under the signs of integration, and which multiplies f(a,b,c), is the

bles a,

b,

c

SECT.

CONDITIONS FOR DISTANT POINTS.

III.]

product of several

factors,

such as

-a 2

Now

ten metres, and 2

e

we

CD

e

.

we may suppress the two first factors. we suppose a equal to a decimetre, and x equal to

in order that

for example,

iron,

cz>

e

not sufficient for the ratio - to be always a very

is

number

great If,

it

Kt

Kl

4

cd

-x 2

ax

2

Kt_

q

395

if

the substance in which the heat

see that after nine or ten hours

propagated

is

is

have elapsed, the factor

ax

cd

is

still

greater than 2

;

hence by suppressing

reduce the result sought to half

as it belongs to points very distant

from the

origin,

time whatever, ought to be expressed by equation not the same

if

we

we should

Thus the value

value.

its

it

and

(a).

dv of

-=-

for

any

But

it is

consider only extremely large values of the

time, which increase in proportion to the squares of the distances in accordance with this condition

we must

omit, even under the

exponential symbol, the terms which contain condition holds

when we wish

The value

dv of

-y-

must

at

question

;

we have

may

acquire

c.

Now

this

we proceed

to prove.

in fact be nothing ° in the case in

therefore

KtY

Kt

CD)

CD

= 0,

its

or

'

—-t =

CD

-xr.

6

elapse in order that a very distant

Thus the time which must point

a, b, or

to determine the highest tempera-

ture which a distant point can acquire, as

395.

:

highest temperature

is

proportional to the

square of the distance of this point from the origin.

by

its

4
we

If in the expression for v

2 2 value k ^ the exponent of à ,

3

1

e'

which

is

THEORY OF HEAT.

39 3

may be

reduced to ^

unity.

Consequently we find v

The

since the factors

,

=

-3

which we omit coincide with

Ida jdb jdcf (a,

jdcf (a,

integral Ida jdb

[CHAP. IX.

b, c).

represents the quantity of

b, c)

the volume of the sphere whose radius is r is 4 3 k irr so that denoting by / the temperature which each molecule o the initial heat

:

,

would

of this sphere

receive, if

we

distributed amongst

its

parts

/~6~ all

the initial heat,

The

results

we

shall

have v

—if

= a/

which we have developed in

this chapter indicate

the law according to which the heat contained in a definite portion of an infinite solid progressively penetrates all the other parts

whose initial temperature was nothing. This problem more simply than that of the preceding Chapters, attributing to the solid infinite dimensions,

consists

in

the employment of those conditions.

movement

of the

results

obstacle of surfaces.

natural

properties

speaking,

that

It

of

is

is

since

by

con-

difficulty

The general

of heat in a boundless solid

very remarkable, since the movement

solved

we make the

and the chief

ditions relative to the surface disappear,

is

mass are

not disturbed by the

accomplished freely by means of the

heat.

This

investigation

of heat within

of the irradiation

is,

properly

the material

solid.

SECTION Comparison of 396.

The

IV,

the integrals.

integral of the equation of the propagation of heat

presents itself under different forms, which pare.

It is easy, as

we have

it

is

necessary to com-

seen in the second section of this

Chapter, Articles 372 and 376, to refer the case of three dimensions to that of the linear

movement

;

integrate the equation

dv

_

K

d2v

lî~~CDdâ?'

it

is

sufficient therefore to

FORM OF THE INTEGRAL FOR A

SECT. IV.]

397

RING.

or the equation 2

_dv dt~dx dv

W"

2

To deduce from

this differential equation the laws of the propa-

gation of heat in a body of definite form, in a ring for example, it

was necessary

to

know the

and

integral,

under a which could be

to obtain it

certain form suitable to the problem, a condition

by no other form. This integral was given for the first time in our Memoir sent to the Institute of France on the 21st of December, 1807 (page 124, Art. 84) it consists in the fulfilled

:

following equation, which expresses the variable system of tem-

peratures of a solid ring

:

v=Y~jy^ IdaF (a)

-s^cos

e

J

v

R is the radius of the mean

(a).

circumference of the ring the integral with respect to a must be taken from a. = to a = %7rR, or, which

same

;

= — irR

= ttR

i is any integer, and the sum 2 must be taken from i = — oo to i = + oo v denotes the temperature which would be observed after the lapse of a time t, at each point of a section separated by the arc x from that which is at the origin. We represent by v = F (a?) the initial temperature at any point of the ring. We must give to i the succes-

gives the

result,

from a

to a

;

;

sive values 0,

and instead

+1, +2, +3, &c, and -1, -2, -3, &c, of cos

-^—D



-

write

id ix cos -~ cos JX

ô+

li

.

sin

ix -jy

M

.

id

sin -^

.

II

We thus obtain all the terms of the value of v. Such is the form under which the integral of equation (a) must be placed, in order to express the variable Art. 241).

We

movement

of heat in a ring (Chap, iv.,

consider the case in which the form and extent of

the generating section of the ring are such, that the points of the

same

section sustain temperatures sensibly equal.

also that

no

loss of

We

heat occurs at the surface of the ring.

suppose

THEORY OF HEAT.

398 397.

The equation

can suppose in

B

it

being applicable to

(a)

infinite

in which, case

;

The

the following problem.

[CHAP. IX.

it

small thickness and of infinite length, being

by

v

= F'(x),

B

values of B,

we

gives the solution of solid

prism of

known and

expressed

a

of

state

initial

all

to determine all the subsequent states.-

Consider the

n times the unit radius of the trigonometrical tables. Denoting by q a variable which successively idq, &c., the infinite number n may becomes dq, 2dq, Sdq, radius

to contain numerically

. . .

1

be expressed by

.

-r-

these substitutions

and the variable number

,

we

F (a) e

di

I

qH cos q (x

enter under the sign

The terms which

by

a

-±.

Making

find

— 2 dq tities,

i

2

becomes that of a

so that the sign

— a).

are differential quandefinite integral;

and

we have =.5-1

v

do.

F (a)

ZlT J -oo

This equation (a)

it

;

integral

398.

cos {qx

— qct)

(/3).

movement

Art. 354).

VII.,

c' 2t

oo

a second form of the integral of the equation

expresses the linear

length (Chap. first

is

dq e~ J -

It is

of heat in a prism of infinite an evident consequence of the

(a).

We

can in equation

we

with respect to q; for

effect

(/3)

the definite integration

have, according to a

known lemma, which

we have already proved (Art. 375), /.+00 I

dze~ z

*

cos 2hz

=e

h2

sJtt,

J —00

Making then

s

2

= (ft, we

find

/.+00

1

Hence the

dqe~ q cos {qx

integral

(/3)

+x f

— qa)

of the preceding Article

doiF(a)

becomes

(7)

LAPLACE'S FORM OF THE INTEGRAL.

SECT. IV.]

we employ

If

instead

— = /3, we

making

v

unknown quantity

another

of a

= j=fd/3e-f F(x+2 3jr i2

of the integral

(8)

/3,

find

of equation

*

(S).

t)

l

This form

399

(a)

was given

in

Volume viii. of the Mémoires de l'Ecole Polytechnique, by M.Laplace, who arrived at this result by considering the infinite series which represents the integral.

Each

of the equations

(/3), (7), (8)

expresses the linear diffusion

of heat in a prism of infinite length.

It

is

evident that these are

and that not one can be conthree forms of the same Each of them is contained sidered more general than the others. in the integral (a) from which it is derived, by giving to R an integral,

infinite value.

It

399.

equation

is

easy to develope the value of v

deduced from

in series arranged according to the increasing powers

(a)

These developments are self-evident, of one or other variable. and we might dispense with referring to them; but they give rise Denoting by to remarks useful in the investigation of integrals. d d2 dz <}>",

<jj,

",

&c, the functions

-7-

(x), (f>

-^ <£ (x),

-7-3

(x),

&c, we

have -T7

1

A

— v",

and v

= c+ldtv"

direct proof of the equivalence of the 1

j=

f

+x

_

_ dj8 e

\

^0 [x + 2pjt) and

e

forms

t— d^

<j>

(see Art. 401),

(as),

Mr Glaisher in the Messenger of Mathematics, June 1876, p. 30. Expanding
terms involving uneven powers of *Jt vanish, and we have the second form which is therefore equivalent to

T from which the

first

dq e~ qH cos q (a — x) ;-«,

(f>

(a)

;

,

Jo

form may be derived as above.

generalized form of Fourier's Theorem, p. 351.

[A. F.]

We

have thus a

slightly

THEORY OF HEAT.

400

[CHAP. IX.

here the constant represents any function of value c"

+

ldtv

iv ,

x.

and continuing always similar

Putting for v"

its

substitutions,

we

find

v

=c+

\dt v"

=c+

fdt(c"

= c+jdt or

v

c"

+ jdtv u ) + fdt

f = c + t c"+ f-c + iv

\1

In

t

+ fdt vA

lv

3 rl

4

+ r7 G m + &c. /

-^c

,{T).

U

\2

an arbitrary function of

this series, c denotes

to arrange the

(c

development of the value of we employ

v,

If

x.

we wish

according to ascend-

ing powers of x,

d2v dx

_ dv

2,

and, denoting by $,,

<£„, <£ /y/ ,

~dfi

we have

first v

=a+

two functions of t

We a,

and

for v tl its value

au

'

&c. the functions

dt'*>

+

bx

dt

&C

df*'

\dx jdx v

t

;

'

a and

b here represent

can then put for v

its

+ bpc +

;

+ b x 4lt

jdx jdx v n

value

jdx jdx v/M and so on. ,

By continued

substitutions

v=a + bx +

jdx \dxv

l

= a + bx+jdxjdx [a + lp i

= a + bx +

jdx jdx

a t

-f-

+ bx +

jdx jdx v „) jdx jdx (a u

4-

any

b ux

+

jdx dx vul I

NUMBER OF ARBITRARY FUNCTIONS.

SECT. IV.]

v

or

=a+

x2 rêjj

xa

x*

a

t

+ -^ a + -^ aNI + lt

+ xb + ^b + l

In this

series,

401

p+ ll

&c.

&c

(X).

a and b denote two arbitrary functions of t

by equation (X) we put, instead of yjr (t), and develope them according functions and two a and b, <£ (t) only a single arbitrary function find to ascending powers of t, we and We owe this remark to b. of x, instead of two functions a M. Poisson, who has given it in Volume vi. of the Mémoires de T Ecole Polytechnique, page 110. If in the series given

Reciprocally, if in the series expressed

velope the function

c

by equation (T) we de-

according to powers of x, arranging the

same powers

result with respect to the

of x, the coefficients of

these powers are formed of two entirely arbitrary functions of

which can be

The value

400.

ought in

easily verified

of

v,

developed according to powers of

fact to contain only

equation

differential

(a)

t

;

on making the investigation.

one arbitrary function of x

shews clearly

that,

if

;

we knew,

function of x, the value of v which corresponds to

t

t,

for the

as a

= 0,

the

other values of the function v which correspond to subsequent values of It

is

t,

would be determined by

no

less

this value.

evident that the function

v,

when developed

according to ascending powers of x, ought to contain two completely arbitrary functions of the variable d?v

equation

~r-r2

dv

= -,-

shews

that, if

t.

we knew

In

fact the differential

as a function of

value of v which corresponds to a definite value of

not conclude from

it

x,

we

the values of v which correspond to

t

the

could

all

the

would be necessary in addition, to give as a function of t the value of v which corresponds to a second value of x, for example, to that which is infinitely near to the first. All the other states of the function v, that is to say those which correspond to all the other values of x, would then be determined. The other values of

x.

It

differential equation (a) belongs to

ordinate of any point being F. H.

v,

a curved surface, the vertical

and the two horizontal co-ordinates 26

THEORY OF HEAT.

402

x and and

from this equation

It follows evidently

t.

form of the surface

[CHAP. IX.

the

(a) that

when we give the form of the which passes through the axis of x from the physical nature of the problem for

is

determined,

vertical section in the plane

:

and

this follows also

it is

evident that, the initial state of the prism being given,

;

But we could not

subsequent states are determined.

the

all

construct

were only subject to passing through a curve plane of t and v. It would be necessary traced on a second vertical plane curve further the to know parallel to the first, to which it may be supposed extremely near. The same remarks apply to all partial differential equations, and the surface,

if it

traced on the

we

first vertical

see that the order of the equation does not determine in all

cases the

401.

number The

of the arbitrary functions.

which

series (T) of Article 399,

derived from the

is

equation

dv

2

_dv

W .

dt~d? may be put under

the form v

=e

tI)2

$

(os).

.

Developing the ex-

d

l

ponential according to powers of D, and writing -j-i instead of considering

i

'

as the order of the differentiation,

D\

we have

Following the same notation, the first part of the series (X) which contains only even powers of x, may be expressed

(Art. 399),

under the form cos (x J- D) ^ (t). Develope according to powers d of x, and write -p instead of D\ considering i as the order of the l

differentiation.

from the

first

function

$

(t)

The second part

of the series (X) can be derived

by integrating with respect

to x,

into another arbitrary function

and changing the yjr (t). We have

therefore

v

and

= cos (x J^D)

W=

I

idx cos

(x



(t)

+ W,

J - D)\

ijr (t)

SYMBOLICAL METHODS.

SECT. IV.]

known abridged

This

notation

403

derived from the analogy

is

which exists between integrals and powers.

As

to the use

here, the object is to express series,

and

to verify

of

it

without any development.

under For example, from the

It is sufficient to differentiate

the signs which the notation employs.

equation v to

t

=e

tl)2 <j>

we deduce, by

(x),

made them

differentiation with respect

only,

which shews directly that the equation

Similarly, if

(a).

we

series

satisfies

consider the

first

the differential

part of the series

(X), writing v

we

— cos

(x

J- D)

(t),

(j>

have, differentiating twice with respect to x only,

^=.Dco S (xJ^D)<j>(t) = Dv = ^ Hence

f

this value of*v satisfies the differential equation (a).

We

should find in the same manner that the differential

equation



d?v -,

d2v

\-—,

=A

,

n

(6),

gives as the expression for v in a series developed according to

increasing powers of y, v

We D

:

= cos (yD)

must develope with respect

(j>

2

instead of

fact,

(yD) <\>{œ)=-

The value sin (yD) ty (x) hence the general value of v

= cos (yD)

d

-=-

z

2 j- = -J> cos

v

and write

to y,

from this value of v we deduce in

d2v

(x).

cj>

(x)

satisfies also

d D v = --^ 2

2 v.

the differential equation;

is

+ W,

where

W=

sin (yD) ty (x).

26—2

THEORY OF HEAT.

404

If the proposed differential equation

402.

d2v _ d 2 v

+ d?~drf

and

if

[CHAP. IX. is

d2v

.

.

{C) '

djf

we wish to express v in a series arranged according we may denote by Dj> the function

powers of

to

t,

d?$ + dy^> d2v

= Dv, we

and the equation being -^

= cos

v

From

we

this

have

J— D)

(t



(x, y).

infer that

_ n _d v d v d?~ VV ~dx* + 2

cfo)

2

djf'

We of

t,

must dev elope the preceding value

write

d2 V

/ d? I

-*-, 2

+ -5— J 2

instead of

,

of v according to

D\ and then regard i as

powers

the order

of differentiation.

The following

value jdt cos

(t

J— D) -^ (x, y)

condition; thus the most general value of v

= cos (* J^D)

v

W=

and v

is

a function f(œ,

have/=

{co,

we have/'

y,0) (a?,

=

y,0)

I

y,



=

dt cos

t)



0, y)

J— D)

(t

i/r

(x,

and denoting

y)

yjr

(x, y).

;

If the proposed equation

the same

is

+ W; y)

of three variables.

(x,

satisfies

;

If

we make

^/O, y,

t

by/'

=

(a?,

d4 v

^ ^= t?

we

y, J),

is

d2v the value of

0,

+

in a series arranged according to powers of

.

.

W' £

will

A DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION.

SECT. IV.]

be v

= cos

(tD

2 ) (f>

d2

denoting

(x, y),

-y-j

by D;

405

for

we deduce from

this value

dt

2

da?

The general value of v, which can contain only two x and y, is therefore

arbitrary

functions of

v

= cos (tD ) 2

W=\

and

(x, y)



dt cos (tD

Jo

Denoting v by f{x,

and

y, t),

2

)

+ W,

f {x, y).

-=-

by /'

we have

(x, y, t),

to

determine the two arbitrary functions,

4>{x>y)=f(x>y>%

d2v de

we may denote by

D

"&&!/)=/ x>y>°)>

If the proposed differential equation is

403.

or

and

d*v

+ d^i+ D

dïv

_

Mdf

d*v + dy _ ~

the function

,

-j-£

+ -y-^, /

2



.

W'

i

d

2

can be formed by raising the binomial (^~2

so that

d

DZty

2

+ ^—2) \

to the

second degree, and regarding the exponents as orders of differentiation.

of

v,

from

Equation

(e)

then becomes

ce 2 -^ + D v = 0; and

arranged according to powers of this

we

t,

is

cos (tD)

the value

<£ (x,

y)

;

for

derive

™ dë~~ VV 2

dv_

d?v

0T '

df

+

d*v :'



_ e?V cfv _ + dxY + df df~

_ )'

The most general value of v being able to contain only two arbitrary functions of x and y, which is an evident consequence of the form of the equation, v

= cos

(tD)



may be (x, y)

+

expressed thus

I

:

dt cos (tD) ty (x, y).

THEORY OF HEAT.

406

The

functions

and

j>

function v hyf(sc, y,

and

& y) =f fo

$

determined as follows, denoting the

ty are

t),

[CHAP. IX.

d

jf

by/,

(x, y, t)

f 0>

y> o).

2/)

=/i

Lastly, let the proposed differential equation

dv Tt

the coefficients equation

is

d

=a

2

4

v

,

+h

d^

8

6

dv

dv

c + dë + tâ

, c£

d

v

drf

(x, y,

t),

0». y» °)-

be „

,

+ &c

d are known numbers, and the order

a, b, c,

»,

(/) ' of the

indefinite.

The most general value of v can only contain one arbitrary for it is evident, from the very form of the equafunction of x tion, that if we knew, as a function of x, the value of v which ;

corresponds to

t

= 0,

all

successive values of

ty

the other values of

should have therefore the equation v

We

denote by

is

_

to say, in order to

according to powers of

and then write

with respect to

In

only,

de tB

dv

t,

,

,

To

express

v,

to

we

(as).

v

<}>

form the value of

v,

we must develop

the quantity

d

t

=e tJ) (p d6

d'é

-y- instead of a,

of differentiation.

which correspond

the expression

Dcf>

d% that

v,

would be determined.

considering the powers of a as orders

fact, this

value of v being differentiated

we have -r,

d2v

,

d*v

dGv



would be useless to multiply applications of the same process. For very simple equations we can dispense with abridged expresbut in general they supply the place of very complex insions vestigations. We have chosen, as examples, the preceding equa-

It

;

tions,

because they

expression first,

(a)

is

and

all relate

(b),

phenomena whose analytical movement of heat. The two

to physical

analogous to that of the

belong to the theory of heat

;

and the three

OTHER MODES OF INTEGRATION.

SECT. IV.]

following presses

(d),

(c),

(e),

to dynamical problems;

what the movement

407 the last (/) ex-

would be in

of heat

solid bodies, if

the instantaneous transmission were not limited to an extremely

We

small distance.

movement

the

haye an example of

this kind of problem in which penetrates diaphanous

of luminous heat

media.

We

404.

equations

:

can obtain by different means the integrals of these

we

shall indicate in the first place that

which

results

from the use of the theorem enunciated in Art. 361, which we

now proceed If

to recal.

we consider the expression r+oo

r+<x>

di

I

J -

we

see that

it



(a)

d(p cos

I

(px— pi),

(a)

J -00

00

represents a function of x

integrations with respect to

two

for the

;

definite

and p make these variables

a.

dis-

The nature of the function which we shall have chosen for

appear, and a function of x remains. will evidently <£ (a).

depend on that ask what the function

We may

that after two definite integrations

<£ (a),

we may

ought to

be, in order

obtain a given function

f(x). In general the investigation of the integrals suitable for the expression of different physical phenomena, is reducible to

The

object of these problems

to determine the arbitrary functions

under the signs of the may be example, that the general

problems similar to the preceding. is

definite integration, so that the result of this integration

a given function.

It is easy to see, for

integral of the equation

dv Tt

=a

would be known determine

(p (a),

given function / of

v,

2 dv

^ if,

,

d4v

de v

-.dh

in the preceding expression

,

(x).

In

fact,

we form

v

(a),

= e~ mt cospx,

up

2

+

bpt

we could

might be a

directly a particular value

find this condition,

m—

;.,

(/)

so that the result of the equation

expressed thus,

and we



+ b dx* + C dx-° +d dx-« +&C

+ tp* + &c.

THEORY OF HEAT.

408

We

might then

also take

v

= Q-mt cos (p X —jjz),

giving to the constant a any value.

v

=

[ dx

[CHAP. IX.

(a) e

$

We

have similarly

-^ aP'1+bP i+cP e+&c) cos (px -pa).

It is evident that this value of v satisfies the differential equation

(/)

;

it is

merely the sum of particular values.

Further, supposing

f(x)

Now

it

t

Denoting

function of x.

=

0,

we ought

this function

= \d*$

(a)

to find for v an arbitrary hy f(x), we have

jdp cos {px

— pi).

follows from the form of the equation (/), that the

most

general value of v can contain only one arbitrary function of x.

In

fact, this

of

x the value

values

equation shews clearly that

of v

which correspond

necessarily determined. as a function of

if

we know

of v for a given value of the time

t

and

x,

as a function t,

all

the other

to other values of the time, are

It follows rigorously that if

a value of v which

satisfies

we know,

the differential

if further, on making t = 0, this function of x and t an entirely arbitrary function of x, the function of x and becomes The whole t in question is the general integral of equation (f). problem is therefore reduced to determining, in the equation (a), so that the result of two integrations above, the function may be a given function f (x). It is only necessary, in order that

equation; and



the solution may be general, that we should be able to take for f(x) an entirely arbitrary and even discontinuous function. It is merely required therefore to know the relation which must always exist between the given function f(x) and the unknown function Now this very simple relation is expressed by the theorem (a). of which we are speaking. It consists in the fact that when the integrals are taken

—/

(a)

;

that

is

between

to say, that

infinite limits, the function

we have

f (*) ~ ^ j_,fx f( a

)



(a) is

the equation

cos j J??

(pa;

-pa)

(B).

VIBRATION OF ELASTIC LAMINA.

SECT. IV.]

From

this

we conclude

409

as the general integral of the proposed

equation (/),

=—

dxf(oL)\

I

^7T J -

405.

If

,.+ 00

,.+00

-1

l>

dp e- t

(

aP°- +b P i+cP e+&c

)cos(px-2)0L)

...(c).

J -oo

oo

we propose the equation d4v

t^y

»+s-«

=0_

, T.

w>

which expresses the transverse vibratory movement of an elastic 1 we must consider that, from the form of this equation, the

plate

,

most general value of v can contain only two arbitrary functions of x: for, denoting this value of v by f(x,t), and the function ~rf(x,

f all

by /'

t)

(x, 0),

that

is

(x, t),

it

is

evident that

to say, the values of v

if

and

we knew fix,

0)

and

dv at the

-7-

first

instant,

the other values of v would be determined.

This follows also from the very nature of the phenomenon. fact,

consider a rectilinear elastic lamina in

its

the distance of any point of this plate from ordinates; the form of the lamina

drawing

it

from

is

In

x

is

the origin of co-

very slightly changed, by

position of equilibrium, in

its

state of rest:

with the axis of x on the horizontal plane; it its own forces excited by the change of form.

is

which it coincided then abandoned to

The displacement

supposed to be arbitrary, but very small, and such that the

is

initial

form given to the lamina is that of a curve drawn on a vertical plane which passes through the axis of x. The system will successively change its form, and will continue to move in the vertical plane on one side or other of the line of equilibrium. general condition of this motion

is

d2v

Any distance 1

An

elastic

The most

expressed by the equation

d4v

n

point m, situated in the position of equilibrium at a

x from the

origin 0,

and on the horizontal plane,

has, at

investigation of the general equation for the lateral vibration of a thin

rod,

of

which

(d)

is

a particular case

corresponding to no permanent

internal tension, the angular motions of a section of the rod being also neglected, will be

found in Donkin's Acoustics, Chap.

ix. §§

169—177.

[A.F.]

THEORY OF HEAT.

410 the end of the time

x and

The

t.

initial

been removed from

t,

perpendicular height

[CHAP. IX. place through the

its

This variable flight v

v.

value of v

is

arbitrary;

it is

is

a function of

expressed by any

Now, the equation (d) deduced from the funda(as). mental principles of dynamics shews that the second fluxion d2 o and the fluxion of the fourth of v, taken with respect to t, or

function





,

ctt

order taken with respect to x, or

dAv

-^

are two functions of

x and

t,

(ZOO

which

differ

We

only in sign.

do not enter here into the special

question relative to the discontinuity of these functions;

we have

in view only the analytical expression of the integral.

We may suppose

also,

that after having arbitrarily displaced

we impress upon them very

the different points of the lamina,

small initial velocities, in the vertical plane in which the vibrations

The

ought to be accomplished. point

m

has an arbitrary value.

initial

given to any by any function

velocity

It is expressed

ty (x) of the distance x.

It is evident that if

we have given the

initial

form of the

system or $ (x) and the initial impulses or yjr (x), all the subsequent states of the system are determinate. Thus the function v orf(x,

form

and

t),

of

which represents,

the

lamina,

after

any time

contains two

t,

the corresponding-

arbitrary

functions


(x)

ty (x).

To determine the function sought f(x,

t),

consider that in the

equation

d2v df

we can

or else

d4 v

~

w

_

,

+ S?=°

give to v the very simple value

u

— cos
u

= cos qH cos (qx — qa)

;

denoting by q and a any quantities which contain neither x nor

We

therefore also have

= IdzF (a)

jdq cos q

2

t

cos (qx

— qct),

t.

SOLUTION OF EQUATION OF VIBRATION.

SECT. IV.]

F (a) may

411

being any function, whatever the limits of the integrations be.

This value of v

merely a sum of particular values.

is

Supposing now that t = 0, the value of v must necessarily (ai). We have be that which we have denoted by/(#, 0) or <j>

therefore

= \d%F (a)

(x)

<j)

F (a)

The function

jdq cos (qx

must be determined

— qot). so that,

when the two

integrations have been effected, the result shall be the arbitrary

function

(f>

Now

(x).

when the

that

the theorem expressed by equation (B) shews

— oo

limits of both integrals are

+ oo we

and

,

have

F(a)=~(a).

Hence the value u

= ^—

u

of

da

I

given by the following equation

is

dq cos

(a)

(j)

(ft

cos (qx

— qa).

If this value of u were integrated with respect to it

being changed to

by W) would again and we should have

yjr,

This value

Ida ^r

(a)

t,

the

cf>

in

evident that the integral (denoted

it is

satisfy the

W= ^—

:

proposed differential equation

\dq—2 sin qH cos

W becomes nothing when

t



qa).

and

if

(qx

= 0;

we take

(d),

the

expression 1 dW -j- = g-

we

is

nothing when It follows

v

=— ATT

\

+0°

f dct.

ty (a)

making

see that on

The same

+0° f I

t

=

dq cos

I

in

it,


(qx

becomes equal

it

not the case with the expression t

=

0,

and u becomes equal

to



(x)

da

J -co

I

-j-;

(a)

I

J -

«^ cos ^

2 ^

cos (£«

— qa) +

00

cfa i/r (a)

1.7T J -00

I

^q

J -en

~i

sm 2^ cos

(##

"

!Z

a )-

it

to ty (x).

becomes

when t = 0.

from this that the integral of equation

and T7 = ^—

— qa),

(d) is

W= u + W,

THEORY OF HEAT.

412 In also

fact, this

function it

value of v

when we make t = 0,
(x)

;

it

satisfies

the differential equation

becomes equal

and when we make

t

is

(d)

;

to the entirely arbitrary

=

in the expression -^

reduces to a second arbitrary function

of v

[CHAP. IX.

(x).

yjr

Hence the value

the complete integral of the proposed equation, and there

cannot be a more general integral.

The

406.

may be

value of v

reduced to a simpler form by This reduction, and

effecting the integration with respect to q.

that of other expressions of the same kind, depends on the two results expressed

by equations

and

(1)

(2),

which

will

be proved

in the following Article. l>+<x>

^cos^cos^=-^sin^ + c

j -co J

JjqsmqHcosqz = From

this

y

-^sm(^-^

(1).

(2).

we conclude h,

-i^/**«' 6 Denoting

-=

£

by another unknown

+et

fi,

«^

<&

we have

si t a.

= x + 2fi Jt,

Putting in place of sin

( -j

dd

+/x2

= 2d/u, Jt.

its

value

J

j|sin^2 + j|Cos^2

,

we have u

We

= -j~-

dji (sin

2 n + cos ^)

cf>(a

+ 2}i Jt)

„(S').

have proved in a special memoir that (S) or (§'), the (d), represent clearly and completely the

integrals of equation

motion of the different parts of an

infinite elastic lamina.

They

contain the distinct expression of the phenomenon, and readily explain

all its laws.

It is

from

this point of

view chiefly that we

TWO DEFINITE INTEGRALS.

SECT. IV.]

413

have proposed them to the attention of geometers. They shew how oscillations are propagated and set up through the whole

how

extent of the lamina, and

ment, which

is

the effect of the

initial displace-

more and more as soon becoming insensible, and leaving

arbitrary and fortuitous, alters

it recedes from the origin, only the existence of the action of forces proper to the system, the

forces

namely

of elasticity.

The

407.

upon the

by equations

results expressed

(1)

and

(2)

depend

definite integrals

I

g

let

=

dx

dx

I

J

cos

x2

cos

and dx

x2 and h ,

x2

sin

I

,

=

dx

I

— oo

;

J —

sin

2

a;

;

CO

and regard g and h as known numbers. It is evident that in the two preceding equations we may put y + b instead of x, denoting by b any constant whatever, and the limits of the integral will be the same. Thus we have r+oo

g=\ J —

/•+«,

dy cos (y 2

cos

it

+ 2by + b ),

cos 2by cos b

2

sin 2by cos b

2

2

easy to see that

is

\

J —CO

00

-/*{_ sinyy Now

h=

2

2

dy sin (y 2 + 2by +

— cos y2 sin 2by sin b — sin y cos 2by sin b

2 I

The equation

,_[, J

the integrals which contain the

all

— sin b

y.

— co

We

and + oo for have therefore

= cos

b

+ cos

2 I

;

dy sin y 2 cos 2by

2 I

2 2 y cos 2by cos b 2 2/

sin 2by cos &

z

+ cos y — sin y

2

2

cos 2?»/ sin &

(a).

dy

sin

2 y cos 2by

+

sin 6

2 /

2

sin 26?/ sin 6

and, omitting also the terms which contain sin 2by,

h

\

in h also gives sin

(

1

2 dy cos y cos 2by

),

2

sin 2by changes sign at the same time as

= cos b

2

2

factor sin 2by are nothing, if the limits are

g

b

) 2

'

J

we have

2 dy cos y cos 2by

(&).

THEORY OF HEAT.

414

The two equations two

and

(a)

[CHAP. IX.

give therefore for g and h the

(b)

integrals

I

which we

dy

sin

2 y cos 2by and

2

jdy cos y cos

shall denote respectively

by

A

2fo/,

We may

and B.

now

make 2

y

we have

and2by = pz;

=p%

y=p\Jt

or

£

i

=



=

:

2Vé

therefore

t/tldp cos pH cos pz

The values

1

g and

of

/i

= A,

\/tldp sin pH cos pz

= B.

are derived immediately from the

known

result

_

r+°°

VV=| J

The

last

equation

not cease to be

The /-

V

71"

in fact an identity,

is

when we

substitute for

=

—+ J^l

i

-7|

r

J

o

and consequently does the quantity

readily

,

member of the nothing. Whence we

= -j=

(jdy

du sin u 7=

I

(fesins

In — = \/ V „

^u

Jo

3

.

Let u

= z2

2

/

Jo

last

equation

conclude

§ 360,

,

viz.—

du

,

A -r==dz, then M

^

=J>y/^. and

So for the cosine from

- 1 sin/).

2

f + jdy sin y J

cos

from the known results given in

/°°

/

r

Jdy (cos/ - V

real part of the second

Jïr

More

—+j=n/^i — i

V-T1 d7V e-y^=

Jtt and the imaginary part

1

a?

substitution gives

Thus the is

so,

dxe~ x \ — 00

/

cfcsmz2 =2

— = V2/ 1r

;

sjn

.

m

/"

±S --t L-

[


v'-Ji I!

= a/J.

SECT. IV.]

VALUES OF THE INTEGRALS.

and

=

or

It

and

2



Idy sin?/

2 ,

Jdysmy* = h = A^?.

dycosy2 ^g = ^/~,

^

J

idy cos y

415

/

remains only to determine, by means of the equations

(b),

(a)

the values of the two integrals

dy cos y2

I

and

cos 2by

They can be expressed thus

A= B=

dy sin

I

2 ^/

2

sin 2by.

:

2 dy cos y cos 2by

I

dy sin y

|

cos 263/

= h sin

&

2

+ g cos &

= h cos J — # sin b 2

2 ,

2 ;

whence we conclude fi cosp 1, cospz dp t



2

s 1 / = Vtt -j= ^cos^ + sin

J f ,

J^ writing

'.

sin

sin

-

1

,

^

/

cos

cos

or cos

7-

instead of

<%>

sin^

cosps

==

.

2

\

;

*/ ^ we have ,

j

I

£

^- sin 4-J

J^cos^cos p« = -^sm^ + and

,

-J

2

^„ ^ = 7rvil v/tT

2

z \

.

—j= sin (7-

y

(1)

—71)

(2).

408. The proposition expressed by equation (B) Article 404, by equation (E) Article 361, which has served to discover the integral (S) and the preceding integrals, is evidently applicable to a very great number of variables. In fact, in the general equation or

/ or

x)

(

/{x)

d cos = 2^ _ da f^) j_„ P J m

= —\

dp]

da cos

(P x

~

a

(px- pot)/ (a),

^

THEORY OF HEAT.

416

[CHAP. IX.

we can regard f(x) as a function of the two variables x and y. The function /(a) will then be a function of a and y. We shall now regard this function f (a, y) as a function of the variable y, and we then conclude from the same theorem (B), Article 404, f( a ,y)=

that

We



f («, /3) J\dq cos

V)

>

- q/3).

have therefore, for the purpose of expressing any function

whatever of the two variables x and

f{x

(qy

-^vr J —oo

y,

the following equation

= U^.) ]_dz\_d$f{a., ^)J_JP cos I

cZ^

J — oo

We form

in the

(P® ~ P*)

cos (qy



qfi)

. . .

(BB).

same manner the equation which belongs

to

functions of three variables, namely,

/(*,

= (j^fafafafh &

y> «)

*y)

— qfi)

\dr cos (rs

— ry)

each of the integrals being taken

between

the

jdp cos (px —pz) \dq cos (^y



and

(BBB), limits

— oo

+ oo same proposition extends

It is evident that the

to functions

which include any number whatever of variables. It remains to show how this proportion is applicable to the discovery of the integrals of equations which contain more than two variables.

For example, the

409.

differential equation

d?v

2

_dv

df~da? we wish that;

-y-,

or

(XL i/r

(x, y).

d?v

W'

df

to ascertain the value of v as a function of (x, y,

1st,

function of

+

being

on supposing



(x, y)

f (x,y,

of t),

t

= 0,

v or f(x, y,

t)

x and y; 2nd, on making

we

t),

such

becomes an arbitrary t

=

in the value

find a second entirely arbitrary function

PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS.

SECT. IV.]

From

the form of the differential equation

417

we can

(c)

infer

that the value of v which satisfies this equation and the two pre-

ceding conditions this integral,

we

is

=

cos

mt

cos px cos qy.

The

substitution of v gives the condition

It is

no

v

discover

give to v the particular value v

less

To

necessarily the general integral.

first

evident that

= cos£>

we may

2

2 <

write

— a) cos q (y — /3)

(x

m = Jp' + q

cos

2

t

Jp + q*,

or

v=\da.\dfiF{3.,ft)

I

dp

cos

dq cos (qy — qfi) cos

(px -px)

whatever be the quantities p, q, a, (3 and In fact this value of y, nor t.

neither x,

F t

(a, /3),

2

t

<Jp' +.

q\

which contain

merely the sum of

is

particular values. If

we suppose

t

= 0,

v necessarily

becomes

<£ (x,

y).

We have

therefore



y)=

(x,

idoL jd/3

F (a,

Thus the problem

is

/3)

I

dp cos (px

(a-,

y)

= I
last

I

dq cos (qy — qft)

may

be

d@

<£•

(a, /3)

I

dp

J

(a, /3),

<£ (x, y).

equation with equation (BE),

d%\

F

reduced to determining

the result of the indicated integrations

comparing the

— pu.)

cos (pœ

we

.

so that

Now, on

find

-pa)

,.+00

dq cos (qy-q/3). I

Hence the

v= [k-)

We by

jdz

integral

}dfi(z,

may be

expressed thus

:

2 ft)\dpcos(px— py.) dq cos (qy— qft)cost*Jp +q^.

thus obtain a

I

first

part u of the integral; and, denoting

W the second part, which ought to contain the

function ty

(x, y),

v F. H.

other arbitrary

we have

=

u

+ W, 27

THEORY OF HEAT.

418

W to

and we must take into

In

ty.

with respect to

part,



cf>

tion,

if

changing only

iudt,

(x, y), when t is made u becomes equal to same time IF becomes nothing, since the integra-

and

Further,

be the integral

fact,

= 0;

at the

[CHAP. IX.

t,

changes the cosine into a

we take the value

of

sine.

and make

-r-,

t

=

0,

the

first

which then contains a sine, becomes nothing, and the Thus the equation part becomes equal to ty (x, y).

second v

W

—u+

We

is

the complete integral of the proposed equation.

could form in the same manner the

integral

of the

equation

_ d\ Jr tâ~djf

d 2v

It

would be

i

dy~

d*v

+

d£i

sufficient to introduce a

— cos and

d2 v

(rz

to integrate with respect to r



ry)

and

new

required to

factor

,

7.

Let the proposed equation be

410.

'

d

2

v -p:2

d2 dy2

2

v dv + -j— + -j-. =

express v as a function f(x,y,z),

;

it is

such that,

1st,

t

f(x,y,0) may be an arbitrary function cf>(x,y); 2nd, that on d making 3 = in the function -*- f(x,y,z) we may find a second arbitrary function

y\r

[x, y).

It evidently follows,

from the form of

the differential equation, that the function thus determined will

be the complete integral of the proposed equation.

we may remark first that the equaby writing v = cos px cos qy e mz the exponents p and q being any numbers whatever, and the value of m being To

tion

is

discover this equation satisfied

,

2

±

Jf + 2 We might -

v

then

also write

= cos px — po) (

cos (qy

— q/3)

(e

z

v^ +

2 'i

-f-

a 2 e -z^p +q ) )

PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS.

SECT. IV.]

41.9

or

v

=

Ida Id/3 F(a,

If a be

/3)



jdp jdq cos (px —pu) cos (qy

made equal

to 0,

we

q(3)

F

have, to determine

the

(a, /3),

following condition

<£ (x,

y)

=

Ida

JcZ/3

F

(a, ft)

—pa)

Jdp jdq cos (px

we

and, on comparing with the equation (SB),

cos (^y

— q/3)

;

see that

2

^/3) = (^) we have

u=( —

<M«>/3);

then, as the expression of the

\

Ida Id/3

(f>

(a, (3)

I

first

part of the integral,

dp cos (px —pa) Jdq

(e z

The value substitution

of

u reduces

to

makes the value

We might



(x, y)

when

z

^W
W= ($-]

of

-j-

substitution

2

= 0, and

the same

u with respect

to

ty is

z,

and

a new

:

of TT

(a, /3)

J

dp cos (px - px) Jdq cos (qy - q$)

becomes nothing when

makes the function

«

dW —r- equal

the general integral of the proposed equation 411.

+ e ~ z ^ 2+ « ).

nothing.

also integrate the value of

Ida ld/3 i/r

The value

2

q$)

dit

give to the integral the following form in which arbitrary function



cos (qy

Lastly, let the equation d*v dtf

'

= to

is v

0,

yjr

and the same (x, y).

Hence

= u + W.

be

d*v

d*v

d*4

dx*dy 2

d'v

+ dy

4

.

,

,

{h

27—2

THEORY OF HEAT.

420

[CHAP. IX.

y (a?, y, t), which satisfies and the two following conditions namely, 1st, the substitution t = in f(x, y, t) must give an (x, 2nd, the same substitution in arbitrary function y) it is

required to determine v as a function

the

proposed equation

(e)

<j>

;

must give a second arbitrary function

t)

-j,f(x, y,

:

form of equation

It evidently follows from the

the principles which

when determined

ty (x, y).

we have explained

so as to satisfy the preceding conditions, will

the complete integral of the proposed equation.

we

function

and from

(e),

above, that the function

write

To discover

v,

be

this

first,

v

= cos px cos qy cos mt,

whence we derive

d2v

d?

We

d?

>

d*v

,

=pv

= cos px cos qy cos

v=

ldzld/3

F (a,

/3)





2

2 t

(p

d4v

v^

m=p +

v = cos (px —pen) cos (qy

or

=

-doFdj

'

have then the condition v

or

d*v



= ' mv

.

<&-**: Thus we can

q*.

write

2

+ q ),

— q/3)

\dp\dq cos (px

cos (jpH

— pa)

-f-

qH),

cos (qy



q/3)

cos (pH

When we make t = 0, we must to determine the function

general equation (BB),

between

we

F

(ce,

have v

/S).

find that,

infinite limits, the value of

=

(x,

y)

+ qH).

which serves

;

we compare this with the when the integrals are taken

If

F

(a, /9) is (

have therefore, as the expression of the



first

j



We

(a, /9).

part u of the

integral,

it

=(—)

Ida

Icfy3<£ (a, /9)

jdp \dq cos

(px—pa)

cos (qy

— qjB)

cos (pH

Integrating the value of u with respect to trary function being denoted by

W oî the integral

-v/r,

we

to be expressed thus:

t,

+

qH).

the second arbi-

shall find the other part

OTHER FORM OF INTEGRAL.

SECT. IV.]

W — [n~)

dot

I

\

dfi

yjr (a, {3)

I

dp jdq cos (px-pa.)

421

cos (qy sin

— q/3)

If

we make

t

=

and in W, the

in u

first

=

in -j

u and

in

-j-

W, the

and the second becomes equal

(x,y):

-ty

q*

we

if

also

make

function becomes nothing,

first

to

+

function becomes

equal to
+ q*t)

(pH p*

hence v

= u +W

is

the

general integral of the proposed equation.

We may give

412.

by effectFor this which we have

to the value of u a simpler form

ing the two integrations with respect to

purpose we use the two equations

p and

and

(1)

(2)

q.

proved in Art. 407, and we obtain the following integral,

If, Ho*, Denoting by u the

first

(^-a) 2 +(2/-/3) 2

a\ 1

part of the integral, and by

W the

second, which ought to contain another arbitrary function,

we

have

W= Jo dt u \

If

we denote by

and v

= u + W.

and v two new unknowns, such that we

//.

have a

and

if

we

substitute for

x + 2fijt

we have

dpi

'"'J-oo

could

t

a, /3,

/3

—y_

dx, d/3 their values

y + 2vj~t,

2dp,Jt,

2dvjt,

form of the integral,

this other

v=-

We

—x_

dvs'm(ij?

+ v*)(f>(x + 2nji y + 2vjt) + W.

J -oo

not multiply

further

these

applications

formulae without diverging from our chief subject.

of our

The preceding

examples relate to physical phenomena, whose laws were undifficult to discover; and we have chosen them because

known and

THEORY OF HEAT.

422 the

integrals

fruitlessly

sought

express the

for,

movement

We

413.

consider

might

first series

and sum these equations

equations,

of heat. also,

in the investigation of the integrals,

developed according to powers of one variable,

series

(BB).

(B),

taken from the

worthy of

which have hitherto been have a remarkable analogy with those which

these

of

[CHAP. IX.

by means of the theorems expressed by the The following example of this analysis,

theory of heat

itself,

appeared to us to be

notice.

We have seen, Art. 399, that the general value of u derived from the equation 2 dv _ d v

W .

dt'diï developed in t,

x

;

and that when de-

veloped- in series according to increasing powers of x,

two completely arbitrary functions of first series is

expressed thus

it

contains

t.

:

*-*»+<^*(*)+ra^»+&c The

integral denoted

v

represents the

function

= â~

sum

'

according to increasing powers of the variable

series,

contains one arbitrary function only of

The

.

by

(/3),

\doLJ> (a)

Art. 397, or

\dp

of this series,

(n

e~ pH

cos

(px —poi),

and contains the single arbitrary

<£ (x).

The value

of

v,

developed according to powers of

two arbitrary functions f(t) and F(t), and

is

x,

contains

thus expressed

:

There is therefore, independently of equation (/3), another form of the integral which represents the sum of the last series,

and which

contains

two

arbitrary

functions,

f(t)

and

F{t),

SECONDARY INTEGRAL OF LINEAR EQUATION.

SECT. IV.] It

423

required to discover this second integral of the proposed

is

equation, which cannot be more general than the preceding, but which contains two arbitrary functions.

We

can arrive at

by summing each

it

Now

enter into equation (X).

the form of a function of x and contains

y

(£), it

t,

the

would be necessary,

of the two series which

evident that

is

it

sum

if

we knew,

having multiplied

after

dx, to take the integral with respect to x, and to change

F

We

(t).

should thus find the second

Further,

series.

f it

in

which it by

of the first series

into

(t)

would

be enough to ascertain the sum of the odd terms which enter into the

first series

:

denoting this

for,

the other terms by

v,

rx

v

may be

and the sum of

all

.

at

Jo

remains then to find the value of

It

fx,

$„

rx

=\ dx\ dx -7Jo

f{t)

sum by

we have evidently

/a.

Now

the function

thus expressed, by means of the general equation (B)

f It is easy to

(t)

=

-^

jd* f (a) j dp cos (pt- pu)

t

(B).

deduce from this the values of the functions

pa).

|/(0, §f(t),

&o.

It is evident that differentiation is equivalent to writing in

the second

member

respective factors

We have

of equation

— p +p 4 —p 2

,

,

6 ,

(B),

Thus the problem

(P*

-P*)

common

2

,

1

(

-if" + ^T

consists in finding the

pV

p*x*

the

factor cos (pt—pz),

sum

_ &c

d'y

-}

of the series

which enters into the second member, which presents no In fact, if y be the value of this series, we conclude à*y

}

&c.

then, on writing once the

^ = %r da f( a )JdP cos

under the sign \dp

difficulty.

THEOKY OF HEAT.

424

[CHAP. IX.

Integrating this linear equation, and determining the arbitraryconstants, so that,

may be

nothing,

when x

we

d'y

dx

2

dx

'

dx3

'

+e V2

(e

may be

and

1,

d 3y

sum

the

2

would be useless to

It

'

of the series,

cos

)

^vf-

refer to the details of this investigation

which

sufficient to state the result,

is

it

dy

find, as

y=

nothing, y

is

;

as the integral

gives,

sought,

v



- \dxf{%) \dq q

- sin 2q The term

W

integrating the

is

-jcos

2

(t

2q

- a)

— a)

2

(t

x

(e«

(e? x

+

e~i x) cos qx

- e~^x) sin qx \ + W.

the second part of the integral;

first

it is

(/3/3).

formed

x=

part with respect to x, from

to

by-

x = x,

and by changing f into F. Under this form the integral contains two completely arbitrary functions f(t) and F(t). If, in the value becomes nothing byof v, we suppose x nothing, the term hypothesis, and the first part u of the integral becomes f(t). If

W

we make the same evident that the

dW —j—

second,

,

first

which

x

substitution

part

-*-

=

in the value of

T-

dx

it

is

become nothing, and that the

will

from the

differs only

-

first

F being

by the function

F

substituted for f, will be reduced to Thus the (t). integral expressed by equation (yS/3) satisfies all the conditions,

and represents the sum of the two

member This

is

the form of the integral which

in several problems of the theory of heat different from that which 1

Art.

See the article by Sir 1.

which form the second

series

of the equation (X).

is

;

we

necessary to select see that

expressed by equation

W. Thomson,

Camb. Math. Journal, Vol.

it is 1

"

On

III. pp.

(J3),

it is

very

Art. 397.

the Linear Motion of Heat," Part H.

206—8.

[A. F.]

SERIES EXPRESSED BY DEFINITE INTEGRALS.

SECT. IV.]

We may

414.

by

to express,

employ very

different processes of investigation

definite integrals, the

sent the integrals

425

sums

which repre-

of series

The form

of differential equations.

of

these

expressions depends also on the limits of the definite integrals.

We

will cite

a single example of this investigation, recalling the

we

Article

+ tsinu

write x

which terminates that under the sign of the function c£,

If in the equation

of Art. 311.

result

we have 2

[*

1

-

du(f)(x

+

t

sin u)

t*

t

=

(as)

+

J

^

<j>"

(x)

+ ^-^

iv (j>

(x)

yi

,,



(ai)

+

&c.

Denoting by v the sum of the series which forms the second member, we see that, to make one of the factors 2 2 4 2 6 2 &c. disappear in each term, we must differentiate once with respect to t, multiply the result by t, and differentiate a second time with ,

respect to

t.

We

conclude from this that v

satisfies

,

,

the partial

differential equation 2

dv

1

doc'

We

t

d2v

d ( dv\ dt\ dt)' .

°

l

dj?

d2 v df

+

1 dv t

dt'

have therefore, to express the integral of this equation, 1

«;

=—

f"

due

(x

+ tsmu)

-f

IP.

7TJo

The second

part

W of the

integral contains a

new

arbitrary

function.

The form

of this second part

W

of the integral differs very

and may also be expressed by definite integrals. The results, which are obtained by means of definite integrals, vary according to the processes of investigation by which they are derived, and according to the limits of the integrals.

much from

415.

that of the

first,

It is necessary to

examine carefully the nature of the

general propositions which serve to transform arbitrary functions for the use of these

theorems

is

very extensive, and

we

:

derive

from them directly the solution of several important physical The problems, which could be treated by no other method.

426

THEORY OF HEAT.

following proofs, which

we gave

[CHAP. IX.

in our first researches, are very

suitable to exhibit the truth of these propositions.

In the general equation 1 r+

f(x) which

=-

°

+Q0

r

dp cos (pa

daf (a)

7T J _ oo

tegration with respect to p, and

/( a J

we

g )=^r^/( 7TJ

effect the in-

find

sip(yg

a-

)

-cr,

We

we may

the same as equation (B), Art. 404,

is

— px),

Jo

ought then to give to p, in the

"P

a?)

X

last expression,

value; and, this being done, the second

member

an infinite express the

will

We

shall perceive the truth of this result byvalue of fix). means of the following construction. Examine first the definite /.QO

dx

I

J o

If

we

sin x,

,

x

which we know

construct above the axis of

and that whose ordinate

of the first curve

may

x

s in

/

integral

is -,

to

be equal to

\ir,

Art. 356.

x the curve whose ordinate

is

and then multiply the ordinate

by the corresponding ordinate

of the second,

we

consider the product to be the ordinate of a third curve

whose form

it is

very easy to ascertain.

Its first ordinate at the origin is 1, and the succeeding ordinates become alternately positive or negative; the curve cuts the axis at the points where x = ir, 2 37r, &c, and it approaches nearer and nearer to this axis. 77-,-

A second branch

of the curve, exactly like the

to the left of the axis of y.

The

integral

I

dx



-

x

Jo

situated

first, is

-

is

the area

included between the curve and the axis of x, and reckoned from

x=

up

to a positive infinite value of x. /•CD

r

The

definite integral

/

Jo

any

positive

fact, let

dx



sin

—DX

,

in which

p

is

supposed to be

no

number, has the same value as the preceding.

px — z\

the proposed integral will become

I

dz

Jo

consequently,

it

is

also

equal to

\-n.

This proposition

,

In and,

% is

true,

AREAS REPRESENTING INTEGRALS.

SECT. IV.]

whatever positive number p may be.

p

=

10, the curve

much sin

x ;

x

whose ordinate

and shorter than the

closer

but the whole area from x

=

we suppose,

If

is

427 example,

has sinuosities very J

x

sinuosities

up

for

to

x=

whose ordinate the same.

oo is

Suppose now that the number p becomes greater and and that it increases without limit, that is to say, becomes

The

sinuosities of the curve

whose ordinate

is -

is



greater, infinite.

are infinitely 77"

near.

being

Their base so,

is

an

we compare the

if

-

infinitely small length equal to

which

positive area

That

.

on one

rests

IT

of these intervals

— P

with the negative area which rests on the

following interval, and if

we denote by Xthe

finite

and

sufficiently

large abscissa which answers to the beginning of the

we

first

arc,

see that the abscissa x, which enters as a denominator into

the expression

——

of the ordinate, has

-

the double interval



,

no sensible variation in

which serves as the base of the two

areas.

V Consequently the integral

is

quantity.

It follows that the

each other

is

of the

if x were a constant two areas which succeed

nothing.

The same

is

not the case

small, since the interval

value of x.

the same as

sum

We



know from

when the value

has in this case a

x

of

is

infinitely

the

finite ratio to

this that the integral

I

dx

sin

px *—

m .

,

which we suppose^» to be an infinite number, is wholly formed out of the sum of its first terms which correspond to extremely small values of

x.

When

the abscissa has a finite value X, the area

does not vary, since the parts which compose

two by two alternately.

Jo

We X

it

destroy each other

express this result by writing

J

x

*

THEORY OF HEAT.

428

The quantity

[CHAP. IX.

which denotes the limit of the second integral, and the value of the integral is the same when the limit is co and when it is go co,

has an infinitely small value

;

.

This assumed, take the equation

416.

Having

laid

that axis

the

this curve

is

down the

axis of the abscissae

entirely arbitrary;

it

only in one or several parts of

a,

construct above

The form of might have ordinates existing

curve ff, whose ordinate

/(a).

is

its course, all

the other ordinates

being nothing. Construct also above the same axis of abscissa? a curved line ss

whose ordinate

is

——

z denoting the abscissa and

,

The

great positive number.

which corresponds origin

We

a very

centre of this curve, or the point

to the greatest ordinate p,

of the abscissae

p

may be

placed at the

or at the end of any abscissa whatever.

a,

suppose this centre to be successively displaced, and to be

transferred to

all

points of the axis of

ing from the point

of the second curve,

towards the

a,

right, depart-

Consider what occurs in a certain position

0.

when the

centre has arrived at the point x,

which terminates an abscissa x of the

The value of x being regarded

first

curve.

and a being the only variable, the ordinate of the second curve becomes sin p (a

a If then

we

second, and represent

drawn above the

to say, if

this product is

a, ..

.

f(a) J '

this curve

two curves, for the purpose of

we multiply each ordinate of the the product by an ordinate of a third curve

is

axis of

The whole area

— x)

—x

link together the

forming a third, that

as constant,

sin

(a

p ±-i

— x)

a—x

-.

of the third curve, or the area included

and the axis of

abscissae,

may then

between

be expressed by

EXAMINATION OF AN INTEGRAL.

SECT. IV.]

Now

the

number p being

all its sinuosities infinitely

429

infinitely great, the second curve

near

;

we

has

easily see that for all points

finite distance from the point x, the definite whole area of the third curve, is formed of equal parts alternately positive or negative, which destroy each other two by two. In fact, for one of these points situated at a certain dis-

which are at a integral, or the

tance from the point

when we same

is

x,

the value of /(a) varies infinitely

increase the distance

by a quantity

the case with the denominator a

The area which corresponds

distance. fore the

same

less

than



little

The

.

— x, which measures

—p 2-7T

to the interval

that

.

is

there-

and a — x were not variables. when a — x is a finite magnitude. may be taken between limits as near

as if the quantities /(a)

Consequently

it

is

nothing

Hence the definite integral as we please, and it gives, between those limits, the same result between infinite limits. The whole problem is reduced then taking the integral between points infinitely near, one to the the other to the right of that where a

—x

nothing, that

is

is

as to

left,

to say

from a = x — to to a = x + a>, denoting by co a quantity infinitely small. In this interval the function f (a) does not vary, it is equal to f (x), and may be placed outside the symbol of integration.

Hence the value

of the expression

—x a — x = — &>, and

taken between the limits

Now

this integral

we

;

is

the product off(x) by

a

J

ceding article

is

equal to

ir,

as

a

—x =

a>.

we have seen

hence the definite integral

is

in the pre-

equal to irf{x), whence

obtain the equation

=

dx 27rJ

417.

quantities

f&\

dp cos

(Pœ

-P*)-

(B)-

The preceding proof supposes that notion of infinite which has always been admitted by geometers. It

would be easy

to offer the

same proof under another form, examin-

ing the changes which result from the continual increase of the

THEORY OF HEAT.

430 factor

[CHAP. IX.

p under the symbol sin p — x). These considerations known to make it necessary to recall them.

are

(ol

too well

Above

must be remarked that the function /(a?), to which and not subject to a continuous law. We might therefore imagine that the enquiry is concerning a function such that the ordinate which represents it has no existing value except when the abscissa is included between two given limits a and b, all the other ordinates being supposed all, it

this proof applies, is entirely arbitrary,

nothing

;

interval from all

no form or trace except above the and coincides with the axis of a in

so that the curve has

x=a

other parts of

The same

to

x=

b,

its course.

proof shews that

we

are not considering here infinite

We

values of x, but definite actual values.

might

also

the same principles the cases in which the function infinite, for singular

x included between the given limits; to the chief object which we have in

values of

but these have no relation view, which it

is

is

f

examine on becomes

(x)

to introduce into the integrals arbitrary functions

;

impossible that any problem in nature should lead to the

supposition that the function f(x) becomes infinite,

give to

xa

when we

singular value included between given limits.

In general the function f (x) represents a succession of values or ordinates each of which

given to the abscissa

x,

is

arbitrary.

An

infinity of values

there are an equal

number

being

of ordinates

All have actual numerical values, either positive or negative

f{x). or nul.

We

do not suppose these ordinates to be subject to a common law; they succeed each other in any manner whatever, and each of

them It

is

given as

may

if it

were a single quantity.

follow from the very nature of the problem,

the analysis which

is

applicable to

ordinate to the following

is

it,

itself,

is

But

effected in a continuous manner.

special conditions are then concerned,

considered by

and from

that the passage from one

and the general equation

independent of these conditions.

(B),

It

is

rigorously applicable to discontinuous functions.

Suppose now that the function f(x) coincides with a certain analytical expression, such as sin

a-,

e~ x \ or

x a value included between the two



(x),

limits a

when we

and

b,

give to

and that

all

SECT. IV.]

FUNCTIONS COINCIDING BETWEEN LIMITS.

431

the values of f(x) are nothing when x is not included between a and b; the limits of integration with respect to a, in the preceding

equation (B), become then a as for the limits a

= — oo

by hypothesis, when a

is

a

,

= a, = oo

a ,

= b;

since the result

every value of

is

the same

being nothing

<£ (at)

not included between a and

b.

We

have

then the equation

— I

f(x)

=

H-ao

/•»

I

dot



The second member

(a)

^ cos

I

— ^3a)

of this equation (B)

variable x; for the two integrations

appear, and

(pic

make

(5').

a function of the

is

the variables a and

x only remains with the constants a and

function equivalent to the second

member

is

b.

p

dis-

Now

the

such, that on substitut-

ing for x any value included between a and b

we

}

find the

same

and we find a nul result if, in the second member, we substitute for x any value not included between a and b. If then, keeping all the other quantities which form the second member, we replaced the limits a and b by nearer limits a and V, each of which is included between a and b, we should change the function of x which is equal to the second member, and the effect of the change would be such that the second member would become nothing whenever we gave to x a value not included between a and b'; and, if the value of x were included between a and b', w e should have the same result as result as on substituting this value of

x

in



(x)

;

r

on substituting

We second

this value of

a?

in <£(#).

can therefore vary at will the limits of the integral in the

member

of equation (B).

This equation exists always for

b, which we may have chosen; and, if we assign any other value to x, the second member becomes nothing. Let us represent
values of x included between any limits a and

;

whose value is/(#), will represent the variable ordinate of a second curve whose form will depend on the limits a and b. If these limits are — oo and + oo the two curves, one of which has (f>(x) for ordinate, and the other f(x), coincide exactly through the whole extent of their course. But, if we give other values a and b to these limits, the two curves coincide exactly through every part of their To course which corresponds to the interval from x = a to x=b. right and left of this interval, the second curve coincides precisely ,

THEORY OF HEAT.

432

at every point with the axis of

[CHAP. IX.

This result

x.

is

very remarkable,

and determines the true sense of the proposition expressed by equation (B).

The theorem expressed by equation

418.

(II)

be considered under the same point of view. serves to develope an arbitrary function

subject or not to a

value

law, and answering and any magnitude X.

of this

This equation function

to say a succession of given values,

common

x included between

The

is

must

in a series of sines or

The function fix) denotes a

cosines of multiple arcs.

completely arbitrary, that

f [x)

Art. 234

function

is

to all the values of

expressed by the following

equation,

fix)

The

integral,

limits a

= a, and

= â~ %

I

dzf(i) cos^^ [x—

a)

[A).

must be taken between the each of these limits a and b is any quantity whatever included between and X. The sign £ affects the integer number i, and indicates that we must give to i every with respect to

a,

a = b;

integer value negative or positive, namely,

..._5 _4, -s, -2, -1,

0,

s

+1, +2, +3, +4, +5,...

and must take the sum of the terms arranged under the sign X. member becomes a function of the variable x only, and of the constants a and b. The general After these integrations the second

proposition

consists in this

:

1st,

that the value of the second

member, which would be found on substituting for x a quantity included between a and b, is equal to that which would be obtained on substituting the same quantity for x in the function y (a;); 2nd, every other value of x included between and X, but not included between a and b, being substituted in the second member, gives a nul result.

Thus there

is

no function f(x), or part of a function, which

cannot be expressed by a trigonometric

The value

series.

member is periodic, and the interval X, that is to say, the value of the second member All its does not change when x + is written instead of x. values in succession are renewed at intervals X. of the second

of the period is

X

TRANSFORMATION OF FUNCTIONS.

SECT. IV.]

The

trigonometrical

433

equal to the second

series

convergent; the meaning of this statement the variable x any value whatever, the

is,

sum

that if

This limit

limit.

is

0,

we have

if

is

we give

to

of the terms of the

approaches more and more, and infinitely near

series

member

substituted for

to,

a definite

x a quantity

and X, but not included between a and h; but if the quantity substituted for x is included between a and b, the limit of the series has the same value as f{x). The last function is subject to no condition, and the line whose ordinate it included between

represents

formed of a

may have any form

;

for example, that of a contour

series of straight lines"

this that the limits

a and

b,

and curved

lines.

We

see by

the whole interval X, and the nature

of the function being arbitrary, the proposition has a very extensignification

sive

property, but

;

and,

leads

problems in nature,

as

it

not only expresses an analytical

it

the solution

also to

was necessary

points of view, and to indicate

its

of several important

to consider it

under different

chief applications.

We

have

given several proofs of this theorem in the course of this work.

That which we

in one of the following Articles

shall refer to

424) has the advantage of being applicable also to non-

(Art.

periodic functions. If

we suppose the

X

interval

infinite,

the terms of the series

become differential quantities the sum indicated by the sign 2 becomes a definite integral, as was seen in Arts. 353 and 355, and equation {A) is transformed into equation (B). Thus the latter equation (B) is contained in the former, and belongs to the case is infinite: the limits a and b are then in which the interval ;

X

evidently entirely arbitrary constants.

The theorem expressed by equation

419.

divers analytical applications,

quitting the

of this

object

(B) presents also

which we could not unfold without work; but we will enunciate the

principle from which these applications are derived.

We

see that, in the second

member

•^ = 2^r!

dp cos (px-pz)

the function f(x) function F.

H.

/

affects

da is

f^] so

transformed,

of the equation (B),

that the

no longer the variable

x,

symbol of the

but an auxiliary 28

THEORY OF HEAT.

434 variable

The

a.

It follows

from

x,

x

is

only affected by the symbol cosine.

that in order to differentiate the function /(cc)

this,

with respect to

as

many times member

as

we

wish,

it is

sufficient to

with respect to x under the then have, denoting by i any integer number

the second

differentiate

symbol

variable

[CHAP. IX.

We

cosine.

whatever,

d2i

f ^if( x = ± Jdzf )

We when

f {<*)

J

dp p 2i cos (px-pv).

when * is even, and the lower sign Following the same rule relative to the choice

take the upper sign

i is

odd.

of sign

dx li

We

f{x)

=+

x— \dzf(a) jdpp 2i+1 sin (px —pz).

can also integrate the second

member

several times in succession, with respect to

x

;

of equation (B) it

is sufficient

to

write in front of the symbol sine or cosine a negative power of p.

The same remark

applies to finite differences

and

to

summa-

tions denoted by the sign 2, and in general to analytical operations

which may be effected upon trigonometrical quantities. The chief characteristic of the theorem in question, is to transfer the general sign of the function to an auxiliary variable, and to place the The function f(x) variable x under the trigonometrical sign. acquires in a manner, by this transformation, all the properties of trigonometrical quantities differentiations, integrations, and summations of series thus apply to functions in general in the same manner as to exponential trigonometrical functions. For which ;

reason the use of this proposition gives directly the integrals of partial differential fact, it

is

evident that

equations with constant coefficients.

we could

and since the theorems of the general and arbitrary functions the

ticular exponential values

are speaking give

to

In

by parwhich we

satisfy these equations

;

character of exponential quantities, they lead easily to the expression of the complete integrals.

The same transformation gives also, as we have seen in an easy means of summing infinite series, when these

Art. 413,

series contain successive differentials, or successive integrals of the

REAL AND UNREAL PARTS OF A FUNCTION.

SECT. IV.]

same function what precedes,

for

;

the summation of the series

is

435

reduced, by

to that of a series of algebraic terms.

We

may also employ the theorem in question for the 420. purpose of substituting under the general form of the function a binomial formed of a real part and an imaginary part. This problem occurs at the beginning of the calculus and we point it out here since

analytical

partial differential equations

of it

;

has a direct relation to our chief object. If in the function result

consists

+ vsJ—1 instead of — 1 ^. The problem +J

f(x) we write

two parts

of


determine each of these functions

We

/jl

and



shall readily arrive at the result if

yfr

we

in terms of

x,

the

is

to

and v. by the

//,

replace f(x)

expression

2^\dy.f (a) dp

cos

(px-pz),

J

problem is then reduced to the substitution of /x + v J — 1 instead of x under the symbol cosine, and to the calculation of the

for the

real

term and the

f(.x)

=/(/& +

= T-

coefficient of

J — 1. We

vj-l) = t^Jdz dp

ldzf(a)

{cos (pfi

(a)

-px)

thus have

dp cos [p

(e?>

v

+ e-? v

J

+ J^Ï sin hence

<j)

-\jr

=— =

(ft

)

{pp-po)

idotf (a) \dp cos (p/x -px) (e^ v



doc J

f (a)

I

dp

sin

(pp—poi)

- a) +pvj - i]

(ev v

+

(eP v

-

e~P v)}

e~P v),

— e - ^").

Thus all the functions f(x) which can be imagined, even those which are not subject to any law of continuity, are reduced to the form

M+Ns/— 1,

binomial

fi

+ v J~

when we

replace the variable x in

them by the

1.

28—2

;

THEORY OF HEAT.

43 G

To

421.

give an example of the use of the last two formula?, d?v

us consider the equation -=—2

let

[CHAP. IX.

d?v

+ -^ = 0,

which

relates to the

uniform movement of heat in a rectangular plate. The general integral of this equation evidently contains two arbitrary func-

Suppose then that we know in terms of x the value of v that we also know, as another function of x, the dv value of -r when y = 0, we can deduce the required integral from

tions.

when y = 0, and

that of the equation

d 2v _ d2 v d?~dx~*'

.

which has long been known; but we find imaginary quantities under the functional signs the integral is :

v

= $(x + yJ^l)+$(x-y<]^\)+W.

W of the integral

The second part

is

derived from the

integrating with respect to y, and changing It (x



into

remains then to transform the quantities ${x-\-y J—

— y J— 1),

in order to separate the real parts

find for the first part

=

by

1)

and

from the ima-

Following the process of the preceding Article we

ginary parts.

u

first

^r.

—I *

u

of the integral,

daf(a)

-•'-09

dp cos (px -pa)

I

(e

py

+ e~py

),

' -00

and consequently

W = -^

f

The complete real 1st,

y

=

dot

F(a)

&

\

cos (px

- pa)

(e™

-

e").

integral of the proposed equation expressed in

= u + W\

and we perceive in fact, that it satisfies the differential equation 2nd, that on making in it, it gives v =f(x) 3rd, that on making y = in the terms

is

therefore

v

;

;

dv function y-

,

the result

is

F (x).

DIFFERENTIATION OF FUNCTIONS.

SECT. IV.]

We may

422.

437

remark that we can deduce from equation

also

(B) a very simple expression of the differential coefficient of the i

d

th

l

f*

order, -j-ifÇx), or of the integral

The expression required index

I

i

dx f{x).

a certain function of x and of the

is

under a form an index, but as a

It is required to ascertain this function

i.

such that the number

may

*

not enter

it

as

quantity, in order to include, in the same formula, every case in which we assign to i any positive or negative value. To obtain it we shall remark that the expression

cos

f I

r





ITT

cos r cos

or

if

+1

ô

.

ITT

.

sin r sin

-=

-~-

becomes successively

— if

sin

— cos r,

r,

+ sin r,

the respective values of

recur in the same order,

second

member

i

are

+

r,

1, 2, 3, 4, 5,

when we

— sin r, &c.

&c,

The same

increase the value of

i.

results

In the

of the equation

f{x)

=

2^. j

cos (Px

d *f( a ) dP j

we must now

write the factor

p

add under

symbol the term

+i~

this

cos

i

~P*)>

before the symbol cosine, and 7T .

We

shall thus

have

éé

i

dx*

f( x)

=

2^. J

^/(a

)

J

dPP*

cos \PX

-P* + * £ )

The number i, which enters into the second member, may be any positive or negative integer. We shall not press these applications to general analysis it is sufficient to have shewn the use of ;

our theorems by different examples. order, (d), Art. 405,

(e),

The equations of the fourth we have said to

Art. 411, belong as

The integrals of these equations were not known when we gave them in a Memoir on the Vibrations of

dynamical problems. yet

and

THEORY OF HEAT.

438

[CHAP. IX,

Academy

Elastic Surfaces, read at a sitting of the

1 ,

§§ 10 and 11, and Art. Til. §§ 13 and 14). consist in the two formulae 8 and S', Art. 406, and in the two

6th June, 1816 (Art.

They

of Sciences

VI.

integrals expressed, one

by the

last

by the

first

equation of Art. 412, the other

We

equation of the same Article.

other proofs of the same results. integral of equation

(c),

Art. 409, under the form referred to in

that Article.

With regard

Art. 413,

here published for the

it is

then gave several

This memoir contained also the

to the integral first

(J3/3)

of equation (a),

time.

The propositions expressed by equations (A-) and (B'), 418 and 417, may be considered under a more general point of view. The construction indicated in Arts. 415 and 416 applies 423.

Arts.

—-

sm —7JOL

uoo)

(

not only to the trigonometrical function all

other functions, and supposes only that

becomes a,

infinite,

by taking

we

;

but

when the number p

find the value of the integral with respect to

this integral

between extremely near

limits.

this condition belongs not only to trigonometrical functions,

applicable to an infinity of other functions.

the expression of an arbitrary function

remarkable forms

;

With

it

and

this

It will

first.

which occupy

equally easy to

is

be

is

thus arrive at

under different very

us.

respect to the proposition expressed

structions,

at

f{cc)

We

Now but

but we make no use of these transformations

in the special investigations

Art. 418,

suits

make

was the theorem

its

for

by equation (A),

truth evident by con-

which we employed them

sufficient to indicate the course of the proof.

1 The date is inaccurate. The memoir was read on June 8th, 1818, as appears from an abstract of it given in the Bulletin des Sciences par la Société Philomatique, September 1818, pp. 129 136, entitled, Note relative aux vibrations des surfaces élastiques et au mouvement des ondes, par M. Fourier. The reading of the memoir further appears from the Analyse des travaux de V Académie des Sciences pendant Vannée 1818, p. xiv, and its not having been published except in abstract, from a remark of Poisson at pp. 150 1 of his memoir Sur les équations aux différences partielles, printed in the Mémoires de l'Académie des Science's, Tome ni. (year 1818), Paris, 1820. The title, Mémoire sur les vibrations des surfaces élastiques, par





M. Fourier,

is

given in the Analyse, p. xiv.

The

object, " to integrate several

and to deduce from the integrals the knowledge of the physical phenomena to which these equations refer," is stated in the Bulletin, partial differential equations

p. 129.

[A. F.]

EXAMINATION OF AN INTEGRAL.

SECT. IV.]

439

In equation (A), namely,

^ we can

=

1

Ç

2tt

/

+x _

x

da

sum

fW 2

+ 00 -M

a C0S 2 * 7r

—x

~Z~

;

terms

arranged under the which is derived from known theorems. We have seen different examples of this calculation previously, It gives as the result if we suppose, Section III., Chap. III. in order to simplify the expression, 2ir = X, and denote a — x sign

by

the

replace

X by

the

of

value,

its

r,

+j

y\ -j-

cos Jir

...

= cos Jir + sin Jir



sin r :

.

versinr

We

must then multiply the second member of this equation dxf{oL), suppose the number j infinite, and integrate from — = The curved line, whose abscissa is and 7T to a = + 7r. a with the line conjoined whose abscissa is ordinate cos jr, being a and ordinate /(a), that is to say, when the corresponding by

a.

ordinates are multiplied together,

it is

evident that the area of

the curve produced, taken between any limits, becomes nothing when the number j increases without limit. Thus the first term cos jr gives a nul result.

The same would be the

case with the sin

not multiplied by the factor three curves which have a

sm sin Jjr,



:

common

term sm jr,

if it

were

7*

;

but on comparing the

abscissa a,

and as ordinates

7*

:

versm r

,

/(a),

we act



see clearly that the integral

.... sm jr

j

(a)

sinr -

versm r

has no actual values except for certain intervals infinitely small,

when the ordinate namelv, J '

take place

if

r or a

—x

a differs infinitely little fix).

Hence the

2/0)

.

=

becomes

.

infinite.

This will

is nothing and in the interval in which from x, the value of /(a) coincides with

integral

jo



sin r

versm r ;

becomes

dr sin jr-^, or 4/0) j

-^ sin jr,

THEORY OF HEAT.

440

which

is

[CHAP. IX.

Whence we con-

equal to 2irf(x), Arts. 415 and 356.

clude the previous equation (A).

When

the variable

what

struction shews

x is

is

— rr

exactly equal to

or

+ ir,

the con-

member

the value of the second

of the

equation (A), [|/(-tt) or i/(w)]. If the limits of integrations are not — ir and + 7r, but other numbers a and b, each of which is included between — ir and + 7T, we see by the same figure what the values of x are, for which

the second If

member

we imagine

of equation (A)

is

nothing.

that between the limits of integration certain

values of /(a) become infinite, the construction indicates in what

But we do

sense the general proposition must be understood.

not here consider cases of this kind, since they do not belong to physical problems.

If instead

— it and + it, we

the limits

of restricting

more distant

greater extent to the integral, selecting

and

b',

we know from the same

give

limits a

figure that the second

member

formed of several terms and makes the result of integration finite, whatever the function f (x) may be.

of equation (A)

We

is

find similar results if

we

——^-X OL

write 2ir

It

of

when j

the factor

may this

We to

=

,

the

which we

of different functions

receive

values

may become may also vary

limit.

We

V

versm r

r,

so that the area

increases without

——

S1Ï1

and negative,

at

results

It is sufficient for these functions to

sinjV.

alternately positive

nothing,

instead of

X

— and + X. must now be considered that the have arrived would also hold for an infinity

limits of integration being

X

as well as the limits of integration, °

suppose the interval to become

infinite.

and we

Expressions of

kind are very general, and susceptible of very different forms. cannot delay over these developments, but it was necessary

exhibit

the

employment

of

geometrical

constructions

;

for

they solve without any doubt questions which may arise on the extreme values, and on singular values they would not have ;

served to discover these theorems, but they prove all

their applications.

them and guide

441

DEVELOPMENT IN SERIES OF FUNCTIONS.

SECT. IV.]

We

have yet to regard the same propositions under If we compare with each other the solutions relative to the varied movement of heat in a ring, a sphere, a rectangular prism, a cylinder, we see that we had to develope an arbitrary function f(x) in a series of terms, such as 424.

another aspect.

a$ fax) + a

2
(ji

2

x)

+a

3
(ji

s

+

x)

&c.

which in the second member of equation (^4) is a cosine or a sine, is replaced here by a function which may be very different from a sine. The numbers /x v /x2 /i3 &c. instead of being integers, are given by a transcendental equation, all of whose roots infinite in number are real.

The

function

,

,

,

The problem

consisted in finding the values of the coefficients

they have been arrived at by means of definite integrations which make all the unknowns disappear, except one.

at

a 2 a3

,

...

,

We

oj

;

proceed to examine specially the nature of this process, and

the exact consequences which flow from

it.

In order to give to this examination a more definite object, we will take as example one of the most important problems,

namely, that of the varied movement of heat in a solid sphere. We have seen, Art. 290, that, in order to satisfy the initial dis-

we must determine

tribution of the heat,

a3

a

...

t

xF{x)

=a

1

+a

sin (fijX)

The function F(x)

is

,

is

x.

sin

2

(fi 2 x) 4-

a 3 sin

entirely arbitrary

(/j>

;

3

x)

it

+ &c

(e).

denotes the value

temperature of the spherical shell whose

v of the given initial

radius

the coefficients a v a 2

in the equation

,

The numbers

fi v fi 2 ...

p. are

the roots

/jl,

of the

transcendental equation

tan fiX

X

is

= l-hX

the radius of the whole sphere

efficient

having any positive value.

h

;

(/).

a known numerical cohave rigorously proved in

is

We

our earlier researches, that all the values of 1 This demonstration equation (/) are real .

1

The Mémoires de l'Académie

des Sciences,

Tome

fi

is

or the roots of the

derived from the

x, Paris 1831, pp.

119

— 146,

contain Remarques générales sur V application des principes de l'analyse algébrique

THEORY OF HEAT.

442

[CHAP. IX.

we should

general theory of equations, and requires only that

suppose known tion may have. place

the form of the imaginary roots which every equa-

We

have not referred to

supplied by constructions which

is

Moreover,

evident.

in determining the

it

in this work, since its

make

the proposition more

we have treated a similar problem analytically, varied movement of heat in a cylindrical body

This arranged, the problem consists in discovering

(Art. 308).

numerical values for a v « 2 a 3 ,...ai} &c, such that the second member of equation (e) necessarily becomes equal to x (x), when ,

F

we

substitute in

it

for

and the

x any value included between

whole length X.

To dx

find the coefficient ai}

we have

multiplied equation

and then integrated between the limits x and we have proved (Art. 291) that the integral sin

lift,

by

(e)

— 0, x = X,

•x

dx

sin [xfc sin \ip

/,o

has a null value whenever the indices that

is

to say

i and j are not the same; and fij are two different roots follows from this, that the definite inte-

when the numbers

fi i

of the equation (/). It gration making all the terms of the second

except that which contains ai} the equation

dx [x

1

we have

F (x) sin figf] = aA

J

member

disappear,

to determine this coefficient,

dx sin fx x t

sin

/j,.x.

J

Substituting this value of the coefficient a in equation t

derive from

it

the identical equation I

da. a

F (a) sin

œF(œ) = XnjiQjtp)lb I

Jo aux équations transcendantes, by Fourier. roots of sec

x=0

do not

/a.

we

a (e).

:

dj3 sin

(e),

(e),

nJ3 sin fiJ3

The author shews that the imaginary them, tana:= *j - 1.

satisfy the equation tana;=0, since for

is satisfied only by the roots of sin x = 0, which are all real. may be shewn also that the imaginary roots of sec x=0 do not satisfy the equation x - m tan x = 0, where m is less than 1, but this equation is satisfied only by the

The equation tan x—0

It

roots of the equation f(x)

= x cos x

-

m sin x = 0,

which are

all

real.

For

if

fr (x )> /r-iW, are three successive differential coefficients of f(x), the values x which make fr (x) =0, make the signs of fr+1 (x) and fr _ Y (x) different. Hence

fr+i(x ), of

by Fourier's Theorem

relative to the

number

of changes of sign oif(x)

successive derivatives, f(x) can have no imaginary roots.

[A. F.]

and

its

WHAT TERMS MUST BE INCLUDED.

SECT. IV.]

In the second member we must give to say

we must

i all its

443

values, that

is

to

u all the roots p of the The integral must be taken for a from a=0 to

successively substitute for

equation (/).

fi

= X,

which makes the unknown a disappear. The same is the /3, which enters into the denominator in such a manner that the term sin /xfc is multiplied by a coefficient a whose value The symbol X denotes depends only on and on the index

a

case with

t

X

*'.

that after having given to

down the sum

The

its different values,

i

integration then offers a very simple

the coefficients directly; origin of this process,

write

the terms, for example,

means

of determining

but we must examine attentively the

which gives

If in equation

1st.

we must

of all the terms.

(e)

rise to

the following remarks.

we had omitted

all

to write

down

those in which the index

part of

an even

is

number, we should still find, on multiplying the equation by dx sin \i x, and integrating from x = to x = X, the same value of ai5 which has been already determined, and we should thus form x

an equation which would not be true

would contain only part of the terms of the general equation, namely, those whose index

is

;

for it

odd.

The complete equation

(e) which we obtain, after having and which does not differ from the equation referred to (Art. 291) in which we might make £=0 and v =.f(x), is such that if we give to x any value included between and X, the two members are necessarily equal; but we cannot conclude, as we have remarked, that this equality would hold, if

2nd.

determined the

coefficients,

choosing for the

first

tinuous law, such as

not included between (e)

member sin x or

xF (x)

we were to give to a? a value In general the resulting equation

cos x,

and X.

ought to be applied to values of

Now

x,

included between

and X.

the process which determines the coefficient at does not

explain

why

a function subject to a con-

why

all

the roots

fit

must enter

into equation

this equation refers solely to values of x, included

(e),

nor

between

and X.

To answer these

questions clearly,

it is sufficient to

revert to

the principles which serve as the foundation of our analysis.

"We divide the interval

X

into

an

infinite

number n

of parts

THEORY OF HEAT.

444

[CHAP. IX.

we have ndx = X, and writing f (x) instead of xF{x), we denote hy f ,f2 ,f3 ...f ...fn) the values of/ (¥), which

equal to dx, so that

i

1

correspond to the values dx, 2dx, Sdx,

x

we make up the general equation unknown coefficients

;

i

...an

.

.

idx

(e)

terms; so that n

a

.

. . .

ndx, assigned to

number n

out of a

enter into

it,

ax a 2 az ,

,

,

of ...

(e) represents n equations which we should form by substituting succesn values dx, 2dx, Sdx,... ndx. This system of n

This arranged, the equation

.

of the first degree, sively for x, its

equations contains

the

third,

f

multiply the

first

in the first equation,

f

x

f

2

in the second,

f

3

in

th

To determine the first coefficient a we equation by c the second by er2 the third by n

in the n

.

x

x

,

,

,

and add together the equations thus multiplied. The factors a 1
3

and

,

so on,

,

,

.

,

an equation all

for

the equations

determining this

anew by other

coefficient.

factors p v p 2

,

We

then multiply

p s ,---p n respectively,

on adding the n equations, all We have then an the coefficients may be eliminated, except a z continued, and determine Similar operations are equation to ar

and determine these

factors so that

.

choosing always

unknown nation

is

dx

factors,

Now

dx

sin (fi^dx),

The

successively determine all the

evident that this process of elimi-

except ai}

is

of the first factors is

series o\, o\, o\,...cr

sin (fi^dx),

general the series of factors efficients

we

it is

exactly that which results from integration between the

and X.

limits

new

coefficients.

dx sin

dx sin (fijidx) ... dx sin (ji^dx). In which serves to eliminate all the co-

(jiflx),

dx

sin

(ji

t

2dx),

dx sin

(ji.

Sdx)

dx sin {^ndx) it is represented by the general term dx sin in which we give successively to x all the values ;

dx,

We

see

by

Idx,

Sdx,

.

.

.

. .

(fax),

ndx.

which serves to determine these no respect from the ordinary process of elimi-

this that the process

coefficients, differs in

first degree. The number n of equations unknown quantities a v a 2 a3 ...a n and is number of given quantities fv f2 ,f3 ---fn The

nation in equations of the is

equal to that of the

the same as the

values found for the coefficients are those which

,

,

*

must

exist in

CONDITIONS OF DEVELOPMENT.

SECT. IV.]

order that the n equations in order that equation

(e)

may hold good together, that is to say may be true when we give to x one of

these n values included between

n

is infinite, it

and

X

;

and since the number

member f (x) necessarily coinwhen the value of x substituted in each

follows that the first

cides with the second, is

445

and

included between

The foregoing proof

^Y.

applies not only to developments of the

form

ax it

sin (fax)

+a

2

sin

(/j,

2

+a

x)

integral

dx

I

sin

(jjl

x)

3

+

. . .

+a

t

sin fax,

(fax) which might be substituted maintaining the chief condition, namely, that the

applies to all the functions

for sin (fax),

3

(fax)

(f>



<j>

has a nul value when

(fax)

i

and j are

Jo different numbers.

If

be proposed

it

/, .

N

/(#)

a. cos

= « + / sm

the quantities



ol

fi

v

[i

develope/(#) under the form

to

v

x x

a a cos 2x

o + — + +uo sm zx 2

/x ...fa, 3

a,

cos ix •

1.

b t cos ix



+ &C

'

&c. will be integers, and the con-

dition

I

dx

cos

(

2iri

^

sin

(

J

2irj -=.

j

= 0,

i and j are different numbers, we by determining the coefficients a i} b if the general equation page 206, which does not differ from equation (A) Art. 418.

always holding when the indices obtain, (II),

425.

If in the second

member

of equation

(e)

we omitted one

more terms which correspond to one or more roots fa of the To equation (/), equation (e) would not in general be true. not to bo containing \l. and c^. this, let a term us suppose prove multiply written in the second member of equation (e), we might the n equations respectively by the factors or

dx sin

(fadx),

dx sin

(faZdx),

dx sin

(fa.Sdx)

...

dx sin (fandx)

;

sum of all the terms of the second members would be nothing, so that not one of the unknown coefficients would remain. The result, formed of the sum of the first members, and. adding them, the

THEORY OF HEAT.

446 that

is

to say the

by the

respectively

dx

sin

sum

fv f f ---fn %

3

,

multiplied

,

factors

dx sin

(/Jbjdx),

of the values

[CHAP. IX.

(fifldx),

dx sin

{jXjodx)

dx sin

...

{jx

5

ndx),

would be reduced to zero. This relation would then necessarily exist between the given quantities f f2 f3 ,fn and they could not be considered entirely arbitrary, contrary to hypothesis. If these quantities f ,f^fo,---fn have any values whatever, the relation in question cannot exist, and we cannot satisfy the proposed conditions by omitting one or more terms, such as a. sin (fijx) in t

,

.

,

.

;

x

equation

(e).

Hence the function f{x) remaining undetermined,. that is to representing the s} stem of an infinite number of arbitrary constants which correspond to the values of x included between say,

7

and X,

necessary to introduce into the second

it is

equation

(e)

all

the terms such as at sin

which

(fijx),

member

of

satisfy the

condition

X dx sin fax sin fijX =

0,

/;o

the indices i and function f(x)

is

j being

but

different;

happen that the

if it

such that the n magnitudes

f ,f ,f 2

x

3

'--fn are

connected by a relation expressed by the equation

dx

sin fijxf(x)

=

0,

Jo it is

evident that the term

tion

(e).

Thus there

a,,

sin fxpc

might be omitted

are several classes of functions/

ment, represented by the second not contain certain terms

member

(x)

in the equa-

whose develop-

of the equation

corresponding to

some

(e),

does

of the roots

fi.

There are for example cases in which we omit all the terms whose index is even; and we have seen different examples of this in the course of this work. But this would not hold, if the funcIn all these cases, we tion y (a;) had all the generality possible. ought to suppose the second member of equation (e) to be complete, and the investigation shews what terms ought to be omitted, since their coefficients

become nothing.

SYSTEM OF QUANTITIES REPRESENTED.

SECT. IV.]

We see clearly by this

426.

447

examination that the function /(.r)

number n of separate x included between and X, and that these n quantities have values actual, and consequently not infinite, chosen at will. All might be nothing, except one, whose value would be given. represents, in our analysis, the system of a

n values

quantities, corresponding to

of

It might happen that the series of the n values f ,f2 ,f •••/„ z was expressed by a function subject to a continuous law, such as l

x

or

x3

sin x, or cos x, or in general

,



(x)

the curve line OCO,

;

whose ordinates represent the values corresponding to the abscissa x, and which is situated above the interval from x= to x = X, with curve coincides then in this interval the whose ordinate is (x), and the coefficients a a 2 ,a z ... an of equation (e) determined x by the preceding rule always satisfy the condition, that any value and X, gives the same result when substiof x included between tuted in {x), and in the second member of equation (e). ,



F(x) represents the initial temperature of the spherical whose radius is x. We might suppose, for example, F{x) that

shell

= bx,

to say, that the initial heat increases proportionally to the

is

from the centre, where

distance,

it is

nothing, to the surface

In this case xF(x) or f(x) is equal to bx2 and applying to this function the rule which determines the coeffi-

where

it

cients,

bx2 would be developed in a series of terms, such as

is

a x sin

Now

bX.

(ix y x) 4-

;

a2

sin

(/x

2

x)

each term sin^œ),

+a

bx

z ,

sin

(/x

3

x)

+

. . .

+ an sin

{/Jb

n x).

when developed

of x, contains only powers of

a power of even order.

3

It is

according to powers odd order, and the function bx2 is very remarkable that this function

denoting a series of values given for the interval from

to X, can be developed in a series of terms, such as a sin (fax). t

We

have

already proved the rigorous exactness of

these

results, which had not yet been presented in analysis, and

we

have shewn the true meaning of the propositions which express them. We have seen, for example, in Article 223, that the function cos x is developed in a series of sines of multiple arcs, so that in the equation which gives this development, the first member contains only even powers of the variable, and the second contains only odd powers.

Reciprocally, the function sin x, into

THEORY OF HEAT.

448 which only odd powers

[CHAP. IX.

enter, is resolved, Art. 225, into a series

of cosines which contain only even powers.

In the actual problem relative to the sphere, the value of

xF(x)

is

developed by means of equation

We

(e).

must

then,

we see in Art. 290, write in each term the exponential factor, which contains t, and we have to express the temperature v, which is a function of x and t, the equation as

[X cfosin (fx^) aF(i)

I

xv='Xsin(fi x)e- K^ i i

(^)-

JY d{3 sin

I

Ç^ ft)

sin (/xfî)

The general solution which gives this equation (E) is wholly independent of the nature of the function F(x) since this function represents here only an infinite multitude of arbitrary constants,

which correspond to as many values of x included between and X. If

we supposed the

only of the

solid

primitive heat to be contained in a part

sphere,

example, from x

for

=

to

x = \X,

and that the initial temperatures of the upper layers were nothing, would be sufficient to take the integral

it

|dasin(^cc)/(a), /«

between the limits x =

and x = \X.

In general, the solution expressed by equation (E) suits all cases, and the form of the development does not vary according to the nature of the function.

Suppose now that having written determined by integration the formed the equation

x

sin

x

—a

x

sin fijc



sin

coefficients

2

sin [ijc

F(x) we have and that we have

x instead

+a

3

a

sin

/jl

3

of

x + &c.

on giving to x any value whatever included and X, the second member of this equation becomes between equal to x sin x this is a necessary consequence of our process. But it nowise follows that on giving to a; a value not included and X, the same equality would exist. We see the between contrary very distinctly in the examp^s which we have cited, and, It is certain that

;

SINGLE LAYER INITIALLY HEATED.

SECT. IV.]

particular cases excepted,

we may

continuous law, which forms the

say that a function subject to a

first

member

of equations of this

kind, does not coincide with the function expressed

member, except

for values of

x included between

Properly speaking, equation values which

for all

member

may be

449

is

(e)

by the second and X.

an identity, which exists

assigned to the variable x; each

of this equation representing a certain analytical function

which coincides with a known function f{x) if we give to the variable x values included between and X. With respect to the existence of functions, which coincide for all values of the variable

included between certain limits and differ for other values,

proved by

all

it is

that precedes, and considerations of this kind are a

necessary element of the theory of partial differential equations. (e) and (E) apply not X, but represent, one the initial state, the other the variable state of an infinitely extended solid, of which the spherical body forms part and when in these

Moreover,

it

is

evident that equations

only to the solid sphere whose radius

is

;

we

equations

give to

x values greater than X,

the variable

they refer to the parts of the infinite solid which envelops the sphere.

This remark applies also to solved by

means

To apply the

427.

all

dynamical problems which are

of partial differential equations.

solution given

by equation (E)

to the case

in which a single spherical layer has been originally heated, all

the other layers having nul initial temperature,

take the integral jdx sin a

= r,

and

heated

We initial

aF (a) between two

sufficient to

very near limits,

r being the radius of the inner surface of the

and u the thickness of

this layer.

_

can also consider separately the resulting

effect of

the

heating of another layer included between the limits r

+u

+

and r

a=r + u,

layer,

(jx/x)

it is

2u

;

and

if

we add

the variable temperature due to this

we found when the first two temperatures is that which would arise, if the two layers were heated at the same time. In order to take account of the two joint causes, it is sufficient to second cause, to the temperature which

layer alone was heated, the

f.

h.

sum

of the

29

450

THEORY OF HEAT.

take the integral Icùsin a

= r + 2u.

More

(jip)

[CHAP. IX.

aF(a) between the limits a

= r and

generally, equation (E) being capable of being

put under the form

v

=

ch. ctF(a) sin

[i/x 2,



—r x

I

,

d/3 sin jifi sin jaJS

Jo

we

see that the whole effect of the heating of different layers

the

sum

is

which would be determined separately, by supposing each of the layers to have been alone heated. The same consequence extends to all other problems of the theory of heat it is derived from the very nature of equations, and the form of the partial effects,

;

of the integrals

makes

it

evident.

We

see that the heat con-

tained in each element of a solid body produces as if that element

nul

initial

had alone been heated, These separate

temperature.

all

its distinct effect,

the others having

states are in a

manner

superposed, and unite to form the general system of temperatures.

form of the function which represents the must be regarded as entirely arbitrary. The definite integral which enters into the expression of the variable temperature, having the same limits as the heated solid, shows expressly that we unite all the partial effects due to the initial heating of

For

this reason the

initial state

each element. 428.

Here we

which is devoted which we have obtained

shall terminate this section,

almost entirely to analysis.

The

integrals

are not only general expressions which satisfy the differential equa-

they represent in the most distinct manner the natural effect which is the object of the problem. This is the chief condition which we have always had in view, and without which the results of investigation would appear to us to be only useless transformations. tions

;

When

this condition is fulfilled, the integral

the equation of the

and progress

of

it,

line or curved surface

forms.

To

is,

properly speaking,

phenomenon; it expresses clearly the character in the same manner as the finite equation of a

makes known all the properties of those we do not consider one form only

exhibit the solutions,

of the integral to the problem.

;

we seek Thus

to obtain directly that

it is

which

is

suitable

that the integral which expresses the

ELEMENTS OF THE METHOD PURSUED.

SECT. IV.]

movement

451

of heat in a sphere of given radius, is very different

from that which expresses the movement in a cylindrical body, or even in a sphere whose radius is supposed infinite. Now each of these integrals has a definite form which cannot be replaced by It is necessary to

another.

make

use of

it,

if

we wish

the distribution of heat in the body in question.

to ascertain

In general,

we

could not introduce any change in the form of our solutions, with-

out making them lose their essential character, which

is

the repre-

sentation of the phenomena.

might be derived from each other, But these transformations require since they are co-extensive. long calculations, and almost always suppose that the form of the

The

different integrals

known

result is

We may

in advance.

bodies whose dimensions are

finite,

that which relates to an unbounded definite integral for the

consider in the

and pass from

(a) and (/3), referred to depend upon each other. The

the symbol 2.

that equations section,

when we suppose the

place,

Thus

it is

at the beginning of this first

radius It infinite.

from the second equation

derive

first

problem to

We can then substitute a

solid.

sum denoted by

this

becomes the second, Reciprocally

we may

the solutions relating to

(J3)

bodies of limited dimensions.

In general, we have sought to obtain each result by the shortest The chief elements of the method we have followed are

way.

these

:

We

1st.

consider at the same time the general condition given

and all the special conditions which determine the problem completely, and we proceed to form the analytical expression which satisfies all these conditions.

by the

partial differential equation,

We first perceive

2nd.

number it

is

unknown

constants enter, or that

equal to an integral which includes one or more arbitrary

functions.

term

that this expression contains an infinite

of terms, into which

is

In the

affected

first

instance, that

by the symbol

2,

we

is

to say,

ditions a definite transcendental equation,

values of an infinite

The second

number

when

the general

derive from the special con-

whose roots give the

of constants.

when the general term becomes an sum of the series is then changed

instance obtains

infinitely small quantity

;

the

into a definite integral.

29—2

THEORY OF HEAT.

452

[CHAP. IX.

"We can prove by the fundamental theorems of algebra, by the physical nature of the problem, that the transcendental equation has all its roots real, in number infinite. 3rd.

or even

4th.

In elementary problems, the general term takes the form

of a sine or cosine

;

the roots of the definite equation are either

whole numbers, or real or irrational quantities, each of them

in-

cluded between two definite limits.

In more complex problems, the general term takes the form of a function given implicitly by means of a differential equation

However

integrable or not.

equation

exist,

they are

of the parts of which the

important, since

may

it

number. This distinction must be composed, is very the form of the solution, and the

integral

shews clearly

it

be, the roots of the definite

real, infinite in

necessary relation between the coefficients. 5th.

on the

It

remains only to determine the constants which depend

initial state;

from an

infinite

which

number

is

done by elimination of the unknowns

multiply the equation which relates to the differential factor,

are most

We

of equations of the first degree.

and integrate

commonly those

it

state

initial

by a which

between defined limits, which the movement

of the solid in

is

effected.

There are problems in which we have determined the coby successive integrations, as may be seen in the memoir In this case we whose object is the temperature of dwellings. consider the exponential integrals, which belong to the initial efficients

state of the infinite solid

It follows

member

it is

easy to obtain these integrals

from the integrations that

all

nul,

In the value of this

coefficient,

and we always obtain a

1 .

the terms of the second

disappear, except only that whose coefficient

determine.

comes

:

we wish

to

the denominator be-

definite integral

are those of the solid, arid one of whose factors

is

whose

limits

the arbitrary

This form of the result which is the object of movement, would have existed the problem, is compounded of all those which separately, if each point of the solid had alone been heated, and function which belongs to the initial state. is

necessary, since the variable

the temperature of every other point had been nothing. 1

See section 11 of the sketch of this memoir, given hy the author in the

Bulletin des Sciences par la Société Philomatiqiie 1818, pp. 1 ,

— 11.

[A. F.]

ANALYSIS OF THE PHENOMENON.

SECT. IV.]

When we

453

examine carefully the process of integration which

coefficients, we see that it contains a complete proof, and shews distinctly the nature of the results,

serves to determine the

so that

way

in no

it is

necessary to verify

them by other

investi-

gations.

The most remarkable

of the problems

which we have hitherto

propounded, and the most suitable for shewing the whole of our analysis, is that of the movement of heat in a cylindrical body. In other researches, the determination of the coefficients would

we do not yet know.

require processes of investigation which

must be remarked,

it

But

without determining the values of the we can always acquire an exact knowledge of the

coefficients,

that,

problem, and of the natural course of the phenomenon which its

object

;

the chief consideration

When

6th.

unknown

the

is

is

that of simple movements.

the expression sought contains a definite integral,

functions arranged under the symbol of integration

are determined, either by the theorems which

we have given

for

the expression of arbitrary functions in definite integrals, or by

a more complex process, several examples of which will be found in the Second Part.

These theorems can be extended to any number of variables. in some respects to an inverse method of definite integration since they serve to determine under the symbols

They belong ;

/

and

X unknown

integration

is

The same

functions which

must be such that the

result of

a given function. principles are applicable to different other problems

of geometry, of general physics, or of analysis,

whether the equawhether they

tions contain finite or infinitely small differences, or

contain both.

The and

solutions

which are obtained by

consist of general integrals.

extensive.

The

are devoid of

all

No

this

objections which have been

foundation

;

it

method are complete,

other integral can be more

made

to this subject

would be superfluous

now to discuss

them. 7th.

We have

tion proper

to the

said that each of these solutions gives the equa-

phenomenon, since

it

represents

it

distinctly

THEORY OF HEAT.

454

throughout the whole extent of

its course,

[CHAP. IX.

and serves to determine

facility all its results numerically.

with

The functions which are obtained by these solutions are then composed of a multitude of terms, either finite or infinitely small but the form of these expressions is in no degree arbitrary; it is determined by the physical character of the phenomenon. For this reason, when the value of the function is expressed by a series into which exponentials relative to the time enter, it is of necessity that this should be so, since the natural effect whose laws we seek, is really decomposed into distinct parts, corre:

The parts express sponding to the different terms of the series. so many simple movements compatible with the special conditions ;

for

each one of these movements,

all

the temperatures decrease,

In this composition we ought due to the linear form of the not to differential equations, but an actual effect which becomes sensible It appears also in dynamical problems in which in experiments. we consider the causes which destroy motion but it belongs necessarily to all problems of the theory of heat, and determines the nature of the method which we have followed for the solution preserving their primitive ratios.

see a result of analysis

;

of them. 8th.

The mathematical theory

of heat includes

definition of all the elements of the analysis

equations problems.

same

;

lastly,

first,

:

the exact

next, the differential

the integrals appropriate to the fundamental

The equations can be

arrived at in several ways

the

;

integrals can also be obtained, or other problems solved,

introducing certain

We

;

consider that these researches do not constitute a

different 9th.

from our own It has

by

changes in the course of the investigation.

but confirm and multiply

;

method

its results.

been objected, to the subject of our

analysis, that

the transcendental equations which determine the exponents having

imaginary

roots, it

would be necessary to employ the terms which

proceed from them, and which would indicate a periodic character in part of the

phenomenon; but

this objection has

no foundation,

since the equations in question have in fact all their roots real,

and

no part of the phenomenon can be periodic. 10th.

It has

been alleged that in order to solve with certainty

problems of this kind,

it

is

necessary to resort in

all

cases to a

SEPARATE FUNCTIONS.

SECT. IV.]

455

which was denoted as general and 398 was propounded under this designadistinction has no foundation, and the use of a

certain form of the integral

equation tion

(7)

but this

;

;

of Art.

single integral

most cases, of commoreover evident derivable from that which we gave in 1807

would only have the

effect, in

plicating the investigation unnecessarily.

that this integral

(7) is

to determine the

movement

to give to

it is sufficient

11th.

It

is

of heat in a ring of definite radius

R an

been supposed that the method which

It has

R

;

infinite value.

consists in

expressing the integral by a succession of exponential terms, and in determining their coefficients

by means

of the initial state,

does not solve the problem of a prism which loses heat unequally

two ends

at its

by long

or that, at least, it

;

manner the

verify in this

calculations.

We

would be very

difficult

to

solution derivable from the integral (7) shall perceive, by a new examination,

that our method applies directly to this problem, and that a single integration even

is sufficient

1 .

12th. We have developed in series of sines of multiple arcs functions which appear to contain only even powers of the variable,

We

have expressed by convergent

cos

x

by

definite integrals separate parts of different functions, or func-

for

example.

tions discontinuous

between certain

limits, for

measures the ordinate of a triangle.

Our

series or

example that which

proofs leave no doubt

of the exact truth of these equations.

13th.

We find

in the

works of many geometers results and prowhich we have employed.

cesses of calculation analogous to those

These are particular cases of a general method, which had not yet been formed, and which it became necessary to establish in order to ascertain even in the most simple problems the mathematical laws of the distribution of heat. appropriate to

it,

This theory required an analysis

one principal element of which

is

the analytical

expression of separate functions, or of parts offunctions.

By

a separate function, or part of a function, we understand a / (x) which has values existing when the variable x is

function

included between given limits, and whose value

is

always nothing,

not included between those limits.

This func-

tion measures the ordinate of a line which includes a

finite arc of

if

the variable

1

is

See the Memoir referred to in note

1,

p. 12.

[A. F.]

THEORY OF HEAT.

456

and coincides with the axis

arbitrary form,

[cHAP. IX. of abscissas in all the

rest of its course.

This motion

is

we might even

not opposed to the general principles of analysis;

find the first traces of

Bernouilli, of Cauchy, of

Daniel

in the writings of

it

Lagrange and Euler.

It

had always been

regarded as manifestly impossible to express in a series of sines of multiple arcs, or at least in a trigonometric convergent series,

a function which has no existing values unless the values of the variable are included between certain limits, all the other values of the function being nul.

cleared up, and

it

But

this point of analysis is

fully

remains incontestable that separate functions,

or parts of functions, are exactly expressed by trigonometric con-

vergent

series, or

by

We

definite integrals.

have insisted on

this

consequence from the origin of our researches up to the present time, since

we

are not concerned here with an abstract and isolated

problem, but with a primary consideration intimately connected

with the most useful and extensive considerations.

Nothing has

appeared to us more suitable than geometrical constructions to demonstrate the truth of these new gible the forms

14th.

The

results,

which analysis employs principles

and to render

intelli-

for their expression.

which have served to

establish for us the

analytical theory of heat, apply directly to the investigation of the

movement of waves in fluids, a part They aid also the investigation of the

which has been agitated.

of

vibrations of elastic laminas,

of stretched flexible surfaces, of plane elastic surfaces of very great

dimensions, and apply in general to problems which depend upon

the theory of elasticity.

The property

derive from these principles easy,

and to

distinct

offer

is

of the solutions

which we

to render the numerical applications

and

intelligible results,

which really

determine the object of the problem, without making that knowledge depend upon integrations or eliminations which cannot be effected.

We

regard as superfluous every transformation of the

results of analysis

429. tial

1st.

We

equations of

If two

which does not

satisfy this

primary condition.

now make some remarks on the of heat. movement the shall

molecules of the

same body are extremely

at unequal temperatures, that which is the

near,

differen-

and are

most heated communicates

FORMATION OF EQUATIONS OF MOVEMENT.

SECT. IV.]

directly to the other during one instant

which quantity

is 'proportional to

457

a certain quantity oflieat;

the extremely small difference of

became double,

the temperatures: that is to say, if that difference

quadruple, and. all other conditions remained the same, the

triple,

heat communicated would be double,

triple,

quadruple.

This proposition expresses a general and constant is sufficient

to serve as the foundation of the

The mode

of transmission

is

then

fact, which mathematical theory.

known with

certainty, inde-

pendently of every hypothesis on the nature of the cause, and cannot be looked at from two different points of view. It is evident that the direct transfer that

it

is

effected in all directions,

and

has no existence in fluids or liquids which are not diather-

manous, except between extremely near molecules.

The general equations interior of solids of

of

the

movement

any dimensions, and

of

heat,

in

the

at the surface of these

bodies, are necessary consequences of the foregoing proposition.

They

are rigorously derived from

it,

as

we have proved

in our

Memoirs in 1807, and we easily obtain these equations by means of lemmas, whose proof is not less exact than that of the first

elementary propositions of mechanics.

These equations are again derived from the same proposition, by determiniug by means of integrations the whole quantity of heat which one molecule receives from those which surround it. This investigation is subject to no difficulty. The lemmas in question take the place of the integrations, since they give directly

the expression of the flow, that

is

to say of the quantity of heat,

which crosses any section. Both lead to the same result; aud since there is no difference in the principle, there cannot be any difference in the consequences.

calculations ought evidently to

2nd.

We

gave in 1811 the general equation relative to the

It has not been deduced from particular cases, as has been supposed without any foundation, and it could not be; the proposition which it expresses is not of a nature to be discovered by way of induction; we cannot ascertain it for certain bodies and surface.

ignore

it

for others; it is necessary for all, in order that the state

of the surface

may

not suffer in a definite time an infinite change.

In our Memoir we have omitted the

details of the proof, since

THEORY OF HEAT.

458

[CHAP. IX.

they consist solely in the application of known propositions.

It

was sufficient in this work to give the principle and the result, as we have done in Article 15 of the Memoir cited. From the same condition also the general equation in question is derived by determining the "whole quantity of heat which each molecule situated at the surface receives and communicates. These very complex calculations make no change iu the nature of the proof. In the investigation of the differential equation of the move-

ment and

of heat, the

it

mass may be supposed

to

be not homogeneous,

very easy to derive the equation from the analytical

is

expression of the flow;

it is

which

sufficient to leave the coefficient

measures the conducibility under the sign of differentiation. 3rd.

New ton was T

the

first to

consider the law of cooling of

bodies in air; that which he has adopted for the case in which the air is carried

away with constant

velocity accords

more

closely

with observation as the difference of temperatures becomes less; it

would exactly hold

if

that difference were infinitely small.

Amontons has made a remarkable experiment on the establishment of heat in a prism whose extremity is submitted to a definite temperature. The logarithmic law of the decrease of the temperatures in the prism was given for the

Academy

1 by experiment

1

Newton,

first

time by Lambert, of the

Biot and Rumford have confirmed this law

of Berlin. .

at the

end

of his Scala

graduum

caloris et frigoris, Philosophical

Transactions, April 1701, or Opascula ed. Oastillionens, Vol. n. implies that -when a plate of iron cools in a current of air flowing uniformly at constant temperature,

equal quantities of air off

come

in contact with the metal in equal times and carry

quantities of heat proportional to the excess of the temperature of the iron

over that of the air; whence

it

maybe

inferred that the excess temperatures of

the iron form a geometrical progression at times which are in arithmetic progresBy placing various substances on the heated iron, he sion, as he has stated. obtained their melting points as the metal cooled.

Amontons, Mémoires de V Académie [1703], Paris, 1705, pp. 205—6, in his Rémarques sur la Table de degrés de Chaleur extraite des Transactions Philosophiques 1701, states that he obtained the melting points of the substances experimented on by Newton by placing them at appropriate points along an iron bar, heated to whiteness at one end; but he has made an erroneous assumption as to the law of decrease of temperature along the bar.



Lambert, Pyrometrie, Berlin, 1779, pp. 185 6, combining Newton's calculated temperatures with Amontons' measured distances, detected the exponential law

LAW OF THE FLOW OF

SECT. IV.]

To

HEAT.

450

discover the differential equations of the variable

movement

most elementary case, as that of a cylindrical prism of very small radius, it was necessary to know the mathematical expression of the quantity of heat which traverses an of heat, even in the

This quantity

extremely short part of the prism.

of the

proportional to the difference sections

which bound the

manner that

it is

It

layer.

is

is

not simply

temperatures of the two

proved in the most rigorous

also in the inverse ratio of the thickness of the

of the same prism were unthe difference of the temperatures of

layer, that is to say, that if two layers

and if in the first was the same as in the second, the quantities of heat traversing the layers during the same instant woidd oe in the inverse

equally thick,

the two bases

The preceding lemma

ratio of the thicknesses.

layers

whose thickness

applies not only to

infinitely small; it applies to

is

prisms of

any length. This notion of the flow is fundamental in so far as we have not acquired it, we cannot form an exact idea of the phenomenon and of the equation which expresses it. It is evident that the instantaneous increase of the tempera;

of temperatures in

a long bar heated at one end.

Lambert's work contains a

thermal measurement up to that time. Biot, Journal des Mines, Paris, 1804, xvn. pp. 203 Eumford, Mémoires 224. de l'Institut, Sciences Math, et Phys. Tome vi. Paris, 1805, pp. 106—122. Ericsson, Nature, Vol. vi. pp. 106 8, describes some experiments on cooling

most complete account

of the progress of





in vacuo -which for a limited range of excess temperature, 10° to 100° Fah. shew a very close approach to Newton's law of cooling in a current of air. These experiments are insufficient to discredit the law of cooling in vacuo derived by

M. M. Dulong and Petit (Journal Polytechnique, Tome xi. or Ann. de Ch. et de Ph. 1S17, Tome vu.) from their carefully devised and more extensive range of experiments. But other experiments made by Ericsson with an ingeniously contrived calorimeter (Nature, Vol. v. pp. 505 7) on the emissive power of molten iron, seem to shew that the law of Dulong and Petit, for cooling in vacuo, is very far from being applicable to masses at exceedingly high temperatures giving off heat in free ah, though their law for such conditions is reducible to the former



law.

Fourier

has published

some remarks

on Newton's law of cooling in his

Questions sur la théorie physique de la Chaleur rayonnante, Ann. de Chimie et de

Physique, 1817,

and radiation

Tome

vi. p. 298.

He

distinguishes between the surface conduction

to free air.

Newton's original statement in the Scala graduum calefactum corporibus frigidis Calor, quern ferrum dato

sibi

is

" Calor

quern ferrum

contiguis dato tempore communicat, hoc est

tempore amittit,

est ut Calor totus ferri."

This supposes

the iron to be perfectly conducible, and the surrounding masses to be at zero

temperature.

It

can only be interpreted by his subsequent explanation, as above. [A. F.]

THEORY OF HEAT.

460 ture of a point

[CHAP. IX.

proportional to the excess of the quantity of heat

is

which that point receives over the quantity which

it

has

lost,

that a partial differential equation must express this result

:

and but

the problem does not consist in enunciating this proposition which is

the mere fact;

it

consists in actually forming the differential

equation, which requires that

we should

consider the fact in

its

employing the exact expression of the flow of heat, we omit the denominator of this expression, we thereby introduce a difficulty which is nowise inherent in the problem; there is no mathematical theory which would not offer If instead of

elements.

similar difficulties,

Not only

proofs.

tion; but there

is

if

are

we began by altering the principle of the we thus unable to form a differential equa-

nothing more opposite to an equation than a

we should be expressing the To avoid some attention to the demonthe foregoing lemma (Art. 65,

proposition of this kind, in which

equality of quantities which could not be compared. this error,

it

is

sufficient to give

and the consequences of and Art. 75).

stration

6Q 67, }

4th.

With

for the first

respect to the ideas from which we have deduced time the differential equations, they are those which

We do not know that anyone imagine the movement of heat as being produced able been to has contact of the surfaces simple bodies the by in the interior of which separate the different parts. For ourselves such a proposition physicists have always admitted.

would appear

to be void of all intelligible meaning.

contact cannot be the subject of any physical quality; heated, nor coloured, nor heavy.

part of a body gives

its

It

is

A surface it is

evident that

of

neither

when one

heat to another there are an infinity

of material points of the first

which act on an

infinity of points of

need only be added that in the interior of opaque material, points whose distance is not very small cannot communicate their heat directly; that which they send out is intercepted the second.

It

by the intermediate molecules. The ones which communicate their heat

layers in contact are the only directly,

when the

thickness

which the heat sent from a point passes over before being entirely absorbed. There is no direct action except between material points extremely near, and it is for this reason that the expression for the flow has the form which we assign to it. The flow then results from an infinite of the layers equals or exceeds the distance

FLOW OUTWARD AND INTERNAL.

SECT. IV.]

multitude of actions whose this

cause that

its

4G1

are added; but

effects-

value during unit of time

measurable magnitude, even although

it

it

is

a

is

not from

finite

and

be determined only by

an extremely small difference between the temperatures.

When

its heat in an elastic medium, or in bounded b} a solid envelope, the value of the outward flow is assuredly an integral; it again is due to the action of an infinity of material points, very near to the surface, and we have proved formerly that this concourse determines the law of the external radiation 1 But the quantity of heat emitted during the unit of time would be infinitely small, if the difference of the temperatures had not a finite value.

a heated body loses

a space free from

7

air

.

In the interior of masses the conductive power greater than that which

is

exerted at the surface.

is

incomparably

This property,

whatever be the cause of it, is most distinctly perceived by us, since, when the prism has arrived at its constant state, the quantity of heat which crosses a section during the unit of time exactly balances that which

is lost

through the whole part of the

heated surface, situated beyond that section, whose temperatures exceed that of the

medium by

a finite magnitude.

When we

take

and omit the divisor in the expression for the flow, it is quite impossible to form the differential equation, even for the simplest case; a fortiori, we should be

no account of

this

primary

fact,

stopped in the investigation of the general equations. 5th.

Further,

it is

necessary to

know what

is

the influence of

the dimensions of the section of the prism on the values of the

Even although the problem is only that movement, and all points of a section are regarded as having the same temperature, it does not follow that we can disregard the dimensions of the section, and extend to other prisms the consequences which belong to one prism only. The exact equation cannot be formed without expressing the relation between the extent of the section and the effect produced at the acquired temperatures. of the linear

extremity of the prism.

We shall not develope further the examination of the principles which have led us to the knowledge of the differential equations ;

1

Mémoires de l'Académie des Sciences, Tome

in 1811.

[A. F.]

v.

pp.

204—8.

Communicated

THEORY OF HEAT.

482

we need

[CHAP. IX.

only add that to obtain a profound conviction of the use-

fulness of these principles

necessary to consider also various

it is

we

problems; for example, that which

difficult

are about to in-

wanting to our theory, as we have long since remarked. This problem consists in forming the differential equations, which express the distribution of heat in fluids dicate,

and whose solution

in motion,

when

the molecules are displaced by any forces,

all

combined with the changes

we gave

is

The equations which 1820 belong to general hydro1 branch of analytical mechanics

of temperature.

in the course of the year

d}mamics; they complete this

.

Different bodies enjoy very unequally the property which

430.

have called conductibility or conducibility that

physicists

,

the faculty of admitting heat, or of propagating

We

of their masses.

is

to say,

in the interior

it

have not changed these names, though they

1 See Mémoires de V Académie des Sciences, Tome xn. Paris, 1833, pp. 515—530. In addition to the three ordinary equations of motion of an incompressible fluid, and the equation of continuity referred to rectangular axes in direction of which the velocities of a molecule passing the point x, y, z at time t are u, v,iv,

its

temperature being

C in which À'

di is

=

6,

Fourier has obtained the equation

K (*? +

df

+

cTFJ

the conductivity and

M

- ° [dx

C

+

dy

W + SH

»

the specific heat per unit volume, as

follows.

Into the parallelopiped whose opposite corners are (x, y, z), (x + Ax, y + Ay, z + Az), the quantity of heat which would flow by conduction across the lower face AxAy, di) if

the fluid were at rest, would be

+ Cw Ax Ay At

convection

hence the whole gain respect to

Two

z,

that

is,

;

there

is

is to say,

a corresponding loss at the upper face Ax Ay

the gain

is

equal to

(

(

equal to

C — At Ax Ay Az,

which

is

;

-K-j-+ Cw 6) Ax Ay At with

-C j-(ivB))

K-r-2

similar expressions denote the gains in direction of y is

and the gain by

in time At,

negatively, the variation of

dB

three

-K-r- Ax Ay At

and

z

;

the

Ax Ay Az

sum

the gain in the volume

At.

of the

Ax Ay Az

whence the above equation. and C vary with the temperature and pressure but are usually treated as constant. The density, even for fluids denominated incomin time Ai

The

:

coefficients

K

1

pressible, is subject to a small temperature variation It

may

be noticed that

when

.

the velocities u, v,

w

are nul,

the equation

reduces to the equation for flow of heat in a solid. It

may

also be

remarked that when

K

is

so small as to be negligible, the

equation has the same form as the equation of continuity.

[A. F. ]

PENETRABILITY AND PEKMEAJBILITY.

SECT. IV.]

do not appear to us to be exact. would rather express, according

Each

4G3

of them, the first especially,

to all analogy, the faculty of

being

conducted than that of conducting.

Heat penetrates the whether unequally permeable to in them with more or or less facility,

surface of different substances with it

this element, that is to say, it is

We

think these two distinct properties

might be denoted by the names

Above

propagated

passing from one interior

less facility, in

molecule to another.

more

be to enter or to escape, and bodies are

'penetrability

and permeability 1

.

must not be lost sight of that the penetrability of a surface depends upon two different qualities one relative to the external medium, which expresses the facility of communication by all it

:

contact

the other consists in the property of emitting or admit-

;

ting radiant heat.

With regard

to the specific permeability, it is

proper to each substance and independent of the state

of the

For the rest, precise definitions are the true foundation of theory, but names have not, in the matter of our subject, the same degree of importance. surface.

The

431.

last

contribute very

remark cannot be applied

much

which

to notations,

to the progress of the science of the Calculus.

These ought only to be proposed with reserve, and not admitted but after long examination. That which we have employed reduces itself to indicating the limits of the integral above and below the sign of integration

;

writing immediately after this sign the

J

differential of the quantity

which varies between these

limits.

We

have availed ourselves also of the sign 2 to express the an indefinite number of terms derived from one general term in which the index i is made to vary. We attach this index if necessary to the sign, and write the first value of i below, and Habitual use of this notation convinces us of the last above.

sum

1

of

The

coefficients of penetrability

conduction

(h,

of cast iron,

first

of exterior

and the value

of

The value

h by that of Art. 297.

[A. F.]

and

interior

instance by Fourier, for the case

by experiments on the permanent temperatures

varying temperatures of a sphere.

165, 220, 228.

and permeability, or

K), were determined in the

of

Mem.

-=.

of a ring

by the method

de VAcad.

d.

Sc.

and on the

of Art.

Tome

v.

110,

pp.

THEORY OF HEAT.

464 the usefulness of finite integrals,

it,

especially

when the

[CHAP. IX. analysis consists of de-

and the limits of the integrals are themselves the

object of investigation.

The chief results of our theory are the differential equations of the movement of heat in solid or liquid bodies, and the general equation which relates to the surface. The truth of these 432.

is not founded on any physical explanation of the effects In whatever manner we please to imagine the nature of

equations of heat.

this element, whether we regard it as a distinct material thing which passes from one part of space to another, or whether we

make

heat consist simply in the transfer of motion,

arrive at the

same equations,

since the hypothesis

must represent the general and simple

facts

we

shall always

which we form

from which the

mathematical laws are derived.

The quantity

of heat transmitted

by two molecules whose

temperatures are unequal, depends on the difference of these temperatures.

If the difference

that the heat communicated

is

is

infinitely small it

is

certain

proportional to that difference

experiment concurs in rigorously proving this proposition.

;

all

Now

in order to establish the differential equations in question,

we

consider only the reciprocal action of molecules infinitely near.

There which

is

therefore no uncertainty about the form of the equations

relate to the interior of the mass.

The equation

we have said, normal at the that the flow of the heat, in the direction of the boundary of the solid, must have the same value, whether we calculate the mutual action of the molecules of the solid, or whether relative to the surface expresses, as

we consider the action which the medium exerts upon the envelope. The analytical expression of the former value is very simple and as to the latter value, it is sensibly proportional is exactly known to the temperature of the surface, when the excess of this temperature over that of the medium is a sufficiently small quantity. In ;

other cases the second value must be regarded as given by a series of observations;

depends on the

it

on the nature of the the second

member

medium

;

surface,

on the pressure and

this observed value

ought to form

of the equation relative to the surface.

In several important problems, the equation

last

named

is

re-

THREE SPECIFIC COEFFICIENTS.

SECT. IV.]

placed by a given condition, which surface,

4G5

expresses the

of the

state

whether constant, variable or periodic.

433. The differential equations of the movement of heat are mathematical consequences analogous to the general equations of

equilibrium and of motion, and are derived like

most constant natural

The

coefficients

c,

them from the

facts. h, k,

which enter into these equations, must

be considered, in general, as variable magnitudes, which depend

on the temperature or on the state of the body. But in the application to the natural problems which interest us most, we may assign to these coefficients values sensibly constant.

The

first coefficient c

varies very slowly, according as the tem-

These changes are almost insensible in an interval A series of valuable observations, due to of about thirty degrees. Professors Dulong and Petit, indicates that the value of the specific perature

rises.

capacity increases very slowly with the temperature.

The

h which measures the penetrability of the surand relates to a very composite state. It expresses the quantity of heat communicated to the medium, whether by radiation, or by contact. The rigorous calculation of this quantity would depend therefore on the problem of the movement of heat in liquid or aeriform media. But when the excess

face

is

coefficient

most

variable,

of temperature

is

a

sufficiently small quantity, the

prove that the value of the coefficient

In other

cases, it is easy to

makes the

correction which

may be

derive from

known experiments a

result sufficiently exact.

It cannot be doubted that the coefficient k, the

permeability,

is

subject to sensible variations

;

how

measure of the

but on this impor-

tant subject no series of experiments has yet been for informing us

observations

regarded as constant.

made

suitable

the facility of conduction of heat changes with

1

the temperature and with the pressure. vations, that this quality

may be

We see, from

the obser-

regarded as constant throughout

a very great part of the thermometric

scale.

But the same

obser-

vations would lead us to believe that the value of the coefficient in question, is very

much more changed by increments

of tempera-

ture than the value of the specific capacity. Lastly, the dilatability of solids, or their tendency to increase 1

Reference

F.

H.

is

given to Forbes' experiments in the note, p. 84.

[A. F.]

30

THEOEY OF HEAT.

466

[CHAP. IX.

is not the same at all temperatures but in the problems which we have discussed, these changes cannot sensibly alter the precision of the results. In general, in the study of the grand

in volume,

natural

:

phenomena which depend on the

distribution of heat,

rely on regarding the values of the coefficients as constant.

necessary,

first,

we

It is

to consider the consequences of the theory

from

Careful comparison of the results with those

this point of view.

of very exact experiments will then

shew what corrections must be

employed, and to the theoretical researches will be given a further extension, according as the observations become more numerous and more exact. We shall then ascertain what are the causes which modify the movement of heat in the interior of bodies, and the theory will acquire a perfection which it would be impossible to give to

it

at present.

Luminous heat, or that which accompanies the rays of light emitted by incandescent bodies, penetrates transparent solids and liquids, and is gradually absorbed within them after traversing an interval of sensible magnitude.

It could not therefore be supposed

in the examination of these problems, that the direct impressions of heat are conveyed only to

an extremely small distance.

When

this distance has a finite value, the differential equations take a

different

form

;

no useful were based upon experimental knowledge

but this part of the theory would

applications unless

it

offer

which we have not yet acquired. The experiments indicate that, at moderate temperatures, a very feeble portion of the obscure heat enjoys the same property as the luminous heat

;

it is

very likely that the distance, to which

conveyed the impression of heat which penetrates

solids, is

wholly insensible, and that

is

not

it is only very small: but this occasions no appreciable difference in the results of theory or at least the ;

difference has hitherto escaped all observation.

CAMBRIDGE: PRINTED BY

C.

J.

CLAY, M.A. AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS.

mr\wm Ars

x.r\

=*>/ \A^

m^Em£m/m

YÎ$\) *f%. j

[flov o

?i

1995

N\r\f\

1

*

Sip ~ ~

A

p

H»( W"

^i L. B. Cat. No,

1

137

f\f\r\f\f\

QÀÀaÀ

£/5

Âfe

QC254.F56

WQ

}lM


3 5002 0Ô36Ï 6575

Fo Fourier, Jean Baptiste Joseph The analytical theory of heat,

MXM

iss^lf &*

Tâf

1

1

1. ;

'

'

«cm


More Documents from "solanha 1998"

April 2020 4
A Rasio Nisa.docx
June 2020 4
Entrepreneurship
June 2020 18